Petroleum Experts

User Manual

IPM
PROSPER
Version 11
May 2009
 PROSPER
IPM - Single Well Model OVERVIEW
by Petroleum Experts Limited

PROSPER is a well performance, design and optimisation program which is part of the
Integrated Production Modelling Toolkit (IPM). This tool is the industry standard well
modelling with the major operators worldwide.

PROSPER is designed to allow the building of reliable and consistent well models, with the
ability to address each aspect of well bore modelling VIZ, PVT (fluid characterisation), VLP
correlations (for calculation of flow-line and tubing pressure loss) and IPR (reservoir
inflow).

PROSPER provides unique matching features, which tune PVT, multiphase flow
correlations and IPR to match measured field data, allowing a consistent well model to be
built prior to use in prediction (sensitivities or artificial lift design). PROSPER enables
detailed surface pipeline performance and design: Flow Regimes, pipeline stability, Slug
Size andFrequency

APPLICATIONS
• Design and optimise well completions including multi-lateral, multilayer and horizontal
wells
• Design and optimise tubing and pipeline sizes
• Design, diagnose and optimise Gas lifted, Hydraulic pumps and ESP wells
• Generate lift curves for use in simulators
• Calculate pressure losses in wells, flow lines and across chokes
• Predict flowing temperatures in wells and pipelines
• Monitor well performance to rapidly identify wells requiring remedial action
• Calculate total skin and determine breakdown (damage, deviation or
partial penetration)
• Unique black oil model for retrograde condensate fluids, accounting
for liquid dropout in the wellbore
• Allocate production between wells
 3

Copyright Notice
The copyright in this manual and the associated computer program are the property of Petroleum Experts
Ltd. All rights reserved. Both, this manual and the computer program have been provided pursuant to a
Licence Agreement containing restriction of use.

No part of this manual may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or
translated into any language, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, magnetic, optical or
otherwise, or disclose to third parties without prior written consent from Petroleum Experts Ltd., Petex
House, 10 Logie Mill, Edinburgh, EH7 4HG, Scotland, UK.

© Petroleum Experts Ltd. All rights reserved.

IPM Suite, GAP, PROSPER, MBAL, PVTP, REVEAL, RESOLVE, IFM, ModelCatalogue and OpenServer
are trademarks of Petroleum Experts Ltd.

Microsoft (Windows), Windows (2000) and Windows (XP) are registered trademarks of the Microsoft
Corporation

The software described in this manual is furnished under a licence agreement. The software may be used
or copied only in accordance with the terms of the agreement. It is against the law to copy the software on
any medium except as specifically allowed in the license agreement. No part of this documentation may be
reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying,
recording, or information storage and retrieval systems for any purpose other than the purchaser's personal
use, unless express written consent has been given by Petroleum Experts Limited.

Address:

Petroleum Experts Limited

Petex House
10 Logie Mill
Edinburgh, Scotland
EH7 4HG

Tel : (44 131) 474 7030

Fax : (44 131) 474 7031

email: edinburgh@petex.com
Internet: www.petex.com

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 I PROSPER

Table of Contents
0

Chapter 1 Technical Overview 2

1 Fluid modelling
...................................................................................................................................
options 2
2 Inflows and Sand
...................................................................................................................................
Control options 3
3 Well bore and...................................................................................................................................
Pipeline hydraulics 4
4 Artificial lift systems
................................................................................................................................... 4
5 Flow assurance
................................................................................................................................... 5
Advanced Thermal
..........................................................................................................................................................
Models 5
General Flow Assurance
..........................................................................................................................................................
Features 5

Chapter 2 User Guide 7

1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 7
Using PROSPER .......................................................................................................................................................... 7
PROSPER and ..........................................................................................................................................................
Systems Analysis 10
About PROSPER
......................................................................................................................................................... 12
Examples .......................................................................................................................................................... 14
2 File Management
................................................................................................................................... 15
PROSPER Files .......................................................................................................................................................... 15
PVT Data.........................................................................................................................................................
(*.PVT) 15
Input Data.........................................................................................................................................................
(*.SIN) 16
Analysis Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
(*.ANL) 16
Output Data.........................................................................................................................................................
(*.OUT) 16
Creating a.........................................................................................................................................................
New File 17
Opening an .........................................................................................................................................................
Existing File 17
Saving a File
......................................................................................................................................................... 17
Copying a.........................................................................................................................................................
File 18
Preferences .......................................................................................................................................................... 18
Main Screen......................................................................................................................................................... 18
File ......................................................................................................................................................... 20
Plot ......................................................................................................................................................... 21
User Applications
......................................................................................................................................................... 23
Limits ......................................................................................................................................................... 24
Units ......................................................................................................................................................... 25
Equipment ......................................................................................................................................................... 26
VPC ......................................................................................................................................................... 26
Software Key ..........................................................................................................................................................
Maintenance 27
FileList .......................................................................................................................................................... 30
Evaluate OpenServer
..........................................................................................................................................................
Statement 31
User Correlations
.......................................................................................................................................................... 33
Printer Setup .......................................................................................................................................................... 35
Preparing.........................................................................................................................................................
to Print 35
Selecting .........................................................................................................................................................
and configuring a Printer 36
Printing Export
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 36
Selecting .........................................................................................................................................................
an Exported Data to Print 38
Word Processing..........................................................................................................................................................
in PROSPER 38
Clipboard Command
.......................................................................................................................................................... 39
 Contents II

Command Buttons
.......................................................................................................................................................... 39
3 Data Input - General
................................................................................................................................... 41
PROSPER Main ..........................................................................................................................................................
Menu 41
File ......................................................................................................................................................... 42
Options ......................................................................................................................................................... 42
PVT ......................................................................................................................................................... 42
System ......................................................................................................................................................... 43
Matching ......................................................................................................................................................... 43
Calculation ......................................................................................................................................................... 43
Design ......................................................................................................................................................... 43
Output ......................................................................................................................................................... 43
Wizard ......................................................................................................................................................... 44
Units ......................................................................................................................................................... 44
Help ......................................................................................................................................................... 44
Options - Options
..........................................................................................................................................................
Selection 44
Fluid Description
......................................................................................................................................................... 45
Fluid Type ......................................................................................................................................... 45
Method ......................................................................................................................................... 46
Equation of State .........................................................................................................................................
Setup 46
Separator ......................................................................................................................................... 46
Emulsions ......................................................................................................................................... 47
Hydrates ......................................................................................................................................... 47
Water Viscosity ......................................................................................................................................... 47
Water Vapour ......................................................................................................................................... 47
Viscosity model ......................................................................................................................................... 48
Well ......................................................................................................................................................... 48
Flow Type ......................................................................................................................................... 48
Well Type ......................................................................................................................................... 48
Artificial Lift
......................................................................................................................................................... 49
Method ......................................................................................................................................... 49
Type ......................................................................................................................................... 50
Calculation .........................................................................................................................................................
Type 51
Predict ......................................................................................................................................... 51
Model ......................................................................................................................................... 52
Calculation ......................................................................................................................................... 53
Output ......................................................................................................................................... 54
Steam Calculation
......................................................................................................................................................... 54
Well Completion
......................................................................................................................................................... 54
Type ......................................................................................................................................... 54
Sand Control ......................................................................................................................................... 54
Reservoir......................................................................................................................................................... 54
Type ......................................................................................................................................... 54
Gas Coning ......................................................................................................................................... 55
User Information
.........................................................................................................................................................
and Comments 55
Options - Perforating
..........................................................................................................................................................
Gun DataBase 55
Options - Tubing..........................................................................................................................................................
DataBase 58
Options - Casing..........................................................................................................................................................
DataBase 59
Options - Pipe..........................................................................................................................................................
Schedule 59
4 PVT Data Input
................................................................................................................................... 60
Introduction .......................................................................................................................................................... 60
Black Oil - Oil..........................................................................................................................................................
and Water 62
Input Data......................................................................................................................................................... 62
Tables ......................................................................................................................................................... 64

May, 2009 PROSPER Manual

III PROSPER

Match Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 65

Regression ......................................................................................................................................................... 65
Match ......................................................................................................................................... 66
Match All ................................................................................................................................... 67
Parameters ................................................................................................................................... 67
Viewing the Match ...................................................................................................................................
Parameters 67
Matching FVF above ...................................................................................................................................
Bubble Point 68
Correlations......................................................................................................................................................... 68
Calculate......................................................................................................................................................... 69
Calculating PVT.........................................................................................................................................
Data 69
Displaying the Calculated.........................................................................................................................................
Data on the screen 70
Plotting the Calculated .........................................................................................................................................
Data 71
Saving PVT tables .........................................................................................................................................
from Calculated Data 72
Save the .........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 72
Open ......................................................................................................................................................... 72
Composition ......................................................................................................................................................... 73
Emulsions......................................................................................................................................................... 74
Emulsions ......................................................................................................................................... 74
Non-Newtonian
.........................................................................................................................................................
Fluid 77
Power Fluid .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 79
Hydrates .........................................................................................................................................................
Formation table 81
Black Oil - Dry..........................................................................................................................................................
And Wet Gas 82
Input Data......................................................................................................................................................... 82
Black Oil - Retrograde
..........................................................................................................................................................
Condensate 83
Input Data......................................................................................................................................................... 83
Calculations......................................................................................................................................................... 84
Equation Of State
..........................................................................................................................................................
- All Fluids 85
EOS Model .........................................................................................................................................................
Setup 87
EOS PVT.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 91
Importing Matched .........................................................................................................................................
EoS 93
Using the.........................................................................................................................................................
EoS 93
Generate PVT properties ......................................................................................................................................... 93
Phase Envelope......................................................................................................................................... 96
Target GOR ......................................................................................................................................... 98
5 Equipment Data
...................................................................................................................................
Input 99
Predicting Pressure
..........................................................................................................................................................
Only 99
Deviation .........................................................................................................................................................
Survey 100
Filter ......................................................................................................................................... 103
Surface .........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment 106
Downhole .........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment 109
Temperature.........................................................................................................................................................
Survey 111
Summary ......................................................................................................................................................... 112
Predicting Pressure
..........................................................................................................................................................
and Temperature 114
Rough Approximation
......................................................................................................................................................... 114
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 114
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 114
Downhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 115
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 115
Average Heat Capacities......................................................................................................................................... 116
Enthalpy.........................................................................................................................................................
Balance 117
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 118
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 118
Downhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 121
Temperature Data ......................................................................................................................................... 122
 Contents IV

Drilling and Completion......................................................................................................................................... 123

Lithology ......................................................................................................................................... 125
Databases ......................................................................................................................................... 126
Improved .........................................................................................................................................................
Approximation 128
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 129
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 129
Downhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 130
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 130
Sea Temperature .........................................................................................................................................
Gradient 131
6 IPR Data Input
................................................................................................................................... 132
IPR Single Well
..........................................................................................................................................................
Data 133
The Main .........................................................................................................................................................
Data Entry Screen 134
Section .........................................................................................................................................................
Buttons 135
Action Buttons
......................................................................................................................................................... 135
Model Selection
.........................................................................................................................................................
Screen 137
Data Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Screen 138
IPR Models for
..........................................................................................................................................................
Oil Wells 141
P.I. Entry......................................................................................................................................................... 141
Vogel ......................................................................................................................................................... 142
Composite ......................................................................................................................................................... 142
Darcy ......................................................................................................................................................... 142
Fetkovich ......................................................................................................................................................... 143
Multi-rate.........................................................................................................................................................
Fetkovich 143
Jones ......................................................................................................................................................... 143
Multi-rate.........................................................................................................................................................
Jones 144
Transient ......................................................................................................................................................... 144
Hydraulically
.........................................................................................................................................................
Fractured Well 145
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well - No Flow Boundaries 145
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well - Constant Pressure Upper Boundary 146
Multi-Layer
.........................................................................................................................................................
Inflow 147
External.........................................................................................................................................................
Entry 148
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
well - dP Friction Loss in Wellbore 149
Multi-Layer
.........................................................................................................................................................
- dP Loss in Wellbore 153
SkinAide......................................................................................................................................................... 156
Dual Porosity
......................................................................................................................................................... 156
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well with Transverse Vertical Fractures 156
Thermally .........................................................................................................................................................
Induced Fracture Model 157
Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 157
Data Entry ......................................................................................................................................... 158
Using Relative
.........................................................................................................................................................
Permeabilities in PROSPER 159
Coning Calculation
......................................................................................................................................................... 164
IPR for Gas and
..........................................................................................................................................................
Retrograde Condensate 164
Jones ......................................................................................................................................................... 165
Forchheimer
......................................................................................................................................................... 165
Back Pressure
......................................................................................................................................................... 165
C and n ......................................................................................................................................................... 166
Multi-rate.........................................................................................................................................................
C and n 166
Multi-rate.........................................................................................................................................................
Jones 167
External.........................................................................................................................................................
Entry 168
Petroleum .........................................................................................................................................................
Experts 168
Hydraulically
.........................................................................................................................................................
Fractured Well 170
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well - No-Flow Boundaries 170
Multi-layer
.........................................................................................................................................................
Inflow 170
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well - dP Friction Loss in Wellbore 170

May, 2009 PROSPER Manual

V PROSPER

Dual Porosity
......................................................................................................................................................... 170
Horizontal
.........................................................................................................................................................
Well with Transverse Vertical Fractures 170
Multi-Layer
.........................................................................................................................................................
- dP Loss in Wellbore 171
Modified.........................................................................................................................................................
Isochronal Inflow Model 171
Forchheimer
.........................................................................................................................................................
with Pseudo Pressure 172
Multirate.........................................................................................................................................................
Forchheimer with Pseudo Pressure 173
Skin Models.......................................................................................................................................................... 173
Mechanical/Geometrical
.........................................................................................................................................................
Skin 173
Deviation/Partial
.........................................................................................................................................................
Penetration Skin 178
Sand Options .......................................................................................................................................................... 179
Sand Failure
......................................................................................................................................................... 179
Sand Control
.........................................................................................................................................................
Options 180
Gravel Packed.........................................................................................................................................
Completion 182
Pre-Packed Screen .........................................................................................................................................
completion 185
Wire-Wrapped .........................................................................................................................................
Screen Completion 189
Slotted Liner Completion
......................................................................................................................................... 193
Other IPR-related
..........................................................................................................................................................
features 197
Gravel Pack
.........................................................................................................................................................
Completion Velocities 197
Viscosity Modelling
.......................................................................................................................................................... 198
Compaction..........................................................................................................................................................
Permeability Reduction 199
Injection Wells
.......................................................................................................................................................... 201
SkinAide .......................................................................................................................................................... 202
SkinAide.........................................................................................................................................................
Theoretical Background 202
Position of the .........................................................................................................................................
producing interval with respect to reservoir geometry 202
Interference between .........................................................................................................................................
perforations and the damaged zone 203
The Crushed Zone ......................................................................................................................................... 204
Perforation tunnel .........................................................................................................................................
which penetrates the formation 204
Perforation tunnel .........................................................................................................................................
through the casing and cement 205
Annulus between .........................................................................................................................................
Casing and Screen 205
Hemispherical .........................................................................................................................................
Flow Model 206
Using SkinAide
......................................................................................................................................................... 207
Flow Model ......................................................................................................................................... 207
Skin Model ......................................................................................................................................... 208
Perforation Data ......................................................................................................................................... 208
Geometry ......................................................................................................................................... 209
Petrophysics ......................................................................................................................................... 210
Damaged Zone......................................................................................................................................... 211
Cased Hole ......................................................................................................................................... 212
Crushed Zone ......................................................................................................................................... 212
Perforations ......................................................................................................................................... 214
SPOT: Shell ..........................................................................................................................................................
Perforating Optimisation Tool 221
Introduction
.........................................................................................................................................................
to SPOT 221
Acronyms .........................................................................................................................................................
in the SPOT inflow module 222
Gun System
.........................................................................................................................................................
databases 224
Perforation
.........................................................................................................................................................
Length & Entrance Hole Diameter Calculation 225
SPOT: Model
.........................................................................................................................................................
inputs 257
SPOT: Model inputs .........................................................................................................................................
- Options 257
Multi-Lateral..........................................................................................................................................................
Interface 263
Network.........................................................................................................................................................
Interface 263
Motivation ......................................................................................................................................... 263
Interface Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 263
Network Window ................................................................................................................................... 264
The Navigator...................................................................................................................................
Window 267
Toolbar Details................................................................................................................................... 268
 Contents VI

Network Manipulation ................................................................................................................................... 269

Menu Details ................................................................................................................................... 270
Visualisation Screens ................................................................................................................................... 273
Data Entry
......................................................................................................................................................... 274
Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 274
Tie-point and Junction.........................................................................................................................................
Data 275
Tubing Data ......................................................................................................................................... 275
Completion Data ......................................................................................................................................... 275
Reservoir Data......................................................................................................................................... 276
Example.........................................................................................................................................................
of How to Set Up a Simple System 276
Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... 276
Place the Nodes .........................................................................................................................................
in the Network Window 277
Connect the Nodes ......................................................................................................................................... 277
Enter the Data ......................................................................................................................................... 278
Visualise / Calculate ......................................................................................................................................... 279
7 Artificial Lift...................................................................................................................................
Data Input 280
Continuous ..........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Input Data 280
Fixed Depth
.........................................................................................................................................................
Of Injection 281
Optimum.........................................................................................................................................................
Depth of Injection 281
Valve Depth
.........................................................................................................................................................
Specified 282
Gas Lift .........................................................................................................................................................
(Safety Equipment) 283
Gas Lift .........................................................................................................................................................
(Allow injection in Pipe Line above wellhead) 284
Intermittent Gas
..........................................................................................................................................................
Lift 286
ESP Input Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 286
HSP Input Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 288
Progressive ..........................................................................................................................................................
Cavity Pumps 289
Coiled Tubing..........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift 289
Diluent Injection
.......................................................................................................................................................... 291
Jet Pumps .......................................................................................................................................................... 292
Multiphase Pumps
.......................................................................................................................................................... 293
Sucker Rod ..........................................................................................................................................................
Pumps 293
8 Matching Menu
................................................................................................................................... 294
VLP/IPR Match..........................................................................................................................................................
and Quality Check 296
VLP Matching
......................................................................................................................................................... 299
VLP Correlation .........................................................................................................................................
Applications 302
IPR Matching
......................................................................................................................................................... 303
Gradient Matching
.......................................................................................................................................................... 306
Surface Pipe..........................................................................................................................................................
Matching 308
Correlation Comparison
.......................................................................................................................................................... 309
QuickLook for..........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift 313
Input ......................................................................................................................................................... 314
Performing
.........................................................................................................................................................
the QuickLook Calculation 317
QuickLook for..........................................................................................................................................................
ESP 320
Input ......................................................................................................................................................... 320
Performing
.........................................................................................................................................................
the QuickLook Calculation 322
QuickLook for..........................................................................................................................................................
HSP 324
Input ......................................................................................................................................................... 325
Performing
.........................................................................................................................................................
the QuickLook Calculation 326
Vertical Pipe..........................................................................................................................................................
Parameters 328
Surface Flow..........................................................................................................................................................
line Parameters 329
Correlation Thresholds
.......................................................................................................................................................... 329
9 Calculation ...................................................................................................................................
Menu 329
Inflow (IPR) .......................................................................................................................................................... 331

May, 2009 PROSPER Manual

VII PROSPER

System (Ipr +..........................................................................................................................................................

Vlp) 335
Left - Hand
.........................................................................................................................................................
Intersection for VLP/IPR curves 337
Sensitivity
.........................................................................................................................................................
Variables Screen 338
Sensitivity Combinations
.........................................................................................................................................
Screen 340
Calculation
.........................................................................................................................................................
Screen 341
Gradient (Traverse)
.......................................................................................................................................................... 351
Options ......................................................................................................................................................... 354
Maximum Grain .........................................................................................................................................
Diameter 354
Erosional Velocity .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation for Sand Laden Fluids 357
Gradient (Traverse)-Modified
.........................................................................................................................................
Turner Equation 359
Pigging ......................................................................................................................................... 361
VLP (Tubing..........................................................................................................................................................
Curves) 361
VLP (Tubing)
.........................................................................................................................................................
Curves - 3 Variables 361
VLP (Tubing)
.........................................................................................................................................................
Curves - 4 Variables 366
VLP (Tubing)
.........................................................................................................................................................
- Multi Variables 369
Choke Performance
.......................................................................................................................................................... 370
Generate for..........................................................................................................................................................
GAP 373
Bottom Hole..........................................................................................................................................................
Pressure from Wellhead Pressure 373
References
......................................................................................................................................................... 375
Note on Enthalpy
..........................................................................................................................................................
Balance Model 375
10 Design Menu
................................................................................................................................... 376
Continuous ..........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Design 377
Menu Options
......................................................................................................................................................... 377
New Well ......................................................................................................................................................... 377
Setting Up the .........................................................................................................................................
Design Problem 378
Gas Lift Valve Selection
......................................................................................................................................... 384
Performing the.........................................................................................................................................
Design (New Well) 384
Existing .........................................................................................................................................................
Mandrels Design 389
Setting Up the .........................................................................................................................................
Design Problem 390
Defining the Depths .........................................................................................................................................
of Existing Mandrels 391
Gas Lift Valve Selection
......................................................................................................................................... 392
Performing the.........................................................................................................................................
Design (Existing Mandrels) 392
Valve Spacing ......................................................................................................................................... 396
Designing with .........................................................................................................................................
Tubing Sensitive Valves 396
Spacing Procedure .........................................................................................................................................
for Tubing Sensitive Valves 397
Proportional Valves ......................................................................................................................................... 398
Gas Lift .........................................................................................................................................................
Adjustments 401
Gaslift Valve
.........................................................................................................................................................
Performance 405
Valve Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Clearinghouse (VPC) 405
Intermittent Gas
..........................................................................................................................................................
Lift 406
Electrical Submersible
..........................................................................................................................................................
Pump Design 407
ESP Calculate
......................................................................................................................................................... 409
Checking Suitability .........................................................................................................................................
of Separator Efficiency 410
ESP Design
.........................................................................................................................................................
(Pump, Motor and Cable Selection) 411
Checking the Pump .........................................................................................................................................
Design 413
Hydraulic Pump
..........................................................................................................................................................
Design 414
HSP Calculate
......................................................................................................................................................... 416
HSP Design
.........................................................................................................................................................
(Pump and Turbine Selection) 417
Checking the Pump/Turbine
.........................................................................................................................................
Design 419
Progressive ..........................................................................................................................................................
Cavity Pump Design 420
PCP Calculate
......................................................................................................................................................... 421
PCP Design
.........................................................................................................................................................
(Pump and Rod Selection) 422
Coiled Tubing..........................................................................................................................................................
GasLift Design 423
Jet Pump Design
.......................................................................................................................................................... 426
 Contents VIII

Jet Pump .........................................................................................................................................................

Calculate 427
Jet Pump .........................................................................................................................................................
Design (Pump Selection) 429
Sucker Rod ..........................................................................................................................................................
Pump Design 430
Background......................................................................................................................................................... 430
Design Sucker
.........................................................................................................................................................
Rod Pump 433
Enter Design Parameters......................................................................................................................................... 434
Perform Design......................................................................................................................................... 435
Rod Sensitivity......................................................................................................................................... 436
Artificial Lift..........................................................................................................................................................
Database 438
Gas Lift .........................................................................................................................................................
Valve Database 439
Adding a New Valve ......................................................................................................................................... 440
ESP Database
......................................................................................................................................................... 441
Pump Database ......................................................................................................................................... 441
Adding a New...................................................................................................................................
Pump 443
Motor Database ......................................................................................................................................... 445
Adding a New ...................................................................................................................................
Motor 446
Cables Database ......................................................................................................................................... 447
Adding a New ...................................................................................................................................
Cable 447
HSP Database
......................................................................................................................................................... 448
Pumps Database ......................................................................................................................................... 448
Adding a New Pump ......................................................................................................................................... 449
Turbines Database ......................................................................................................................................... 449
Adding a New Turbine ......................................................................................................................................... 450
PCP Database
......................................................................................................................................................... 451
Pumps Database ......................................................................................................................................... 451
Adding a New...................................................................................................................................
Pump 453
Sucker Rods Database ......................................................................................................................................... 454
Adding a New...................................................................................................................................
Sucker Rod 455
Jet Pumps .........................................................................................................................................................
Database 456
Pumps Database ......................................................................................................................................... 456
Adding a New...................................................................................................................................
Pump 457
MultiPhase.........................................................................................................................................................
Pumps Database 457
Pumps Database ......................................................................................................................................... 458
Adding a New Pump ......................................................................................................................................... 459
Sucker Rod.........................................................................................................................................................
Pump 460
Pump database......................................................................................................................................... 460
Adding a New...................................................................................................................................
Pump 461
Sucker Rods Database ......................................................................................................................................... 461
Adding a New...................................................................................................................................
Sucker Rod 462
11 Output ................................................................................................................................... 463
Report .......................................................................................................................................................... 464
Setting Up
.........................................................................................................................................................
the Reporting System 464
Reports ......................................................................................................................................................... 464
Export .......................................................................................................................................................... 478
Export Setup
......................................................................................................................................................... 479
Plot .......................................................................................................................................................... 481
Plot Command
.........................................................................................................................................................
Summary 482
12 Units ................................................................................................................................... 485
Units Summary.......................................................................................................................................................... 485
Unit Systems
......................................................................................................................................................... 486
Changing .........................................................................................................................................................
Unit Systems for some variables 487
Changing .........................................................................................................................................................
the Units 487
Validation
.........................................................................................................................................................
Limits 488

May, 2009 PROSPER Manual

IX PROSPER

Units Details.......................................................................................................................................................... 488

Units Reset .......................................................................................................................................................... 489
13 Wizard ................................................................................................................................... 489
Running the..........................................................................................................................................................
Wizard 489
Creating/Editing
..........................................................................................................................................................
a Wizard 490
Notes of.........................................................................................................................................................
OS strings 491
Wizard examples
......................................................................................................................................................... 492
14 Help ................................................................................................................................... 492
Finding Information
..........................................................................................................................................................
in Help 493
Use the .........................................................................................................................................................
Search feature in Help 493
Use the .........................................................................................................................................................
Help Index 493
Context .........................................................................................................................................................
Sensitive Help 493
Accessing Help
.......................................................................................................................................................... 493
Help Through
.........................................................................................................................................................
the Menu 493
Getting Help
.........................................................................................................................................................
Using the Mouse 493
Getting Help
.........................................................................................................................................................
Using the Keyboard 494
To Minimise
.........................................................................................................................................................
Help 494
What’s New .......................................................................................................................................................... 0
Flow Correlations
.......................................................................................................................................................... 494
Open Server.......................................................................................................................................................... 494
Help About PROSPER
.......................................................................................................................................................... 494
Web Options.......................................................................................................................................................... 495
15 Appendix ................................................................................................................................... 495
B - References .......................................................................................................................................................... 495
PVT Calculations
......................................................................................................................................................... 495
CO2 Injection ......................................................................................................................................... 497
PVT Separator.........................................................................................................................................
Pressure 497
IPR Calculations
......................................................................................................................................................... 499
Multiphase .........................................................................................................................................................
Flow Calculations 500
Temperature.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculations 501
Artificial .........................................................................................................................................................
Lift Design 502
C - Equations .......................................................................................................................................................... 503
Black Oil.........................................................................................................................................................
Model for Condensate 503
Mass Balance .........................................................................................................................................
Calculations 503
Using the mass.........................................................................................................................................
balance results to define Condensate Model 506
Estimation of CGRmin ......................................................................................................................................... 508
Multiphase .........................................................................................................................................................
Pseudo Pressure 509
Temperature.........................................................................................................................................................
Models 511
Rough Approximation .........................................................................................................................................
Temperature Model 512
Overall Heat Transfer ...................................................................................................................................
Coefficient 513
Enthalpy Balance ......................................................................................................................................... 514
Default Thermal ...................................................................................................................................
Properties Database 520
Choke Calculation
......................................................................................................................................................... 522
Multi-Phase.........................................................................................................................................................
Flow Correlations 523
D - Dietz Shape ..........................................................................................................................................................
Factors 523
E - File Formats.......................................................................................................................................................... 525
Introduction
......................................................................................................................................................... 525
External.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Tables 525
Lift Curves......................................................................................................................................................... 527
IPR ......................................................................................................................................................... 528
ESP PUMPS ......................................................................................................................................................... 529
ESP MOTORS ......................................................................................................................................................... 530
ESP CABLES ......................................................................................................................................................... 531
 Contents X

HSP PUMPS
......................................................................................................................................................... 532
HSP TURBINES
......................................................................................................................................................... 533
F - Glossary .......................................................................................................................................................... 534
G - IPM Compositional
.......................................................................................................................................................... 0
H - Importing..........................................................................................................................................................
Data from Text Files 544

Chapter 3 Examples Guide 550

1 Prosper Tutorials
................................................................................................................................... 550
Tutorial 00: Integrated
..........................................................................................................................................................
Oil Well Model 552
Objectives ......................................................................................................................................................... 553
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem 553
General .........................................................................................................................................................
Approach 553
Available.........................................................................................................................................................
Data & Information 553
PVT Data from.........................................................................................................................................
the lab 555
Well Equipment.........................................................................................................................................
Data (Tubing etc) 556
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Data 558
Multi-Rate Well.........................................................................................................................................
Test Data 559
Model Construction:
.........................................................................................................................................................
Step by Step Procedure 559
Well Test .........................................................................................................................................................
Analysis: Step by Step 576
Sensitivity.........................................................................................................................................................
Runs 595
Tutorial 01: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a dry and wet gas producer 600
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 601
PVT Input .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 601
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 601
Deviation survey ......................................................................................................................................... 601
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 602
Down hole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 602
Static Geothermal .........................................................................................................................................
Gradient 602
Average Heat Capacities......................................................................................................................................... 602
Reservoir .........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 603
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 603
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 604
PVT data Input......................................................................................................................................... 604
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 605
System Equipment .........................................................................................................................................
Description 606
Deviation Survey ................................................................................................................................... 606
Surface Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 608
Down Hole Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 608
Geothermal gradient ................................................................................................................................... 609
Average Heat ...................................................................................................................................
Capacities 610
Equipment Summary ................................................................................................................................... 611
Saving the PROSPER ...................................................................................................................................
file 614
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR) 614
Estimation of the .........................................................................................................................................
well flow rate 618
Well Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Curve Generation 622
Lift Curve generation .........................................................................................................................................
for other applications 628
Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 628
Steps ................................................................................................................................... 629
Data Entry For...................................................................................................................................
Lift Curve Generation 629
Lift Curve generation ................................................................................................................................... 632
Lift Curve Inspection ................................................................................................................................... 633
Lift Curve Export ................................................................................................................................... 634
Tutorial 02: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a naturally flowing oil well 637

May, 2009 PROSPER Manual

XI PROSPER

Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 637
PVT Input .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 638
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 638
Deviation survey ......................................................................................................................................... 638
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 638
Down hole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 639
Static Geothermal .........................................................................................................................................
Gradient 639
Average Heat Capacities......................................................................................................................................... 639
Reservoir .........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 640
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 640
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 640
PVT data Input......................................................................................................................................... 641
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 642
System Equipment .........................................................................................................................................
Description 643
Deviation Survey ................................................................................................................................... 644
Surface Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 645
Down Hole Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 646
Geothermal gradient ................................................................................................................................... 647
Average Heat ...................................................................................................................................
Capacities 648
Equipment Summary ................................................................................................................................... 649
Saving the PROSPER ...................................................................................................................................
file 651
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR) 652
Estimation of the .........................................................................................................................................
well flow rate 655
Well Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Curve Generation 659
Lift Curve generation .........................................................................................................................................
for other applications 664
Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 664
Steps ................................................................................................................................... 665
Data Entry For...................................................................................................................................
Lift Curve Generation 665
Lift Curve generation ................................................................................................................................... 667
Lift Curve Inspection ................................................................................................................................... 668
Lift Curve Export ................................................................................................................................... 669
Tutorial 03: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
an oil well with black oil PVT matching 672
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 672
PVT Input .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 673
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 673
Deviation survey ......................................................................................................................................... 673
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 674
Down hole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 674
Static Geothermal .........................................................................................................................................
Gradient 674
Average Heat Capacities......................................................................................................................................... 675
Reservoir .........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 675
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 675
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 676
PVT data Input......................................................................................................................................... 676
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 680
System Equipment .........................................................................................................................................
Description 681
Deviation Survey ................................................................................................................................... 682
Surface Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 683
Down Hole Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 684
Geothermal gradient ................................................................................................................................... 685
Average Heat ...................................................................................................................................
Capacities 686
Equipment Summary ................................................................................................................................... 687
Saving the PROSPER ...................................................................................................................................
file 689
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR) 689
 Contents XII

Estimation of the .........................................................................................................................................

well flow rate 693
Well Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Curve Generation 697
Lift Curve generation .........................................................................................................................................
for other applications 701
Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 701
Steps ................................................................................................................................... 702
Data Entry For...................................................................................................................................
Lift Curve Generation 702
Lift Curve generation ................................................................................................................................... 705
Lift Curve Inspection ................................................................................................................................... 706
Lift Curve Export ................................................................................................................................... 707
Tutorial 04: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
an horizontal oil well 709
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 710
PVT Input .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 710
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 710
Deviation survey ......................................................................................................................................... 711
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 711
Down hole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 711
Static Geothermal .........................................................................................................................................
Gradient 711
Average Heat Capacities......................................................................................................................................... 712
Reservoir .........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 712
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 713
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 713
PVT data Input......................................................................................................................................... 714
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 718
System Equipment .........................................................................................................................................
Description 718
Deviation Survey ................................................................................................................................... 719
Surface Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 720
Down Hole Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 721
Geothermal gradient ................................................................................................................................... 722
Average Heat ...................................................................................................................................
Capacities 724
Equipment Summary ................................................................................................................................... 724
Saving the PROSPER ...................................................................................................................................
file 726
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR) 726
Sensitivity on well .........................................................................................................................................
length and water cut 730
Tutorial 05: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a multilateral Dry Gas Producer 734
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 735
PVT Input .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 735
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 736
Deviation survey ......................................................................................................................................... 736
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 737
Down hole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 737
Static Geothermal .........................................................................................................................................
Gradient 737
Average Heat Capacities......................................................................................................................................... 737
Multilateral
.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 738
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 740
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 740
PVT data Input......................................................................................................................................... 741
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 744
System Equipment .........................................................................................................................................
Description 745
Deviation Survey ................................................................................................................................... 746
Surface Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 748
Down Hole Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 748
Geothermal gradient ................................................................................................................................... 749
Average Heat ...................................................................................................................................
Capacities 750
Equipment Summary ................................................................................................................................... 750

May, 2009 PROSPER Manual

XIII PROSPER

Saving the PROSPER ...................................................................................................................................

file 752
Multilateral IPR.........................................................................................................................................
Input section 752
Estimation of the .........................................................................................................................................
well flow rate and inspecting the detailled results 770
Tutorial 07: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a slanted oil well 776
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 776
PVT Input .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 777
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 777
Deviation survey ......................................................................................................................................... 777
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 777
Down hole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 777
Static Geothermal .........................................................................................................................................
Gradient 778
Average Heat Capacities......................................................................................................................................... 778
Reservoir .........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 779
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 779
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 779
PVT data Input......................................................................................................................................... 780
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 781
System Equipment .........................................................................................................................................
Description 782
Deviation Survey ................................................................................................................................... 782
Surface Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 784
Down Hole Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 784
Geothermal gradient ................................................................................................................................... 785
Average Heat ...................................................................................................................................
Capacities 787
Equipment Summary ................................................................................................................................... 787
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR) 789
Estimation of the .........................................................................................................................................
well flow rate 794
Tutorial 08: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a gas well with connected pipeline 798
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 798
Input Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 799
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 799
Tutorial 09: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a water injection well 803
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 803
PVT Input .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 804
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 804
Deviation survey ......................................................................................................................................... 804
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 804
Down hole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 804
Static Geothermal .........................................................................................................................................
Gradient 805
Average Heat Capacities......................................................................................................................................... 805
Reservoir .........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 806
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 806
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 806
PVT data Input......................................................................................................................................... 807
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 808
System Equipment .........................................................................................................................................
Description 808
Deviation Survey ................................................................................................................................... 809
Surface Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 810
Down Hole Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 811
Geothermal gradient ................................................................................................................................... 812
Average Heat ...................................................................................................................................
Capacities 814
Equipment Summary ................................................................................................................................... 814
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR) 816
Estimation of the .........................................................................................................................................
well injection flow rate 820
Lift Curve generation .........................................................................................................................................
for other applications 824
 Contents XIV

Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 824

Steps ................................................................................................................................... 825
Data Entry For...................................................................................................................................
Lift Curve Generation 825
Lift Curve generation ................................................................................................................................... 828
Lift Curve Inspection ................................................................................................................................... 829
Lift Curve Export ................................................................................................................................... 830
Tutorial 10: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a gas injection well 832
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 833
PVT Input .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 833
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 833
Deviation survey ......................................................................................................................................... 833
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 834
Down hole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 834
Static Geothermal .........................................................................................................................................
Gradient 834
Average Heat Capacities......................................................................................................................................... 835
Reservoir .........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 835
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 836
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 836
PVT data Input......................................................................................................................................... 837
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 837
System Equipment .........................................................................................................................................
Description 838
Deviation Survey ................................................................................................................................... 838
Surface Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 839
Down Hole Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 840
Geothermal gradient ................................................................................................................................... 841
Average Heat ...................................................................................................................................
Capacities 842
Equipment Summary ................................................................................................................................... 843
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR) 843
Estimation of the .........................................................................................................................................
well injection flow rate 847
Lift Curve generation .........................................................................................................................................
for gas injectors 850
Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 850
Steps ................................................................................................................................... 851
Data Entry For...................................................................................................................................
Lift Curve Generation 851
Lift Curve generation ................................................................................................................................... 856
Lift Curve Inspection ................................................................................................................................... 856
Lift Curve Export ................................................................................................................................... 856
Tutorial 11: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a steam injection well 858
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 858
PVT Input .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 859
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 859
Deviation survey ......................................................................................................................................... 859
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 859
Down hole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 859
Static Geothermal .........................................................................................................................................
Gradient 860
Reservoir .........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 860
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 861
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 861
PVT data Input......................................................................................................................................... 862
System Equipment .........................................................................................................................................
Description 863
IPR Data ......................................................................................................................................... 868
Estimation of the .........................................................................................................................................
well injection flow rate 870
Tutorial 12: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
an oil well with gravel pack 876
Pre-requisite
.........................................................................................................................................................
and Statement Of The Problem 876
Gravel Pack.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 876

May, 2009 PROSPER Manual

XV PROSPER

Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 877
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 877
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR) 878
Estimation of the .........................................................................................................................................
well flow rate 881
Tutorial 13: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a frac and packed well 885
Pre-requisite
.........................................................................................................................................................
and Statement Of The Problem 885
Frac & Pack.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 885
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 886
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 886
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR) 887
Estimation of the .........................................................................................................................................
well flow rate 892
Tutorial 14: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a well with Pre-Packed Screen 896
Pre-requisite
.........................................................................................................................................................
and Statement Of The Problem 896
Pre-packed .........................................................................................................................................................
Screen Data 896
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 897
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 897
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR) 898
Estimation of the .........................................................................................................................................
well flow rate 900
Tutorial 15: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a well with slotted liners 904
Pre-requisite
.........................................................................................................................................................
and Statement Of The Problem 904
Slotted Liner
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 904
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 905
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 905
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR) 906
Estimation of the .........................................................................................................................................
well flow rate 908
Tutorial 16: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a well with Wire Wrapped Screen 912
Pre-requisite
.........................................................................................................................................................
and Statement Of The Problem 912
Wire Wrapped
.........................................................................................................................................................
Screen Data 912
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 913
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 913
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR) 914
Estimation of the .........................................................................................................................................
well flow rate 915
Tutorial 17: Fully
..........................................................................................................................................................
compostional well model for retrograde condenssate 919
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 919
PVT Input .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 920
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 921
Deviation survey ......................................................................................................................................... 921
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 921
Down hole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 921
Static Geothermal .........................................................................................................................................
Gradient 921
Average Heat Capacities......................................................................................................................................... 922
Reservoir .........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 922
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 923
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 923
PVT data Input......................................................................................................................................... 925
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 927
System Equipment .........................................................................................................................................
Description 927
Deviation Survey ................................................................................................................................... 928
Surface Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 929
Down Hole Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 930
Geothermal gradient ................................................................................................................................... 931
Average Heat ...................................................................................................................................
Capacities 932
Equipment Summary ................................................................................................................................... 933
Saving the PROSPER ...................................................................................................................................
file 935
 Contents XVI

Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................

Relation (IPR) 935
Estimation of the .........................................................................................................................................
well flow rate 939
Tutorial 18: Fully
..........................................................................................................................................................
compostional CO2 injection well 943
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 943
PVT Input .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 944
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 944
Deviation survey ......................................................................................................................................... 945
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 945
Down hole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 945
Static Geothermal .........................................................................................................................................
Gradient 945
Reservoir .........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 946
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 947
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 947
PVT data Input......................................................................................................................................... 949
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 951
System Equipment .........................................................................................................................................
Description 951
Deviation Survey ................................................................................................................................... 951
Surface Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 953
Down Hole Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 953
Geothermal gradient ................................................................................................................................... 954
Equipment Summary ................................................................................................................................... 956
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR) 957
Estimation of the .........................................................................................................................................
well flow rate 961
Tutorial 19: Matching
..........................................................................................................................................................
a dry gas well test 965
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 965
Well Test .........................................................................................................................................................
data 966
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 966
Open the PROSPER .........................................................................................................................................
file 966
Resetting any previous .........................................................................................................................................
VLP matching 967
Matching - VLP.........................................................................................................................................
/IPR Quality Check 968
Well Test Data...................................................................................................................................
Entry 969
Estimate the U-value ................................................................................................................................... 970
Correlation Comparison ................................................................................................................................... 971
VLP matching................................................................................................................................... 974
VLP / IPR matching ................................................................................................................................... 976
Performing Sensitivity ...................................................................................................................................
runs 978
Tutorial 20: Matching
..........................................................................................................................................................
a naturally flowing oil well test 983
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 983
PVT Lab.........................................................................................................................................................
data & Well Test data 984
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 985
Open the PROSPER .........................................................................................................................................
file 985
Resetting any previous .........................................................................................................................................
VLP matching 985
PVT matching ......................................................................................................................................... 986
Matching - VLP.........................................................................................................................................
/IPR Quality Check 990
Well Test Data...................................................................................................................................
Entry 991
Estimate the U-value ................................................................................................................................... 992
Correlation Comparison ................................................................................................................................... 993
VLP matching................................................................................................................................... 997
VLP / IPR matching ................................................................................................................................... 998
Performing Sensitivity...................................................................................................................................
runs 1005
Tutorial 21:..........................................................................................................................................................
Matching a water injection well test 1010
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1010
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
data 1010
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
Step 1011

May, 2009 PROSPER Manual

XVII PROSPER

Open the PROSPER .........................................................................................................................................

file 1011
Resetting any.........................................................................................................................................
previous VLP matching 1011
PVT matching......................................................................................................................................... 1012
Matching - VLP .........................................................................................................................................
/IPR Quality Check 1013
Well Test Data ...................................................................................................................................
Entry 1014
Estimate the ...................................................................................................................................
U-value 1015
Correlation Comparison
................................................................................................................................... 1016
VLP matching ................................................................................................................................... 1018
VLP / IPR matching ................................................................................................................................... 1020
Performing Sensitivity
...................................................................................................................................
runs 1024
Tutorial 22:..........................................................................................................................................................
Matching a gas injection well test 1027
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1027
PVT Lab .........................................................................................................................................................
data & Well Test data 1028
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
Step 1028
Open the PROSPER .........................................................................................................................................
file 1029
Resetting any.........................................................................................................................................
previous VLP matching 1029
PVT matching......................................................................................................................................... 1030
Matching - VLP .........................................................................................................................................
/IPR Quality Check 1030
Well Test Data ...................................................................................................................................
Entry 1031
Estimate the ...................................................................................................................................
U-value 1032
Correlation Comparison
................................................................................................................................... 1033
VLP matching ................................................................................................................................... 1035
VLP / IPR matching ................................................................................................................................... 1037
Performing Sensitivity
...................................................................................................................................
runs 1038
Tutorial 23:..........................................................................................................................................................
Continuous Gas Lift Design 1041
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem 1042
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
For Continuous GL design 1042
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1042
Reservoir Data .........................................................................................................................................
for GL design 1042
Equipment Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1042
Gas Lift design .........................................................................................................................................
parameters 1042
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure 1044
Defining the options ......................................................................................................................................... 1044
Description of.........................................................................................................................................
the gas lift PVT 1045
Description of.........................................................................................................................................
the IPR 1046
Description of.........................................................................................................................................
the Gas Lift Design Conditions 1048
Performing the .........................................................................................................................................
gas lift design 1051
Transferring the .........................................................................................................................................
valve depths 1054
System Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
for a gas-lifted well 1055
Tutorial 24:..........................................................................................................................................................
Intermittent Gas Lift design 1059
Introduction
.........................................................................................................................................................
to intermittent Gas Lift 1059
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
of the problem 1060
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure 1061
Setting up the.........................................................................................................................................
PROSPER model 1061
Design of the .........................................................................................................................................
intermittent gas lift 1072
Constant Surface .........................................................................................................................................
Closing Pressure design 1073
OptiFlow Gas.........................................................................................................................................
Lift Valve Design method 1076
Tutorial 25:..........................................................................................................................................................
Coiled Tubing Gas Lift Design 1077
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem 1078
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
For Continuous GL design with Coiled Tubing 1078
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1078
Reservoir Data .........................................................................................................................................
for GL design 1078
Equipment Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1079
Coiled Tubing.........................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift design parameters 1079
 Contents XVIII

Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure 1080
Defining the options ......................................................................................................................................... 1080
Gas lift PVT and .........................................................................................................................................
CT Data 1081
Description of.........................................................................................................................................
the IPR 1082
Description of.........................................................................................................................................
the CT Gas Lift Design Conditions 1084
Performing the .........................................................................................................................................
CT gas lift design 1086
Fixing the CT .........................................................................................................................................
injection depth 1088
System Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
for a CT gas-lifted well 1089
Tutorial 26:..........................................................................................................................................................
ESP Design 1093
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem 1093
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
For ESP design 1093
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1093
Reservoir Data .........................................................................................................................................
for ESP design 1094
Equipment Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1094
ESP design parameters......................................................................................................................................... 1094
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure 1095
Defining the options ......................................................................................................................................... 1095
Description of.........................................................................................................................................
the well down hole equipment 1096
Description of.........................................................................................................................................
the IPR 1096
Description of.........................................................................................................................................
the ESP Design Conditions 1098
Performing the .........................................................................................................................................
ESP design 1099
System Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
for an ESP-lifted well 1103
Notes on system .........................................................................................................................................
plot (VLP+IPR) for ESP-lifted wells 1109
Tutorial 27:..........................................................................................................................................................
Design of an Hydraulic Downhole Pump for an oil well 1113
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem 1113
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
For HSP design 1114
Produced Fluid .........................................................................................................................................
& Power Fluid PVT Data 1114
Reservoir Data .........................................................................................................................................
for HSP design 1114
Equipment Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1114
HSP design parameters......................................................................................................................................... 1114
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure 1115
Defining the options ......................................................................................................................................... 1115
Produced Fluid .........................................................................................................................................
& Power Fluid PVT Data 1116
Description of.........................................................................................................................................
the well down hole equipment 1117
Description of.........................................................................................................................................
the IPR 1118
HSP Design ......................................................................................................................................... 1120
Tutorial 28:..........................................................................................................................................................
Sucker Rod Pump Design 1125
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem 1126
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
for SRP-Design 1126
Fluid Properties ......................................................................................................................................... 1126
Equipment Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1126
Deviation Survey ................................................................................................................................... 1126
Surface Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 1126
Downhole Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 1126
Geothermal Gradient ................................................................................................................................... 1127
Average Heat...................................................................................................................................
Capacities 1127
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Relation 1127
SRP-Design parameters......................................................................................................................................... 1127
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
step SRP design 1128
Options ......................................................................................................................................... 1129
PVT Data: Input .........................................................................................................................................
& Matching 1129
System Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1133
SRP Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1137
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1139

May, 2009 PROSPER Manual

XIX PROSPER

SRP Design ......................................................................................................................................... 1144

Running .........................................................................................................................................................
sensitivities with a SRP-lifted well model 1147
Tutorial 29:..........................................................................................................................................................
Progressive Cavity Pump (PCP) Design 1150
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem 1150
Adding.........................................................................................................................................................
a PCP to the pump database 1151
Adding.........................................................................................................................................................
a Sucker Rod to the database 1153
Input Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
for PCP-Design 1155
Fluid Properties ......................................................................................................................................... 1155
Well Equipment .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1155
Deviation Survey ................................................................................................................................... 1155
Surface Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 1156
Downhole Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 1156
Geothermal Gradient ................................................................................................................................... 1156
Average Heat...................................................................................................................................
Capacities 1156
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Relation 1156
PCP-Design parameters......................................................................................................................................... 1156
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure 1157
PROSPER Well .........................................................................................................................................
model set-up 1157
PCP Design procedure ......................................................................................................................................... 1166
PCP sensitivity .........................................................................................................................................
calculation 1168
Tutorial 30:..........................................................................................................................................................
Modelling Diluent Injection into an oil well 1173
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem 1173
Input Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1174
Produced Fluid .........................................................................................................................................
& Diluent PVT 1174
Well Equipment .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1175
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1176
Diluent Injection .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1176
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure 1176
PROSPER Well .........................................................................................................................................
model set-up 1176
Calculating
.........................................................................................................................................................
Sensitivites 1187
Tutorial 31:..........................................................................................................................................................
Modelling Multiphase Pump with PROSPER 1191
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem 1191
Model Set.........................................................................................................................................................
Up 1192
Calculating
.........................................................................................................................................................
Sensitivies 1198
Tutorial 32:..........................................................................................................................................................
Trouble-shooting a gas lifted well 1202
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1202
Input Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1203
PROSPER well .........................................................................................................................................
model 1203
Well test results .........................................................................................................................................
for Quicklook 1203
Gas Lift Valves .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1204
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
Step Procedure 1204
Tutorial 33:..........................................................................................................................................................
Trouble-shooting an ESP-lifted well 1216
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1216
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1217
Strategy ......................................................................................................................................................... 1217
Phase 1: Build.........................................................................................................................................
a PROSPER model 1217
Phase 2: Collect .........................................................................................................................................
and analyse well test data 1217
Phase 3: Analyse .........................................................................................................................................
and match test to well model 1219
Phase 4: Use.........................................................................................................................................
model to run what-if scenarios 1223
Tutorial 34:..........................................................................................................................................................
Trouble-shooting an HSP-lifted well 1227
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1227
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1228
Strategy ......................................................................................................................................................... 1228
Phase 1: Build.........................................................................................................................................
a PROSPER model 1228
 Contents XX

Phase 2: Collect .........................................................................................................................................

and analyse well test data 1228
Phase 3: Analyse .........................................................................................................................................
and match test to well model 1229
Phase 4: Use.........................................................................................................................................
model to run what-if scenarios 1234
Tutorial 35:..........................................................................................................................................................
Trouble-shooting a SRP-lifted well 1239
Tutorial 36:..........................................................................................................................................................
Flow assurance calculations 1245
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1245
Input Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1245
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure 1251
Tutorial 37:..........................................................................................................................................................
Pipeline Only Modelling & matching 1275
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1275
Input Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1275
Fluid PVT data ......................................................................................................................................... 1275
Pipeline Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1276
Flow test results ......................................................................................................................................... 1277
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure 1277
PROSPER Model .........................................................................................................................................
Setup 1278
Pipe Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Matching 1286
Sensitivity runs ......................................................................................................................................... 1294
Tutorial 38:..........................................................................................................................................................
Full enthalpy balance tutorial 1299
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1299
Input Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1300
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1300
Equipment Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1300
Deviation Survey ................................................................................................................................... 1300
Surface Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 1300
Downhole Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 1300
Temperature...................................................................................................................................
Data 1301
Drilling and Completion
...................................................................................................................................
Data 1301
Lithology ................................................................................................................................... 1302
Databases for ...................................................................................................................................
thermal properties 1302
Reservoir Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1302
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
Step procedure 1303
PROSPER Model .........................................................................................................................................
Setup 1303
System Calculation ......................................................................................................................................... 1317
Tutorial 39:..........................................................................................................................................................
Improved Approximation 1320
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1320
Input Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1321
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1321
Equipment Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1321
Deviation Survey ................................................................................................................................... 1321
Surface Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 1321
Downhole Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 1321
Temperature...................................................................................................................................
Data 1322
Reservoir Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1322
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
Step procedure 1323
PROSPER Model .........................................................................................................................................
Setup 1323
System Calculation ......................................................................................................................................... 1333
Tutorial 40:..........................................................................................................................................................
SPOT tutorial 1336
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1336
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1337
System.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Input Data 1337
Deviation survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1337
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1337
Down Hole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1337

May, 2009 PROSPER Manual

XXI PROSPER

Static Geothermal .........................................................................................................................................

Gradient 1338
Average Heat.........................................................................................................................................
Capacities 1338
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 1338
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
Step 1341
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 1341
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 1342
Saving the PROSPER .........................................................................................................................................
file 1343
System Equipment .........................................................................................................................................
Description 1343
Deviation Survey ................................................................................................................................... 1344
Surface Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 1345
Down Hole Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 1346
Geothermal gradient ................................................................................................................................... 1347
Average Heat...................................................................................................................................
Capacities 1348
Equipment Summary ................................................................................................................................... 1349
Saving the PROSPER ...................................................................................................................................
file 1351
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR) 1351
Estimation of .........................................................................................................................................
the well flow rate 1365
Comparison of .........................................................................................................................................
different Gun Systems 1369
Inspection of SPOT .........................................................................................................................................
results at log- scale 1373
Tutorial 41:..........................................................................................................................................................
Multi-Zones Completion using multilayer IPR 1383
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
of the problem 1383
Input Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1384
Modelling.........................................................................................................................................................
Strategy 1386
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
Step Procedure 1386
Tutorial 42:..........................................................................................................................................................
Multi-Zones Completion using multilateral IPR 1401
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
of the problem 1401
Input Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1401
Modelling.........................................................................................................................................................
Strategy 1403
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
Step Procedure 1404
Tutorial 43:..........................................................................................................................................................
Jet Pump Design 1435
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of the Problem 1436
Input Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1436
Jet Pump .........................................................................................................................................................
Design Strategy 1438
Step by.........................................................................................................................................................
Step Procedure to design a jet pump 1438
Chapter

1
 2 PROSPER

1 Technical Overview
This technical overview contains a succinct list of the major technical capabilities of
PROSPER. The capabilities can be divided in the following disciplines:

- Fluid modelling (PVT)

- Reservoir model (IPR)

- Well bore and pipeline hydraulics (VLP)

- Artificial lift options

- Flow assurance and advanced thermal options

1.1 Fluid modelling options

PROSPER offers both existing fluid modelling options.
Fluid can be modelled with the traditional "black oil" approach or a fully
compositional approach.

PROSPER offers black oil models for:

- dry and wet gas
- oil and water (heavy oil, "black oil", volatile oils, ...)
- retrograde condensate

For all types of fluids, the user can:

- use existing black oil correlations
- calibrate and validate lab measurements against black oil correlations
- use PVT look-up tables over the expected operating pressure and
temperature conditions.

Beside the black oil models, the two majors Equation Of State models used in the oil
industry (Peng-Robinson and Soave Redlich Kwong) are implemented in
PROSPER allowing fully compositional modelling.
Users can embed their own proprietary EOS models into PROSPER via Dynamic Link
Library. The format of the DLL can be provided at request.
Hydrate and wax calculations can be performed with compositional fluid models.

When using black oil models, hydrate curves can be imported from any other
application like PVTp, the thermodynamics package developed by Petroleum
Experts. There is a flag that can be activated whenever calculated operating
conditions falls within the hydrates formation region.

PROSPER can model steam injection and steam production. A steam table calculator
is available.
Further options in PROSPER are:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Technical Overview 3

- Non-Newtonian fluids,
- DLL for proprietary fluid viscosity model for Non-Newtonian fluids
- Emulsion models

1.2 Inflows and Sand Control options

More than two dozens of inflow / combination of inflow models exist in PROSPER that
can be selected for different configurations:

- straight open or cased hole

- slanted well
- partially perforated well
- horizontal well (with and without friction loss)
- horizontal well with transverse vertical fracture
- multi-zone completions for stacked reservoirs with possible cross-flow and pressure
loss between the zones
- multi-lateral well and smart well
- well of any geometry like snaky or U-shaped wells
- Hydraulically fractured well
- Well in dual-porosity reservoirs (naturally fractured)
- water and gas injection wells
- water injector with thermally induced fractures
- External entry with User-entered IPR look-up tables

Various skin models are currently available:

- Locke Skin model
- MacLeod Skin model
- Karakas & Tariq
- Cinco-Ley and Martig-Bronz (I & II)
- Wong-Clifford
- SkinAide (Elf)
- SPOT (Shell)

A DLL template exists that allow User to import proprietary IPR and skin
models into PROSPER.

The following sand control options are available in PROSPER:

- Gravel Pack
- Pre-Packed screen,
- Wire-wrapped screen and
- Slotted liners

Further inflow-related models available in PROSPER are:

- Mobility correction using relative permeability
- Vogel correction
- Permeability reduction due to rock compaction

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 4 PROSPER

- Maximum drawdown before onset of sand failure

- Advanced perforation modelling capabilities with integrated tubing / casing and gun
system databases
- Gas coning with matching
- analytical coning model for water, gas and gas + water for horizontal wells (see
horizontal well with dP friction)

1.3 Well bore and Pipeline hydraulics

Nearly two dozens of multiphase correlations are available to the PROSPER user.
The flexible architecture of the software gives any User the opportunity to add any
number of proprietary multiphase correlations via DLL. The format of the DLL can be
provided at request.

Internal research have led to the development of a series of very successful

multiphase correlations that have become benchmark in the industry today. In
particular when compared to actual measurements, the Petroleum Experts 2
correlation has given excellent results in a wide range of situations: vertical well,
horizontal well, deviated well, large diameter well,oil wells, gas and retrograde
condensate wells, ..

When calculating the pressure drop in a well bore or a pipeline, PROSPER offers the
option to switch from one starting multiphase correlation to another one depending
upon the well or pipe inclination.

PROSPER can handle any combination of flow paths: annular flow only, tubular flow
only, simultaneous annular and tubular flow, sequences of tubular and annular flow
or sequences of mixed flow and tubular or annular flow.

1.4 Artificial lift systems

The following artificial lift options are available in PROSPER:
- Continuous gas lift
- Intermittent gas lift
- Coiled Tubing gas lift
- Electrical Submersible Pumps (ESP)
- Hydraulic Downhole Pumps (HSP) with Commingled Annular Supply
- Hydraulic Downhole Pumps (HSP) with Commingled Tubing Supply
- Hydraulic Downhole Pumps (HSP) with Closed Loop Supply
- Progressive Cavity Pumps (PCP) with Sucker Rod Drive
- Progressive Cavity Pumps (PCP) with Down Hole Motor Drive
- Diluent Injection (Annular Injection - Tubing Production)
- Diluent Injection (Tubing Injection - Annular Production)
- Jet Pump (Annular Injection - Tubing Production)
- Jet Pump (Tubing Injection - Annular Production)

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Technical Overview 5

- Multiphase Pumps (Framo Pumps)

1.5 Flow assurance

Advanced thermal models and miscellaneous options are available in PROSPER for flow
assurance features studies.

1.5.1 Advanced Thermal Models

For advanced thermal modelling, the user can select the Enthalpy balance model or
the improved approximation.
The enthalpy balance is a rigorous thermal model that accounts for convection,
radiation and conduction. Joule-Thompson effects are accounted for.
Another advanced thermal model is the "improved approximation" which is also a full
enthalpy balance model with the following difference when compared with the
enthalpy balance:
In the improved approximation, the heat term is calculated with a variable User-
entered overall heat transfer coefficient whereas the heat transfer coefficient in the
full enthalpy balance model is calculated internally.

1.5.2 General Flow Assurance Features

Beside the advanced thermal models, the following options are available in
PROSPER for flow assurance studies:
- hydrate and wax appearance prediction models
- Solid Transportation models
- Erosional velocity calculation with clean fluid or sand laden fluid
- Liquid loading calculations
- Pigging calculation: pigged slug length, pigged slug volume, pigged slug production
time and pigged slug residency time
- Taitel-Dukler flow regime map along pipeline length with severe-slugging region
(with and without Barnea criteria)
- Detailed output for slug and bubble calculations: mean slug length, mean bubble
length, slug frequency, Slug and bubble surge factor, ...

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

Chapter

2
 User Guide 7

2 User Guide
This user guide is subdivided in the following sections:
- Introduction
- File management
- Quick Start Guide
- Data input - General
- PVT data input
- Equipment data input
- IPR data input
- Artificial Lift Data Input
- Matching menu
- Calculation Menu
- Design menu
- Output
- Units,
- Wizard and
- Help

2.1 Introduction

Welcome to PROSPER, Petroleum Experts Limited's advanced PROduction and S

ystems PERformance analysis software. PROSPER can assist the production or
reservoir engineer to predict tubing and pipeline hydraulics and temperatures with
accuracy and speed. PROSPER's powerful sensitivity calculation features enable
existing designs to be optimised and the effects of future changes in system
parameters to be assessed.

By separately modelling each component of the producing well system, then allowing
the User to verify each model subsystem by performance matching, PROSPER
ensures that the calculations are as accurate as possible. Once a system model has
been tuned to real field data, PROSPER can be confidently used to model the well in
different scenarios and to make forward predictions of reservoir pressure based on
surface production data.

2.1.1 Using PROSPER

These are the main features available in PROSPER:

1. PROSPER is a fundamental element in the Integrated Production Model

(IPM) as defined by Petroleum Experts, linking to GAP, the production
network optimisation program for gathering system modelling and MBAL, the
reservoir engineering and modelling tool, for making fully integrated total
system modelling and production forecasting.

2. The PVT section in PROSPER can compute fluid properties using standard
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 8 PROSPER

black oil correlations. The black oil correlations can be modified to better fit
measured lab data. PROSPER allows detailed PVT data in the form of tables
to be imported for use in the calculations. A third option is to use the Equation
of State method. This option also allows the User to enter the equation of
state model parameters and uses the standard Peng-Robinson EOS model to
generate properties given a multi-stage separator scheme. With this option
the Users can also import all PVT data in the form of tables, which could have
been generated using their own proprietary EOS models.

3. The tool can be used to model reservoir inflow performance (IPR) for single
layer, multi-layered, or multilateral wells with complex and highly deviated
completions, optimising all aspects of a completion design including
perforation details and gravel packing.

4. It can be used to accurately predict both pressure and temperature profiles in

producing wells, injection wells, across chokes and along risers and flow lines.

5. The sensitivity calculations capabilities allow the engineer to model and

easily optimise tubing configuration, choke and surface flow line performance.

6. It can be used to design, optimise and troubleshoot the following artificial lift
systems: gas lifted, coiled tubing, ESP, PCP, HSP (hydraulic pump), Jet pump
and Sucker Rod pump equipped wells.

7. Its choke calculator can be used to predict flow rates given the choke size, or
the choke size for a specified production rate and of course, the pressure
drop across a known choke at a specified rate. It can also be used to
generate choke performance curves.

8. The multiphase flow correlations implemented can be adjusted to match

measured field data to generate vertical lift performance curves (VLP) for use
in simulators and network models.

9. The tool can utilise externally programmed dynamic link libraries (DLL) for
multiphase flow correlations, Equation of State (EOS) PVT calculations,
choke calculations, Inflow (IPR) models, HSP Gas De-Rating models and
proprietary viscosity models (both Newtonian and Non-Newtonian) .

10.The tool can be used in a matching or predictive mode. Matching of real data
is available in the PVT, IPR, Gradient matching and VLP matching sections.

· In matching mode, real data can be entered and matched using non-
linear regression methods to create custom correlations that fit the
input data.
· In predictive mode, the correlations created can be used to make
estimates of future well performance.

11.PROSPER can be used to model complex (topographically) and extensive (in

length) surface pipelines. Complex steady state slug analysis can also be

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 9

performed by taking into account slug build up and decay due to pipeline
topography, giving an indication of expected slug length and frequency.
Pigging calculations are also available

12.Black Oil PVT tables can be imported directly into PROSPER. The black oil
tables can be generated by Petroleum Experts’ PVTP thermodynamics
analysis program or from from any third-party application, provided it has the
right format (*.PTB file). Equally compositional model can also be directly
imported as *.PRP file.

13.A flexible and fully customisable units system is implemented in PROSPER.

Data may be input using one set of units and output using a second set of
units. Validation limits and display resolution can be independently set for
each variable type.

14.It has the utility for flagging of potential hydrate formation, if the User chooses
this in the options. The additional input required for this calculation is the
hydration formation tables as a part of the black oil PVT description. The
hydrate and wax models are readily available if the fluid model in PROSPER is
compositional. Note that one can also use Petroleum Experts’ PVTP
thermodynamics analysis program to predict waxes and hydrates appearance
conditions. A compositional PROSPER model or PVTP can be used to
generate hydrate formation tables.

15.The following situations can be modelled:

Fluid Type:
· Oil and Water (Black oil or Equation of State PVT)
· Dry and Wet Gas (Black oil or Equation of State PVT)
· Retrograde Condensate (Black Oil or Equation of State PVT)
· Emulsion viscosity can be optionally applied for any combination of
inflow, tubing and ESP’s or HSP’s.
· Separation mode: Single or Two Stage separation or Multistage (for
Compositional model)
· Modelling of non-Newtonian fluids for oil wells
· Modelling of Condensed Water Vapour for gas wells

Well Flow Configuration:

· Tubing or Annular flow or Tubing + Annular flow
· Producer or Injector

Artificial Lift Method:

· Naturally flowing well
· Gas lifted well (continuous and intermittent)
· Electric submersible pump (ESP)
· Hydraulic drive downhole pump (HSP)
· Progressive Cavity Pumps

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 10 PROSPER

· Jet Pumps
· Gas Lift with Coiled Tubing
· Injection of Diluents
· Multiphase Pumps
· Sucker Rod Pumps

Prediction Type:
· Pressure Only
· Pressure and Temperature Offshore
· Pressure and Temperature on Land

Temperature Model:
· Enthalpy Balance with or without steam
· Rough Approximation
· Improved Approximation with or without steam

Completion:
· Cased Hole
· Open Hole

Sand control:
· Gravel Pack
· Pre-packed screen
· Wire wrapped screen
· Slotted liner
· Sand failure

Reservoir:
· Single Well
· Multi-lateral Well in a Multi-layered Reservoir
· Gas Coning (Rate dependent GOR calculator)

2.1.2 PROSPER and Systems Analysis

PROSPER can help E & P companies to maximise their production earnings by
providing the engineering means to critically analyse the performance of individual
producing or injecting well. Each well system component that contributes to overall
performance is separately modelled: Fluid Properties, Inflow performance, pressure
drop in the tubing and pressure losses in the surface gathering system are
individually evaluated, analysed, validated and calibrated against recorded
performance data whenever possible.

Well potential and producing pressure losses are both dependent on fluid (PVT)
properties. The accuracy of systems analysis calculations is therefore dependent on
the accuracy of the fluid properties model (i.e. PVT). The pressure drop in a pipeline

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 11

or wellbore is the summation of 3 components:

· Gravity head
· Friction loss
· Acceleration

i.e.
Dptotal = Dpgravity + Dp friction + Dpacceleration

The gravity component is due to the density of the fluid mixture at each point in the
system and is a complex function of the relative velocity of the phases present.
PROSPER makes a flash computation at each calculation step to determine the
proportion of oil, water and gas present. The no-slip density is then calculated using
the proportions of each phase and the predicted density at each pressure and
temperature step.

Industry standard 2-phase correlations are then applied to determine the increase in
apparent fluid density due to the higher vertical velocity of gas compared to oil and
water (slippage). The gravity head loss is proportional to the fluid density corrected
for slip. The slip correction to be applied depends on the flow regime, fluid velocity
etc. The need for an accurate PVT description for predicting the gravity head loss
become obvious.

Friction losses are controlled by fluid viscosity and geometric factors (pipe diameter
and roughness). In the majority of oilfield applications, (i.e. large elevation difference
between inlet and outlet with liquids present) the gravitational component normally
accounts for around 90% of the overall head loss. Therefore, the total pressure drop
function may often not be particularly sensitive to the value of the friction loss
coefficient.

The acceleration component is usually small except in systems involving significant

fluid expansion. However, it is accounted for in all PROSPER calculations.

Historically, systems analysis software has lumped all flowing pressure loss terms
together and allowed the User to match real data by adjusting the roughness
coefficient of the friction loss term. This will certainly achieve a match for a particular
rate, but cannot be expected to achieve a match over a significant range of rates due
to the different dependencies of the gravity and friction loss terms on liquid velocity.

The recommended engineering approach when modelling wells and / or pipelines

response with PROSPER is to first construct a robust PVT model for the fluid. The
process consists when possible in entering laboratory PVT data and adjusting the
black oil correlation model to fit the measured data while respecting the fluid
thermodynamics. This approach consistently improve the accuracy of forward
prediction.

In essence, an accurate PVT model confines any uncertainty in the gravity loss term
to the slip correction only.

In the VLP matching phase, PROSPER divides the total pressure loss into friction and

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 12 PROSPER

gravity components and uses a non-linear regression technique to separately

optimise the value of each component. Not only does the matching process result in
a more accurate model, it will quickly highlight inconsistencies in either the PVT or
equipment description.

Provided sufficiently accurate field data is available, robust PVT, IPR and VLP
models can be achieved by validating and calibrating the models against actual
performance. Each model component is separately validated, therefore dependency
on other components of the well model is eliminated. Understanding potential
deterioration in well performance is simplified with such a consistent process that
ultimately help reduce the number of unknowns.

2.1.2.1 About PROSPER

PROSPER can predict either Pressure Only or Pressure and Temperature. The
Pressure Only option makes PROSPER a "Systems Analysis" package in the
traditional sense. In Pressure Only mode, the well temperature profile must be
inputted by the User. Temperature data is normally recorded whenever a pressure
survey is made, as the temperature is required to correct the downhole pressure
readings. This type of calculation is fast and sufficiently accurate for the majority of
pressure loss calculation purposes.

The Pressure and Temperature calculation option will generate both temperature
and pressure profiles. Three temperature models are provided. The Rough
Approximation model utilises a User-input overall heat transfer coefficient. It
determines the steady state temperature profile from the mass flow rates of oil, water
and gas before commencing the pressure loss calculations. This method runs
quickly, but unless calibrated using measured temperature data, it is not accurate.

The Enthalpy Balance model calculates the heat transfer coefficients at each
calculation step by considering heat flow and enthalpy changes. The Joule
Thompson effect, convection and radiation are modelled. These calculations require
considerably more input data than for pressure only calculations and must
commence from a known temperature and pressure (the sand face for producers, or
wellhead for injectors). Computation times are longer than for the Rough
Approximation option, but this method is predictive and gives accurate results over
a wide range of conditions.
The Enthalpy Balance model is completely transient and can be used to study
temperature changes over time.
Temperature prediction is useful for generating temperature profiles in:

· long pipelines transporting Retrograde Condensate.

· subsea wells with long flowlines
· high pressure/temperature exploration wells
· predicting temperature/pressure profiles for flow assurance studies: prediction
of wax/hydrate deposits

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 13

The production riser is properly accounted for by PROSPER. The User-input riser
geometry determines the heat loss coefficients calculated by the program between
the seabed and wellhead.

The Improved Approximation is a full Enthalpy Balance model, with the difference
that the heat exchange coefficient is not calculated but defined by the User along the
completion. Like the Enthalpy Balance model, the Joule Thompson effect is
accounted for.

PROSPER is also able to predict condensate liquid drop out using either black oil or
compositional models.

PROSPER uses a "Smart Menu" system. Only data relevant to a particular problem
need to be entered.

The flow chart below gives an outline of the calculation steps required to carry out a
simple systems analysis using PROSPER.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 14 PROSPER

2.1.3 Examples
To help illustrate the power of PROSPER, examples are provided with the program.
We suggest to run through them to become familiar with the program and its various
options.

The example guide provide the User with tutorials covering various dexterity and

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 15

engineering topics showing how to build, match and use a well model.

All the example files related are in the folder ~\samples\PROSPER , where
Petroleum Experts software in installed. The location of this directory depends on
where the program has been installed.

2.2 File Management

This section describes the menus, options and procedures used in PROSPER to
create new files and open or save existing files. The Units system and how to define
printer settings are also outlined. The menus described in this section are the
PROSPER File menu and Units menu.

The File menu provides additional options such as defining the default data
directory, as well as the facility to establish links to other programs running under
Windows.

PROSPER will (optionally) open the last file accessed when it starts. PROSPER also
displays a file status screen that shows the application options selected in summary
format: input PVT and IPR data, the equipment type summary and the analysis
output.

To protect the work, good practice is to save the file on a regular basis. This simple
procedure could potentially prevent hours of input and analysis being lost.

2.2.1 PROSPER Files

PROSPER uses a flexible file structure that enables data to be easily exchanged
between files and other application programs. In PROSPER information is grouped
into the following categories:
PVT Data System Input Data
Analysis Data Output Data
and saved into the following types of data file:

2.2.1.1 PVT Data (*.PVT)

File containing the well fluid data, PVT match data and any PVT tables entered
under the PVT menu.
It is possible to save PVT files separately under different names, and use them with
other input, analysis and output files in PROSPER. This feature is useful when
analysing a number of wells from the same producing pool.
The .PVT file can be also imported/exported in/from MBAL models.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 16 PROSPER

2.2.1.2 Input Data (*.SIN)

The *.SIN file contain all the options selected under the Options menu, in addition to
the well IPR and equipment data entered under the System menu. When an input
file is opened or saved, the program automatically opens and saves a .PVT file with
the same name.
2.2.1.3 Analysis Data (*.ANL)
This *.ANL file contains all the information from the *.SIN file aloind with all the
sensitivity input data for the calculations selected under the Analysis menu. When
an analysis file is opened and saved, the program automatically opens and saves a .
PVT & .SIN file with the same name. GAP manipulates .ANL files to batch calculate
well lift curves.
2.2.1.4 Output Data (*.OUT)
This file contains all the inputs and all the results of the calculations. When an
output file is saved, then program automatically saves a .PVT, .SIN & .ANL file of the
same name.
The *.OUT file can be seen as the master PROSPER file.

PROSPER files are ranked by their order of input, which essentially reflects the way
data should be entered into the program, that is from the LEFT to the RIGHT of the
PROSPER menu. It is possible to note that the order of files also corresponds to the
options on the menu bar as one is navigating through the program.

The file hierarchy does not prevent the User from creating and combining any
number of input and output data files. Until the User becomes familiar with the
program, we recommend to work with *.OUT files. This can avoid confusion as
the program will automatically open and save the required data files to run a
complete analysis cycle.

More experienced users can take advantage of the flexible file structure to combine
the data files from different wells. This "sharing" of data is useful in areas where
wells have similar fluid properties or reservoir IPR's. If disk space is a concern, the
data contained in a .ANL file together with its complementary .PVT and .SIN files can
be used to re-create a given set of calculation outputs, therefore avoiding the need
to always save large .OUT files on disk.

For example, if one wants to run an analysis with the PVT data of Well 1, the input
data (*.SIN) data of Well 2, and the analysis data of Well 3, the following steps can
be followed to achieve that:
· Open Well 2.SIN
· Recall Well 1.PVT under the PVT menu.
· Under the Options menu, select the processing options.
· Modify the data files if necessary.
· Next, select the Save As command and save the data under a new file
PROSPER Manual May, 2009
 User Guide 17

name.

2.2.1.5 Creating a New File

While working with PROSPER, new input or output data files can be created at any
time. To create a new file, from the File menu simply choose the New command.
This command does not actually create a new and separate file, but re-initialises the
program input/output data.
2.2.1.6 Opening an Existing File
Existing data files can be opened quickly and easily at any time during the current
working session. To open a file, from the File menu choose the Open option. It is
possible to select one of the following file types:

· Input Data (. SIN)

· Input and Analysis Data (. ANL)
· Input, Analysis and Output Data (. OUT)

by using the “Files of Type” dropdown box.

The file open dialog is exactly the same as in any Windows program.

2.2.1.7 Saving a File

When files are opened in PROSPER, the program copies the selected file into the
computer's memory. Any changes to the file are made to the copy in memory. In
the event of a power failure or computer crash, these changes would be completely
lost. To prevent this, we recommend to save the data on a regular basis and
especially before quitting the program.

The Save command stores all the changes made in the active file. By default, the S
ave command saves a file under its original name and to the drive and directory last
selected. A prompt will be displayed to select one of the following file types:

Input Data (.SIN)

· Automatically saves the input file and corresponding .PVT file.

Input and Analysis Data (.ANL)

· Automatically saves the analysis data and corresponding .SIN & .PVT data
files.

Input, Analysis and Output Data (.OUT)

· Automatically saves the output results and corresponding .SIN, .PVT & .
ANL files if a file of the same name exists in the selected directory, the file
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 18 PROSPER

is overwritten. To avoid overwriting an existing file, use the Save As

command and enter a different file name.

2.2.1.8 Copying a File

The Save As command allows to make more than one copy or version of an existing
file.

This command is the same as in any other program running under Windows and
allows to save the PROSPER model in any of the file formats (.SIN, .ANL, .OUT).

2.2.2 Preferences
The Preferences screen is used to customise the program to your particular
requirements. Click Preferences from the File menu to customise PROSPER. Click
on the appropriate tab at the top of the data entry section in order to change the
option require. The various tabs are described below:
2.2.2.1 Main Screen

This tab is used to customise the appearance of the PROSPER main screen and all
data entry (dialog) screens.

Dialog Font
This changes the font type and size used to display all data entry screens. This may

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 19

be useful to make all dialogs smaller in case of a low-resolution screen or larger to

improve readability in case of a high-resolution screen. Use the Reset button to
reset the dialog screen font to its default value.

Status Screen
Selecting On the screen status information will be continuously displayed and
updated during the program usage. Selecting Off the screen status information
screen will not be displayed (apart from whenever a new file is opened).

Font Height
If the font height is modified then an attempt is made to scale the font so that all
information displayed in each panel on the status screen will be visible. This will
vary depending on the relative size of the program window to the total screen. If the
font height is not modified then some information may not be displayed as the size of
the program window is varied.

Screen Font
Use this option to change the font type and size used to display information on the
status (front) screen of the program.

Label Colour
Change the colour used to display labels on the status screen

Text Colour
Change the colour used to display text on the status screen

Background
Change the colour used for the background of the status screen

Box Colour
Change the colour used for the background of each panel on the status screen

Box Shadow
Change the colour used for the 3D shadow effect on the status screen panels

Box Highlight
Change the colour used for the 3D-highlight effect on the status screen panels

FileName Option NEW!!!

Options to display the file name in the main program toolbar. It is possible to
visualise the file name with/without the complete path, or a certain number of
characters ot not visualise it at all. The changes will have effect as soon as a file is
loaded

Length of FileName
Active only if the FileName Option Compact Path/File to Specified Length is selected

For all of the above “Colour” options the Choose button to the right will bring up a

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 20 PROSPER

dialog screen to select an appropriate colour.

2.2.2.2 File

Use this tab to customise various options relating to file management.

Default Data Directory

The directory where data files are normally stored.

Use the Browse buttons to browse for the appropriate directories.

Default Data Directory Choice

This option determines the directory that is used as the default in file dialog. The
choices are either to always use the default data directory (see above) or to use the
directory of the last file opened or saved.

Reload Last File On Start Up

Specifies whether the last file that the User was working with should be automatically
reloaded on program start up.

Number of File Names Saved

Specifies the number of previously used files that are to be displayed on the file
menu.

Location of Import Files

Use this option to specify the default location of the Import files

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 21

Import File Directory Choice

Use this option to define the directory that will be pointed every time the file Import
function is selected

Location of Import Filters

Use this option to specify the default location of the Import Filter

Location of Report Output Files

Use this option to specify the default location of output files from the reporting
subsystem.

Location of User-Created Report Files

Use this option to specify the default location of user-created report templates from
the reporting subsystem

Confirm Calculations
Switches (on or off) the message that appears at the end of any calculation function.

File Compression
Switches (on or off) file compression for PROSPER files (OUT, ANL, SIN, PVT).
Default is off. File reading and writing is slower with compression on, but less disk
space is used by the file. The user needs to decide the trade-off between speed and
disk space.

2.2.2.3 Plot

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 22 PROSPER

Use this tab to set defaults for all aspects of the plot.

Always Use Plot Defaults

Each time a plot is done default values will be used rather than the last selected
values for each particular plot type

X Grid Blocks
Number of gaps between grid lines on X-axis. (Range 1-20)

Y Grid Blocks
Number of gaps between grid lines on Y-axis. (Range 1-20)

Plot Labels
Shows or hides the plot labels.

Plot Scales
Shows or hides the plot scales

Plot Legend
Shows or hides the plot legend. If the legend is hidden, the body of the plot will
expand to fill the whole window.

Scaling Method
Endpoint or rounded. Endpoint means the scales are taken from the exact
extremities of the data being plotted. Rounded means that ranges are chosen to
surround the data but with whole numbers ensured for the end points and the
gridline intervals.

Grid Line Type

Selects from dotted lines, dashed lines, solid lines or tick marks.

Mouse Readout
Switches the mouse cursor position readout no or off.

Date Stamp Title

Selects to append the current data and time to the plot title or not

Line Thickness
To select the thickness of plotted lines

Vertical Font
Selects the default font for all vertical text (Y-axis)

Horizontal Font
Selects the default font for all horizontal text

Default Colours
Sets the default colour scheme for the plot

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 23

2.2.2.4 User Applications

This tab allows to add up to four of the User’s favourite or most-often used Windows
applications to the PROSPER menu. Although PROSPER has a very flexible reporting
system the User may wish to use a spreadsheet (such as EXCEL), a word processor
(such as WORD) and a presentation package (such as Power Point) to build
presentation quality reports using PROSPER output in a slick and efficient manner.
Any output (plots and reports) produced by PROSPER is automatically copied to the
Clipboard. From there it can easily be pasted into one of the above-mentioned
applications using one simple keystroke. Using the power and flexibility of the
chosen application, high quality reports and presentations can be easily prepared.
All plots can be saved in Windows Metafile format. These can be easily read by a
word processing package or presentation graphics package and give the maximum
flexibility for user customisation.
All reports can be saved in TSV (Tab Separated Variable) format using the Export
facility that means they will automatically be tabulated when read into the favourite
spreadsheet.

Enter a description and a command line for each application to be added to the
PROSPER menu.

The description is the data that appears on the menu.

The command line is the full path name of the program to execute.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 24 PROSPER

Use the Browse buttons to browse for the application require. Use the Clear
buttons to initialise the appropriate application information.

2.2.2.5 Limits

This tab allows the User to specify limiting values and tolerances for the following
parameters:

- Maximum AOF for OIL

- Maximum AOF for GAS
- Maximum AOF for RETROGRADE CONDENSATE
- Minimum GLR Injected for GAP Performance Curves
- VLP Pressure Display Limit: Twice Reservoir Pressure or Unlimited. This
controls the display of large VLP values in SYSTEM calculations
- HSP calculation settings
- Calculation Step Length. It specifies the calculation step during pressure drop
calculation. If No Use Correlation Step Length is selected (default), the flow
correlation will use its internal step
- Document TPD Files. This option adds explanatory comments in generated lift
curves

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 25

2.2.2.6 Units

This tab allows to specify the default Units Systems to use for new files.

If setting the option "Always Use Default Units" to "Yes", then the units displayed for
any file read in will always be set to the default choice, regardless of the settings in
the file.
Units Database Directory: this is the location where the PROSPER Units database
(PRPUNITS.PXDB) resides.With the browse button one can alter it.

The free format number set the precision for all inputs and output data to free.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 26 PROSPER

2.2.2.7 Equipment

This option defines the default values for the Pipeline and Tubing Roughness that
will be used in the Equipment Data.
2.2.2.8 VPC

VPC stands for Valve Performance Clearinghouse.

Done Click on this button to save you changes.

Cance Click on this button to discard changes made on all tabs in the current
l edit session..
Help Click on this button to view this screen.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 27

For members of the VPC consortium, access to the VPC gas lift valve database is
established through this screen.

2.2.3 Software Key Maintenance

The Software Key command activates the Petroleum Experts Remote Utility. This
program allows the user to see what programs are currently enabled, their expiry
date, and user authorisation codes and key number - as can be seen in the screen
shot below.
This utility is also used to enter the authorisation codes that will update or activate
the software key where necessary. For reasons of security, Petroleum Experts
normally sends an inactive software device with the application program. The codes
needed to activate or update the software key are sent separately by e-mail.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 28 PROSPER

This utility is also used to update the software key and to view versions. Software
keys must be updated when new programs or modules are required or the key expiry
date changed.

Entering the Authorisation Code

To enter the authorisation codes, click the Update button. The following screen will
appear:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 29

Enter the codes you have received from Petroleum Experts from left to right
beginning with the top row. The easiest way to do this is to use the Paste button to
copy the codes from the email sent by Petroleum Experts. Press Continue to
activate the codes or Cancel to quit the code update.

Updating the Software Protection Key

Access to the software automatically ceases when the license expiry date has
elapsed. You are however, reminded several days in advance, which gives you
sufficient time to contact Petroleum Experts to obtain update codes. This occurs
when either:
The software license trial period has ended.
The annual software maintenance fee is due.
Software protection keys also need updating when you acquire new Petroleum
Experts software packages. The procedure for updating the software key is the
same as described above. When the appropriate screen appears, enter the codes
provided - from left to right beginning with the top row. Press OK to activate the
codes, or Cancel to quit the update. To view the expiry date for any of the enabled

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 30 PROSPER

programs, click on the software title.

When you receive new codes, always update every key that belongs to your
company. Subsequent updates may fail if all previously issued codes have not been
properly entered into the key.

You can view the software key driver versions by clicking on the Versions button.
The following screen will appear.

2.2.4 FileList
Use this screen to search for PROSPER files anywhere in your system.
Browse a directory and then Load Files to visualise all the PROSPER files contained
within the selected directory. Information about the files will be imported as well.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 31

2.2.5 Evaluate OpenServer Statement

This option can be used to test the OpenServer commands and variables. In the
Evaluate OpenServer screen a field is available where to input the OS string, which
can correspond to a parameter or to a command:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 32 PROSPER

Type or Paste the OS string in the String field, then select one of basic OS
commands (DoGet, DoSet, DoCommand), if required enter the Value (valid only if
using DoSet) and click Evaluate to perform the function.
In the Returned value it is possible to read the results of the operation.

The buttons Commands, Variables and Functions will access the lists of the strings
of the commands, input/output variables and functions

Ü NEW!!! In the string lists screen it is possible to search for strings by using the Search functi

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 33

2.2.6 User Correlations

PROSPER has been designed to accept outside calculation modules for fluid flow
correlations, Equation of State PVTP calculations, choke models (pressure loss
through restrictions), inflow performance calculations, HSP Gas Derating models,
viscosity models. Users can obtain an authoring kit from Petroleum Experts to
enable the building of a compatible Dynamic Link Library for use in PROSPER.

Before a DLL can be accessed, it must first be installed into PROSPER. This is done
by clicking File User Correlations.
Select either Flow Correlation, Equation of State Model, Choke Correlation, Inflow
Performance Model, HSP Gas DeRating Model, Viscosity Model.
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 34 PROSPER

PROSPER will display a list of the currently installed DLLs of the selected type. To
add a correlation, click Add and select the appropriate file from the file dialogue.
Click OK and it will be imported into PROSPER.

MODEL EXTENSION
Flow Correlation .COR
Equation of State PVTP .EOS
Model
Choke Correlation .CHK
Inflow Performance Model .RSM
HSP Gas DeRating Model .GDR
Viscosity Model .VSM

Information about particular correlations (name, phases and flow regimes modelled,
etc.) can be obtained by clicking the Info button. A screen similar to the following will
be displayed.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 35

2.2.7 Printer Setup

2.2.7.1 Preparing to Print
There must be a properly installed and connected printer in order to print.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 36 PROSPER

The Printer Setup command of the File menu allows to select a printer and define its
set-up options.

2.2.7.2 Selecting and configuring a Printer

Select the correct printer from the list box provided. Only printers that have been
installed under Windows will be displayed.
The configuration of the printer follows the exact guidelines of any other software
running under Windows.

2.2.7.3 Printing Export Data

Prior to printing export data, it is always a good idea to save the data file(s). In the
unlikely event that a printer error or some other unforeseen problem occurs, this
simple procedure could prevent the work from being lost.

To print export data, select the Output menu and the Export option. Select the
sections to report on the dialogue box. The program will lead the User through a
series of input screens to set up the required report sections. From the main
dialogue box, select a destination for r data.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 37

The appearance of printed reports is controlled by the export data set-up options that
have been set.
Click Setup to display the following screen:

Select a suitable font and set the margins etc. that will be used for printed export
data. Only non-proportional fonts are allowed in reports to maintain vertical
alignment of the columns.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 38 PROSPER

Ü PROSPER default font is recognised by most print set-ups. To avoid

potential printing problems, always set up the system to use a font
that is supported on the system prior to printing PROSPER export data
for the first time.
Click OK to return to the output screen. Clicking Print initiates generation of the
export data and sends it to the selected destination.

Export data can be sent to the following entities:

· Printer - the primary printer as set up under Windows.

· File - Creates an ASCII data file and saves it. Clicking Print will display a
dialogue box that requests a file name and destination. Enter a suitable file name
(the program automatically appends a ".PRN" extension) and click OK to save the
file. The Fixed Format option saves a file in a printer ready format that can be
imported into a DOS based word processor or text editor. Use the Tab Delimited
format to save a file suitable for importing directly into a spreadsheet such as
EXCEL.
· Clipboard - Clicking Print after selecting this option copies the data onto the
Windows clipboard. From the Clipboard, can view, edit and paste the data directly
into another Windows application. E.g. a word processing program. Tab delimited
data can be pasted directly into spreadsheets.
· Screen - Clicking Print after selecting this option allows to view the report on
the screen. Scroll through the data using the scrolling thumbs or arrows. When
finished viewing, click OK to return to the main menu.

2.2.7.4 Selecting an Exported Data to Print

It is not necessary to be in PROSPER to print a report. Provided to have previously
generated a report file (*.PRN), a report can be easily opened and imported into any
word or spreadsheet program. If the Tab Delimited option was selected, this will
allow the User to easily create tables and/or format the data using a word processor.

2.2.8 Word Processing in PROSPER

The WordPad command on the File menu gives direct access to the Windows word
processing package. This application can be used to make notes of the current
analysis for later inclusion in reports. If no alternative word processing package is
available, it is possible to use WordPad to edit, format and print the reports.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 39

2.2.9 Clipboard Command

The Clipboard command on the File menu gives direct access to the Windows
clipboard viewer. This feature is useful for checking data input or intermediate
results from e.g. gas lift design calculations that are written to the clipboard by
PROSPER.

2.2.10 Command Buttons

The following command buttons are used in PROSPER.

All This command button is used in the Equipment and Gas Lifted (safety
equipment) option screens. It will select all input parameters and data
points for automated editing.

Calculate Performs the various calculations on the input parameters for the
correlations selected.

Cancel Returns to the previous screen. Any changes or modifications will be

ignored by the system.

Continue Continues to the next input screen. Any changes to the fields will be
saved and retained in memory for later calculations. A warning message
will be displayed when fields requiring input data are left blank.

Copy To copy existing data points, select the line entries to duplicate and click
on Copy. Next, select the destination line(s) and click on Copy again.
Subsequent line entries will be not be overwritten by this operation.

Correlations Displays the results of any matching performed under the VLP/IPR
Match option.

Delete This command button is used in the Equipment and Gas Lifted (safety
equipment) option screens. It allows to delete individual or several data
points.
To delete, select the line entries to erase and click on Delete. If one
wishes to delete all existing line entries, click All and then Delete. The
program will clear the input screen.

Done Returns to the previous menu. Any changes or modifications will be

retained in memory by the program.

Edit This command button is used in the main Equipment screen. One or
more items can be modified at a time. When used with 'All', all items will
be selected for editing.

Export Brings up the Data Export interface. This will be specific to the data on
the active window.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 40 PROSPER

Help Provides on screen help for PROSPER. For general information, press
the 'ALT' and 'H' keys together in the Main menu, or the Index button
under any help screen. Specific help screens are also available for each
window.

Import Calls up the general import interface that allows to grab data from any
text file. This button will usually be found where tabular data is to be
input.

Insert This allows to add one or several data points providing there are
sufficient entry fields. Select the line number where to add a new entry
and click on Insert. The program will move existing line entries down to
accommodate the inserted line(s).

Main Returns to the Main Application Menu. Any changes or modifications will
be saved and retained in memory by the program.

Match Displays a variable screen where match data can be entered in order to
adjust existing correlations to fit real data.

Move Allows to re-arrange data points. Select the line(s) to transfer and click
on Move. Next, select the destination line(s) and click on Move again.
Subsequent line entries will be moved down to accommodate the
transferred line(s).

Plot Plots any calculated results and displays them on screen. Hard copies
of the screen display can be printed by selecting the Hardcopy command
button on the Plot screen.

Recall Allows to recall an existing PVTP file. The User will be prompted for the
directory and name of the file.

Report Calls up the reporting interface with a report that is specific to the active
window. This is generally found on windows that display the results of
calculations. It is then possible to choose to print this report. The report
is generated from a system report template.

Reset Resets the Match parameters in order to reinstate the original textbook
correlations.

Save Saves a current PVTP file. If this is a new data file, the User will be
prompted for a file name.
Summary Displays a summary screen of the input equipment parameters or
system units.

The following command buttons are used in the Plot Menu and Plot screens.

Clipboard Sends black and white or colour copies of the screen plot to the

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 41

Windows Clipboard where it may be retrieved by a word processing

program for inclusion in reports.

Colours Allows to define the screen display colours of plot labels, scales, grids,
etc.

Finish Returns to the previous menu or screen.

Hardcopy Generates black and white or colour print copies of the screen plot. It is
automatically sent to the device selected.

Labels Allows to label plots. All plot labels are stored in memory and saved
when Output files are generated.

Replot Re-displays the original screen.

Scales Allows to re-define the minimum and maximum values for the X and Y
plot axes.

2.3 Data Input - General

This section describes the PROSPER main menu and the input data required before
an analysis can be performed. Data should be entered by working through the
PROSPER menus following the logic order from left to right and top to bottom. The
following menus are described in this section:
· Main menu
· Options menu

2.3.1 PROSPER Main Menu

All PROSPER functions are listed as menu options. Simply select the required menu
and choose an item from the list displayed. This will activate an option or display the
relevant screen.

Problem solving with PROSPER is approached systematically by working from left to

right through the main menu. Calculation menus are activated only when the
necessary input data has been entered.

To start PROSPER, select the appropriate icon and press or double-click the
program icon. A screen similar to the following will appear:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 42 PROSPER

The menu options across the top of the screen are the PROSPER main menu options. Each
is described below.

2.3.1.1 File
The File menu is a management menu with commands that enables to open, save
or create new data files.
It is possible to use this menu to define the default data directory, printer set-ups
options and hook in external DLLs. A facility for accessing other Windows programs
via PROSPER is also provided.

2.3.1.2 Options
The Options menu is the starting point of PROSPER and the key to the program.
Use this menu to define the application and principal well features such as -
prediction method, artificial lift type and fluid type. The options selected are unique
to the current file and apply until changed by the user, or another file is recalled.
These options also determine the subsequent screens, menus and commands that
are displayed.

2.3.1.3 PVT
Use the PVT menu to define well fluid properties and select fluid property
correlations.
PVT correlations can be modified to match laboratory-measured data using a non-
PROSPER Manual May, 2009
 User Guide 43

linear regression technique. Alternatively, detailed PVT data may be entered in

tables.

2.3.1.4 System
The System menu is used to define the well's downhole and surface equipment as
well as the reservoir inflow performance.
When applicable, Gas Lift, ESP, HSP, PCP and other artificial lift methods
equipment data are entered in this menu.

2.3.1.5 Matching
The Matching menu allows comparison of field data with calculated pressure drops
in well tubing and surface piping. All available correlations can be compared to allow
selection of the model that best suits the field conditions.

2.3.1.6 Calculation
The Calculation menu provides with the relevant calculation options. Calculations
to determine well performance, pressure and temperature profiles in the wellbore,
perform sensitivity analyses, make gradient comparisons and generate lift curve
tables are available in this menu.

2.3.1.7 Design
ESP, HSP, PCP, Jet Pumps, Sucker Rod Pumps, Multiphase Pumps sizing as well
as gas lift mandrel placement and valve setting pressure calculations, coiled tubing
and diluents injection are available from the Design menu. Access to the databases
that hold gas lift valves, ESP, HSP, PCP, Jet pumps, Sucker Rod Pumps (NEW!!!)
equipment characteristics is via the Design menu also.

2.3.1.8 Output
The Output menu is used to generate reports, to export data and to plot data.
Report templates are provided and user templates can also be defined. The data
used can be input data, analysis data, results or plots. Reports can be saved in
various file formats (RTF, TXT and native) and can be displayed or sent to a printer.
Export data can be viewed on screen, sent to the Windows clipboard, sent to a
printer or saved in a file. Plots can be printed directly, saved to a report file or a
Windows metafile. Selected plots can also be sent to the clipboard where they can
be retrieved by other Windows-based programs.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 44 PROSPER

2.3.1.9 Wizard
This menu accesses the wizard area of PROSPER. This allows to Create/Edit and
Run wizards that allow the User to build and run models step-by-step guided fashion.

2.3.1.10Units
This menu is used to define the input and output units of measurement. A flexible
system of units is provided allowing to customise the internal units system.

2.3.1.11Help
Provides on-line help for PROSPER. The User can get help on specific tasks, fields
or commands. Help is also given on the keyboard and miscellaneous Windows
commands.

2.3.2 Options - Options Selection

The Options menu is used to define the characteristics of the well. The options
selected establish the input data required and the calculation options available. The
selections made apply to the current session. The data entry screens, input fields
and variables are limited to those relevant to the particular application. Input options
may be changed at any stage of the processing. New choices may require other
information to be supplied. Therefore the User is advised to ensure that all relevant
input is still valid for the new option selection.

To access the Options menu, point to the menu name and click the mouse or press
ALT+O.

The following data entry screen will appear:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 45

The entry screen is divided in two main sections - System options and User
information.

Under the System options section, define the well characteristics such as fluid type,
well completion, lift method, etc. These selections determine information that will be
required to enter later. The lower section of the screen comprises the header
information and comments that identify the well and will appear on the report and
screen plot titles.

Option Selection
To select an option, click on the arrow to the right of the required field. The list of
available choices will be displayed.

2.3.2.1 Fluid Description

2.3.2.1.1 Fluid Type

· Oil and Water (Black Oil Model or Compositional)
Oil and/or Water fluids

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 46 PROSPER

· Dry and Wet Gas (Black Oil Model or Compositional)

Dry and Wet Gas is handled under the assumption that condensation occurs
at the separator. The liquid is put back into the gas as an equivalent gas
quantity. The pressure drop is therefore calculated on the basis of a single-
phase gas, unless water is present.

· Retrograde Condensate (Black Oil Model or Compositional)

This fluid type accounts for the condensate drop out in the tubing.

2.3.2.1.2 Method
· Black Oil
This option uses industry standard Black Oil models. Five correlations are
available for oil producers. For gas condensate systems an internally
developed model is used. These correlations can be adjusted to match
measured data using non-linear regression.
· Equation of State
Reservoir fluid is modelled by pseudo components having user-specified
properties. The two equation of state models Peng-Robinson and
Soave-Redlich-Kwong are available in PROSPER to predict PVT
properties.
User EoS DLLs can also be linked into PROSPER.

2.3.2.1.3 Equation of State Setup

This button is active when Equation of State Method has been selected and can be
used to access all the options related to the use of the Equation of State:
· EoS Model (Peng-Robinson or Soave-Redlich-Kwong)
· Optimisation Mode (None, Low and Medium)
· Volume Shift enable/disable
· Reference Pressure and Temperature
· Path to Surface and Recycle: Flash Straight to Stock Tank, Use
Separator Train, Use K values
· Target GOR Method (Use Separator Fluids or Use Fluid from PSAT)

2.3.2.1.4 Separator
· Single Stage
This option is available for black oil option for following fluids:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 47

· Oil and water

· Dry and Wet Gas
· Two Stage
This option is available for Black oil model in case of Oil and Water fluid type
only.
Separator and tank properties are entered and recombined by PROSPER.
· Multi-Stage
This option is available for:
- Retrograde Condensate Black Oil model
- Equation of State Method
Up to 10 stages of separation can be modelled for compositional applications.

2.3.2.1.5 Emulsions
· No or Emulsion + Pump viscosity correction
Select Emulsion + Pump viscosity correction to allow input of Emulsion
viscosity in the PVT section. This option must be selected to turn on pump
viscosity corrections.

2.3.2.1.6 Hydrates
· Disable Warning or Enable Warning
Select Enable Warning to allow flagging of hydrates formation in
calculation screens. To use this feature, go to the PVT section and enter
or import the hydrates formation table.

2.3.2.1.7 Water Viscosity

· Use Default Correlation or Use Pressure Corrected Correlation
When the default correlation is used, the water viscosity will be sensitive to
the water salinity and temperature. When the pressure corrected
correlation is used, the water viscosity will be sensitive to the water
salinity, temperature and pressure.

2.3.2.1.8 Water Vapour

· No Calculation or Calculate Condensed Water Vapour
This option is available for Dry and Wet Gas and Retrograde Condensate
fluid types with PVT Black Oil model. If ‘Calculate Condensed Water
Vapour’ is selected, the condensation of water vapour will be taken into

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 48 PROSPER

account when performing pressure drop calculation.

2.3.2.1.9 Viscosity model

By default the fluid is considered Newtonian. If desired, non-Newtonian effects can
be modelled by selecting Non-Newtonian and entering in the PVT section rheologic
properties of the fluid.
2.3.2.2 Well
2.3.2.2.1 Flow Type
· Tubing Flow
This option models flow through a circular cross sectional area (flow in tubing/
pipe)
· Annular Flow
This option models production up the casing / tubing annulus
· Tubing + Annular Flow
This option models production up the tubing, the annulus space, or tubing and
annulus simultaneously

2.3.2.2.2 Well Type

· Producer
this option model production wells
· Injector
This is a generic injector well. The fluid to be injected can be specified by the
User. Gas injectors can be modelled by selecting this option
· Water Injector
Injection of single-phase water

CO2 Injection
The best approach to model CO2 Injection is to use an Equation Of State PVT
Model and set the Fluid Type as "Retrograde Condensate" and not "Dry And Wet
Gas". The reason behind this is that the "Dry And Wet Gas" models considers the
fluid as a single phase throughout the entire system and modifies the gas properties
to account for the condensate. The "Retrograde Condensate" model assumes
multiphase flow modelling allowing for gas and/or liquid phases to be present
anywhere in the system (depending on the prevailing pressure and temperature).

N.B. In CO2 Injection, depending on the conditions of pressure and temperature, it is

possible to have phase changes somewhere in the system (Gas-.Liquid->Gas)

The Gray (and Modified Gray) correlation uses its own internal PVT calculator that
overrides the Prosper-calculated pvt properties and therefore this should not be

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 49

used to model CO2 Injection.

2.3.2.3 Artificial Lift

2.3.2.3.1 Method
The following artificial lift options are available when Oil is selected as a fluid type.

· None
No artificial Lift selected
· Gas Lift (continuous)
Three different approaches are provided. Annular gas lift is handled by
PROSPER. If the Flow Type is Annular Flow and a Gas Lift method is
selected, then PROSPER automatically
switches to model gas injection down the tubing, and production up the
annulus
Options available: No Friction Loss in the Annulus, Friction Loss in the
Annulus, Safety Equipment
· Electrical Submersible Pump
An ESP installation can be analysed or designed using this option
· Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump
A HSP installation can be analysed or designed using this option
· Progressive Cavity Pumps
A PCP installation can be analysed or designed using this option
· Coiled Tubing Gas Lift
Coiled Tubing with gas lift can be analysed or designed using this option
· Diluent Injection
Injection of a given rate of diluent in the tubing can be modelled
· Jet Pump
A Jet Pump installation can be analysed or designed using this option
· Multiphase Pump
Framo multiphase pump can be analysed
· Sucker Rod Pumps
A Sucker Rod Pump installation can be analysed and designed
· Gas Lift (Intermittent)
PROSPER can be used to design and model the performance of wells with
intermittent gas lift

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 50 PROSPER

2.3.2.3.2 Type
If Gas Lift is the chosen method, then the following types are available.
· No Friction Loss In Annulus
It is the classic approach for the annulus gas gradient. The pressure drop
due to friction in the annulus is ignored and the gas gradient is determined
by the top casing pressure and the temperature profile.
· Friction Loss In Annulus
The pressure drop due to friction in the annulus is taken into account, but
the top casing pressure is assumed constant. If this option is selected the
tubing equipment screens will automatically change and require tubing OD
and casing ID data to be entered.
· Safety Equipment
Surface delivery lines, chokes, the gas lift injection string and safety valves
in the annulus are taken into account. Top casing pressures will change
with injection rate.

If Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump is the chosen method, then the following types
are available.
· Commingled Annular Supply
The power fluid for the turbine is supplied via the annulus and returns to
surface, commingled with the produced fluid via the tubing.
· Commingled Tubing Supply
The power fluid for the turbine is supplied via the tubing and returns to
surface, commingled with the produced fluid via the annulus.
· Closed Loop Supply
The power fluid for the turbine is supplied via the outer annulus and
returns to surface via the inner annulus. The reservoir fluid is produced
through the tubing. There is no commingling of produced and power
fluids.

If Progressive Cavity Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are
available.
· Sucker Rod Drive
The program will assume to have a surface drive head from which require
rods in order to move the rotor across the pump.
· Downhole motor drive
The program assumes to have a downhole motor instead of surface drive
motor.

If Coiled Tubing Gas Lift is the chosen method, then the following types are
available.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 51

· No Friction Loss in Coiled Tubing

Friction losses along the coiled tubing are neglected.
· Friction Loss in Coiled Tubing
Friction losses along the coiled tubing are accounted for.

If Diluent Injection is the chosen method, then the following types are available:
· Tubing Injection-Annular Production
The power fluid is injected in the tubing and the production flows through
the annulus
· Annular Injection-Tubing Production
The power fluid is injected in the annulus and the production flows through
the tubing

If Jet Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are available:
· Tubing Injection-Annular Production
The power fluid is injected in the tubing and the production flows through
the annulus
· Annular Injection-Tubing Production
The power fluid is injected in the annulus and the production flows through
the tubing

If Multiphase Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are available:
· Framo Pumps

2.3.2.4 Calculation Type

2.3.2.4.1 Predict
The program is capable of predicting either pressure only or pressure and
temperature changes simultaneously.
· Pressure Only
If this option is selected, the flowing temperature profile must be entered.
This calculation option is fast and can provide accurate pressure profiles,
however, it does not account for changes of temperature due to variation
of operating conditions.
· Pressure and Temperature (On Land and Offshore)
This option will calculate both pressure and temperature profiles using the
method specified in Temperature Model.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 52 PROSPER

2.3.2.4.2 Model
Three models for temperature calculations are available:

· Rough Approximation
Calculates the heat loss from the well to the surroundings using an
overall heat transfer coefficient, the temperature difference between
the fluids and the surrounding formation and the average heat capacity
of the well fluids. The geothermal gradient entry screen is used to
input formation temperatures (e.g. from logging runs) at measured
depth points. A minimum of the surface and first node temperatures
are required. Temperatures entered should be the extrapolated static
temperatures, and should not be confused with the entry of measured
flowing temperatures required for the Predicting pressure only case.

The Rough Approximation temperature model requires calibration

using measured temperature data. It is not accurate in a predictive
mode.

· Enthalpy Balance
This rigorous thermodynamic model considers heat transfer by
conduction, radiation, and forced and free convection. Heat transfer
coefficients are calculated using values held in a user-definable
database. The temperature prediction calculations are transient,
allowing sensitivities against flowing time to be run. This temperature
model requires considerably more input data and computation time for
either Predicting Pressure Only or the Rough Approximation
temperature model.

The production riser is properly taken into account. Therefore the heat
loss prediction between the seabed and wellhead will be accurate.
Due to increased computation times, we recommend that this option
be used only when temperature prediction rather than pressure loss is
the required result (for e.g. process calculations and material
selection).

The Enthalpy Balance temperature model is capable of accurate

flowing temperature prediction for a wide range of conditions.
The temperature prediction is useful for generating temperature profiles
in:
· long pipelines
· subsea wells
· high pressure/temperature exploration wells
· predicting temperature/pressure profiles to help predict wax/

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 53

hydrate deposits.
· These models also account for Joule-Thompson Effects.
The temperature calculation must commence from a known condition.
This is usually the reservoir pressure and temperature. As a
consequence, calculating from a downstream node (unknown
temperature) to an upstream node (known temperature) is not
meaningful

· Improved Approximation
As the Enthalpy Balance model, this is also a full enthalpy balance
pressure and temperature prediction model, with the difference that the
term of the enthalpy balance concerning the heat exchange with the
surroundings (which includes free and forced convection, conduction
and radiation) is simplified by a heat loss term characterised by an
overall heat exchange coefficient.
For this reason data related to the completion hardware and thermal
properties are not necessary.
Like any enthalpy balance model, Joule-Thomson Effect is also
accounted for.
These characteristics make this model particularly useful when an
accurate calculation of temperature is sought for and only a few data
on the completion are available.
The geothermal gradient entry screen is used to input formation
temperatures (e.g. from logging runs) at measured depth points. A
temperature gradient in the sea can be entered for offshore
applications. A minimum of the surface and first node temperatures are
required. Temperatures entered should be the extrapolated static
temperatures, and should not be confused with the entry of measured
flowing temperatures required for the Predicting pressure only case.

The Improved Approximation temperature model requires calibration

using measured temperature data. It is not accurate in a predictive
mode.

2.3.2.4.3 Calculation
· Full System
Calculations for pipelines, tubing and reservoir
· Pipeline Only
Calculations for pipelines only

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 54 PROSPER

2.3.2.4.4 Output
· Show calculating Data
During a calculation it displays the calculated values
· Hide calculating Data
Select Hide to speed up calculations by not updating calculation screen
displays. This will automatically be set to Hide when run from GAP

2.3.2.5 Steam Calculation

NEW!!!
When the fluid type is set to Oil & Water and one of the enthalpy balance models
(Improved Approximation or Enthalpy Balance) is selected, the option to enable/
disable the steam calculations is available.
· No Steam Calculations
· Allow Steam Calculations

2.3.2.6 Well Completion

2.3.2.6.1 Type
· Cased Hole or Open Hole
This selection determines the appropriate IPR Completion models to use. In
particular Cased Hole enables the availability of Skin models to calculate the
skin factor, whilst Open Hole disables the availability of Skin models.

2.3.2.6.2 Sand Control

· Five options are currently available:
· None
· Gravel Pack
· Pre-Packed Screen
· Wire Wrapped Screen
· Slotted liners

2.3.2.7 Reservoir
2.3.2.7.1 Type
· Single Branch
This option allows to model single branch IPRs. The IPR screen comes with
various standard inflow models from which the user selects one.
· Multilateral Well

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 55

Enables the Multilateral IPR model. For the multi-lateral selection, the IPR
screen requires detailed drawing of the downhole completion.

2.3.2.7.2 Gas Coning

· Yes or No
Rate dependant GOR will be modelled and calculated when Yes is selected.
This option is only available for Single Branch type wells.

2.3.2.8 User Information and Comments

These fields are optional. The details entered here provide the User information that
identifies the well model in the screen plots and printed reports. The Comments
area is used to enter free format text describing the details of the analysis. A Date
stamp feature is provided to mark either the comment text or the header data for
future reference.

We recommend that comments be used to summarise any assumptions made in the

analysis. Whenever an existing model is modified, appending a summary of
changes and a date stamp will greatly assist current and future users working with
the file. This information can be displayed on the main PROSPER screen by selecting
the appropriate option in the Preferences Section (Main Screen Tab - Status screen
option).
2.3.3 Options - Perforating Gun DataBase
Under | Options | Perforating Database, a database for perforating guns is
accessible. The gun database initially originates from SPOT (Shell Perforating
Optimisation Tool) and permission was granted for its implementation into PROSPER.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 56 PROSPER

Like other databases in PROSPER, the user can add, delete and amend the inputs in
the gun database. A filter allows to select guns by:
- vendors,
- Gun OD
- Gun types
- Minimum restriction and
- Tolerance.

The following section was taken from the SPOT help file and is published with
permission from Shell:

The gun database contains API 19-B1 and API RP 43 Section I Data for perforating
guns available from:

· Baker Hughes Incorporated (Baker)

· Schlumberger (SLB)

· Halliburton/ Jet Research Centre (Hall/JRC)

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 57

· Dynawell (DYNA)

· Innicor Subsurface Technologies (INNICOR)

· Owen Oil Tools (Owen)

· Explosivos Technologicos Argentinos (ETA)

· GEODynamics (GEODynamics)

· Titan (TITAN)
Companies were provided with an opportunity to adjust/ update data in the SPOT
Gun Database. It is recommended that Users cross check all critical information with
the appropriate perforating manufacturer/ service company before a gun type/
completion method is selected.
Sections I to IV of API 19-B are summarised below:

· Section I - firing a fully-loaded gun section under ambient conditions into a

standard casing and cement target;

· Section II - firing a single charge under pressurized conditions into a stressed

rock sample;

· Section III - firing a single charge into a metal target at elevated temperature;

· Section IV - firing a single charge into a stressed rock sample under simulated
wellbore and reservoir conditions, then measuring the flow performance of the
perforated sample relative to its performance prior to shooting;

· Section V2 - measuring the amount of debris retained within a fired fully-

loaded gun section in order to calculate how much debris will be introduced
into the wellbore per foot of gun;
It should be noted that API RP43 preceded API RP19B. The American Petroleum
Institute (API) Perforating Subcommittee adopted API RP19B during November of
2000, and state that API 19B “is the only document that API recognizes as valid in
this program.” As API 19B data is not available for all gun systems, API RP43 data
has also been included in the database (data sources are clearly marked). Although
API RP43 is not officially valid, Section 1 testing for both API RP43 and API 19B is
based on concrete targets.
As concrete is not representative of reservoir rock, API 19-B and API-RP 43 Section
1 data is converted to downhole conditions in SPOT using Shell proprietary
correlations (based on laboratory research). Although these correlations should
provide a reasonable estimate of perforation characteristics in reservoir rock under
downhole conditions, a better estimate of perforation performance can be obtained

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 58 PROSPER

by conducting reservoir specific Section II (firing a single charge under pressurized

conditions into a stressed rock sample) and/or Section IV tests (firing a single charge
into a stressed rock sample under simulated wellbore and reservoir conditions, then
measuring the flow performance of the perforated sample relative to its performance
prior to shooting). If Section II or Section IV data is available, it can be entered into
the SPOT “Vendor Database” under the Section II/Section IV Data heading.
If the concrete strength during the API RP 19B or API RP43 test is not recorded in
the Gun Database, in accordance with the minimum allowable strength specified in
API RP 19B, a briquette strength of 5000psi is assumed in SPOT calculations.

___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
__
1. API Recommended Practice 19-B, “Recommended Practice for the
Evaluation of Well Perforators”, 1st Edition, 28 Sep 2001
2. To be introduced in the next revision of RP 19-B, a draft of which is with API
for review at the time of writing.

2.3.4 Options - Tubing DataBase

Under | Options | Tubing Database, a comprehensive tubing data base is available in
PROSPER:

The database is also accessible from the down hole equipment screen so that the

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 59

user can select any tubing from the database directly to be used for the description
of the down hole equipment.
2.3.5 Options - Casing DataBase
Under | Options | Casing Database, a comprehensive casing database is available in
PROSPER:

The database lists casing manufacturer, type, specification, seal, Casing OD, casing
weight, Casing ID and wall thickness.
The database can be accessed from the down hole equipment input screen. From
the down hole equipment screen, the user can select any casing available in the
database and use it directly for the description of the well bore.

2.3.6 Options - Pipe Schedule

Under | Options | Pipe Schedule, a comprehensive pipe database is available in
PROSPER:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 60 PROSPER

The database lists nominal pipe size, pipe OD, Iron Pipe Size, Steel schedule
number, wall thickness and pipe internal diameter.

The pipe database can be accessed from the surface equipment input screen. From
the surface equipment input screen, the user can select any pipe available in the
database and use it directly for the description of surface pipes.

2.4 PVT Data Input

2.4.1 Introduction
To predict pressure and temperature changes from the reservoir, along the well bore
and flow line tubular, it is necessary to accurately predict fluid properties as a
function of pressure and temperature. The User must enter data that fully describes
the fluid properties or enables the program to calculate them. There are four
possible approaches:

- Correlations: Where only basic PVT data is available, the program uses traditional
black oil correlations, such as Glaso, Beal, Petrosky etc. A unique black oil model is
available for condensates and details of this can be found later in this guide as well

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 61

as the PROSPER manual.

- Matching: Where both basic fluid data and some PVT laboratory measurements
are available, the program can modify the black oil correlations to best-fit the
measured data using a non-linear regression technique.

- Tables: Where detailed PVT laboratory data is provided, PROSPER uses this data
instead of the calculated properties. This data is entered in table format (PVT
tables), and can be supplied either manually or imported from an outside source. So
called black oil tables can be generated from an EOS model and then be imported
and used in PROSPER.

- Compositional: Where the full Equation of State description of the fluid is available
and all the PVT can be obtained from a Peng-Robinson or a Soave Redlich Kwong
description of the fluid phase behaviour.

Note with regards to the PVT definitions:

Use of Tables: Tables are usually generated using one fluid composition which
implies a single GOR for the fluid. This will therefore not provide the right fluid
description when we have injection of hydrocarbons in the reservoir or when
the reservoir pressure drops below the bubble/dew point.

Use of EOS: The basic equations of state are not predictive unless matched to
measured lab data. Care has to be taken in order to make sure that the EOS
has been matched and is applicable for the range of Pressures and
Temperatures to be investigated.

The program also allows fluid properties to be calculated and plotted for specified
pressure and temperature ranges. The PVT menu has three options - Report, Input
and Export. Select Report to inspect previously entered data, Export to save data to
a text file, or Input to set up a new problem or edit an existing one.

Recommended Steps

Only Limited PVT Data Available (Minimum required for correlations)

· Enter data as requested on PVT input data screen and select correlations
that are known to best fit the region or oil type.

Limited PVT Data and Laboratory Measured Data Available

· Enter the basic black oil data requested in the PVT input data screen.
· Enter PVT laboratory data in the Match Data data menu. The laboratory
PVT data and the fluid properties entered on the data input screen must
be consistent. Flash Data must be used. Up to 5 tables of laboratory
measurements made at different temperatures may be entered. Use the T
ables buttons to switch between tables. Click OK to return to the PVT
input screen.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 62 PROSPER

· At this point it is possible to Calculate PVT properties using a correlation

and Plot the calculated and match data to see how closely the non-
optimised correlation fits.
· Select Regression, then Match All. A non-linear regression will be
performed to best fit each correlation to the measured lab data. Once the
calculation is finished, select Parameters and identify the correlation that
best fits the measured data. This correlation should then be selected and
this modified correlation will be used in all further calculations of fluid
property data. The fit parameters are the multiplier and shift applied to the
correlation in order to fit the lab data. If the correlation were a perfect fit to
the match data, Parameter 1 would be set to 1.0 and Parameter 2 would
be zero.
· In order to see how well the tuned correlations fit the data, on the
regression screen there is plot utility, which will plot the variable values
from the matched correlations, and the data entered simultaneously, to
allow the User to see how good the fit is. Select Plot to display both the
calculated and measured PVT data. Select the Variables option on the
plot menu bar to choose the fluid property data to display.

2.4.2 Black Oil - Oil and Water

2.4.2.1 Input Data
Select the PVT Input option from the main menu to display the following PVT Input
data screen:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 63

Enter the required data in the fields provided. Movement from one box to another
can be done using the TAB key. Next, select a Pb, Rs and Bo correlation and a
viscosity correlation to use then click OK.

Ü Enter the oil solution GOR. This should not include free gas production.
For gas production in wells producing injection or gas cap gas the solution
GOR should still be entered. The balance of “free” gas production is
accounted for elsewhere.

Mole Percent CO2, N2 and H2S refers to the separator gas stream composition.

CO2 Injection

Ü When an "Oil and Water" model is used to describe the fluid, the viscosity
correlation used by default for gas viscosity calculations is the Lee
correlation.

For some details about the input parameters, refer to the Glossary (Appendix F).

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 64 PROSPER

2.4.2.2 Tables
In PROSPER the PVT data can also be entered as tables by clicking Tables from the
main PVT input screen. Up to fifty separate tables may be entered, each at a
different temperature. The program will use the data from the tables in all further
calculations provided the Use Tables option has been selected on the input data
screen. This option should be used only when extensive table data is available for a
range of temperatures.

Rather than entering the values by hand, PROSPER can read in tables of Black Oil
PVT properties. To do this, click the Import button from the Tables screen, and
PROSPER will prompt for the name of an ASCII file containing the PVT data.
Petroleum Experts’ PVT Package PVTp can be used to calculate and export Black
Oil PVT tables. An example of the PVT Table import file format is given in Appendix
E.

Alternatively, data can be passed directly from Excel on a table-only basis using the
Clip button. The Clip button will paste the copied data from Excel into the selected
PVT table.

Ü PROSPER interpolates the entered table data and if the entered data is
incomplete i.e., one table containing only a single row of values will result
in interpolation errors.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 65

Information on how to import the data from a ASCII File can be found in Appendix H
- Importing Data from Text Files.
2.4.2.3 Match Data
Click the Match Data button and enter PVT laboratory measured data to match to as
shown on the example screen below:

Since gas evolution in the tubing is a constant composition process, Flash data, not
differential liberation data should be used for matching. For each match data table,
enter the temperature and bubble point, then enter pressure versus gas oil ratio, oil
FVF and oil viscosity. Where data is incomplete or not available, leave the field
blank. Use the GOR and FVF at bubble point plus the viscosity if available. Enter
only the minimum number of points to ensure a good match.

Ü Where only differential liberation PVT data is available, a PVT simulation

program like Petroleum Experts' PVT package PVTp can be used to
calculate the flash properties using a model that has been matched to the
lab data.

Better results for sparse laboratory PVT data sets are usually obtained using
correlations matched to the available lab data rather than using a PVT table lookup.

2.4.2.4 Regression

This option is used to perform the non-linear regression, which adjusts the
correlations to best-fit laboratory measured PVT data. The non-linear regression
matching technique can be used on up to five PVT match tables, each with a

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 66 PROSPER

different temperature. The following PVT properties can be used as match

variables:
Pb Bubble point pressure.
GOR Gas oil ratio versus pressure.
Oil FVF Oil formation volume factor versus pressure.
Oil viscosity Oil viscosity versus pressure.
It is not necessary to match on all properties for all applications. In cases where the
PVT data is incomplete or of poor quality, better results can often be obtained by
matching on the best characterised parameters only. However, because bubble
point can be difficult to accurately predict from correlations, it is recommended that,
where possible, it is used as a match parameter. The minimum data required to
perform a regression match is the bubble point and GOR.

Ü The form of the correlations for FVF is different above and below the
bubble point. If the FVF at bubble point is not available, the regression may
not achieve good results. When matching the oil FVF, always enter data at
the bubble point. Do not enter many match points only use the minimum
number to define the shape of the correlation curves. In most cases, only
data at the bubble point is required.

2.4.2.4.1 Match
From the Regression screen, individual correlations can be matched to selected
measured PVT data by:
· Selecting the correlations
· Selecting the fluid properties to match to
· Clicking Match

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 67

2.4.2.4.1.1 Match All

All correlations can be matched to all the fluid property data in one keystroke by
selecting the Match All command button.

2.4.2.4.1.2 Parameters
Having performed the matching process, the match parameters are displayed by
clicking the Parameters button. The non-linear regression technique applies a
multiplier - Parameter 1, and a shift - Parameter 2 to the correlations. The standard
deviation is also displayed, which represents the overall closeness of fit. The lower
the standard deviation, the better the fit. The best overall model is the one that has
Parameter 1 closest to unity.
The Parameters button displays the PVT correlations parameters screen. This
shows the match parameters and the standard deviation for each matched
correlation. Use these statistics to select the best correlation for the data set and
conditions pertaining to the application. A plot should be made (refer calculation and
plot sections) and a visual check of the fit quality performed before making the final
correlation selection. The match parameters can be reset i.e. returned to the un-
matched state by selecting the reset option. The following is an example of a
correlation parameters screen:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 68 PROSPER

The standard correlations do not always accurately model the FVF above bubble
point (especially for heavy or waxy oils). Additional match parameters (Parameter 3
and 4) have been introduced to allow the FVF to be independently tuned below (P1
and P2) and above (P3 and P4) the bubble point.

In all circumstances, always enter match data at the bubble point to ensure that no
discontinuities occur.

2.4.2.5 Correlations
This options displays the match parameters and standard deviations for each
matched correlation. See the Match section for a more detailed explanation.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 69

2.4.2.6 Calculate
In order to make a plot or listing of fluid property data, PROSPER must first calculate
the values over a specified range of temperatures and pressures. Using the
calculated data points, plots of fluid properties versus temperature or pressure can
be generated. The following is an example of the PVT Calculations screen. If the
correlations have been matched, then the fluid properties will be calculated using the
modified correlations.

Ü The calculation procedure is optional and used only to generate fluid

property data for display and quality control purposes. During the
computation of a pressure traverse, PROSPER calculates fluid properties at
each pressure and temperature step or node as required by the application.

2.4.2.6.1 Calculating PVT Data

The Calculate button access the PVT calculator, which can be used to perform
calculation of PVT properties with varying Pressure and Temperature.

To generate tables and plots of PVT data:

· Select Correlations (use the best matched one)
· Select Automatic generation of Data Points
· Enter the temperature range and number of steps
· Enter the pressure range and number of steps
· Click OK
· Click Calculate to compute PVT data for the entire range of pressures and
temperatures required by the modelling application. The following
calculation screen will be displayed:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 70 PROSPER

The PVT section can be used as a convenient calculator by entering User selected
data points, then entering specific temperatures and pressures to calculate fluid
properties.

2.4.2.6.2 Displaying the Calculated Data on the screen

The calculated data is displayed on the screen as default. Options to choose the
calculated variables to be displayed are available by using Layout button in the PVT
Calculation Results screen. Selecting Layout displays the list of all calculated
variables that can be selected to customise viewing.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 71

2.4.2.6.3 Plotting the Calculated Data

The calculated data can be displayed on a plot. The variables, which are plotted,
are defined under the Variables option on the plot. After performing a PVT
calculation click Plot from the PVT calculation screen. Display the selected results
by following this procedure:

· Click Variables.
· Select Pressure for the X-axis.
· Select GOR for the Y-axis.
· Click OK to display a plot showing both the calculated values and the measured
values similar to the following:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 72 PROSPER

Carefully examine the PVT plots for consistency with the match data. If necessary,
select a different correlation and repeat the PVT calculations until satisfactory results
have been obtained.

2.4.2.6.4 Saving PVT tables from Calculated Data

The calculated data can be saved in the form of .ptb files by the button Save PTB
provided at top of the calculation results screen.

There is also the possibility of transferring the displayed calculation to the Tables by
pressing on the Tables button.

2.4.2.7 Save the PVT Data

This option allows a PVT data set to be saved under a separate name. A dialogue
box will appear prompting to name the PVT file. The PVT extension is automatically
provided by the program. If this step is omitted, the program will automatically save
the (matched) PVT data in a .PVT file with the same name as the input (.SIN) file.
2.4.2.8 Open
This option allows a previously saved PVT data set to be recalled into the open file.
A dialogue box will appear prompting to select a PVT file. If this step is carried out
after recalling a .SIN file, this will overwrite the PVT data from the original file.

Ü For multi-well projects, set up matched PVT models for each producing

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 73

area first. This will save time and reduce the potential for error by recalling
the relevant PVT data into each well file.

2.4.2.9 Composition
In the PVT Input Data screen, click the Composition button, and PROSPER will use
the PVT properties (Oil Gravity, GOR) to estimate the composition of the reservoir
fluid. The estimated composition is used internally by PROSPER to calculate
thermodynamic properties needed in the choke and enthalpy balance temperature
models. The following is an example of an estimated Black Oil composition:

Click BI Coefficients and PROSPER will display the Binary Interaction coefficients to
be used in an EOS description of the fluid. An example BI Coefficients display is
shown below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 74 PROSPER

Estimation of reservoir fluid composition is available for Oil and Retrograde

Condensate fluids.

2.4.2.10Emulsions
If Options | Emulsions is selected PROSPER allows selection of the emulsion
occurrence in the system from the PVT input dialogue. This tells PROSPER where
the viscosity corrections will take place during calculation

The Flowline Emulsion Data button opens the Emulsion Data entry screen.

Water cut can be entered at this point that will then be used to calculate the
emulsion viscosity in the PVT calculation section.
2.4.2.10.1 Emulsions
PROSPER can model the effect of Oil/Water emulsions on mixture viscosity for Black
Oil PVT systems. The behaviour of emulsions in producing well equipment is not
well understood. Emulsion PVT in PROSPER provides a means to assess possible
effects of increased emulsion viscosity by curve fitting experimentally determined
data. It must be emphasised that the method is empirical and does not represent
any rigorous model of emulsion behaviour.

In the laboratory, stable emulsions can be prepared from many crude oil / water
systems. Emulsion samples discovered in surface separation equipment do not
necessarily imply that emulsions are present in the well. Field experience shows
that the effect of emulsions is usually less than predicted by laboratory tests.
Emulsion PVT should be used with caution and only when it is certain that
emulsions are present and it is necessary to evaluate their effect on calculated
pressures.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 75

To enable emulsion PVT in PROSPER, the Emulsion option must first be selected on
the Options screen. Emulsion viscosity will replace the mixture viscosity for selected
elements of the production system. Experimental or empirical emulsion viscosity
data can be entered and curve-fitted using non-linear regression. The fitted curve is
used to optionally replace the oil/water mixture viscosity in IPR, VLP and pump
calculations. When selected, emulsion viscosity for the User-entered value of water
cut will be substituted for the fluid mixture viscosity.

Drop down the Emulsion box and select from the following:
· No viscosity corrections
Turns off emulsion viscosity corrections

· Everywhere
Emulsion viscosity for IPR, VLP and pump if present

· Tubing and Pipe

Emulsion viscosity for casing, tubing and pump if present

· Pump only
Emulsion viscosity for pump only

· Pump and Above

Emulsion viscosity in pump and tubing above pump

· Tubing + Pipe (not pump)

Emulsion viscosity in tubing and pipe only
The selection of system elements affected by emulsion can be changed at a later
time

Ü Even if No Emulsion Corrections has been selected on the PVT screen,

pump viscosity corrections will be applied whenever Options Emulsions is
selected. Produced fluid viscosity, not emulsion viscosity, will then be used
for corrections.

To set up the emulsion model, select Emulsion Everywhere, (otherwise emulsion

viscosity will not be active for the PVT calculations) then click the Emulsion Data
button and the following screen will be displayed.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 76 PROSPER

The screen is divided into 3 sections:

· Emulsion Data Experimental data for matching
· Experimental Parameters Experimental base conditions
· Match Parameters Results of regression

The pressure and temperature that correspond to the experimental conditions are
entered in Experimental Parameters. This enables PROSPER to correct the
emulsion viscosity for temperature and pressure.

Ü Emulsions Everywhere must be selected before plotting the emulsion

viscosity curve. The emulsion viscosity entered for zero water cut should
be compatible with the 100% oil viscosity at the experimental temperature
and pressure.

Emulsion viscosity is modelled as a function of water cut in 3 stages:

· Sharp increase at low water cut
· Plateau with a constant maximum viscosity for intermediate water cuts
· ‘Tail’ that declines to the viscosity of water after the plateau
The parameters Left and Right Water Cut for Maximum Viscosity define the
maximum plateau region. To calculate emulsion viscosity:
· Enter pairs of water cut and emulsion viscosity data points in the Emulsion
Data table.
· Enter the Experimental Parameters
· Click the Match button.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 77

When the regression has stopped, click Plot to display the matched mixture
viscosity:

Match data is plotted as crosses, whereas the calculated viscosity is shown as a

solid line.

When Emulsions Everywhere have been selected, the calculated Oil Viscosity in
the PVT section will be replaced by the emulsion viscosity for the value of Water Cut
entered.

2.4.2.11Non-Newtonian Fluid
PROSPER can model the effect of non-Newtonian fluids.
The implementation of the model is based on drilling fluid models developed by
TotalFinaElf.

A fluid whose viscosity is not constant at all shear rates and does not behave like a
Newtonian fluid would fall into this category. This will enable foams in heavy oils to
be modelled more accurately. Most drilling fluids are non-Newtonian.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 78 PROSPER

To enter the required non-Newtonian fluid viscosity data, select Rheological

Parameters from the PVT Input Data screen:

The model is based on the Herschel-Bulkley shear model:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 79

where:
τ = Shear Stress
τ0 = Yield Stress
K = Consistency Index
γ = Shear Rate
n = Shear Thinning Index

For further details about how the viscosity model is used to determine the apparent
viscosity, please refer to the Help on-line of PROSPER.

2.4.2.12Power Fluid Data

If one of the following Artificial Lift Methods have been selected: HSP (Hydraulic
Submersible Pump), Diluent Injection or Jet Pump, then additional details of the
power fluid must be supplied to estimate the fluid properties.

There are two choices for power fluid type:

· Water (not available for Diluent Injection)

· Other Fluid

If Water is selected, then the only other data required is the salinity of the power
fluid. The program will then estimate fluid properties using the normal water PVT
model.

If Other Fluid is selected, then tables of fluid properties need to be entered that
PROSPER will use for interpolation. The program will never extrapolate so please
ensure that the table data covers the expected ranges of pressures and
temperatures. Click the Properties button and the following screen will be displayed.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 80 PROSPER

Tables of data for up to 10 temperatures may be entered. Please ensure that the
tables span the expected range of conditions that will be encountered.

Ü The Generate feature allows to automatically calculate the tables using the
PVT model in the main screen.
If a PVT model is available for the power fluid, the suggestion is the
following:

1. Enter in the PVT main screen the fluid black oil properties

2. Use Generate to create the tables modelling the power fluid

3. Enter in the main screen the black oil parameters for the produced
fluid

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 81

2.4.2.13Hydrates Formation table

If the Hydrates | Enable Warning option has been selected in the main program
Options, then a hydrate pressure – temperature look-up table must be entered.

Click the Hydrates button and the following entry screen will be displayed.

Enter here the hydrate formation phase envelope conditions.

Up to one hundred data points may be entered. Please ensure that the table spans
within the expected range of conditions that will be encountered.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 82 PROSPER

2.4.3 Black Oil - Dry And Wet Gas

All the condensate drop out is assumed to occur at the separator. Free water
production in the tubing is considered. For pressure drop calculations, an equivalent
gas rate is used which allows for the condensate by ensuring that a mass balance is
observed.

2.4.3.1 Input Data

When Dry and Wet Gas is selected as the PVT option, the following Input data
screen is displayed:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 83

The bottom-right part of the screen will only appear when the option Calculate
Condensate Water Vapour is selected in the Options | Water Viscosity section. If
this option is selected, the effects of condensation of water vapour on the pressure
drop calculation in the tubing / pipeline will be taken into account.

This model applies to most gas wells. The condensate production is included in the
gas stream as an increase in density - the flow remains single-phase gas plus free
water if present. The Separator Pressure is used to estimate the GE (Gas
Equivalent Rate). The separator temperature is assumed to be the same as the top
node temperature. If there is significant hydrocarbon liquid drop out in the tubing, a
retrograde condensate model should be used.

The Separator Pressure is used to calculate

Ü The Gray VLP correlation has an internal PVT routine that models the
effect of liquid dropout in the tubing. This overrides the Dry and Wet gas
PVT.

Ü Produced gas is generally saturated with water at reservoir pressure and

temperature. Some water of condensation always drops out at the
separator. This water has a minimal effect on calculated bottom hole
pressures. The WGR considers free water production at the sandface.

Ü Please refer to the PVT Matching Data section. Matching operations are
carried out as for oil PVT.

2.4.4 Black Oil - Retrograde Condensate

The PROSPER Retrograde condensate (Black Oil) model has been developed in
house by Petroleum Experts. This model predicts liquid drop out taking place in the
tubing. The reservoir gas gravity is determined using the principle of mass balance
for an equivalent density of the oil.

Unlike bubble point systems (oil), the black oil condensate model should not be
matched against lab or simulated PVT data. This is because the black oil model for
condensate in PROSPER uses a mathematical model based upon mass balance and
matching could throw the model out of bounds.

The equations used are given in Appendix C.

2.4.4.1 Input Data

When Retrograde Condensate (Black oil) PVT is selected the following input data
screen is displayed:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 84 PROSPER

Enter the required data.

Note:
If tank GOR and tank gas gravity is unknown, they can be left at 0. The unmeasured
tank gas rate should be estimated using a suitable correlation and added to the
separator gas. For such cases, the total produced GOR should be entered under
separator GOR. Condensate gravity is at standard conditions.

Ü If the separator pressure is above dew point, then there can be no liquid
production. When the dew point is unknown, set it to the reservoir pressure.
PROSPER handles conflicting input data by dropping the separator
pressure to atmospheric, and increasing the separator gas gravity as
required accounting for the liquid production indicated by the Separator
GOR. The mass balance is respected at all times.

Ü The black oil condensate model must not be matched as previously done
for oils. This is because the black oil model for condensate in PROSPER
uses a mathematical model and matching could throw the model out of
bounds.

2.4.4.2 Calculations
Fluid property data can be calculated for a specified range of temperatures and
pressures. If the correlations have been matched, then the matched correlations will
be used for the calculations. Plots of fluid properties versus temperature or pressure
can be generated.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 85

Ü The calculated PVT property values should be compared to constant

composition expansion (CCE) data, as this process best describes the
evolution of the fluid in the tubing.

2.4.5 Equation Of State - All Fluids

This PVT option allows PROSPER to calculate the vapour fraction and fluid physical
properties using an equation of state (EOS) description for the reservoir fluid.
Peng-Robinson and Soave Redlich Kwong EOS models are available in PROSPER,
also User EOS PVT modules can also be linked to PROSPER. The PVT calculation
method is identical for all reservoir fluid types (i.e. oil and water, condensate or gas).
The fluid type selected will affect the choice of IPR and VLP models as well as the
range of available sensitivity variables.

Equations of State were developed to give a mathematical relationship between

pressure, volume and temperature. They were originally put forward as a method of
interpreting the non-ideal nature of many pure substances. With time, this role has
been extended successfully to predicting the properties of simple and complex
mixtures.

The equations used in PROSPER are derived from Van der Waals Equation and in
common with it represent the total pressure as a summation of an attractive and a
repulsive element:

P total = P repulsive - P attractive

The classic Van der Waals equation describes this relationship as

where ‘b’ represents the hard-sphere volume of the molecules and ‘a’ the
intermolecular attraction.

The two cubic Equations of State which are available in PROSPER are:

1) Peng-Robinson (PR)EoS:

and,

2) Soave-Redlich-Kwong(SRK)EoS:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 86 PROSPER

All cubic Equations of State can be rewritten as a function of the compressibility

factor Z e.g. the Peng Robinson equation becomes:

and for SRK

where

and

The PVT calculation method is identical for all reservoir fluid types i.e., oil and water,
condensate or gas.

The choice of fluid type affects the choice of IPR and VLP models as well as the
range of available sensitivity variables.

A Note about using the EOS option

PROSPER can handle pressure drop calculations using EOS PVT in two distinct
ways:
· It can calculate fluid properties at each calculation step from the EOS
explicitly. This option eliminates any potential interpolation errors, as the EOS
is used to calculate fluid properties at the exact node pressure and
temperature. The additional computing overhead required by this method
increases calculation times.
· If PVT tables have been generated using the EoS, selecting the Interpolated
from Generated Tables option instructs PROSPER to look up and interpolate
the tables. The tables must be calculated over a sufficient number of points
that cover the entire range of pressures and temperatures to reduce
interpolation errors. For problems that require it, the Use Tables option allows
an EOS fluid description to be used without significantly increasing
computation times.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 87

Ü PROSPER will determine whether the reservoir fluid is an oil or a gas

condensate within the EOS PVT calculations. Since the VLP correlations
are approached differently depending on whether a gas or oil is being
produced, when running calculations, if the fluid type recognised during the
calculations is different to the fluid type specified in the main program
Options screen, the program will display a warning message

2.4.5.1 EOS Model Setup

The EOS fluid mode options must be consistent with the entered compositional data
for PROSPER to calculate.

The EoS options can now be set up by selecting EoS Setup:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 88 PROSPER

The following main EOS options can be pre-set:

EoS Model
Select one of the available EoS equations: Peng-Robinson or Soave-Redlich-
Kwong.

Optimisation Mode

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 89

Over the past few years, our PVT experts have been working on ways to speed up
the calculation of properties from an EOS model. Speed is one of the main issues
with fully compositional models and the options in this field will define the speed of
calculations.
The objective of this option is to speed up the calculations without penalising the
accuracy the results. The Medium mode is the fastest (up to 80 times)

Volume Shift
Option to enable/disable the use of Volume Shift in the EoS.

Path to Surface
This Option specifies the path the fluid follows down to standard condition.
This is essential when calculating volumetric properties like FVF or GOR, which are
path dependent. The amount of gas and liquid resulting from the calculations will be
different depending on the path the fluid will take to standard conditions. These are
the available options:
· Flash Straight to Stock Tank
· Use Separator Train
· Use K values
The “Use K Values” option is an addition to the compositional modelling that
allows modelling the process based on K-values (equilibrium ratios). This can
allow process calculations from systems more complex than separation to be
represented as “Pseudo” separators and can be obtained from process
simulators.
To import the K values select Import KValues:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 90 PROSPER

K-values can be entered by hand or also generated in PVTp by performing a simple

separator experiment, and then exported to PROSPER.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 91

Ü These options should reflect the EOS available for the fluid (from
PVTP for example) and the process (path) the fluid follows to standard
conditions (which will affect the volumes and quality of the resulting
fluid)

Target GOR Method

A single composition will only provide a single value of GOR through a defined
separator train. There are applications when other GOR values are required e.g. in
the production of lift curves. This calculation takes the gas and oil derived from the
fluid and recombines them until it reaches the target value.
There are two methods available to the user. The difference between them lies in
the source of the gas and liquid to be mixed.
· Use Separator fluids
uses the dead oil and accumulated separator gas to create the mixture
· Use fluid from PSAT
finds the saturation pressure of the fluid. The program then flashes just below
PSAT to obtain an oil and gas composition. These are mixed to achieve the
target GOR. It should be noted that this retricts any target that can be found
to the RS of the oil below PSAT and the GOR of the equivalent gas. Although
more restricted, this mixture better reflects the case of an oil entraining gas
cap gas etc.

2.4.5.2 EOS PVT Input Data

A sample EOS PVT input screen is shown below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 92 PROSPER

The EOS fluid model is activated via the Options Summary screen where the
various EOS options can be selected. The Options can also be changed from the
EoS main screen by selecting Change.

This screen requires input of pseudo component concentrations and properties

(critical temperature, pressure and volume, acentric factor, molecular weight and
specific gravity). Up to 30 pseudo components can be entered. Entry of Critical
Volume, Volume Shift, Boiling Point Temperature and Parachor are optional.

Use of regressed critical volume data will improve the quality of calculated liquid
viscosities. Where critical volume data is unavailable, PROSPER uses a correlation to
estimate the values. The Parachor is used for surface tension calculation. Binary
interaction components are entered on a screen similar to that shown below by
clicking on the BI coeffs button from the EOS input screen.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 93

After entering the interaction coefficients, click OK to return to the input screen.
Then click Generate to display a screen requesting the range of pressures and
temperatures and the number of pressure and temperature steps to calculate.

2.4.5.2.1 Importing Matched EoS

The EoS model can also be imported by using the Import…PRP feature.
The .PRP file contains all the information necessary to the EoS: EoS parameters, BI
Coefficients, Options, Separator train, etc., and can be generated using Petroleum
Experts' PVTP.

2.4.5.3 Using the EoS

2.4.5.3.1 Generate PVT properties

The fluid properties can be generated using the EoS in different ways:
· Calculated directly from the EoS
· Interpolate the properties from Tables generated by the EoS itself

The first option is the most accurate, though the slowest.

Choose the desired option from the menu available in the left bottom of the EoS
window.

Performing CCE calculations

Calculate the PVT fluid properties using the EOS directly by clicking Generate.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 94 PROSPER

Enter the range of temperatures and pressures and Calculate | Calculate.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 95

Display the results by clicking Plot

Properties
Click the Properties button and the program will determine the equivalent black oil
properties by flashing the fluid to atmospheric (i.e. standard) conditions using the
separator scheme entered in the main screen.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 96 PROSPER

Ü Production rates entered in PROSPER when using EOS PVT assume the
produced fluid is flashed through the user-entered separator train.

Ü The EOS option in PROSPER is not intended to be used as a fully featured

PVT package. For the initial compositional calibration of the fluid, it is
recommended to use a specialized program such as Petroleum Experts’
PVTP.

Ü The Gray VLP correlation’s internal PVT will override the EOS PVT.

2.4.5.3.2 Phase Envelope

Generating the Phase Envelope
The phase envelope can be displayed by selecting the Phase Envelope button.
In this section the Phase Envelope can be calculated:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 97

The Plot button displays the calculated Envelope:

PROSPER will automatically calculate the Cricondentherm, Cricondenbar and where

applicable, the critical point.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 98 PROSPER

The EOS input screen allows pseudo component data to be imported directly from
data files such as those generated by Petroleum Experts' PVT package PVTp or
other programs. Simply click Import and select the appropriate file from the dialogue
box. Once fluid properties have been generated, they can be saved in a .PVT file by
clicking the Save button and entering a file name when prompted.

Calculate Hydrate...Wax
This utility allows to calculate the Hydrate formation curve, along with the wax
occurrence temperature.
The Hydrate formation curve and wax formation temperature plot will be displayed
along with the phase envelope.
2.4.5.3.3 Target GOR
This feature allows to calculate the recombined fluid composition characterised by a
GOR different to the Original Composition GOR:

Enter the new GOR in the Target GOR field and the Calculate, and the program will
use the Target GOR method defined in the main EoS options in order to determine
the new composition.
The Calculated composition is reported in the Calculated column.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 99

2.5 Equipment Data Input

This section describes the menu option used to define the well's hardware, deviation
survey and flowing temperature profile. The program requests only the data required
by the Options that have been selected.
The data required for temperature prediction depends on the temperature model
used. For the Rough Approximation and Improved Approximation, there is little
additional data required. For the rigorous Enthalpy Balance temperature model, it is
necessary to completely define the well environment, including all casing strings,
cement tops, formation lithology etc.

A Note about Depth References.

Ü Depths in PROSPER for downhole and surface equipment are referenced to

zero on the deviation survey screen. Calculated pressures are then
referenced to the Xmas tree (if no surface equipment has been entered) or
Manifold (if surface equipment has been entered). Therefore, when
PROSPER well models are combined in a field-wide system model, the
depth references that were used in the individual PROSPER models are not
important. In the field model, however, the depth of each well's Top Node
must be known with respect to a common reference.

Ü For subsea systems, any depth reference (e.g. sea level, drill floor, ground
level) can be used. If ground level is used, then a tied back well would
have a negative wellhead elevation. To minimise the potential for errors in
correcting the depths, it is recommended to use the same reference as
used for the deviation survey data.

2.5.1 Predicting Pressure Only

When predicting Pressure only, click System¦ Equipment to display the following
input screen:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 100 PROSPER

To start data entry for a new application, click All¦ Edit. PROSPER will then display
all the relevant input screens in sequence.
If data has already been entered, clicking the Summary command button will display
a summary of the current equipment.
To go back and edit one particular equipment item, click on the button beside the
appropriate item.
Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then include or exclude it
temporarily from any calculation by setting the Disable Surface Equipment choice
box at the bottom of the screen to Yes.

2.5.1.1 Deviation Survey

From the well deviation survey, select a few depth points that mark significant
changes in deviation. Enter pairs of data points for measured depth (MD) and the
corresponding true vertical depth (TVD). Up to 18 pairs of data points can be
entered.

The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records that
have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import
data from a wide variety of sources.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 101

Ü There is a Measured Depth to True Vertical Depth (and the reverse is

true) at the bottom.
If the user wishes to find the TVD at a given MD, just enter the MD value
in the relevant space and select Calculate. If the User wishes to find the
MD at a given TVD, just enter the TVD value in the relevant space and
select Calculate

Once depths have been entered, plot the well profile by selecting Plot. A plot similar
to the one below will be displayed:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 102 PROSPER

Ü The reference depth used by PROSPER for all calculations is zero in the
Deviation Survey table. The Deviation Survey table is interpolated to
determine the difference in TVD between any two well nodes. MD and TVD
data must be at least as deep as the bottomhole tubing depth; PROSPER
will not calculate beyond the last depth in the table.

Ü Deviation survey data entry is required also for vertical wells - enter 0,0 for
the surface reference and an MD the same as the TVD of the intake node.
The deviation survey has to start with 0 measured depth and 0 TVD. Due
to this reason, the reference depth (where TVD = 0) has to be at or above
the wellhead.

Ü For a sub-sea well (with or without pipeline), if the reference depth is

selected in such a way that it is above the wellhead (at the mean sea level
for instance), we can actually assume an imaginary vertical path in the
deviation survey table down to the wellhead. We do not need to include
the pipeline measured depth in the deviation survey. The deviation survey
describes the deviation of the downhole equipment only.

Ü Horizontal wells with deviation angles greater than 90 degrees from

vertical can be entered. PROSPER will issue a warning that the TVD of
one node is less than the previous one, but well profile plots and
calculations will proceed as normal.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 103

Ü For Horizontal wells the deviation survey may be entered only up to the
heel of the well, as the well from the heel all the way up to the to is a part of
the inflow description.

2.5.1.1.1 Filter
When more than 18 points are available, the Filter allows a determined number of
points (up to 18) that best-fit the entered points (see figure below).

In the Raw Data table (figure above) enter the data from the survey.
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 104 PROSPER

Ü It is possible to copy the table by selecting the first row (click on the
number 1) and Paste from the Clipboard

These are the function buttons:

Calculate Angle Calculates the angle of deviation from the vertical

Reset Deletes the entered data
Filter Calculates a number of points which fit the deviation table
entered on the left. Check the fitting by hitting on Plot. If this is
not ok, change some parameters (like for example the
angle step)
Transfer Transfers the calculated points to the main Deviation Survey
screen

When selecting Filter, the program will fit up to 18 points in order to reproduce the
well trajectory previously imported:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 105

The Plot function allows to quality check the fitting. In the plot the well entered
trajectory (in red) is plotted along with the fitted points (in green):

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 106 PROSPER

2.5.1.2 Surface Equipment

The Surface Equipment screen is used to enter surface flowline, choke and pipe
fitting data as shown below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 107

Fittings have been added to the surface equipment section of PROSPER to account
for the various pressure losses associated with pipe fittings throughout a given
system:

PROSPER defines surface equipment as the pipe work between the production
manifold and the upstream side of the wellhead choke. The production manifold is
regarded by PROSPER as presenting a constant back-pressure, regardless of flow
rate. If systems analysis is to be performed relative to the wellhead, (i.e. gathering
system pressure losses are neglected) then no surface equipment input is required.

The surface equipment model can be described using the following 2 elements:

· Pipe
· Choke

The manifold is set as the first equipment type automatically by PROSPER. Surface
equipment geometry can be entered either as pairs of X, Y co-ordinates relative to
the manifold or the Xmas Tree, Reverse X, Y (Y co-ordinates deeper than the
reference depth are negative) or TVD of the upstream end and the length of the pipe
segment.

The difference in TVD between the ends of a pipe segment is used to calculate
gravity head losses. The internal diameter (ID), roughness and pipe length entered
determine the friction pressure loss. The flowing temperatures for each upstream

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 108 PROSPER

node must also be entered when calculation option Pressure only is selected.
The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to several
identical wells being connected to a production manifold via a common surface flow
line. The fluid velocity in the flowline is multiplied by the value entered increasing the
frictional pressure losses. For most applications it should be left at its default value
of 1.

Ü As an example, the pressure drop in a flowline connected to 3 identical

wells could be modelled using a pipeline rate multiplier of 3. 2 parallel
flowlines having identical dimensions can be modelled by entering the
actual dimensions for one pipe and a pipeline rate multiplier of 0.5. It is
also possible to vary the rate multiplier along the pipeline to simulate
varying sections of dual pipelines for example.

The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records that
have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import
data from a wide variety of sources. Up to 200 pipe segments can be entered,
enabling the user to model very long pipelines.

PROSPER multi-phase choke pressure loss correlation accounts for both critical and
sub-critical flow. We would recommend the use of the ELF Choke correlation that it
similar to the Petroleum Experts’ method and is more robust in extreme conditions.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 109

Ü Ensure that the length of each pipe segment is equal to or greater than the
difference in TVD between its ends.
The downhole and surface equipment entries must describe a continuous
system. The TVD and temperature of the upstream end of the last pipeline
segment should be equal to the Xmas tree TVD and temperature. In X,Y
co-ordinates, the Y co-ordinate of the last pipe segment must be the same
elevation as the wellhead TVD. (i.e. same magnitude, but opposite sign)

To check that the surface equipment description is accurate, click Plot to display a
plot of the pipe elevation as follows:

2.5.1.3 Downhole Equipment

The Downhole Equipment screen enables the downhole tubing string data to be
entered.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 110 PROSPER

The Downhole Equipment screen will change automatically depending on the

options selected in the Options menu screen. For example, if Annular Flow has
been selected, the tubing screen will require Casing I.D. and Tubing O.D. to be
entered.

The tubing string can be modelled using the following element types:

· Tubing
· SSSV
· Restriction
· Casing

PROSPER automatically inserts the Xmas tree as the first downhole equipment item.
To describe the tubing string, work from the shallowest depth downwards, entering
the bottom depth of changes in tubing diameter, ID and roughness factor.

Ü An SSSV is considered to have no length, and is modelled as a sharp-

edged orifice inserted between adjacent tubing string elements. A
restriction is handled identically to an SSSV. The pressure loss
calculations in PROSPER account for choking as sonic flow velocity is
approached.

Casing is treated the same as tubing for pressure drop calculations. Downhole
equipment details should be entered down to the producing interval being analysed.
The deepest depth entries for the tubing, deviation survey and temperature should

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 111

be consistent.

Ü Below the uppermost producing perforation, the flow profile (as measured
by a production logging tool) depends on layer productivity etc. The
uppermost producing perforation is the deepest point in the well passing
100% of the production. Below this point, the calculated frictional pressure
gradient may be over-estimated in high rate wells having small I.D.
completions.

To select tubing string elements to build up the tubing string description, click on the
list box arrows to the right of the item fields and select the equipment from the drop-
down list. The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data
records that have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All
records can be simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import
button to import data from a wide variety of sources. Up to 18 tubing string elements
can be input. For complex completions, simplify the data entry by entering only the
major elements that dominate the overall tubing pressure drop.
The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to
intermittent sections of dual completion. The fluid velocity in the tubing is multiplied
by the value entered - thereby increasing the frictional pressure losses. For standard
single tubing completions it should be left at its default value of 1.
2.5.1.4 Temperature Survey
This screen enables entry of the flowing temperature profile of the well. If no
bottom hole flowing pressure survey data is available, the static reservoir
temperature at the mid-point of perforations and the wellhead flowing temperature
can be used. A minimum of two depth / temperature points is required.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 112 PROSPER

The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records that
have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import
data from a wide variety of sources.

Ü PROSPER interpolates temperatures from the survey data for depths within
the table limits, and uses linear extrapolation elsewhere. To eliminate
potential errors, ensure that a temperature is entered for the deepest node
depth. It is recommended that the maximum temperature survey depth,
deviation survey depth and intake node depths are all consistent.

2.5.1.5 Summary

Before leaving the System¦ Equipment screen, the accuracy of the equipment
description should be checked by making an equipment summary. Click Summary
to display the summary screen.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 113

Selecting the appropriate button from the Summary screen can draw a sketch of the
surface and downhole equipment. Select Draw Downhole to display a sketch
similar to the following:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 114 PROSPER

2.5.2 Predicting Pressure and Temperature

The Equipment data entry screens vary depending on the Temperature model
selected in the main program Options.

2.5.2.1 Rough Approximation

Equipment entry for the Rough Approximation temperature model varies little from
the Predicting Pressure Only option. Click on System ½Equipment to display the
following input screen:

To start data entry for a new application, click All ½ Edit. PROSPER will then display
all the relevant input screens in sequence. If data has already been entered, clicking
the Summary command button will display a schematic summary of the current
equipment.

To go back and edit one particular equipment item, click on the button beside the
appropriate item. Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then include or
exclude it temporarily from any calculation by using the Disable Surface Equipment
choice box at the bottom of the screen.

2.5.2.1.1 Deviation Survey

Enter data as per Pressure Only case.

2.5.2.1.2 Surface Equipment

Surface Equipment is the same as for Predicting Pressure Only except for the
requirement to enter the temperature of the pipe surroundings and an overall heat
PROSPER Manual May, 2009
 User Guide 115

transfer coefficient.

The heat transfer coefficient should not be confused with the pipe thermal
conductivity. The overall heat transfer coefficient accounts for the heat flow through
the production tubing, annulus and insulation (if present) to the surroundings. Heat
transfer by forced and free convection, conduction and radiation must all be
accounted for in the value of the overall heat transfer coefficient. In PROSPER, the
overall heat transfer coefficient is referenced to the pipe inside diameter.

2.5.2.1.3 Downhole Equipment

The Downhole Equipment is the same as for Predicting Pressure Only. The casing
between the producing perforations and the tubing shoe is considered to be part of
the Downhole Equipment for the Rough Approximation temperature option.
Therefore the casing details should be entered in the Downhole Equipment. Please
refer to Predicting Pressure Only section for more details.

2.5.2.1.4 Geothermal Gradient

This is where the Rough Approximation temperature model differs most from the
Pressure Only case. PROSPER requires the formation temperature profile to be
entered on this screen:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 116 PROSPER

Ü Enter static formation temperatures from e.g. extrapolation of temperatures

recorded on logging runs - NOT flowing well bore temperatures.

As for surface equipment, enter an overall heat transfer coefficient that describes the
resistance to heat flow by all mechanisms (convection, radiation and conduction)
from the well to its surroundings. The Enthalpy Balance temperature model is a
convenient way to determine average heat transfer coefficients. The heat transfer
area is referenced to the pipe inside diameter.

2.5.2.1.5 Average Heat Capacities

To edit Average Heat Capacities, click its check box then click Edit to display the
following dialogue:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 117

Enter values that correspond to average conditions in the well. Note that for oil, and
especially gas that Cp values are strong functions of both temperature and pressure.

Ü The default values will often give reasonable results in moderate GOR oil
wells. However, actual Cp values for oil and gas vary widely. Do not rely
on the defaults - obtain good estimates of Cp, or use the Enthalpy
Balance method where accurate temperature prediction is required.

2.5.2.2 Enthalpy Balance

To commence data entry for a new application, click All / Edit. PROSPER will then
display all the input screens in sequence. If data has already been entered, clicking
the Summary command button will display a summary of the current equipment. To
go back and edit one particular equipment item, click the button on the left of the
appropriate item.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 118 PROSPER

2.5.2.2.1 Deviation Survey

Enter data as per Pressure Only case.

2.5.2.2.2 Surface Equipment

An example of the surface equipment screen is shown below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 119

To calculate heat losses, additional data such as outside diameter, material type and
insulation (if used) are required to be input. The surface equipment model can utilise
the following equipment types:

· Line pipe
· Coated pipeline
· Flexible tubes
· User selected
· Choke

To allow for pipe bends, etc., enter an equivalent length/diameter. The choke
calculation handles both sub-critical and critical flow. The program will calculate the
temperature drop across the choke. Descriptive labels for each element can be
entered in the Label field if desired. Labels appear on reports and calculation
screens. Surface equipment geometry can be optionally entered as TVD of the
upstream end of the pipe segment and length or as X, Y (from the manifold or the
Xmas Tree) co-ordinate pairs. Refer to Section 6.1.2 above for more details.
The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to several
wells being connected to a production manifold via a common surface flow line. The
fluid velocity in the flowline is multiplied by the value entered - thereby increasing the
frictional pressure losses. For most applications it should be left at its default value
of 1. As an example, the pressure drop in a flowline connected to 3 identical wells
could be modelled using a pipeline rate multiplier of 3. 2 parallel flowlines having
identical dimensions can be modelled by entering the actual dimensions for one pipe

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 120 PROSPER

and a pipeline rate multiplier of 0.5. It is also possible to vary the rate multiplier along
the pipeline to simulate varying sections of dual pipelines for example.

The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records that
have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import
data from a wide variety of sources. Up to 200 pipe segments can be entered,
enabling the user to model very long pipelines.
Pipe insulation (e.g. concrete, foam or bitumen) can be modelled. To define the pipe
insulation click the Enter button to display the following screen:

Select the required insulation type from the drop-down list, then enter the thickness.
Enter the insulation beginning with the innermost layer. PROSPER uses the thermal
properties in its database to calculate the thermal conductivity of the composite
insulation. Click OK to return to the surface equipment screen. Different insulations
can be entered for each section of the flowline as required. The calculated
composite thermal conductivity is referenced to the pipe inside diameter. Pipes can
be laid on the surface (burial depth = 0) or buried. The diagram below shows the
burial depth geometry.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 121

The burial depth is the distance between the soil surface and the bottom of the pipe
(including insulation, if present). The pipe is partially buried if the burial depth < O.D.
of the insulated pipe.

Ensure that the flowline pipe geometry is consistent with the pipe burial
Ü depth. If necessary, insert another node and change the burial depth for e.
g. the riser.

The soil conductivity around buried surface pipes is taken from the
Ü Thermal Properties database for the shallowest rock type entered in the
Litho logy screen. In previous PROSPER releases, the soil conductivity was
fixed at 3.5 W/m/K.

2.5.2.2.3 Downhole Equipment

The downhole equipment section is used to describe the production tubing, SSSV
and restrictions. The following equipment items are available:

· Mild steel tubing

· Plastic coated tubing
· Stainless steel (either 13% or 25% chromium)
· SSSV
· Restrictions

The thermal properties database for downhole equipment elements can be edited or
added to if required. Pressure and temperature changes across subsurface safety
valves and restrictions (nipples) are correctly modelled. The following is an example
of a downhole equipment data input screen:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 122 PROSPER

For the Enthalpy Balance temperature model the casing dimensions and material
type are entered under Drilling and Completion, so the downhole equipment
description is required only for the tubing string.

To select tubing string elements to build up the tubing string description, click on the
list box arrows to the right of the item fields and make the appropriate selection from
the drop-down list. The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate
on data records that have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s).
All records can be simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import
button to import data from a wide variety of sources. Up to 18 tubing string elements
can be input. For complex completions, simplify the data entry by entering only the
major elements that dominate the overall tubing pressure drop.
The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to
intermittent sections of dual completions. The fluid velocity in the tubing is multiplied
by the value entered - thereby increasing the frictional pressure losses. For standard
single tubing completions it should be left at its default value of 1.

2.5.2.2.4 Temperature Data

The Temperature Data section is required for the calculations of heat loss for
surface flow lines and wellbore. Data must be entered according to the screen
shown below depending on whether prediction is being done offshore or on land.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 123

in the Temperature Data screen enter the temperature gradient in the formation (just
like in the Geothermal Gradient section for Rough Approximation), and the
temperature profile in the sea, along with the sea velocity.
If the surface equipment is exposed to air, the data concerning to the air
temperature, humidity and velocity will be accounted for the temperature calculation

2.5.2.2.5 Drilling and Completion

This data is used to calculate the heat transfer coefficients down hole. If the
offshore option has been selected, the marine riser parameters must be entered in
this section. Entries must be from TOP to BOTTOM. Thus, the riser will be the first
entry.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 124 PROSPER

The screen below shows an offshore well with a 30" OD riser run to a seabed depth
of 400 ft. The well also has a 7" OD liner run to 14000 ft with the liner top set at
11000 ft.

The completion fluid Liquid and Gas properties can have a significant effect on the
heat loss through the annulus. If pressure is maintained on the annulus, the mud
weight used should be modified to reflect the actual annulus pressure at the packer
depth. If the well is being gas lifted, the program assumes that the annulus is full of
gas down to the injection point.

The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records that
have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import
data from a wide variety of sources.

Ü Ensure the Tubing OD is less than the Casing ID.

For complex completions fluids, select the appropriate Customised Options from
the main Drilling and Completions section. Completion fluid property data will be
entered via look-up table data. Figure 6-14 shows the data required when selecting
the Completion Fluid Gas Type | Customised option from the drilling and
completions section.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 125

Five temperature dependent tables of properties can be entered. Please ensure that
the table will span the expected range of pressure- temperature conditions. The
program will not extrapolate outside the range of the input table. Use the Import
button to import data from a wide variety of sources.

2.5.2.2.6 Lithology
The program contains a database of thermal properties for various rock types
including Sandstone, Shale, Limestone, Dolomite, Halite and others. The thermal
properties database can be edited and added to as required. If detailed lithology
data is available it should be entered in the screen as shown below. If no data is
available, use shale from surface to total depth.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 126 PROSPER

The reservoir temperature and pressure should be entered for the production
reference depth. The formation temperature gradient is interpolated between the
reservoir and surface environment temperatures.

The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records that
have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import
data from a wide variety of sources.

Ü Thermal properties for buried pipelines are taken from the shallowest
formation type entered in the Lithology screen.

2.5.2.2.7 Databases

This optional feature is used to access the thermal properties databases for editing
or addition of user-defined materials. Select Databases and click Edit and the
following selection screen will be displayed:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 127

Enter appropriate values for the Conductivity of cement and casing.

Depending on the selection, PROSPER expects input of thermal conductivity,

emissivity, specific heat capacity, specific gravity or density. An example of the I
nsulation Types database screen is shown below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 128 PROSPER

Ü Check that the units are correct prior to entering the thermal properties.

Edited values remain in memory and become part of a particular well model file
when the file is saved. To permanently save edited values or new user-defined
entries for use in other projects click the Save button to keep them in the database.
The Reset button is used to return all entries to their default values.

2.5.2.3 Improved Approximation

Equipment entry for the Improved Approximation temperature model varies little from
the Rough Approximation option. Click on System Equipment to display the
following input screen:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 129

To start data entry for a new application, click All Edit. PROSPER will then display all
the relevant input screens in sequence. If data has already been entered, clicking
the Summary command button will display a summary of the current equipment. To
go back and edit one particular equipment item, click on the button beside the
appropriate item.

Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then include or exclude it
temporarily from any calculation by using the Disable Surface Equipment choice
box at the bottom of the Equipment Data screen.

2.5.2.3.1 Deviation Survey

Enter data as per Pressure Only case.

2.5.2.3.2 Surface Equipment

Surface Equipment is the same as for Predicting Pressure Only except for the
requirement to enter the overall heat transfer coefficient an the surrounding
temperature.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 130 PROSPER

The heat transfer coefficient can be specified for each pipe segment and should not
be confused with the pipe thermal conductivity.

The heat transfer coefficient accounts for the heat flow through the production
tubing, annulus and insulation (if present) to the surroundings. Heat transfer by
forced and free convection, conduction and radiation must all be accounted for in the
value of the overall heat transfer coefficient. In PROSPER, the overall heat transfer
coefficient is referenced to the pipe inside diameter.
2.5.2.3.3 Downhole Equipment
The Downhole Equipment is the same as for Predicting Pressure Only.
2.5.2.3.4 Geothermal Gradient

PROSPER requires the formation temperature profile together with the heat transfer
coefficient to be entered on this screen:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 131

Enter static formation temperatures from e.g. extrapolation of temperatures

Ü recorded on logging runs - NOT flowing well bore temperatures.

As for surface equipment, enter an overall heat transfer coefficient that describes the
resistance to heat flow by all mechanisms (convection, radiation and conduction)
from the well to its surroundings. This value can vary throughout the formation. The
Enthalpy Balance temperature model is a convenient way to determine average heat
transfer coefficients. The heat transfer area is referenced to the pipe inside
diameter.

2.5.2.3.5 Sea Temperature Gradient

To edit Sea Temperature Gradient, click its check box then click Edit to display the
following dialogue:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 132 PROSPER

Enter the data to describe to temperature gradient in the sea. Up to 20 points may
be entered. Use the Import button to retrieve the data from a wide variety of sources

2.6 IPR Data Input

This section describes how PROSPER defines the reservoir inflow performance.
The following table lists the Inflow Performance options:

IPR Oil & Dry & Retrograde

Method Water Wet Gas Condensate
Back Pressure ü ü
C and n ü ü
Composite ü
Darcy ü
Dual Porosity ü ü ü
External Entry ü ü ü

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 133

Fetkovich ü
Forchheimer ü ü
Forchheimer with Pseudo - Pressure ü ü
NEW!!!
Multirate Forchheimer with Pseudo - ü ü
Pressure NEW!!!
Horizontal well - No Flow Boundaries ü ü ü
Horizontal well - Constant Pressure ü
upper boundary
Horizontal well - dP friction ü ü ü
Horizontal well - transverse vertical ü ü ü
fractures
Hydraulically fractured ü ü ü
Jones ü ü ü
Multi-lateral ü ü ü
Multi-layer ü ü ü
Multi-layer - dP Loss ü ü ü
Multi-rate C and n ü ü
Multi-rate Fetkovich ü
Multi-rate Jones ü ü ü
Modified Isochronal IPR ü ü
Petroleum Experts ü ü
P.I. Entry ü
SkinAide ü ü ü
Thermally Induced Fracture ü
(injection only)
Transient ü
Vogel ü
SPOT ü ü ü

2.6.1 IPR Single Well Data

The data for inflow performance models is entered using a single master screen. All
the sub-screens relevant to a set of model choices are accessible through clicking

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 134 PROSPER

on buttons on the main screen and on a tabbed interface in a data input screen.
This means that data for different models are entered concurrently and can be
compared before selecting the Calculate option. The generic features of the single
well data entry screen are used in the multilateral interface for data entry to those
network items with sufficiently large data structures (namely tubing, completion and
reservoir).

Click System Inflow Performance in the main menu and the main data entry screen
will appear.

2.6.1.1 The Main Data Entry Screen

The screen consists of three parts.

1. Section Buttons. At the top right of the dialog screen are two buttons, labelled
Select Model and Input Data. These allow switching between screens that
control model selection and detailed data input. The former also contains data
pertaining to all models (such as reservoir pressure and temperature), and the
latter manages the data input specific to the chosen model. The selection
buttons have the same function in the multilateral data entry screens.

2. Action Buttons. To the left of the section buttons is a set of buttons that perform
various actions such as Calculate. Only the left-most group appears in the
multilateral data entry screens.

3. Model Selection Screen. The child screen is the area below the action and
section buttons and contains either the model selection or the data input screens.
The same occurs in the multilateral interface, although the actual model
selection and data input screens are different.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 135

2.6.1.2 Section Buttons

As well as switching between the model selection and data input screens the section
buttons also indicate the validation status of the screens. The selection of one
screen or the other is shown by the indentation of the button for that screen and the
validity of the data is flagged by the colour. Green means that all the required data
are entered and within the numerical range for the units chosen; where appropriate,
extra consistency checks have also been carried out. Red implies that either there is
insufficient data entered or it is out of range/inconsistent. In addition, if no models at
all are selected the Select Model and Input Data buttons are marked invalid. Also,
if not enough models are selected the Select Model button is marked invalid (e.g. a
reservoir but no skin model).

2.6.1.3 Action Buttons

Done
This button exits the screen after saving and validating all the data pertaining to the
chosen models. If the data are not valid an option of remaining in the IPR edit
screen and reviewing the validation errors that are listed in a validation error dialog is
provided. This also occurs after the validation in the Calculate, Transfer Data and
Save Results button commands. If the IPR section is exited with invalid data left in
the input then all calculation options using IPR data and models are disabled.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 136 PROSPER

Cancel
This exits the screen and restores the data to its state at the start of the main edit
session.

Validate
Checks the data on the current child screen for validity. If the data are not valid, the
validation dialog will appear with diagnostic messages.

Reset
This replaces the data of the current child screen with the data that was current
when the screen was entered.

Help
This displays information relevant to the current child screen.

Calculate
Saves and validates all the data pertaining to the chosen models (e.g. Darcy
reservoir model and Enter Skin By Hand) then runs the correct calculation routine if
the data are valid. On successful completion of the calculation the results are
automatically plotted.

Plot
Will produce a plot screen appropriate to the current reservoir model (for example, a
Darcy plot) and plot the data from the last Calculate command.

Report
Enters the PROSPER Reporting System. The report produced will depend on the
current model choices.

Export
Can export current data (input and results) to the printer, a file, the clipboard or the
screen.
Test Data NEW!!!
Allows to enter the test data (rate vs Bottom Hole Pressure) that will be then
displayed in the IPR plot

Sensitivity NEW!!!
Allows to perform sensitivities on the various parameters affecting the IPR

Transfer Data
Saves and validates all the current data before opening a standard ‘File Save As’
dialog that provides an opportunity to save the data to file in MBAL input format (.
MIP).

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 137

Ü If PROSPER has been opened from a session in GAP then the data are
posted to GAP instead. The transfer button does not prompt for creation of
a .MIP file.

Save Results
This option is only enabled when PROSPER is run from GAP. On a successful
validation options to either over-write the current file or to save the PROSPER file
using ‘File Save As’ options are provided.

GAP
This option is only enabled when PROSPER is run from GAP. It shuts down the IPR
screen and minimises PROSPER, thus bringing GAP to the forefront.

Ü Note that the ‘Save and Validate’ sequence carried out by several of the
action button commands does not actually save to file but transfers data
from the context of the IPR data screen to the PROSPER data structure in
memory. Hence, files should regularly be saved to avoid losing work due
to power failures or crashes.

2.6.1.4 Model Selection Screen

An example of the model selection screen for the ‘Oil and Water’ fluid choice can be
seen in the screen dump of the main data screen (Figure 7.1).

This part of the IPR input screen controls the choice of almost all the tabbed dialogs
that will be seen in the subsequent data input screen.
There are four major selections done in this screen. These are:

· Selection of Reservoir Inflow Model

o For each fluid various single well IPR models available are listed and the
User makes a selection.

· Selection of mechanical/geometrical skin

o The User has the option of entering the skin by hand or using one of the
analytical models to model the completion skin.

· Selection of deviation / partial penetration skin

o There are two skin models and these become available if a analytical skin
model of mechanical / geometric skin calculation has been used.

· Reservoir input
o The User also specifies the pressure, temperature, producing GOR and
water cut at this screen.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 138 PROSPER

· Relative permeability.
o This option can be set to Yes or No in case of oils. If set to Yes, the User
has the option of defining a set of relative permeability curves, which will
be used to change productivity of the system with changing water cut.

Ü The gravel pack selection and the type of completion (cased or open hole)
are chosen from the main Options screen (in the PROSPER main menu)
but some reservoir models have internal gravel pack data entries instead.

Ü In case gas coning option has been selected in main options, for oils the
coning button is displayed to allow the activation of a dialog screen in
which parameters for the calculation of rate-dependent GOR's can be
entered

If the fluid is a gas or a condensate the format of the screen is very similar; only the
reservoir and other model input selections vary for example, in gas systems, we
have CGR and WGR instead of GOR and WC.

The choice of reservoir models governs which subsidiary models (principally skin)
are enabled. Thus, horizontal well models do not require a deviation skin data entry
and some of the more complex reservoir models (e.g. multi-layer with dP friction
loss) contain their own skin and gravel pack models.

2.6.1.5 Data Input Screen

The data input screen contains a set of data entry tabbed dialogs that become
available depending on the selected IPR model.

Ü Only one dialog is displayed at any one time, corresponding to the tab
selected as shown in the figure below

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 139

The tabs are labelled as follows:

· Reservoir Model
· Mech/Geom Skin
· Dev/PP Skin
· Gravel Pack
· Relative Perm
· Viscosity

Ü The tabs are coloured according to the validity of the data on the
corresponding dialogs.

· If the tab is green, then the data are valid for the current system set-
up.

· If it is red, then the data are invalid or empty.

· If the tab is grey, then this tab is not applicable to the current
reservoir model (or model selection) and so is inaccessible.

Ü The various screens, accessible by the bottom tabs comprise the dialog
screens, where the input parameters for the selection are entered. Laid in

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 140 PROSPER

the area below the Section and Action buttons. in case of the model
selection screen it is mainly occupied with ways of choosing models,
namely three list boxes, a drop-down list box and a push button.

For example Figure 7.2 shows a Darcy reservoir model dialog encapsulated in the
data input screen contained in the main entry screen.
· The Reservoir Model tab is marked invalid (due to the unlikely reservoir
thickness of –1 feet).

· The Dev/PP Skin tab and relative permeability tabs are marked disabled. In
this case it is because the ‘Enter Skin By Hand’ option is selected which is
assumed to contain the deviation and partial penetration information. In the
latter case relative permeability is simply not selected (see Figure 7.1,
showing the model selection screen).

Notes on Data Validation:

Ü On each of the IPR Input screens there is a validate button. Pressing this
button invokes a checking routine which flags for the any invalid entries.

Notes on Data Entry in IPR section

In all the IPR input screens, for various options, the data may be required to be
entered in one of the following ways:

· Entering a value against a blank field

· Pressing a push button, which takes us further into another screen, where
actual data required is entered as indicated against Dietz calculator on Figure
7-2.
· Using a drop-down list.

Ü Some models require data entered for multiple layers (e.g. multi-layer and
multi-layer with dP friction loss) and/or multiple completion zones (e.g.
horizontal well with dP friction loss and Wong-Clifford deviation/partial
penetration skin model).
In dialogs with grid entry it is also possible to select, copy, cut and paste
blocks of the table, using mouse drag operations and the buttons provided
on the screen. As the data in a table are typically interdependent some
consistency validation checks are carried out in addition to the range
validation.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 141

2.6.2 IPR Models for Oil Wells

The IPR model chosen depends upon the available data and the type of inflow
sensitivities to be performed. Some of the main highlights are

Ü There are twenty inflow options, including the multi-lateral method

described in Section 7.8, are available.

The average reservoir pressure and reservoir temperature must be

entered for all inflow performance models, except for multi-rate models.

From the Multi-rate models the average reservoir pressure can be back
calculated.

If test data is available it can be entered and plotted against the calculated
inflow.

Well skin can be either directly entered or calculated using the Locke,
Macleod or Karakas and Tariq methods for a mechanical/geometrical skin,
and the Cinco/Martin-Bronz or Wong-Clifford methods for a deviation/
partial penetration skin.

Relative permeability curves are optionally used together with fluid

viscosities (from PVT) to calculate the total fluid mobility for a given water
cut. The calculated IPR can be matched to measured data and used to
calculate IPR pressures for any rate and water cut. Relative permeability
can be applied to all oil IPR models in PROSPER.

Frictional pressure losses between multiple producing zones are

accounted for in the Horizontal Well - friction dP and Multi layer - friction
dP. A network algorithm determines the production from each zone while
accounting for flowing pressure losses to find the total well production.

These models can be combined with gravel pack and relative permeability
models if the option is enabled (the former in the Options screen from the
PROSPER main menu and the latter from the IPR main data entry screen).

Once a specific model is chosen and data entered for it, after which an IPR can be
calculated using the Calculate button. The following sections list various inflow
models that are available for oil wells.

2.6.2.1 P.I. Entry

A straight-line inflow model is used above the bubble point based on the equation
shown below. The Vogel empirical solution is used below the bubble point, the test
point being the rate calculated using the following equation at bottom hole pressure

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 142 PROSPER

equal to bubble point. The User input productivity index (PI) is used to calculate the
IPR. The IPR rates are always Liquid Rates. Hence the PI refers to Liquid Rate.

Q = J ( Pr - Pb )

Where J is the Productivity Index, expressed as STB/(day psi).

2.6.2.2 Vogel

The program uses the straight-line inflow relationship above the bubble point and the
Vogel empirical solution below the bubble point. A single flowing bottom hole
pressure and surface test rate is used to calculate the IPR, below the bubble point.
From this IPR the rate and bubble point pressure are used to evaluate the PI for the
straight-line part of the inflow above the bubble point.

When calculating IPR sensitivities for reservoir pressure, PROSPER retains the
correct well productivity. Otherwise, changing the reservoir pressure changes the
Vogel well productivity.
2
Q Pwf æ Pwf ö
= 1 - 0.2 - 0.8çç ÷÷
Qmax Pr è Pr ø

2.6.2.3 Composite

This is an extension of the Vogel inflow solution (Petrobras method) that accounts
for water cut.

Vogel essentially decreases the inflow below bubble point because of gas formation.
However, if the water cut is higher the inflow potential will increase and approach a
straight-line IPR due to single-phase flow. The composite model captures this by
using the following formulation.

A test flow rate, flowing bottomhole pressure and water cut are required to be
entered.

2.6.2.4 Darcy

The program uses the Darcy inflow equation above the bubble point and the Vogel
solution below the bubble point. Required input is:

· Reservoir permeability (total permeability at the prevailing water cut and GOR)
· Reservoir thickness (thickness of producing reservoir rock, i.e. vertical thickness of

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 143

net pay interval)

· Drainage area
· Well bore radius
· Dietz shape factor (to account for the shape of the drainage area)

2.6.2.5 Fetkovich

The Fetkovich equation for oil is a modified form of the Darcy equation, which allows
for two phase flow below the bubble point. The Fetkovich equation can be
expressed as:
2 2
Q = J ( Pr - Pb ) + J ' ( Pr - Pwf )

Enter the same inputs as for the Darcy example plus the relative permeability for oil.
Skin can be entered either by hand or calculated using Locke's, Macleod's or the
Karakas and Tariq method.

2.6.2.6 Multi-rate Fetkovich

This method uses a non-linear regression to fit the Fetkovich model for up to 10 test
points. The model is expressed as:
Q = C (( Pr2 - Pwf2 ) / 1000) n

The fit values of C and n are posted on the IPR plot. If the reservoir pressure is not
available, the program will calculate it. For producing wells, enter a reservoir
pressure lower than the measured flowing bottomhole pressures. The program will
dismiss the reservoir pressure that has been entered and calculate it. For injection
wells, input a reservoir pressure higher than the test pressures entered. The
program will then calculate the reservoir pressure.

2.6.2.7 Jones

The Jones equation for oil is a modified form of the Darcy equation, which allows for
both Darcy and non-Darcy pressure drops. The Jones equation can be expressed in
the form:

( Pr - Pwf ) = aQ 2 + bQ

Where "a" and "b" are calculated from reservoir properties or can be determined
from a multi-rate test. The same data as for the Darcy model plus the perforated
interval is required. Skin can be directly entered or calculated using the available
methods.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 144 PROSPER

2.6.2.8 Multi-rate Jones

This method uses a non-linear regression to fit for up to 10 test points for the Jones
model.

i.e.
( Pr - Pwf ) = aQ 2 + bQ

If reservoir pressure is to be calculated see Multi-rate Fetkovich above.

2.6.2.9 Transient

This IPR method takes into account the change of deliverability with time. This
method can be particularly important for tight reservoirs. Both the Darcy and Jones
equations assume that the well has reached pseudo-steady state flow conditions. In
tight reservoirs, the transient equation can be used to determine the inflow
performance as a function of flowing time. Once the flowing time is long enough for
pseudo-steady state flow to develop within the drainage radius, the Darcy inflow
model is then used. Enter the same data as the Darcy example plus:

· Porosity (Enter the reservoir porosity)

· Time (Time in days, must be greater than 0.5 days)

The transient IPR equation is:

Time is the flowing time since the last reservoir pressure equalisation up to the time
of the analysis. If the flowing time exceeds , the deliverability is evaluated using ,
which is equivalent to using the pseudo-steady state Darcy model.

The Transient IPR model in PROSPER is designed to

· check whether the production is in the transient state or semi-steady state.
· If it is in the transient state, then the IPR will be calculated using the equation
mentioned above.
· If the production has already reached the semi-steady state conditions, then
the IPR will be calculated using the semi-steady state inflow equation

The units used in the above transient IPR equation are oilfield units:

Q => stb/d
P => psig
Mju => cp

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 145

FVF => rb/stb

k => mD
t => hours
ct => 1/psi
h, rw => ft
2.6.2.10Hydraulically Fractured Well
The hydraulically fractured well inflow model can be used to run sensitivities on
hydraulic fracture designs. The model is transient and is particularly useful in
determining the transient deliverability of a well after stimulation.

Ü Gravel packs can be combined with the hydraulically fractured well IPR to
model Frac-Packed wells

Required data input is:

· Reservoir permeability (Total permeability)

· Formation thickness (Thickness of producing reservoir rock)
· Drainage area
· Well bore radius
· Dietz shape factor (Depends on the shape of the drainage area)
· Time (Inflow is transient in early time)
· Fracture height
· Fracture half length
· Dimensionless fracture conductivity

2.6.2.11Horizontal Well - No Flow Boundaries

This steady-state inflow model is based on the work of Kuchuk and Goode. It
assumes that the horizontal well is draining a closed rectangular drainage volume
that is bounded by sealing surfaces. The well can be placed anywhere within the
drainage region. The pressure drop along the well bore itself is not taken into
account. This model may not be suitable for long horizontal sections drilled in high
productivity reservoirs. Horizontal well - friction dP IPR should be used in such
cases. Enter:

Ü The definitions of symbols for various parameters to PROSPER horizontal

well model are as per this manual and not necessarily on basis of the
reference paper.

· Reservoir permeability
(Total permeability at prevailing water cut)
· Reservoir thickness (Thickness of producing reservoir
rock h)
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 146 PROSPER

· Well bore radius

· Horizontal anisotropy
(Ratio of Ky/Kx where Kx is permeability in the direction of
the horizontal well and Ky is the permeability perpendicular to the horizontal well)
· Vertical anisotropy
(Ratio of Kz/Ky where Kz is the vertical permeability)
· Length of well (Horizontal section L)
· Length of drainage area (Reservoir dimension parallel to
well Lx)
· Width of drainage area
(Reservoir dimension perpendicular to well Ly)
· Distance from length edge to centre of well (
Xw)
· Distance from width edge to centre of well (
Yw)
· Distance from bottom of reservoir to centre of well (
Zw)

A sketch outlining the main geometric parameters is shown below:

2.6.2.12Horizontal Well - Constant Pressure Upper Boundary

The reservoir geometry is the same as for the No Flow Boundaries case, except for
a constant pressure upper boundary. The pressure drop along the well bore itself is
not taken into account. This model requires the same input data as the Horizontal
Well - Bounded Reservoir model above. The plots below compares PROSPER
calculated IPR values with those obtained by Kuchuk and Goode for a well in the
centre of a 4000’ by 4000’ square reservoir.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 147

PROSPER Horizontal Well IPR

vs Fine Grid Simulation
35

Anisotropy

30 h = 50'
0.01 zw = 25'
rw = 0.25'
kh = 50 md
25 0.1 vis = 1 cp

1.0
P.I. (BOPD/psi)

20
Simulator - Lines
PROSPER - Symbols

15

4000'
10

4000'
5

0
0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5
L1/2/Lx

2.6.2.13Multi-Layer Inflow

The multi-layer inflow model allows up to 50 discrete reservoir layers to be entered

as shown in the following example input screen:

Each layer can have different reservoir pressures, inflow models and fluid properties.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 148 PROSPER

The oil gravity, GOR and water cut may be entered for each layer. The produced
fluid properties in the well bore are determined from the summation of the individual
layer contributions. The summation accounts for cross flow between layers having
different pressures. Each layer can be gravel packed if desired. Both Injectors and
Producers can be modelled. For cases where the zones are separated by significant
depth or friction pressure losses are significant, the Multi-layer - dP Loss network
IPR model should be used.

Ü If PVT matching has been used in the PVT section, it is assumed that it
was performed on the commingled layer fluids. The fit parameters
generated will be applied to all PVT calculations for all layers in
determining the combined inflow performance.

To use the Multi-Layer IPR, enter the reservoir temperature then click Input Data to
enter the tab-controlled screen, and then click on the Reservoir Model tab button.
For each layer, select the inflow model from: Darcy, Multi-rate Jones, or PI Entry
methods then enter the layer PVT properties, average pressures, thickness and
skins. For each layer, click the Layer Data button and enter the information required
by the inflow model.

Ü To facilitate rapid comparison of flow rates using different completion

options, select a Null IPR type for a layer i.e., from the Layer Model drop-
down dialogue box select the blank (no text) option. This effectively turns
the layer off. To return it to production, re-select the original IPR type,
and the layer parameters etc. will be re-instated when the IPR is re-
calculated.

Ü The Multi-Layer IPR solves the

combined contribution from each
producing layer at the intake node.
This effectively places each layer at
the same depth. The reservoir
pressure entered for each layer should
therefore be referenced to the intake
node depth.

2.6.2.14External Entry

This option allows an externally generated IPR data set to be imported or directly
entered. Up to five tables can be entered to allow sensitivities to be calculated on
any arbitrary set of variables. For example, IPRs for a range of reservoir pressures
calculated by a simulator could be input using this option.

An example of an external entry IPR input screen is shown below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 149

External IPR tables can also be imported from ASCII files. The file format is given in
Appendix E of the PROSPER User Guide.

2.6.2.15Horizontal well - dP Friction Loss in Wellbore

To adequately model horizontal well inflow in high permeability reservoirs, it is
necessary to account for pressure loss along the horizontal section. PROSPER
divides the horizontal section into 20 sections and a network algorithm solves for
zone production and well bore pressure. Pressure loss between zones is accounted
for. The Horizontal well - dP Friction input screen is shown below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 150 PROSPER

The reservoir parameters entered in the upper section of the screen determine the
overall well productivity using the selected model. The zone parameters are used by
the network algorithm to re-scale the overall productivity on a zone-by-zone basis. A
description of the input parameters follows:

Reservoir Parameters
· Horizontal Well Model
(Model used for overall well productivity)
· Reservoir permeability
(Total permeability at prevailing water cut)
· Reservoir thickness
(Thickness of producing reservoir rock h)
· Well bore radius
(Radius of open hole rw)
· Horizontal anisotropy
(Ratio of Ky/Kx where Kx is permeability in the direction of the horizontal well and
Ky is the permeability perpendicular to the horizontal well)
· Vertical anisotropy
(Ratio of Kz/Ky where Kz is the vertical permeability)
· Length of well
(Horizontal section L)
· Length of drainage area
(Reservoir dimension parallel to well Lx)
· Width of drainage area
(Reservoir dimension perpendicular to well Ly)
· Distance from length edge to centre of well (

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 151

Xw)
· Distance from width edge to centre of well (
Yw)
· Distance from bottom of reservoir to centre of well (
Zw)

The horizontal well models available are:

Kuckuk and Goode (bounded and constant pressure boundary)
Babu & Odeh
Goode / Wilkinson partial completion (bounded and constant pressure boundary)
The reservoir parameters are entered as for the original infinite conductivity (no
pressure loss) horizontal well model.

Ü Geometric definitions vary between published horizontal well inflow

models. Ensure that geometric parameters entered in PROSPER are
consistent with the above definitions. Refer to the Horizontal Well IPR
sketch for details.

Zone Parameters
Data for up to 20 zones can be entered. The required inputs are as follows:

· Zone Type (Blank, Perforated or Open Hole)

· Skin method (Enter by Hand, or Karakas & Tariq for perforated zones)
· Gravel Pack (Yes or No)
· Zone Length (Length of zone along the well)
· Zone Permeability (Average permeability at the prevailing water cut)
· Flowing Radius (Internal radius of the completion tubing)
· Zone Roughness (Roughness for zone friction calculation)

These parameters describe the local permeability and the flow path along the well
bore. Click the Zone Data button to enter details such as skin and perforation
parameters. If the Skin Method is Enter by Hand, the skin and open hole radius are
required. If Karakas & Tariq is selected, then enter the perforation details as in
Section 7.4.1 and PROSPER will estimate the zone skin. If the zone is to be gravel
packed, this data is entered under Zone Data.

Ü To allow comparison of the IPR with and without friction losses, setting the
zone roughness to zero turns off the friction pressure drop calculation
entirely rather than calculating friction for a smooth pipe

Coning Calculations in Horizontal wells

The Ben Dikken and Chaperon correlations prediction of critical coning rates for gas,
water or gas and water have been implemented. From the Horizontal well - dP
Friction data entry screen click Coning to display the Coning Calculations screen:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 152 PROSPER

Enter a production rate and porosity then select the required coning calculation
method. Click Calculate to find the critical rate and time to breakthrough for the rate
entered. The pressure along the well bore for the specified rate is calculated and
displayed by clicking Plot.

The production contribution from each zone can be displayed as:

Rate per Unit Length

Percentage production
Cumulative percentage production
An example of a rate per unit length plot is shown below:
PROSPER Manual May, 2009
 User Guide 153

Ü The Horizontal Well - friction dP IPR models the pressure at the heel of the
well as a function of pressure. The intake node is therefore the heel of the
well. The heel should be the last node entered in System Equipment and
Deviation Survey tables - it is not necessary to enter details of the
horizontal producing section except in the IPR.

2.6.2.16Multi-Layer - dP Loss in Wellbore

The Multi-Layer dP Loss in Wellbore model can be used to model the production
from multi-layered reservoir systems where pressure losses in the wellbore are
significant.
PROSPER iterates until the production from each zone and the well pressures
converge at the solution rate.
The effect of pressure drop between zones and cross flow is accounted for. An
example of a Multi-Layer - dP Loss input screen is shown below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 154 PROSPER

This screen allows for the entry of up to 50 layers. To enter PVT, IPR data
(permeability, test rates etc. depending on the IPR model selected) and layer skin,
click the appropriate button to display the input screen. The depth entered for TOP
is the depth for which the IPR is to be evaluated. This is normally the same as the
deepest depth entered in System Equipment, but it can be set to surface or other
value.

The input data required are:

· Layer Type (Either Blank, Perforated or Open Hole)

· Measured Depth (Measured depth of the bottom of layer n)
· True Vertical Depth (TVD of the bottom of layer n)
· Layer Pressure (Pressure at the bottom of layer n)
· Layer Flowing Radius (Well radius for calculating inter layer pressure drops)
· The layer flowing radius is the radius of the pipe
connecting the layers i.e., 0.5 x tubing I.D. The wellbore radius (rw) is the radius
of the drill bit.
· Layer IPR Model (Select from Darcy, Multi-rate Jones, P.I. Entry)
· Layer Skin Model (Enter by Hand or Karakas & Tariq)
· Layer Gravel Pack (Yes or No)
· Layer PVT Data (GOR, Oil and Gas Gravity plus Water Cut)
· Layer Parameters (Relevant parameters for the selected IPR model)
· Layer Skin (Relevant parameters for the selected IPR model)

The IPR at surface can be calculated by entering the surface elevation for TOP
depth and a blank zone from surface to the shallowest producing zone. Use blank

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 155

zones with appropriate reduced I.D. to simulate the effect of sliding sleeves and flow
controls in a multi-zone completion. Click Calculate and the IPR for each layer and
the summation will be calculated and displayed on a plot as follows:

To list the layer production in detail, click Results and scroll through the layer results
one by one. An example results screen is shown below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 156 PROSPER

Scroll from the selection menu to view the results for each of the layers.
Gravel pack and well skin etc. can be seen by scrolling to the right of the results
table. Negative layer production rates indicate cross-flow into the layer.

Ü If a zero roughness is entered, then inter-layer pressure drops are not

computed. The layer pressures are then equivalent to a potential referred
to the depth of the TOP layer. The calculations are then equivalent to the
simpler Multi-Layer IPR without dP model.

Ü The multilayer option is now available for dry gas and gas condensate
model

2.6.2.17SkinAide
The Elf inflow and skin calculation method is incorporated in PROSPER. API
perforation characteristics can be used to estimate perforation damage given casing
and formation properties. A detailed description of SkinAide is given in Section 7.7.

2.6.2.18Dual Porosity

This model is useful for naturally fractured reservoirs where the matrix (formation)
porosity is greater than the fracture porosity and the matrix permeability is much
smaller than the fracture permeability, but not negligible. It requires the entry of the
following parameters: fracture permeability, reservoir thickness, drainage area, well-
bore radius, porosity, time, storativity ratio and interporosity coefficient. The latter
two parameters are defined as follows:

1. Storativity ratio, w = ff cf / ( ff cf + fm cm)

where ff is the fracture porosity, cf is the fracture compressibility, fm is the matrix
porosity and cm is the matrix compressibility.

2. Interporosity, l = a km rew^2 /kf

where a is a shape factor (see Warren, J.E. and Root, P.J.: "The Behaviour of
Naturally Fractured Reservoirs.", SPE 426, SPEJ (Sept. 1963), 245-255.), km is
matrix permeability, rew^2 is effective well radius squared and kf is fracture
permeability.

2.6.2.19Horizontal Well with Transverse Vertical Fractures

The horizontal well with transverse vertical fractures is based on a model proposed
by T.M. Herge and Leif Larsen in the SPE paper 28845. The model is based on a
relationship between the effective wellbore radius, fracture conductivity, fracture size,

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 157

wellbore radius and number of fractures; the correlation also calculates the distance
between fractures.

Once the effective wellbore radius is determined the model calculates the well
productivity the same way the horizontal well with no-flow-boundaries is calculated.
This is for use with wells that are stimulated with one or more transverse vertical
fractures. It is assumed that the fractures are circular, the well goes through their
centre and they are evenly spaced. If there is one fracture it is in the middle of the
well. The data to be entered are the same as those for a horizontal well, along with
the fracture half-length and its dimensionless conductivity.

The following points describe the method of performing the calculations.

· The fracture half length, fracture conductivity, and number of fractures are
used to calculate an equivalent wellbore radius. This calculation is based on
the technique developed by Hegre and Larsen (SPE 28845)

· The effective wellbore radius is then used in the Horizontal Well – No Flow
Boundary model to compute the IPR of the well.

For the ‘Horizontal Well - Transverse Vertical Fracture’ model, in some cases where
the equivalent wellbore radius approaches or exceeds the input reservoir thickness,
the well is effectively located on the edge or outside the defined drainage area
leading to reduction in AOF with increasing vertical anisotropy.
2.6.2.20Thermally Induced Fracture Model
2.6.2.20.1 Overview

This IPR model is enabled when Well Type Injector is set in the main program
Options.
The algorithm follows the framework outlined in: SPE 30777, Thermally Induced
Fractures: A Field-Proven Analytical Model. SPE Reservoir Evaluation &
Engineering, February 1998. J-L. Detienne, Max Creusot, Nicolas Kessler, Bernard
Sahuquet and J-L. Bergerot. Information was also assembled from SPE 7964 (radial
reservoir temperature profile) and SPE 11332 (coefficient for thermo-elastic stress
equation). Note that the temperature profile derivation uses the same basis as the
work of de Lauwerier referred to in SPE 30777.

SPE 7964: Analytical Definition of the Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient, A. B.

Zolotukhin.
SPE 11332: The Effect of Thermo-elastic Stresses on Injection Well Fracturing, T.K.
Perkins and J.A. Gonzalez.

This model is concerned with the thermo-mechanical effects induced by injecting

cold water into a hot reservoir. The method first tests whether a calculated Pwf rises
above the reservoir stress around the well bore. If this occurs then a fracture is

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 158 PROSPER

assumed to propagate and the Pwf at the fracture tip is equated to the reservoir
stress (i.e. equilibrium) by iterating on the fracture length. The fracture’s effect is
incorporated in a skin term, and two stress effects are considered; a thermo-elastic
one (varies with injection temperature) and a poro-elastic one (varies with Pwf). The
stress at the wellbore is calculated by adding these effects to the initial reservoir
stress. The Pwf is calculated using varying fluid and geometric properties (inner and
outer radii) and a Darcy-like model in three circular zones. The first (inner) is water
that is still cool, the second is water that has warmed up, and the third (outer) is the
original reservoir.

The IPR calculated by this model consists, therefore, of two different zones with a
break-point where the fracturing occurs. See the following figure.

The model is not valid for uncontrolled hydraulic fracturing where the fracture length
may be several hundred feet. The fracture should not extend beyond the so-called
cooled injection zone, the extent of which is calculated using the temperature profile
referred to above.

2.6.2.20.2 Data Entry

The Thermally Induced Fracture model reservoir data screen is split into two tabbed
screens, one handling 'Injecitivity Index' parameters, and one handling 'Thermo-
mechanical' parameters. Also, it is required to enter the injected fluid temperature in
the model selection screen.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 159

PVT parameter
Injected Fluid Temperature

Injectivity Index Parameters

Reservoir permeability (Total permeability)
Formation thickness (Thickness of producing formations)
Drainage area
DIETZ shape factor (Depends on the shape of the drainage area).
Wellbore radius
Porosity (Enter the reservoir porosity)
Time (Time in days, must be greater than 0.5 days)
Mean Historical Injection Rate

Thermo-mechanical Parameters
Initial Reservoir Stress
Sweep Efficiency
Injected Fluid Specific Heat Capacity
Overall Reservoir Conductivity
Overall Reservoir Specific Heat Capacity
Overall Reservoir Density
Top and Bottom Surroundings Conductivity
Top and Bottom Surroundings Specific Heat Capacity
Top and Bottom Surroundings Density
Reservoir Thermal Expansion (thermo-elastic correlating coefficient, relates
temperature perturbation to stress perturbation)
Biot's Constant (poro-elastic correlating coefficient, relates pressure
perturbation to stress perturbation)
Poisson's Ratio
Reservoir Young's Modulus

2.6.2.21Using Relative Permeabilities in PROSPER

For oil wells, the effects of changing relative permeability on the IPR can be taken
into account. From the model selection screen, select a suitable IPR method then
enter the reservoir temperature and pressure. If relative permeability effects are not
to be considered then select No. To use relative permeability, select Yes.

If use relative permeability is selected, the PI will be corrected by multiplying the ratio
of the liquid mobilities. The liquid mobility is dependent on the water cut. Given the
relative permeability curves, they can be used together with fluid viscosity (PVT) to
calculate the total fluid mobility at different water cut.

The test water cut and the test reservoir pressure are used to determine the phase
saturations and viscosity at the original PI. With the use of relative permeability
curves, the liquid mobility at the test (reference point) can be calculated from:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 160 PROSPER

The water saturation can always be estimated based on the relative permeability
curve and the water cut entered. At a particular reservoir pressure and water cut, the
mobility (M) can be calculated.

The corrected productivity index will be:

This value of corrected PI will be used to generate the IPR.

The possible reduction in liquid mobility due to any increase in the gas saturation is
not accounted for in this option. Hence, If use relative permeability is selected, there
is a further option to consider Vogel correction for GOR using the Standing Method
(Reference: K. E. Brown & H. Dale Beggs “ The technology of artificial lift methods” –
Volume 1). The Vogel correction takes into account the effect of increasing gas
saturation on the well PI. It requires the entry of a test GOR value. The GOR
entered is taken as the total produced GOR. Based on the PVT, then this used to
calculate a free gas saturation Sg.

The Sw is calculated on basis of test water cut and test reservoir pressure. So is
calculated from

Once the phase saturation and viscosities are known the PI is estimated from total
liquid mobility ratios as indicated above.

When relative permeability is set to ‘No’ the oil and water mobility values are
calculated on basis of the assumption that the free gas down hole is zero. The oil
saturation is calculated as:

Based on these phase saturations, the PI correction is made.

After selecting the relative permeability option, we then go to the ‘Relative

Permeability’ tabbed dialog in the data input screen. The child screen is shown in
the following figure.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 161

Ü For Inflow Models like Darcy with a relative permeability correction, enter a
water cut during test equal to 0, if the permeability entered in the reservoir
input data is true single phase permeability of the rock.

Enter the residual saturation, endpoint relative permeability and Corey exponent for
both oil and water. A Corey exponent of 1.0 defines straight-line relative
permeability curves. Values greater than 1 give a concave upwards curve i.e.
delayed water breakthrough. Corey exponents less than 1 define a concave
downwards relative permeability curve i.e. early water breakthrough.

Matching measured and calculated IPR pressures establishes the well productivity
for the prevailing water cut. Click on Plot to bring up the following plot in the standard
plot window.

To enter lab relative permeability, click Test Data to display the following screen:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 162 PROSPER

Enter the test data and click OK to display the plot again. If necessary, adjust the
values of Corey exponents for oil and water until PROSPER's calculated relative
permeability curves fit the measured data points.

Having entered and verified the relative permeability data, click Finish to quit the plot.
Next, enter the necessary data for the particular IPR method selected and click on
Calculate to calculate and display a plot of the system IPR. The program
automatically calculates the well Absolute Open Flow Potential (AOF).

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 163

To compare measured test pressures and calculated IPR pressures, click Test data
and enter rates and sandface pressures as on the following screen:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 164 PROSPER

When relative permeability is being used, water cuts for both the test data and that
used to calculate the IPR curve are required. The water cut during test value will be
carried over from the relative permeability input screen. The water cut for calculation
value can be subsequently changed to evaluate the effect on the calculated IPR.

2.6.2.22Coning Calculation

In addition to the coning model implemented for the Horizontal Well with dP Friction
Loss model, a gas coning option can be chosen from the Options screen in the main
menu. This applies to all oil IPR models. It modifies the solution GOR by multiplying
it by a weighting factor greater than 1, which is a positive function of the liquid rate.
The output is a total, or produced, GOR. The model implemented was originally
developed for high permeability reservoirs (see Urbanczyk, C.H, and Wattenbarger,
R.A., "Optimization of Well Rates under Gas Coning Conditions.", SPE Advanced
Technology Series, Vol. 2, No. 2, April 1994).

The following data are required to calculate the total GOR from a rate:

· Reservoir permeability
· Perforation height (vertical distance from perforation top to bottom)
· Vertical anisotropy
· Vertical distance from perforation top to gas-oil contact
· Three correlating parameters: F1, F3 and an exponent

If the gas coning is enabled then a Coning button appears on the model selection
dialog screen. Clicking on this brings up a dialog that allows the correlating
parameters to be tuned. There is an automatic matching facility, which calculates F3
from the other data and a (rate, GOR) coordinate. Also, the GOR can be calculated
from different rates whilst in this screen in order to verify the parameters.

Ü It is recommended that this model be calibrated against measure rate

versus produced GOR data before using it as a predictive tool.

2.6.3 IPR for Gas and Retrograde Condensate

Sixteen inflow options are available, including a multi-lateral inflow model. The
choice depends upon the information available and the type of sensitivities that will
be done. If multi-rate test data is available, the modelled IPR can be matched to the
measured data.

As for oil, Gas inflow models are divided between design and production
applications. Calculated IPR models can be used to estimate productivity for
different completion options. Other models are available for estimating productivity

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 165

from measured flowing pressures.

The average reservoir pressure and reservoir temperature must be entered for all
inflow performance models, however both the Multi-rate C and n and Multi-rate
Jones models can be used to calculate the reservoir pressure from production test
data.

2.6.3.1 Jones
The Jones equation for gas is a modified form of the Darcy equation, which allows
for both laminar and non-Darcy flow pressure drops. The Jones equation can be
expressed in the form:

PR2 - Pw2f = a Q 2 + b Q

Where "a" and "b" are calculated from reservoir properties or can be determined
from a multi-rate test. Required data entry is:

· Reservoir permeability
(Total permeability)
· Formation thickness
(Thickness of producing reservoir rock)
· Drainage area
· Wellbore radius
· Dietz shape factor
(Depends on the shape of the drainage area)

Ü The Jones IPR model is discouraged to use with high reservoir pressures
as the assumption of the model is to keep 1 / µ Z constant at pressures
>2400psig.

2.6.3.2 Forchheimer
The Forchheimer equation expresses the inflow performance in terms of a laminar
and a non-Darcy pressure drop coefficients expressed as:

PR2 - Pw2f = a Q 2 + b Q

The "a" and "b" factors are input parameters for the Forchheimer IPR model.

2.6.3.3 Back Pressure

In this form of the back pressure equation:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 166 PROSPER

Q = C (P R2 - Pw2f ) n

C is determined from the reservoir pressure and reservoir properties. Required input
data are:

· Reservoir permeability
(Total permeability)
· Formation thickness
(Thickness of producing reservoir rock)
· Drainage area
· Wellbore radius
(Open hole radius)
· Dietz shape factor
(Depends on the shape of the drainage area)
· Exponent n
(Between 0.5 and 1)

2.6.3.4 C and n
This is the common form of the back pressure equation:

Q = C (P R2 - Pw2f ) n

C and n can be determined from a plot of: Q versus (Pr2-Pwf2) on log-log paper. n
is the inverse of the slope and varies between 1 for Darcy flow to 0.5 for completely
non-Darcy flow. This option allows direct entry of C and n.

2.6.3.5 Multi-rate C and n

Up to 10 test points can be entered and they will be fitted to the C and n back
pressure equation for gas:
Q = C (P R2 - Pw2f ) n
The fit values of C and n are posted on the IPR plot and listed in the IPR report.

If the Reservoir Pressure defined in the IPR section is less than the highest value of
the bottom hole pressure for the test points, then PROSPER will automatically
calculate the reservoir pressure. For example, if there are three Well test data points
defined for the IPR model as follows,

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 167

then if the reservoir pressure defined is less than 4036 psig, PROSPER will recalculate the reservoir pressure. If the reservoir
pressure is greater than the highest FBHP specified, then the Multirate C & n model is designed to recalculate the C and n
parameters so that the IPR will pass through the test data points and the reservoir pressure specified.

Ü It is advised to enter more than one test point. Using a single data point
can generate a non-representative IPR profile.

2.6.3.6 Multi-rate Jones

Up to 10 test points can be entered and they will be fitted to the Jones equation for
gas expressed as:

The fit values of a and b are posted on the IPR plot and listed in the IPR report. The
multi-rate Jones IPR is a convenient way to determine a and b from well tests.
These values can be entered in the Forcheimer IPR for calculating IPR sensitivities.

The program will automatically calculate the reservoir pressure if it is not available.
For producing wells, input a reservoir pressure lower than the measured pressures.
The program will dismiss the reservoir pressure entered and calculate one. For
injection wells, input a reservoir pressure higher than one of the pressures entered.
The program will calculate the reservoir pressure.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 168 PROSPER

Ü Note for injection wells. If flow test data for a producer has been fitted, the
well will have the correct IPR if it is then converted to an injector.

2.6.3.7 External Entry

Refer to External Entry for Oil.

2.6.3.8 Petroleum Experts

The Petroleum Experts inflow option uses a multi-phase pseudo pressure function to
model the reduction in well productivity resulting from increasing liquid saturation in
condensate wells. It assumes that no condensate banking occurs and that all the
condensate that drops out is produced. Transient effects on P.I. are accounted for.

The following data is required to be entered:

· Reservoir permeability
(Either total, or effective permeability at connate water saturation)
· Formation thickness

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 169

(Thickness of producing reservoir rock)

· Drainage area
· Dietz shape factor
(Depends on the shape of the drainage area)
· Wellbore radius
(Open hole well radius)
· Perforated interval
TVD of the height of perforations for the well
· Porosity
(Average over producing section)
· Time
(Refer to Transient IPR for Oil - Section 7.2.9)
· Connate water saturation
(Used in relative permeability calcs. - see below)
· Permeability entered
(Either total or effective at Swc)
· Non-Darcy coefficient
(Enter by hand or PROSPER can calculate it)

The non-Darcy coefficient can be entered from a well test where available or
calculated using a correlation.

The following diagram illustrates how PROSPER treats total and effective
permeability in the Petroleum Experts IPR model:

Petroleum Experts IPR

Relative Permeability Method
Krl
1
0.9 Krg' Krg when effective permeability is entered
Relative Permeability

0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5 Krg when total permeability is entered
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1 Slc
0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
Liquid Saturation

The mass flow rate of each phase is directly proportional to its mobility (k/m), Kr’s can
be determined using PVT and the surface production rates. This technique is used
to determine the reduction in productivity as a function of the produced liquid ratios.
The derivation of the technique and details of the equations used are given in
Appendix C.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 170 PROSPER

2.6.3.9 Hydraulically Fractured Well

Please refer to Hydraulically Fractured IPR model in the Oil IPR section. Additional
input data for gas and condensate applications are connate water saturation, a non-
Darcy flow factor and either relative permeability to gas or total permeability.
2.6.3.10Horizontal Well - No-Flow Boundaries

Please refer to Horizontal Wells in OIL IPR section. Additional input data for gas and
condensate applications are connate water saturation, a non-Darcy flow factor and
either relative permeability to gas or total permeability.

2.6.3.11Multi-layer Inflow

The multi-layer inflow model allows up to 50 discrete reservoir layers to be entered

each with different reservoir pressures, inflow models and fluid properties. Each
layer can be gravel packed if desired. Both Injectors and Producers can be
modelled.

The gas gravity, CGR and WGR must be entered for each layer. The produced fluid
in the well bore is equivalent to the summation of the individual layer contributions.
Refer to Multi-layer Inflow for Oil for more details.

2.6.3.12Horizontal Well - dP Friction Loss in Wellbore

Refer to Horizontal Well - dP Friction for Oil. For Gas, PROSPER uses the Petroleum
Experts IPR method for steady-state flow. The Reservoir porosity and connate water
saturation are required to be input in addition to the parameters described in the
Horizontal Well- dP friction loss model in the Oil IPR section.

2.6.3.13Dual Porosity

Please refer to the Dual Porosity model in the IPR for Oil section. Additional input
data for gas and condensate applications are connate water saturation, a non-Darcy
flow factor and either relative permeability to gas or total permeability.

2.6.3.14Horizontal Well with Transverse Vertical Fractures

Please refer to Horizontal Well with Transverse Vertical Fractures in the IPR for Oil
section. Additional input data for gas and condensate applications are connate
water saturation, a non-Darcy flow factor and either relative permeability to gas or

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 171

total permeability.

2.6.3.15Multi-Layer - dP Loss in Wellbore

The Multi-Layer dP Loss in Wellbore model can be used to model the production
from multi-layered gas reservoir systems.
Refer to the Multi-Layer dP Loss model for oil wells for further details.
2.6.3.16Modified Isochronal Inflow Model
A type of deliverability test conducted in gas wells to generate a stabilized gas
deliverability curve (IPR). This test overcomes the limitation of the isochronal test,
which requires long shut-in times to reach the average reservoir pressure.
In the modified isochronal test, the shut-in periods are of equal duration, as are the
flowing periods. The final shut-in pressure before the beginning of the new flow is
used as an approximation of the average reservoir pressure. The same procedure is
typically repeated four times. A stabilized point (pseudosteady state) is usually
obtained at the end of the test.

Modified isochronal tests are commonly used in gas wells, because they require less
time and money to produce results comparable to the isochronal test. This IPR
model is based on standard Back Pressure Model

The flow at any selected rate should be continued long enough for the reservoir to
approach steady-state (stabilized) conditions. The time to reach stabilized conditions
is called the readjustment time. For wells with wide well spacing (large drainage
radius values), low permeabilities, or high gas compressibilities (low reservoir
pressures), large readjustment times can be expected. In cases where the
readjustment time exceeds the duration of each test, the test data can be corrected
to isochronal conditions and then to stabilized conditions as described below.

When a well is tested from an initial steady state shut-in condition, the increase in
drainage radius with time is not dependent upon the rate. Therefore, separate flow
tests conducted for the same length of time will reach the same drainage radius.

When a well is not shut-in between tests until steady state is reached, successive
tests will indicate values of (P2res – P2wf) which are too large because of the
increasing drainage radius. For the general case, a table of correction factors to be
applied to (P2res – P2wf) to obtain an isochronal performance curve from

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 172 PROSPER

conventional performance data can be calculated as follows:

Flow Correlation Factors

The back pressure equation coefficients ‘C’ and 'n' are obtained by non-linear
regression using the isochronally corrected data. 'n', the reciprocal of the slope of
this line, is constrained to a value between 0.5 and 1.

Although 'n' is constant, the coefficient 'C' is not the same at stabilized flow
conditions as it is at isochronal conditions. It is calculated using the same technique
as before, regressing on ‘C’ and keeping ‘n’ constant, after adjusting the isochronal
(P2res - P2wf) values to stabilized conditions using a variation of the following
equation.

The time to stabilisation is calculated as follows:

2.6.3.17Forchheimer with Pseudo Pressure

This IPR model is based on the Forcheimer IPR using pseudo-pressure function
instead of pressure:

where the pseudo-pressure function Y is defined as:

a and b are the input parameters for the IPR model.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009
 User Guide 173

NOTE: The a and b parameters for the pseudo pressure Forcheimer IPR are not
the same as the a and b parameters used in the pressure squared Forcheimer IPR.
2.6.3.18Multirate Forchheimer with Pseudo Pressure
This IPR is based on the Forchheimer IPR with pseudo-pressure (refer to previous
section):

The a and b parameters are here determined by means of multi-rate tests data.
2.6.4 Skin Models
PROSPER divides the total skin into two parts. These are:

· Mechanical / Geometric Skin.

· Deviation / Partial Penetration

The skin values could be either:

· Entered by Hand
· Calculated Using Models.

2.6.4.1 Mechanical/Geometrical Skin

Enter Skin by Hand

If a reliable skin value is available from transient well testing, then this value should
be directly entered by selecting the "Enter by hand" option.

Ü It is assumed that this value will contain deviation and partial penetration
information.

In case the entered skin is only mechanical skin, there is an option of

enabling the Wong and Clifford model for deviation and partial penetration
in the input screen for the skin itself.

Skin Evaluation using Models

PROSPER provides 3 methods of estimating a mechanical/geometrical skin factor
using input parameters such as perforation geometry, depth of damage etc.

The skin estimation models provided in PROSPER are those of:

· Locke

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 174 PROSPER

· McLeod
· Karakas and Tariq

The required input parameters are often difficult to accurately define, therefore the
absolute value of the calculated skin often cannot be precisely predicted. The power
of these techniques is their ability to assess the relative importance of completion
options on the overall value of well skin.

The Elf SkinAide inflow method can also be used to estimate skin pressure drops for
cased- and open-hole completions with and without gravel packs.

PROSPER can also be used to estimate the value of the skin pressure drop across
the completion and the proportion of the total pressure drop attributable to the
various completion elements.
Karakas and Tariq has been found to give good results in many field applications.
The following input data are required:

· Reservoir permeability
(Effective permeability at connate water saturation)
· Perforation diameter
(Entry hole diameter)
· Shots per foot
· Perforation length
(Effective perf. length in formation)
· Damaged zone thickness
(Thickness of invasion)
· Damaged zone permeability
(Permeability in invaded zone)
· Crushed zone thickness
(Crushing associated with perforation)
· Crushed zone permeability
(Reduced permeability near perf. tunnel)
· Shot phasing
· Vertical permeability
· Wellbore radius
(Enter the open hole radius, not casing I.D.)

An example of the input data for the Karakas and Tariq method is shown below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 175

A sketch outlining the main geometric variables is shown in the figure below.

Enter the requested data and, having entered some reservoir model data, press Cal
culate to display an IPR plot. The plot shows the pressure drop resulting from the
total skin as well a breakdown of the individual factors contributing to the total skin
as per the following example. The individual factors to be plotted can be chosen
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 176 PROSPER

from the Variables menu option of the plot window.

This plot is useful to assess the efficiency of a particular perforating program by

allowing the User to instantly assess the completion pressure loss resulting from
different perforation options. For gravel packed wells, the value of skin posted on
the plot does not include the gravel pack skin. Click Results on the IPR plot screen
to display the breakdown of dP's resulting from each completion element.
Enhancement to the skin modelling options in PROSPER is the ability to apply the
API RP43 to determine the actual length and diameter of perforations (Figure 7-25).

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 177

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 178 PROSPER

Ü Note on Skin:
Locke's technique is valid for shots per foot of 1,2,4,6,8,10,12,and 16.

2.6.4.2 Deviation/Partial Penetration Skin

In PROSPER three models are available to model the Deviation and Partial
Penetration Skin:

· Cinco / Martin-Bronz
· Wong-Clifford
· Cinco (2) / Martin-Bronz

The Cinco / Martin-Bronz requires the following data:

· Deviation angle of well
· Partial penetration fraction
· Formation vertical permeability
The Cinco / Martin-Bronz is based on two correlations. The Deviation Skin is
calculated using the Cinco's method, whereas the Partial Penetration skin is
calculated using the Martin-Bronz method.
The Cinco / Martin-Bronz model does not consider the anisotropy in the reservoir,
that is, it considers the reservoir as isotropic. The Vertical Permeability entered in the
Deviation and Partial Penetration Skin is only used for calculating the Partial
Penetration.
This model is based on a correlation. The validity of this extends to wells up to 65
degrees. For a higher deviation well the Wong Clifford Model should be used

The Wong-Clifford model can compute a skin for multiple completions. The Wong-
Clifford model does not have a separate calculation for the deviation & partial
penetration skin - it is a point source solution that calculates a skin that combines all
of the skin effects in one value. This total skin is placed in the Deviation skin column
and the partial penetration skin is set to zero.

This model requires the following data entered:

1. Reservoir parameters:
· Formation vertical thickness

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 179

· Well-bore radius
· Drainage area
· Dietz shape factor
· Formation vertical permeability ratio
· Local vertical permeability ratio
· Horizontal distance from well to reservoir edge
· Depth of top of reservoir

2. Completion parameters – the following for each completion:

· Completion start measured depth
· Completion end measured depth
· Completion start true depth
· Completion end true depth

The Cinco (2) / Martin-Bronz model is similar to the Cinco / Martin - Bronz model.
The difference between the two models is that the Cinco (2) / Martin-Bronz model
also considers the anisotropy in the reservoir. The vertical permeability entered in
the Deviation and Partial Penetration screen is used to calculate the Deviation Skin.

2.6.5 Sand Options

In PROSPER, there are two sections related to modelling Sand Failure and the
equipments used to prevent failed sand from being produced through the wellbore.
These are as described below.
2.6.5.1 Sand Failure
The Sand Failure Option can be accessed from the IPR section of the PROSPER
model.

Accessing this section will allow for the calculating the Maximum Drawdown at which
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 180 PROSPER

the sand is expected to fail. The input data for the three available options are self
explanatory.

The Sand Failure model implemented is a proprietary model received from BP. As
such the formulations for this model cannot be disclosed.

There is also a 'Solids' model available in the tool REVEAL. This Solids model
implemented in REVEAL looks at the sand failure with changes in all three principal
stress directions. Further information on the Sand model implemented in REVEAL is
described in section 2.3.12.3 of REVEAL User Guide. This section describes the
Sand Failure model used in REVEAL along with the requisite references and
equations. The REVEAL User Guide can be accessed from Start | Programs |
Petroleum Experts IPM7 | User Guides | REVEAL.

2.6.5.2 Sand Control Options

PROSPER offers different sand control options that can be selected under | Options |
Options | Well completion | Sand Control:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 181

The following sand control options are available:

- Gravel Pack,

- Pre-Packed screen,

- Wire-wrapped screen and

- Slotted Liner

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 182 PROSPER

2.6.5.2.1 Gravel Packed Completion

PROSPER can model openhole gravel pack as well as cased hole gravel pack.

PROSPER models gravel packed completions as a concentric cylinder having a User

specified permeability connected to the well bore via perforations of specified
diameter. By sensitising on perforation spacing and diameter, the effect of pressure
drop due to flow concentration on well performance can be investigated. Likewise,
the effect of varying gravel length (i.e. the thickness of gravel between the OD of the
screen and the ID of the original open hole) on skin can be evaluated. A sample
gravel pack data input screen for a cased hole is shown below:

The following data input is required:

· Gravel pack permeability
(Enter the in-site permeability for the gravel)
· Perforation diameter
(Diameter of perforation tunnel)
· Shots per foot
· Gravel pack length
(Distance from the screen O.D. to the sandface)
· Perforation interval

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 183

(This affects the flow velocity in the perforations only)

· Perforation efficiency
(Proportion of perforations that are open and effective)
· Beta (Turbulence) (NEW!!!)
(Select if the Non-Darcy factor is Calculated or Entered)
· Method (NEW!!!)
(Single Phase or Multiphase)

Ü NEW!!! The Multi Phase Method consists of using phase-weighted fluid

properties during gravel pack pressure drop calculations. This option is
only active in case of Oil fluid type.
The Single Phase method is the classic method which utilises the main
fluid type properties (i.e. Oil properties in case of oil fluid).

On the right side of the screen a table shows typical permeability data for different
types of gravels.

The pressure drop across a gravel pack is computed using a summation of a Darcy
and a non-Darcy component. For a cased oil well, the pressure drop due to the
gravel pack (dPgravel) is calculated using the Jones IPR equation:

dP GRAVELPACK = a Q2 + b Q

Where:
a = The non-Darcy term,
Q = The total liquid rate and
b = The Darcy term

Intermediate calculations are required prior to computing the dPgravel value and
consider the following variables:
Kg = Gravel Pack Permeability
β = 1.47E7/Kg^0.55
PerfDi = Perforation Diameter
SPF = Shots per ft
PRFINT = Perforation Interval
AOTF = Area Open To Flow = π(PerfDi/24)2SPF*PRFINT
µo = Oil Viscosity in cp
Bo = oil FVF
ρo = Oil Density
L = Gravel pack length

The Darcy (B-term) and the non-Darcy (A-term) are calculated

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 184 PROSPER

a-Term = 9.08E-13* β *Bo2* ρo *L/12/AOTF2

b-term = µo *Bo*L/12/(1.127E-3*Kg*AOTF).

This dP may then be transformed into skin using an appropriate relationship.

The main geometric parameters are shown on the following sketch:

Skin can be calculated using one of the methods described in Section 7.3 or directly
entered. Note that partial completion skin is included in the total well skin, and is not
affected by adjusting the gravel pack completion parameters. The total well skin as
measured by a well test prior to gravel packing should be entered. Click Calculate
when finished entering data and an IPR plot similar to that below will be presented
(the plotting of the individual dP components can be chosen from the Variables
menu in the plot window):

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 185

The contribution of the gravel pack to the total skin pressure drop can be readily
seen on the IPR plot. The value of skin posted on the IPR plot does not include the
gravel pack skin. Click Results on the IPR plot screen to display the breakdown of
dP's resulting from each completion element. Sensitivities can be calculated on
factors such as gravel pack thickness, shots per foot etc. to evaluate the
effectiveness of gravel pack designs. Gravel packed completions are also available
in the Multi-layer IPR model.

The PROSPER gravel pack model allows for non-Darcy (i.e. dP proportional to rate
squared) effects within the gravel pack and the resulting rate dependent skin. Lift
curves for gravel packed wells generated using PROSPER can be calculated from the
sandface, through the completion, and back to the production manifold. This more
correctly models the IPR as compared to simply imposing an additional skin to allow
for the gravel pack pressure loss as is done in many reservoir simulators.

Ü Gravel packs can be combined with the Hydraulically Fractured Well IPR to
model ‘Frac-Pack’ completions.

A summary of the main IPR equations is given in Appendix C.

2.6.5.2.2 Pre-Packed Screen completion

Pre-packed screens can be modeled in PROSPER. For this, the option "Pre-packed
Screen" should first be selected under | Options | Options:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 186 PROSPER

The description of the sand control type is made under | System | Inflow
Performance | Input Data | Sand Control:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 187

The following inputs are required to describe a pre-packed screen completion:

- Screen inner radius,
- Screen outer radius,
- Screen inner and outer Permeability,
- Screen inner and outer Turbulence.

The IPR curve is generated with | Calculate:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 188 PROSPER

In order to visualize the rate-dependent skin associated with the pre-packed screen,
one selects | Results and all the calculation results are listed in detail:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 189

2.6.5.2.3 Wire-Wrapped Screen Completion

Wire wrapped screens can be modeled in PROSPER. For this, the option "Wire
Wrapped Screen" should first be selected under | Options | Options:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 190 PROSPER

The description of the sand control type is made under | System | Inflow
Performance | Input Data | Sand Control:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 191

The following inputs are required to describe a pre-packed screen completion:

- Screen outer radius,
- Screen outside Permeability,
- Screen outside Turbulence.

The IPR curve is generated with | Calculate:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 192 PROSPER

In order to visualize the rate-dependent skin associated with the wire packed screen,
one selects | Results and all the calculation results are listed in detail:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 193

2.6.5.2.4 Slotted Liner Completion

PROSPER can model wells completed with slotted liners. To model a slotted liner
completion with PROSPER, one first need to activate this feature under | Options |
Options | Sand Control: Slotted Liner:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 194 PROSPER

The description of the sand control type is made under | System | Inflow
Performance | Input Data | Sand Control:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 195

The input data required to model the slotted line completion are:
- Liner Inner Radius,
- Liner Outer Radius,
- Slot height
- Slot width
- Slot density
- Screen Outer Radius (optional)
- Outer Permeability and
- Outside turbulence (optional).

The IPR curve is generated with | Calculate:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 196 PROSPER

In order to visualize the rate-dependent skin associated with the slotted liner
completion, one selects | Results and all the calculation results are listed in detail:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 197

2.6.6 Other IPR-related features

2.6.6.1 Gravel Pack Completion Velocities

In the IPR results (accessible from the Plot view, Results menu) the velocity at the
Casing (Vc) is available, along with the Gravel Pack A and B factors:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 198 PROSPER

The gravel pack velocities have been incorporated in Version 6 of the IPM Suite of
tools.

Vc is the velocity of the fluid at the entry point of the casing.

It is calculated by dividing the flow rate of the fluid with the area of flow at the casing.

These velocity calculations were implemented at the request of clients who require
these velocities for gravel pack design.
2.6.7 Viscosity Modelling
This screen is activated only when the fluid option Non-Newtonian fluid is selected.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 199

Enter in this screen the required parameters:

· Wellbore radius
· Drainage Area
· Reservoir Thickness
· Reservoir porosity
· Connate Water Saturation

These parameters are used to determine an equivalent flowing radius that will be
used by the program to estimate the pressure drop due to the friction in the
reservoir.
The dP friction will take in account of the fluid apparent viscosity (which is velocity -
dependent) calculated by the Non-Newtonian viscosity model.

2.6.8 Compaction Permeability Reduction

The Compaction Permeability Reduction option is an analytical model to estimate
the change of Reservoir Permeability due to reservoir compaction effects.
The correction is carried out by means of a correction factor that will be then applied
to the permeability

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 200 PROSPER

where:
Corr = Permeability Correction Factor (Multiplier)
Cf = Rock Compressibility
PR = Current Reservoir Pressure
PRi = Initial Reservoir Pressure
N = Compaction Model Exponent

This option can be enabled in the main IPR section:

The option will activate a new TAB screen in the Input Data section where the basic
model inputs are required:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 201

The input data required by the model are:

· Initial Reservoir Pressure
· Reservoir Compressibility
· Compaction Model Exponent
2.6.9 Injection Wells
Irrespective of the inflow model used, Injection well IPR calculations are complicated
by a number of factors as compared to producers:
· Injected fluid temperature at the sandface is a function of surface
temperature, injection rate history and well configuration.
· Relative permeability to injected fluid is required.
· Injectivity changes with time as the fluid bank is pushed back away from the
well.
· Fracturing (mechanical or thermally induced) often occurs.
Adequate results for injection well IPR can be obtained by reducing the reservoir
temperature on the IPR input screen to near the estimated sandface injection
temperature. The Enthalpy Balance temperature model can be used to estimate
injected fluid temperatures. PROSPER uses the reservoir pressure and temperature
to estimate fluid PVT properties in IPR calculations.

Most of the IPR pressure drop occurs near to the well. With this in mind, use an
effective permeability appropriate to the given conditions. For empirical inflow
models such as Vogel and Multi-Rate methods, the effect of cold injection fluid
viscosity is accounted for in the pressure points. Changing the reservoir temperature
will have no effect in these cases.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 202 PROSPER

2.6.10 SkinAide
The SkinAide inflow method has been developed by Elf Aquamarine and
acknowledgement is given for its inclusion in PROSPER. The following description is
based on information provided by Elf.

2.6.10.1SkinAide Theoretical Background

Consider the case of a partially penetrating, deviated well, cased and perforated and
equipped with a gravel pack. The total pressure drop around such a well
corresponds to the pressure difference between:
- an equipotential surface at the external limit of the reservoir drainage area,
and
- another equipotential surface corresponding to the screen.
This total pressure drop is due to a number of features. Moving downstream from the
external limit of the drainage area towards the well:
- the position of the producing interval with respect to the reservoir geometry
(due to partial penetration and deviation).
- the damaged zone.
- interference between the different perforations.
- the crushed zone surrounding the perforation tunnels.
- gravel in the perforation tunnels.
- gravel in the annulus between the screen and the casing.
Pressure drops between equipotential surfaces can be added to one another, and
the conceptual model corresponds to an attempt to simplify the problem by finding
equipotential surfaces.

2.6.10.1.1 Position of the producing interval with respect to reservoir geometry

The pressure drop due to the position of the producing interval with respect to the
reservoir geometry can be considered to be independent of the pressure drop
surrounding the well completion in so far as one can imagine an equipotential
cylindrical surface with, say, a 2 m radius, separating the two regions.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 203

This pressure drop is calculated in SkinAide using a reservoir engineering

correlation.

2.6.10.1.2 Interference between perforations and the damaged zone

Moving downstream, the next feature encountered is the interference between

perforations and the damaged zone. If the perforation tunnel emerges from the
damaged zone, the damaged zone has much less influence than if the perforation
remains entirely within the damaged zone.

The pressure drop due to interference between perforations and the damaged zone
is calculated using the Karakas and Tariq correlation.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 204 PROSPER

2.6.10.1.3 The Crushed Zone

The downstream limit of the previous feature is the crushed zone. The outside
surface of the crushed zone, and the inner surface of the perforation tunnel are both
assumed to be equipotentials. As a result flow in both the crushed-only and the
crushed-and-damaged zones is radial.

Pressure drops in the crushed zone can be calculated analytically.

2.6.10.1.4 Perforation tunnel which penetrates the formation

The next feature downstream is flow in that part of the perforation tunnel which
penetrates the formation. We use the flux into the tunnel previously calculated for
radial flow in the crushed zone to calculate the flow profile along the tunnel :

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 205

This situation can be solved analytically.

2.6.10.1.5 Perforation tunnel through the casing and cement

Moving yet further downstream, two equipotentials can be drawn, one at the external
surface of the cement, the other on the inside of the casing:

This linear flow can be solved analytically.

2.6.10.1.6 Annulus between Casing and Screen

The last feature is the region between the equipotential at the opening of the
perforation tunnel in the casing, and the screen.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 206 PROSPER

An approximate analytical solution has been found for flow in this region.

2.6.10.1.7 Hemispherical Flow Model

The conventional linear perforation model assumes that the surface of the
perforation tunnel is an equipotential surface. This assumption breaks down when
permeability of gravel in the tunnel becomes sufficiently low. When permeability in
the tunnel becomes sufficiently small, flow in the reservoir approaches hemispherical
flow towards the perforation mouth.

Flow takes place

- in the reservoir beyond the crushed and the damaged zones
- in the damaged zone
- in the crushed-and-damaged zone
- in the perforation tunnel itself.
Analytical solutions to hemispherical flow have been developed to represent this
model, which can be considered to be an upper bound to the conventional linear
perforation model.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 207

2.6.10.2Using SkinAide

When the SkinAide IPR model is selected, the following IPR Input screen is
presented:

Select the required options for the Flow and Skin models plus Perforation Data. The
options are listed below:

2.6.10.2.1 Flow Model

Steady State - corresponds to a constant flux at the outer reservoir boundary. The
inflow at the external boundary is equal to the well flow rate. This boundary
condition corresponds to pressure maintenance by natural (aquifer influx, gas cap
drive) or artificial (gas or water injection). The steady state productivity equation is:

· Semi Steady State - corresponds to no-flow at the outer reservoir boundary. This
boundary condition corresponds to reservoir depletion with no pressure
maintenance. The radial flow Productivity Index equation for semi-steady state
is:
These equations differ only in the constant 3/4 vs 1/2 for steady state flow. These
radial flow equations can be generalised for other drainage geometries.

Ü Pe, the static reservoir pressure is the average pressure in the well
drainage area, not the pressure at the external boundary. Pe is used
in the Productivity Index equation:

The reservoir pressure should be entered at the same reference

datum as the intake node depth.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 208 PROSPER

2.6.10.2.2 Skin Model

Linear Flow - Skin pressure drop is calculated assuming that flow is predominantly
linear towards the well. This is the normal situation for a well completed across most
of the reservoir.

· Hemispherical Flow - Skin pressure drop is calculated assuming a hemispherical

flow geometry. This situation occurs for single perforations or wells having
extreme partial completion effects.
· Flow Giving Minimum dP - Skin pressure drop is calculated assuming flow is
always along the path of lowest resistance. (i.e. between linear and hemispherical
flow)

2.6.10.2.3 Perforation Data

· In-Situ Geometry Entered - The dimension of the actual perforations in the
reservoir are entered.
· API Test Data Edition 4 - API perforation gun data are entered and SkinAide
estimates the downhole perforation geometry.
· API Test Data Edition 5 - API perforation gun data are entered and SkinAide
estimates the downhole perforation geometry. This option utilises more recently
defined gun test specifications.

Having selected the required options, SkinAide requires data entry in the following
categories:

· Geometry
(Reservoir dimensions)
· Petrophysics
(Reservoir permeability etc.)
· Damaged Zone
(Damaged zone properties)
· Cased Hole
(casing dimensions)
· Crushed Zone
(Crushed zone properties)
· Perforations
(Gun and perforation geometry)
· Gravel Pack
(Only for Gravel Packed wells)

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 209

The data required can vary according to the options selected. Click each data entry
button in turn and enter the data as follows:

2.6.10.2.4 Geometry
· Reservoir Thickness - Enter the thickness normal to the bedding plane in dipping
reservoirs. When thin shales are distributed throughout a heterogeneous
reservoir, use the net sand thickness.

· Completed Interval - Enter the perforated interval as measured along the wellbore.

· Distance to Top of Completion - This parameter affects partial completion skin and
is measured along the wellbore. If gross sand thickness is used for reservoir
thickness, enter the actual distance to the top perforation (dimension h1 in the
above sketch). When using net sand, restrict the distance to net sand intervals.
· Drainage Area - Area drained by the subject well
· Dietz Shape Factor - Allows for drainage area shape and well placement.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 210 PROSPER

· Hole Diameter - Open hole drilled diameter. Use bit size or caliper measured size
where applicable. Perforation length, damage depth are measured beyond the
hole diameter.
· Deviation - Average angle between the well axis and vertical.

2.6.10.2.5 Petrophysics
Horizontal Permeability - Reservoir permeability measured parallel to the cap rock
(along the bedding plane).

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 211

· Vertical Permeability - Reservoir permeability measured perpendicular to the

horizontal permeability in the vicinity of the completed interval. Used to
determine anisotropy ratio near the perforations. Values can be taken from core
analysis.
· Vertical Permeability for Geometrical Skin - Reservoir permeability for the bulk
reservoir measured perpendicular to the horizontal permeability. Determines the
anisotropy ratio between the completed interval and the remainder of the
reservoir.
· Porosity - Used in the high velocity flow coefficient correlation:
Where:
k Reservoir horizontal permeability
f Reservoir porosity
a,b,c Constants
Correlations are used to estimate the values used in the high velocity flow
equation. Field specific correlations can be prepared from well test analysis.
· Turbulence coefficient a - multiplier for the overall turbulence coefficient.
Dimensions are reciprocal distance.
· Permeability exponent b - Permeability raised to this power. Default is -1.33.
Note, the exponent value entered corresponds to permeability in millidarcies
regardless of the current unit set.
· Porosity exponent c - Porosity raised to this power. Default is 0.0. Note the
exponent value assumes the porosity is a fraction, regardless of the current unit
set.
High velocity flow pressure drops arise from acceleration and deceleration of
reservoir fluids as they pass through pore throats as in the following diagram:

2.6.10.2.6 Damaged Zone

The damaged zone is modelled as an annulus surrounding the wellbore in which
permeability and porosity have been impaired during the drilling and completion
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 212 PROSPER

process. The depth of damage is measured beyond the drilled hole.

In anisotropic reservoirs, formation damage is deeper in the low permeability

direction than the high permeability. An elliptic damaged zone forms in such cases.
SkinAide assumes a circular damaged zone irrespective of reservoir anisotropy.

· Damaged Zone Thickness - Since damaged zone skin is controlled by the ratio of
perforation tunnel length to damaged zone depth, enter a damage zone depth
that respects this relationship.
· Damaged Zone Permeability - Determines the ratio of damaged zone to reservoir
permeability. Estimating the true value is not straightforward, however, the
undamaged reservoir permeability could be used as a starting point.
· Damaged Zone Porosity - Porosity to be used in the high velocity flow coefficient
correlation.

2.6.10.2.7 Cased Hole

The casing dimensions are used to correct the API perforation length for field
conditions. The casing I.D. is calculated from the O.D. and casing weight.

· External Casing Diameter - Enter nominal casing diameter opposite the

completed interval.
· Casing Weight - Enter nominal casing weight per unit length opposite the
completed interval.

2.6.10.2.8 Crushed Zone

Shaped charge perforating creates a cavity filled by charge debris and surrounded
by a zone of reservoir rock that has been altered by the high pressure / high
temperature jet. Charge debris is removed by perforation washing or underbalanced
perforating - the crushed zone remains. SkinAide recognises separate properties for
the crushed zone in the undisturbed reservoir and damaged zone.
PROSPER Manual May, 2009
 User Guide 213

Most of the high velocity flow pressure loss occurs in the crushed zone and is added
to the loss in the reservoir. Note that if a zero crushed zone thickness is entered, no
high flow velocity pressure drops are calculated.

· Crushed Zone Thickness - Thickness of perforation altered zone. The default

value is 0.5 inches.
· Crushed Zone Permeability - Reduced permeability for crushed zone within the
virgin reservoir.
· Crushed Zone Porosity - Porosity in the crushed zone for estimation of high
pressure flow losses.
· Crushed + Damaged Zone Permeability - Permeability for the crushed zone
within the damaged zone.
· Crushed + Damaged Zone Porosity - Porosity for the crushed zone within the
damaged zone.
Permeability in the crushed and damaged zone is introduced by the ratio:
Rcrushed and damaged = Crushed and damaged zone (horizontal)
permeability / undisturbed formation (horizontal) permeability.
The same anisotropy ratio opposite the completion interval as applies to the
undisturbed formation is used for the crushed and damaged zone
permeability. It is suggested that the crushed and damaged zone
permeability ratio should be the product:
Rcrushed and damaged = Rdamaged·Rcrushed only.

Where the ratio for the damaged zone:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 214 PROSPER

Rdamaged = damaged (horizontal) permeability / undisturbed

formation (horizontal) permeability
and the crushed-only zone:
Rcrushed only = only crushed zone (horizontal) permeability /
undisturbed formation (horizontal) permeability.

2.6.10.2.9 Perforations
The perforation data input depends on the option selected. If In-Situ Geometry is
selected, the actual perforation sizes are required. Alternatively, API test data can
be entered for a particular gun, and SkinAide will estimate the perforation geometry
considering completion and reservoir variables such as compressive strength and
casing size.

Common Perforation Parameters

· Perforation Efficiency - The number of producing perforations is the product of
perforation efficiency, shot density and the length of the completed interval.
Perforation efficiency is used to account for ineffective perforations such as
those shot into shaly beds. If gross sand is used to define reservoir geometry,
the maximum perforation efficiency should be the ratio of net/gross reservoir
sand. If net sand is used, the perforation efficiency does not need to be further
modified.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 215

· Shot Density - Nominal shots per foot for the selected perforating gun.
· Gun Phasing - Angle between two adjacent perforating charges. Affects
interference between perforation tunnels.

· Angle Between Vertical Plane and Perforations - For anisotropic reservoirs, the
angle between the perforation tunnels and the direction of maximum permeability
influences productivity. When 0° or 180° guns are selected, perforations are all
aligned with the low side of the hole. For other gun phasings, SkinAide assumes
an angle of 45°.

In-Situ Geometry Entered

· Tunnel Length - Length of effective perforation in the reservoir formation i.e.
beyond the cement sheath.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 216 PROSPER

· Tunnel Diameter - Diameter of effective perforation in the reservoir formation.

· Cavity Entrance Diameter - Not active - use Tunnel Diameter. SkinAide presently
uses a cylindrical model for perforations. Future versions will allow a cone-
shaped perforation geometry.
· Cavity Tip Diameter - Not active - use Tunnel Diameter. SkinAide presently uses
a cylindrical model for perforations. Future versions will allow a cone-shaped
perforation geometry.

API Test DataThe correction from test data to In-Situ conditions is influenced by the
API test series selected. The form of data input is identical for both options.
· API RP 43/2 Total Target Penetration - Length of perforation in Berea sandstone
target. If RP 43/2 data is unavailable, use 2/3 of API RP43/1 cement target TTP.
· API RP 43/1 Entry Hole Diameter - Entry hole diameter for steel / cement target
test. Note that the steel quality changes between Editions 4 and 5 of the API test
specifications. Ensure the relevant data is entered.

· Gun diameter - Gun diameter is used to correct API perforation test results for

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 217

stand-off.
· Reservoir Uniaxial Compressive Strength - Compressive strength is used to
calculate in-situ perforation dimensions. Typical values of reservoir uniaxial
compressive strength are given in the following table:

Lithology Reservoir Uniaxial

Compressive Strength
(psi) (bar)
Loose sand 150 10
Sand which crumbles by hand 750 50
Sandstone from which sand grains can be 1500 100
peeled by hand
Well cemented sandstone 3750 250
Well cemented limestone 3750 250

· Rock Density - Enter apparent In-Situ rock density as measured by a density log,
not the density of the minerals (e.g. Quartz) that comprise the formation grains.
· Casing Elastic Limit - Used for correction of API data to In-situ perforation
dimensions. The elastic limit in thousands of psi corresponds to the pipe steel
quality. e.g. N80 casing has an elastic limit stress of 80,000 psi.
· Reservoir Stress - Used for correction of API data to In-situ perforation
dimensions. Stress is assumed to be Isotropic. Generally the minimum effective
stress (frac gradient) is suitable.

Gravel Packs in SkinAideWhen the Gravel Pack option has been selected,
additional data entry is required to describe the pack geometry and properties.
Separate gravel properties can be entered for the annular gravel pack and the sand
in the perforation tunnels. This allows mixing of formation and pack sand to be
simulated.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 218 PROSPER

· Screen Outside Diameter - The space between the screen O.D. and the drilled
hole diameter is occupied by gravel.
· Annulus Gravel Permeability - Permeability of gravel in the space between the
screen and the open hole. Gravel size is specified in terms of mesh size. e.g.
20/40 mesh gravel will pass a sieve with 1/20 inch holes, but not pass a 1/40 inch
sieve. Average laboratory measured permeability values for various gravel sizes
are given in the following table:

Gravel Mesh Lab

Permeability
Type (Darcies)
Ottawa Sand 12/20 500
20/40 150
30/50 90
40/60 60
50/70 30
Carbolite 20/40 350
16/20 500
Isopac 20/40 110

· Annulus Gravel Porosity - Used in calculation of high velocity flow coefficient in

the gravel pack.
· Tunnel Gravel Permeability - Used to reduce the permeability of sand in the
perforation tunnels due to mixing of formation and gravel pack sand.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 219

· Tunnel Gravel Porosity - Used to reduce the porosity of sand in the perforation
tunnels.

The inflow and skin pressure drop are computed by clicking the Calculate button
once all the relevant input data have been entered and Plot to display the results.
To evaluate the contribution of individual completion components in the inflow
performance, click Variables and select the parameters to display as in the following
screen example:

Select the required variables by clicking their check boxes. Click Done to display the
results:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 220 PROSPER

Skin Components
The conceptual models used to calculate the total skin factor include :
- a contribution due to the position of the producing interval with respect to
reservoir geometry, called geometric skin Sgeometric

- contributions due to pressure losses close to the actual wellbore, beginning

with the pressure loss due to the damaged zone and ending with pressure
loss in the casing/screen annulus for gravel packed wells. This contribution to
the total skin is called the completion skin Scompletion.

The total skin is the sum of the two components

Stotal =Sgeometric + Scompletion

The contribution Scompletion to the total skin is particularly convenient when using
reservoir engineering equations. However Scompletion does not necessarily reflect
the quality of the completion itself. Indeed, imagine two wells with identical
completions, producing reservoirs with identical properties, the thickness of one
reservoir is double that of the other:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 221

Scompletion = a k h DPcompletion / ( Q m B )

Since DPcompletion is identical but reservoir thickness h differs by a factor 2,

applying the above relation leads to values of Scompletion, which differ, by a factor
2.

Mechanical skins are defined so as to reflect the quality of well completion. In the
formula for mechanical skins, the vertical reservoir thickness h is replaced by the
length of the producing interval (measured along the wellbore) hp :

Smechanical = a k hp DPskin / ( Q m B )

where, for oil wells,

SI US French
a depends on units 2p 7.07 10-3 0.0536
k permeability m2 mD mD
hp length of the completed interval m ft m
DPskin DPreal well - DPidealized well Pa psi bar
Q flowrate (standard conditions) m3/s bpd m3/d
m viscosity (reservoir conditions) Pa.s cP cP
B fluid formation volume factor v/v v/v v/v
Total and mechanical skins are related by the simple formula :
Smechanical / hp = Scompletion / h

2.6.11 SPOT: Shell Perforating Optimisation Tool

The SPOT inflow method has been developed by Shell and permission is given for
its inclusion in PROSPER. The following description is based on information provided
by Shell.
2.6.11.1Introduction to SPOT

SPOT (Shell Perforating Optimisation Tool) is a module that enables engineers to

predict and compare perforation charge performance, assisting selection of the
optimal perforating gun. It should be highlighted that SPOT is not a perforating
charge sales tool; the purpose of SPOT is to allow Users to easily assess and
compare performance of different completion techniques. Perforating charge
performance is calculated using:

· Charge properties

· Reservoir rock properties (field average or log scale properties)

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 222 PROSPER

· Fluid properties

· Drilling mud invasion models

SPOT can be used to analyze different completion types including; openhole,
conventional case and perforated, open hole perforated, and casing conveyed
perforated. Thus, a User can identify if perforating is the correct technique for their
application, and if not, pursue alternative technologies, including, but not limited to
barefoot completions, stimulation, underbalanced drilling and propellants.
SPOT is a powerful model that gives the User the ability to directly compare
perforation charge performance in reservoir rock on a log scale. It takes into account
perforation depth of penetration, entrance hole diameter, shot density and drilling
mud invasion. SPOT is intended to demonstrate that perforation charges often don’t
pass the mud-invaded zone and that correct mud design is vital in these cases
(particularly in low permeability reservoirs).
In PROSPER, the output from SPOT, an Inflow Performance Relationship (IPR)
curve, can be directly combined with any Vertical Lift Performance (VLP) correlation
to predict the well performance under various operating conditions: well head flowing
pressure, water cut, GOR and so on..

2.6.11.2Acronyms in the SPOT inflow module

Here is a list of the peculiar acronyms used in the SPOT inflow module along with
their meaning:
API: American Petroleum Institute

AOF : Absolute Open Flow

CBL : Cement Bond Log
CFD: Computational Fluid Dynamics
EoH: Entrance Hole Diameter
DoP: Depth of Penetration
FDC: Formation Density Compensated
GUI: Graphical User Interface
IPR: Inflow Performance Relationship
NWEVS: Near Wellbore Effective Vertical Stress
RP: Recommended practice like API RP XX
OB: OverBalanced

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 223

SPOT: Shell Perforation Optimisation Tool

TWC: Thick Walled Cylinder

UCS: Unconfined Compressive Strength
WIQI: Well Inflow Quality Index

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 224 PROSPER

2.6.11.3Gun System databases

There are 3 main sources of perforating gun performance data in SPOT:
-Section 1 API RP19B concrete data from the Gun Database
-Section 1 API RP43 concrete data from the Gun Database (API RP43 preceded
RP 19B)
-Section 2 & Section 4 rock data inputted by the User
All API 19B Section 1 and RP43 Edition 5 Section 1 adjustments are relative to
concrete with water filled casing.
Standoff values will be as per listed in the Gun Database. Section 4 adjustments
are as per the user input.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 225

The gun data screen is divided into two sections: the upper section of the screen
refers to the section test data whereas the lower screen covers the section 2 & 4 test
data.
2.6.11.4Perforation Length & Entrance Hole Diameter Calculation
1. Introduction

There are 2 terms interchangeably used to describe the length of the perforation
tunnel: perforation length (Lp) and depth of penetration (DoP).
The perforation length is the distance between the well bore radius and the end of
the tunnel whereas the depth of penetration is the distance between the middle of
the well bore and the end of the tunnel.
Subsequently, the difference between depth of penetration and perforation length is
the well bore radius.
In PROSPER, the perforation length is the preferred term used.

2. Fluid Fill Effects

The fluid in the pore space of the rock (referred to here as the “Reservoir Fluid”) is
defined by the fluid type defined under | Options | Options.
Note that SPOT does not distinguish between the effect of oil and water on
perforation performance. Perforation performance in oil filled rock is assumed to be
the same as that in water filled rock.

2.1. Adjustments of UCS for fluid Fill Effects

UCS = Unconfined (or Uniaxial) Compressive Strength. This is a common measure

of the strength of intact rock. It is normally measured on cylinders of rock core by
compressing the core between two platens and measuring the maximum load at
which the rock fails.
The UCS depends upon the type of fluid that impregnates and therefore needs to be
adjusted as described below.

2.1.1. API 19B Section 1 Concrete Data:

Procedure to adjust UCS for use in concrete->water filled rock DoP correlations:
· If the Reservoir Fluid is liquid, no adjustment is made. That is:

UCS adjusted = UCS rock

Where the reservoir rock UCS is a User input

If the Reservoir Fluid is gas, the rock UCS value is adjusted using the following
equation:
UCSrock
UCSadjusted =
0.73

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 226 PROSPER

Where the reservoir rock UCS is a User input

Explanation:
· Concrete UCS is measured on a dry rock sample using a Briquette test. This is the
value available in the Gun Database.
· The data used to match the Section 1 concrete- rock DoP correlations in Figures 1
and 2 were the Dominator and Harweel tests which were conducted in water filled
rock samples.
· Thus, the UCS in the Gun Database corresponds to the DoP calculated in a water
filled rock sample

2.1.2: Section 2 or Section 4 Data:

If the User has checked the "Use Section 2/4 Data" then the following adjustments
apply:

Procedure to adjust UCS for use in liquid or gas filled rock->liquid or gas filled rock
DoP correlations:

Test Fluid Reservoir User entered UCS Corrected UCS = UCS

Fluid adjusted
Oil or Water gas UCSrock UCS rock / 0.73

Oil or Water Oil or water UCSrock UCS rock

Gas gas UCSrock UCS rock

Gas Oil or Water UCSrock 0.73 * UCS rock

Explanation:
· Rock UCS is measured on a dry rock sample. This is the value inputted by the
user on the Section 4 data input screen.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 227

· Section 2 and 4 tests are conducted on water filled rock samples (3% by weight
sodium chloride brine).
· Thus, UCS measured corresponds to the DoP measured in a water filled rock
sample
· The procedure assumes that UCS is the main factor controlling DoP (which is
current thinking and is supported by the latest Shell Protocol X tests)

2.2 Section 1 (concrete) to reservoir rock calculation

DoP (Depth of Penetration) correlation curves, for sandstone and carbonates, are
used to calculate a DoP factor. Figures 1 & 2 show these curves. One can notice
that the DoP factor is a function of
a. The in-situ reservoir rock strength (UCSadjusted) in kPsi, and
b. The Effective stress

Procedure to convert Section 1 concrete data to 5000psi UCS

As not all Section 1 tests are carried out at 5000psi, the DoP’s from Section 1 must
first be normalized.
· Calculate the normalization factor using the linear relationship (concrete-
>concrete).

Note that the UCS (in kpsi) used in this equation is taken directly from the Gun
Database. It is NOT the adjusted UCS for pore fluid fill discussed in Section 2. This
normalization method is based on SPE 18242.

· Calculate the normalized concrete DoP corresponding to 5000psi UCS:

Where:
DoPnorm_sec1 = concrete DoP normalised to 5000psi (inches)
Concrete_factortest_usc= factor to convert Section 1 concrete UCS to 5000psi
DoPsection1= average DoP (NOT normalised) measured during the Section 1 test.
This value is obtained directly from the Gun Database

· Display the normalised Section 1 DoP (DoPnorm_sec1) in the Gun Database

under “DoP Normalised to 5000psi UCS”.

· Calculate reservoir rock DoP values using:

Reservoir rock DoP = Factor1 *DOPnorm_sec1

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 228 PROSPER

(3)

Where:
Reservoir rock DoP = Intermediate calculated DoP. This DoP value will need to be
adjusted for standoff and multiple casing strings.
Factor1= this is provided using equations 5a, 6a, and Figure 1 and 2. The ‘adjusted
UCS’ obtained from equations 1a, 1b and 1c should be used in equations 5a and 6a.
This is described in more detail in Section 5.

· Explanation:
· A factor of 0.67 to convert the dry Briquet compressive strength values into an
“actual internal dry compressive strength” is not required as the correlations were
matched to actual concrete dry Briquet compressive strength data and Berea and
synthetic rock UCS data (SPE 27424).
· The general procedure used in SPE 27424 is to convert the concrete dry Briquet
strength into a wet compressive strength (eq 6) so that Thompson’s curves can be
used directly to calculate a downhole DoP at 3000psi effective strength. A slightly
different procedure is employed here in which a DoP factor is calculated compared
to a dry Briquet strength of 5000psi. The adjusted Thompson method cannot be
directly compared to measured data as it assumes that result at zero effective
stress equal result at zero effective stress. Furthermore, wet compressive strength
is not normally recorded for test samples and thus cannot be used to match the
correlations. SPE 27424 summarises the procure to calculate DoP as follows:
· Observation of a linear relationship between Section 1 and Section 2 data
(however, the UCS of the rock and concrete used in the Section 1 and 2 tests is
not considered)
· Identical results for Edition 4 and Edition 5 Section 2 tests at zero and 3000psi
effective stress respectively (which seems unlikely)

· Correlations were based on the following data points. All test points were based on
L80 casing material, 0.5in standoff and water filled casing (or adjusted to that
condition before plotted on the chart). Thus, all correlation concrete-rock
conversion plots assume L80 casing material, 0.5in standoff and brine filled
casing:
· Sandstones:
§ BSP 4.5in BH charge tests in a triaxial block test (in a triaxial test it is assumed
that all of the applied stress reaches the centre of the core sampe)
§ 3 3/8in Millenium Penguins test (not very reliable data)
§ Synthetic test results using the 3/38in Millennium at atmospheric conditions
§ NAM 2in PowerJet Omega under 5000psi effective stress
§ Section 2 data from SPE 27424, Table 2
§ Polkadot well test and downhole results
§ Stress cell synthetic test results
Note that all of these laboratory tests (apart from BSP) were conducted in 7in core
samples

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 229

· Carbonates:
§ Harweell test 2in and 2 7/8 inches Power Jet and Power Jet Omega under
8300psi effective stress
Note that this test was conducted in a 4in core sample
§ The carbonate correlations are only based on 1 data point at 10kpsi UCS and
require more research in order to establish more representative relationships.
Additional data is required to improve the accuracy of the
Sandstone and Carbonate correlations

· Figures 1 and 2 are depicted below to convert concrete data to downhole

penetration ratios. All of these figures are based on adjusted effective stress test
results. All synthetic tests were carried out by the Shell Perforating Global
Delivery Team (PGDT) at 0psi effective stress. In order to calculate DoP
correlations at varying effective stress, an adjustment was made to the curves to
reflect effects recently seen with synthetic sample stress/strain tests undertaken
by the PGDT. The main result was that stress is not evenly applied across core
samples in API 19B Section 2 and 4 type test setups (where a bladder is used to
apply stress). In a 4in core sample (UCS +/- 3700 psi) the reduction in radial
strain in the centre of the synthetic rock sample was in the order of 40% i.e. only
60% of the stress applied (+/- 1500 psi) to the outside of the sample appeared to
reach the centre of the synthetic sample during laboratory tests. By extrapolation,
in a 7" core it is predicted that only 30% of the applied stress during a laboratory
test may reach the centre of the core sample. Based on analysis of BSP triaxial
test results and Polkadot downhole results, the 7in factor was adjusted to 40% i.
e. 40% of the applied stress reaches the centre of the sample (refer to “DoP
model” for additional explanation). Corresponding adjustment factors were
applied to the carbonate and sandstone correlations to account for this reduced
stress effect at the centre of the core samples during a laboratory test compared
to downhole results. The adjustment factor means that stress applied during a
laboratory test can be assumed to be representative of downhole effects. These
stress reduction factors are only applicable for a UCS of 3700psi. Even less of
the effective stress would be expected to reach the centre of a higher UCS
sample. Additional research is required to determine how the impact of effective
stress reduction varies with sample strength.
· Figures 1b and 2b contain conventional results, unadjusted for stress cell test
results to convert concrete data to downhole ratios (refer to “DoP model- Yvette
comments final3.xls” for additional explanation). This means that 5000psi
effective stress applied to a sample during a laboratory test is representative of
5000psi downhole stress i.e. all of the 5000psi effective stress during the
laboratory test reaches the centre of the core sample
· Note that the shape of concrete-rock conversion correlation graphs is supported
by SPE 27424.

Stress Adjusted Correlations- adjusted for stress cell test results

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 230 PROSPER

eff stress 1
Normalised DoP vs UCS Sandstone Adjusted for Stress eff stress 2
eff stress 3
eff stress 6
eff stress 0
1.4 eff stress 4
eff stress 10
1.2 eff stress 8
eff stress 1.2
y = -0.3472Ln(x) + 1.3019 Log. (eff stress 6)
Normalised DoP factor

1 Log. (eff stress 0)

Log. (eff stress 4)
Log. (eff stress 2)
0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Rock UCS (Kpsi)

Figure1: Concrete -rock correlations for sandstone.

The x-axis is the Reservoir Rock UCS inputted by the User

Each curve provides the normalized DoP factor (otherwise referred to this document
as “Factor 1”) for the actual downhole rock strength relative to a normalised concrete
DoP ( DoPnorm_sec1) at a UCS of 5000psi. The 7in stress conversion factor of 40%
was used as the original laboratory data was obtained from 7in core samples

original data eff stress 2kpsi

Normalised DoP vs UCS Carbonate Adjusted for Stress eff stress 3kpsi
eff stress 5kpsi
1.8 eff stress 10kpsi
eff stress 20kpsi
1.6 y = -0.134Ln(x) + 0.6097 eff stress 8.3kpsi
eff stress 4.98kpsi
eff stress 0kpsi
1.4 Log. (eff stress 2kpsi)
Normalised DoP factor

Log. (eff stress 20kpsi)

1.2 Log. (eff stress 10kpsi)
Log. (eff stress 5kpsi)
Log. (eff stress 3kpsi)
1 Log. (eff stress 8.3kpsi)
Log. (eff stress 0kpsi)
Log. (eff stress 4.98kpsi)
0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Rock UCS (Kpsi)

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 231

Figure2. Conventional concrete-rock correlations for carbonate.

The x-axis is the Reservoir Rock UCS inputted by the user.

Each curve provides the normalised DoP factor (otherwise referred to here as
“Factor 1”) for the actual downhole rock strength relative to a normalised concrete
DoP ( DoPnorm_sec1) at a UCS of 5000psi. The 4in stress conversion factor of 60%
was used as the original laboratory data was obtained from 4in core samples

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 232 PROSPER

Conventional correlations- unadjusted for stress cell test results

eff stress 1
Normalised DoP vs UCS Sandstone eff stress 2
eff stress 3
eff stress 5
1.4 eff stress 0
eff stress 4
eff stress 10
1.2 eff stress 20
y = -0.3472Ln(x) + 1.3019 Log. (eff stress 4)
Normalised DoP factor

1 Log. (eff stress 5)

Log. (eff stress 0)

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Rock UCS (Kpsi)

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 233

Figure1b: Conventional concrete-rock correlations for sandstone

The x-axis is the Reservoir Rock UCS inputted by the User in SPOT.
Each curve provides the normalised DoP factor (otherwise referred to this document
as “Factor 1”) for the actual downhole rock strength relative to a normalised concrete
DoP (( DoPnorm_sec1) ) at a UCS of 5000psi.

original data eff stress 1kpsi

Normalised DoP vs UCS Carbonate eff stress 2kpsi
eff stress 3kpsi
1.6 eff stress 5kpsi
eff stress 10kpsi
1.4 eff stress 20kpsi
eff stress 8.3kpsi
Log. (eff stress 2kpsi)
Normalised DoP factor

1.2 Log. (eff stress 1kpsi)

Log. (eff stress 20kpsi)
Log. (eff stress 10kpsi)
1 Log. (eff stress 5kpsi)
Log. (eff stress 3kpsi)
0.8 Log. (eff stress 8.3kpsi)

0.6

0.4

0.2

0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Rock UCS (Kpsi)

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 234 PROSPER

Figure 2b. Conventional concrete-rock correlations for carbonate

The x-axis is the Reservoir Rock UCS inputted by the user. Each curve provides the
normalised DoP factor (otherwise referred to here as “Factor 1”) for the actual
downhole rock strength relative to a normalised concrete DoP (( DoPnorm_sec1) ) at
a UCS of 5000psi.

3. Effective stress calculation

Procedure to calculate effective stress:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 235

The effective stress to be used is given by the following equation:

s eff = ( Po * TVD ) + ( r sw * h * g ) - Pres

Where
s eff
= Effective stress
Po = Overburden pressure gradient
TVD = True vertical depth relative to sea floor
r sw
= water density
h = Sea depth (if well is offshore, otherwise h=0)
g = Gravitational constant
Pres =Reservoir pressure

The vertical effective stress is used in the conversion of Section 1 DoPs into rock
DoPs through.
The vertical effective stress should be applied in Figures 1 and 2 (this is according to
API 19B, Section 4.2e and SPE 27424).

Explanation:
· Arching factors are not taken into account in the effective stress depletion
component
· API 19B and SPE 27424 do not explicitly consider perforation orientation or
stress regimes in the application of effective stress. Use of the vertical
effective stress is only valid for certain perforation orientations, however this is
the only scenario considered in SPOT for conversion of Section 1 data. If
Section 4 data input is selected, the user may enter an appropriate effective
stress value according to the perforation orientation

4. Well bore pressure effects

Procedure to include wellbore pressure effects:

No calculation in SPOT is required

Explanation:
· Wellbore pressure effects on DoP are not explicitly considered in SPOT when
using Section 1 data. This area of literature is unresolved. SPE 27424 states
that “including well pressure effects with those of effective stress is incorrect”

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 236 PROSPER

and that “effective stress and wellbore pressure effects on penetration are not
additive”. However, this is contrary to the results of SPE 18243 Table 4 in
which effective stress (confining stress- pore pressure) was kept constant
while wellbore pressure was varied. Varying the wellbore pressure was seen
to alter DoP.
· Furthermore, the DoP factors/correlations used in SPOT (Figures 1 and 2)
partially include wellbore pressure effects (as they're calibrated to Section 4
tests).
· Section 4 data inputted by the User will already include the effect of wellbore
pressure (provided that the magnitude of wellbore pressure does not vary
between the test and the SPOT DoP prediction).

5. DoP Factor for section 1 data (concrete)

The procedure to calculate the DoP Factor for use in Equation 3 is described below
for Sandstones and Carbonates.
As reminder, here is equation (3)

Reservoir rock DoP = Factor1 *DOPnorm_sec1

(3)

As described in Section 3, the User will have a choice of using correlations based on
synthetic rock tests or conventional Section 1 concrete-Section 2 Berea tests.
Corresponding factors are referred to as Factor1synthetic and Factor 1concerte
respectively.

Sandstone:
Procedure to calculate DoP factor for Sandstone:

In Figure 1 and 1b (above), Factor1 (the “normalised DoP factor”) is given by:

“API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section 2 conventional correlations” (equation 5ai)
={-0.00082( )^2+0.03285*( )-0.34726}*{Ln( )}+{1.3019*EXP(-0.122*( ))}

“API 19B Section1- synthetic rock correlations” (equation 5aii)

={-0.004( )^2+0.0745*( )-0.34726}*{Ln( )}+{1.3019*EXP(-0.305*( ))}
This synthetic relationship is only valid if UCS<10kpsi. Otherwise a result cannot be
calculated

In any circumstance if factor1SYNTHETIC > factor1CONCRETE then, assume

factor1SYNTHETIC = factor1CONCRETE

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 237

Where:
UCS- is the adjusted rock strength in kPsi (obtained using equations 1a, 1b and 1c)
and Seff is in kPsi (calculated using equation 4). The correlation can only be used to
determine perforation performance in a liquid filled wellbore with L80 3/8in casing
material, 3/4in of concrete and 0.5in standoff.
Seff – Kpsi (calculated using equation 4)
UCSadjusted – Kpsi (adjusted rock UCS calculated using equations 1a, 1b and 1c to
account for reservoir pore fluid fill.)

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 238 PROSPER

Carbonate:

Procedure to calculate DoP factor for Carbonates:

Using Figure 2 (above), the factor1, (the “normalised DoP factor”) is given by:

“API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section 2 conventional correlations” (equation 6ai)
={-0.00082( )^2+0.03285*( )-0.39735}*{Ln( )}+{1.659*EXP(-0.0952*( ))}

“API 19B Section1- synthetic rock correlations” (equation 6aii)

={-0.004( )^2+0.0745*( )-0.39735}*{Ln( )}+{1.659*EXP(-0.2167*( ))}

In any circumstance if factor1SYNTHETIC > factor1CONCRETE then, assume

factor1SYNTHETIC = factor1CONCRETE

Where:
UCS- is the adjusted rock strength in kPsi (obtained using equations 1a, 1b and 1c)
and Seff is in kPsi (calculated using equation 4). The correlation can only be used to
determine perforation performance in a liquid filled wellbore with L80 3/8in casing
material, 3/4in of concrete and 0.5in standoff.
Seff – Kpsi (calculated using equation 4)
UCSadjusted – Kpsi (adjusted rock UCS calculated using equations 1a, 1b and 1c to
account for reservoir pore fluid fill.)

5.1. DoP Factor for section 2 or 4 data (rock)

Procedure to calculate DoP if Section II or Section IV data is available:

· Use equations 1b and 1c to convert the Section II/Section IV test to the same
fluid fill as the reservoir.
· Calculate the in-situ DoP i.e. the DoP at reservoir conditions NOT considering
difference in reservoir and test effective stress values (this part will be
explained shortly).
8.6*10 -6 (UCS sec 4 -UCS iadjusted)
DoPin - situ = DoPsec 4 _ corr .e

Where:
UCS sect4= UCS specified by the User on the Section II/Section IV input
screen
UCS adjusted=UCS calculated using equations 1a,1b,1c

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 239

DOPsec4_corr= DoP specified by the User on the Section II/Section IV input

screen
NOTE: UCS in eq 7 has units of psi

This equation was taken from Shell Perforating Handbook section 2.1.2.3 and
was derived using API 19B Section 2 (liquid filled) tests. It was assumed that
the relationship was equally valid to be applied to gas filled tests (provided
that the Section 4 and reservoir fluid is the same).
· Take differences in downhole and test effective stress into account in the DoP
value. Three options are available and there should be a toggle switch on the
Section II/Section IV data input screen for the User to select between
o “Conventional effective stress correlations”
o “Synthetic rock effective stress correlations for 4in Section II/ Section IV
core sample”
o “Synthetic rock effective stress correlations for 7in Section II/ Section IV
core sample”
The procedure to use for these three options is outlined below.

“Conventional effective stress correlations”

DoPeff _ stress _ facd

1. A downhole effective stress conversion factor ( )
Sandstone:
= (-0.00082(SEff)^2+0.03285*(SEff)-0.34726)*{Ln(UCS adjusted)}+{1.3019*EXP(-
0.122*( SEff))} (8ai)

Carbonate:
= (-0.00082(SEff)^2+0.03285*(SEff)-0.39735)*{Ln(UCS adjusted)} + {1.659*EXP(-
0.0952*( SEff))} (8ai)
Where:
SEff= Calculated downhole effective stress from equation 4 (kPsi)
UCS adjusted=UCS calculated using equations 1a,1b,1c (kPsi)

DoPeff _ stress _ facd

2. A test effective stress conversion factor ( ):
Sandstone:
= (-0.00082(Stress_Effsect4)^2+0.03285*(Stress_Effsect4)-0.34726)*{Ln(UCS
adjusted)}+{1.3019*EXP(-0.122*( Stress_Effsect4))} (8aii)

Carbonate:
=(-0.00082(Stress_Effsect4)^2+0.03285*(Stress_Effsect4)-0.39735)*{Ln(UCS
adjusted)} + {1.659*EXP(-0.0952*( Stress_Effsect4))} (8aii)

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 240 PROSPER

Where:
Stress_Effsect4= Effective stress as specified by the User on the Section II/
Section IV input screen in kPsi
UCS adjusted=UCS calculated using equations 1a,1b,1c (kPsi)

Ref for equation 8a and 8b is based on test results at different effective

stresses (i.e. the difference in horizontal shift between different stress values).
This is based on conventional results and does not take into account the
reduced stress effect i.e. not all of the stress applied in a Section 2 or Section
4 test will reach the centre of the core sample.

In any circumstance if ReservoirRockDoP from 4in or 4in core

relationships > ReservoirRockDoP from conventional core relationships,
assume ReservoirRockDoP from 7in and 4in core relationships =
ReservoirRockDoP from conventional core relationships

“Synthetic rock effective stress correlations for 4in Section II/ Section IV core
sample”
DoPeff _ stress _ facd
1. A downhole effective stress conversion factor ( )

Sandstone:
= (-0.003(SEff)^2+0.0642*(SEff)-0.34726)*{Ln(UCS adjusted)} + {1.3019*EXP(-
0.2033*( SEff))} (8bi)

This synthetic relationship is only valid if UCS<10kpsi. Otherwise a result cannot be

calculated

Carbonate:
= (-0.003(SEff)^2+0.0642*(SEff)-0.39735)*{Ln(UCS adjusted)} + {1.659*EXP(-
0.195*( SEff))} (8bi)

Where:
SEff= Calculated downhole effective stress from equation 4 (kPsi)
UCS adjusted=UCS calculated using equations 1a,1b,1c (kPsi)

DoPeff _ stress _ fac4

2. A test effective stress conversion factor ( ):
Sandstone:
= (-0.003(Stress_Effsect4)^2+0.0642*(Stress_Effsect4)-0.34726)*{Ln(UCS
adjusted)} + {1.3019*EXP(-0.2033*(Stress_Effsect4))} (8bii)
This synthetic relationship is only valid if UCS<10kpsi. Otherwise a result cannot be
calculated

Carbonate:
= (-0.003(Stress_Effsect4)^2+0.0642*( Stress_Effsect4)-0.39735)*{Ln(UCS

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 241

adjusted)} + {1.659*EXP(-0.195*(Stress_Effsect4))} (8bii)

Where:
Stress_Effsect4= Effective stress as specified by the User on the Section II/
Section IV input screen in kPsi
UCS adjusted=UCS calculated using equations 1a,1b,1c (kPsi)

Ref for equation 8a and 8b is based on test results at different effective

stresses (i.e. the difference in horizontal shift between different stress values).
This is based on a reduced stress effect for 4in core samples i.e. not all of the
stress applied in a Section 2 or Section 4 test will reach the centre of the core
sample.
“Synthetic rock effective stress correlations for 7in Section II/ Section IV core
sample”
DoPeff _ stress _ facd
1. A downhole effective stress conversion factor ( )
Sandstone:
= (-0.004(SEff)^2+0.0745*(SEff)-0.34726)*{Ln(UCS adjusted)} + {1.3019*EXP(-
0.305*( SEff))} (8ci)
This synthetic relationship is only valid if UCS<10kpsi. Otherwise a result cannot be
calculated

Carbonate:
= (-0.004(SEff)^2+0.0745*(SEff)-0.39735)*{Ln(UCS adjusted)} + {1.659*EXP(-
0.2267*( SEff))} (8ci)

Where:
SEff= Calculated downhole effective stress from equation 4 (kPsi)
UCS adjusted=UCS calculated using equations 1a,1b,1c (kPsi)

DoPeff _ stress _ fac4

2. A test effective stress conversion factor ( ):
Sandstone:
= (-0.004Stress_Effsect4)^2+0.0745*(Stress_Effsect4)-0.34726}*{Ln(UCS adjusted)} +
{1.3019*EXP(-0.305*(Stress_Effsect4))} (8cii)
This synthetic relationship is only valid if UCS<10kpsi. Otherwise a result cannot be
calculated

Carbonate:
= (-0.004(Stress_Effsect4)^2+0.0745*(Stress_Effsect4)-0.39735)*{Ln(UCS
adjusted)} + {1.659*EXP(-0.2267*(Stress_Effsect4))} (8cii)

Where:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 242 PROSPER

Stress_Effsect4= Effective stress as specified by the User on the Section II/

Section IV input screen in kPsi
UCS adjusted=UCS calculated using equations 1a,1b,1c (kPsi)

Ref for equation 8a and 8b is based on test results at different effective

stresses (i.e. the difference in horizontal shift between different stress values).
This is based on a reduced stress effect for 7in core samples i.e. not all of the
stress applied in a Section 2 or Section 4 test will reach the centre of the core
sample.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 243

And finally, the downhole-test comparison effective stress conversion factor (

DoPeff _ stress _ fac
):

DoPeff _ stress_ fac = DoPeff _ stress_ facd / DoPeff _ stress_ fac 4

· Convert the DoP to a value including effective stress:

Re servorRock DoP = DoPeff _ stress _ fac * DoPi n- situ

In any circumstance if ReservoirRockDoP from 7in core relationships >

ReservoirRockDoP from 4in core relationships, assume
ReservoirRockDoP from 7in core relationships = ReservoirRockDoP
from 4in core relationships

· Calculate final reservoir rock DoP values taking into account the different
configuration of Section II and Section IV test DoP measurements and SPOT
DoP measurements using:

Reservoir rock Lp = Reservoir Rock DoP (8f)

Where:
Reservoir rock Lp = Lp
Casing thickness= calculated using casing weight and OD from the
Completion Details screen to calculate the casing ID and thus casing
thickness.
Cement thickness=wellbore hole radius- casing radius
Reservoir Rock DoP = from equation 8d

· Finally the Reservoir Rock Lp will need to be adjusted for standoff (see
Section 9) and multiple casing strings (see Section7).

5. Casing Material effects on Entrance Hole Diameter

Introduction
· Within SPOT, the EoH (Entrance hole diameter) should be calculated

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 244 PROSPER

dependent on the user chosen casing material type. Generally, casing

material thickness has an insignificant effect on EoH (SPE 27424).
· It should be highlighted that the casing material type should not have a
significant effect on DoP and is thus ignored here.

1 Procedure to calculate effect of casing material type on EoH:

· The user should have the ability to choose casing material from a drop down
menu in the Completion Details section of SPOT.
· The drop down menu in the CASING section should include the following
materials: J55, L80, P105 and P110.
· A similar drop down menu will be required in the TUBING section that will be
used if a user has chosen multiple casing/tubing strings.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 245

· The below table (Table 1) should be used to convert the EoH for BOTH Big
Hole and DP charges in order to account for the original casing type noted in
the Gun Database or Section II/Section IV data input screen to the casing
material chosen by the user in the Completion Details input screen.
Material CF for J55CF for L80CF forCF for
(new well(new wellP105 (newP110 (new
material) material) well well
material) material)
Mean Brinell180 230 275 320
Hardness
J55 (test1 0.94 0.89 0.84
material)
L80 (test1.06 1 0.95 0.9
material)
P105 (test1.11 1.05 1 0.95
material)
P110 (test1.16 1.1 1.05 1
material)

Table1. Material and casing factor.

EoHcasing= EoH*CF
(9)

Where:
EoH is from the Gun Database or Section II/Section IV data input screen
CF is from the above table, where:
The ‘test material’ is either the material type noted in the Gun Database, or if the
user has entered Section II or IV data into SPOT, it will be the material type on
the Section II or Section IV input screen.
The ‘new well material’ is the material type specified on the Completion Details
screen.

· Finally the EoHcasing will need to be adjusted for standoff (see Section 8),
multiple casing strings (see Section7).

Examples showing the workflow in SPOT:

If you are converting concrete to reservoir rock:
· If a user chooses a gun from the Gun Database, say a RP43 gun which was

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 246 PROSPER

tested on J55 material (specified in the Gun database) but the well will contain
L80 casing (specified in the Completion Details screen), then the CF=0.94
(CF for L80 well, original material J55).
· If a user chooses an API 19B gun with P110 casing (from the Gun Database)
for use in the same well as above, then the CF=1.1 (CF for L80, original
material P110).

If you are converting Section II/Section IV data to Reservoir rock

· If the Section 4 tests are carried with L80 material (specified in the Section IV
data input screen) and the well is completed with P105 (specified in the
Completion Details screen), the CF=0.95

Explanation:
· Correction factors are required as the calculated EoH specified in the Gun
Database is ONLY appropriate if the original perforation penetration is based
on J55 type casing material (note that J55 was the standard casing material
according to the original API RP43 tests; an update of API RP43 was based
on L80 material. API19B is also based on L80 casing).
· Similarly the EoH specified in the Section IV/Section II data input screen is
only valid for the casing type in which the test was conducted.
· Thus, the correction casing material correlation must be based on the casing
material type specified in the Gun Database. Table 1 gives the mean EoH
correction factors (CF) dependent upon the casing material while Figure 11
provides equations for the values presented in Table 1.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 247

Figure 11: EoH vs Casing strength

Equations for the curves in Figure 11:

J55 EoHfactor = -0.2868*ln(BH) + 2.4972
L80 EoHfactor = -0.2868ln*(BH) + 2.5572
P105 EoHfactor = -0.2868ln*(BH) + 2.6072
P110 EoHfactor = -0.2868ln*(BH) + 2.6572
· BH= Brinell hardness (Brinell hardness values for different materials is
presented in Table 1).

If an openhole perforated case is analysed, the effect of no casing material

downhole must be taken into account when calculating the downhole entrance hole
diameter value.

Thus, the following procedure should be used:

1. Calculate a BHN number corresponding to a reservoir ‘unadjusted’ UCS
using:
BHN=0.0073*UCS(psi)-0.9399
An adjusted UCS is not used here as most literature only notes the
effect of fluid type on DoP and not on EoH.
This relationship is based on the following data taken from the Shell Rock

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 248 PROSPER

Mechanics handbook RKMR.93.052, Table 3.10.

UCS (psi) BHN
2.00E+02 2
6.00E+02 5
1.40E+03 10
4.60E+03 30
7.40E+03 50
1.70E+04 125
2. Calculate a EoH factor using the relationships described above for Figure
11.

6. Multiple casing strings

A method to calculate DoP and EoH if multiple casing strings (i.e. a tubing and
casing, 2 casing strings) need to be perforated is provided below.

In all cases, if the User attempts to perforate more than 3 casing strings, an error
message should be displayed.

Procedure to calculate effect of multiple casing strings on EoH:

· For multiple casing strings, the factors in Table 1 and/or Figure 11 should be
used for all strings. That is:
EoH multiple casing string= Original EoH * factor 1*factor2*factor 3
(9a)
Where:
Original EoH= as specified in the Gun Database for Section I data or as specified
in the Section II/ Section IV data input screen
Factor 1= factor to account for the material of the first casing string according to
Table 1
Factor 2= factor to account for the material of the second casing string according to
Table 1
Factor 3= factor to account for the material of the third casing string (if present)
according to Table 1
This method was assumed as no simple, reliable relationship exists (SPE
27424).

Procedure to calculate effect of multiple casing strings on Lp:

· ‘Reservoir rock Lp’ calculated using equation 3b or 8f must be reduced by the
presence of multiple casing strings.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 249

· SPOT will only calculate a DoP for 1, 2 or 3 casing strings otherwise if a user
tries to increase multiple strings greater than 3, an error message should
appear.
For 3 multiple casings: (SPE 27424)

multiple string =Reservoir Rock DoP – 0.5*(Dw-OD3) (9b)

Where Reservoir rock DoP= from equation 3 or 8e
Dw= wellbore diameter
OD3 = Outer diameter of third casing string
(9)
Where h1 = first string casing thickness (inches)
h2 = second string casing thickness (inches)
htc = total cement thickness between casing strings (inches). This will be
specified on the Completion Details screen as the distance between each
casing string. That is, htc should be assumed to be equal to:
htc = (ID casing string 3- OD casing string 1)/2, where casing string 1 is
the innermost casing string

For 2 multiple casings: (this equation is based on an extrapolation of equation 9)

(10)

h1 and h2 should be assumed to be the same material when using Equation 10

above.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 250 PROSPER

7. Standoff effects
The following workflow should be used to calculate the effect of standoff on in-situ
DoP

Procedure to calculate effect of standoff on DoP:

· In SPOT, it is assumed that standoff only effects DoP of Deep Penetrating
Charges – Any other type of charge (i.e. Big hoe) is NOT affected. The type of
charge BH or DP should be specified in the Gun Database (this will be added
to the Database shortly) This is changed to Standoff impacting both DP & BH
charges. Use the same SO model for both DP & BH. While there is less data
on BH standoff available, it is clear that there is a reduction in penetration of
the same order as DP, therefore currently should use the same model.
· Based on a chosen gun, the ‘test standoff’ is read from the Gun Database for
Section I data or the Section II/Section IV input deck. Note that the current
Gun Database does not contain standoff information. This variable will be
added to the Gun Database in the near future.
· In SPOT the ‘downhole standoff’ should be a user input. The downhole
standoff should not be confused with the test standoff which is either specified
in the Gun Database or is a User Section II or Section IV input. The downhole
standoff should be specified on the Vendor Database screen. If “Downhole
standoff” is not ticked active it will be assumed that it is defined as the
distance from the outside of the gun to the inside of the casing:
Downhole standoff= (casing ID – gun OD)/2
The gun OD can be obtained from the Gun Database, while the casing ID can
be obtained from the Completions Details screen. In the case of multiple
casing strings, the casing ID is defined by the ID of the innermost string.

If the “Downhole Standoff” input is ticked, a value must be inputted by the

user. The entry will be limited by SPOT such that:
Downhole standoff < casing ID – gun OD (this is assuming that the gun is
eccentered)
Downhole standoff > 0in (this is assuming that the gun is touching the
casing inner diameter)

· The DoP stand-off factor (DoPsf) is calculated for the ‘test standoff’ and
‘downhole standoff’ using the below relationships: This is now replaced by an
improved model, which uses recent test data, which has results from 5” SO,
reducing the slop. Also the old model here has a major error. When moving
from the horizontal part of the curve to the slope we get a major shift in
results. This has been improved by having a new model which correctly

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 251

transitions. There is no need for the tail off of the slope as we have data out to
5” and the model will cope with SO out to 7.5” before going below zero with a
2”gun (worst case). If necessary the software could contain a negative check
on DoPsf and replace with zero. (if(DoPsf <0,0)

Stand-off (inches) DoP stand-off factor (no units)

0 < SO <= 0.3*gun OD DoPsf = 1
0.3*gun OD < SO <1.5*gunDoPsf = -0.2532*SO+1.1279
OD
1.5*gun OD < SO DoPsf = -0.0919*SO+0.7352
Where SO= Standoff
New Model which corrects slope and corrects transition fault.
Stand-off (inches) DoP stand-off factor (no units)
SO <= gun OD / 3 DoPsf = 1
gun OD / 3 < SO DoPsf = (-0.15*SO)+(1+(gun dia. * 0.054))
Where SO= Standoff
IF(standoff<=(gun dia/3),1,(-0.15*standoff)+(1+(gun dia*0.054)))
Reference: Shell Perforating Handbook (EP 94-0208) and an excerpt from lab
testing results made available by an external company.

· Calculate the ratio of DoPsf for downhole standoff over DoPsf for test standoff

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 252 PROSPER

using the above relationships

DoPsfdownholes tan doff

DoPsfratio =
DoPsftests andoff

· Perform the standoff adjustment to the ‘Reservoir rock Lp’ calculated using
equation 3b or 8f or DoP multiple casing string (from Section 7 in this
document if multiple casing strings were present) using:

DoPs tan doff = Re servoirock Lp * DoPsfrato

· . The Reservoir Inflow should be calculated using the Downhole standoff and
reported in the Results page in SPOT.

Example- Section 1 Data

A gun displayed in the gun database with a ‘test standoff’ of 0.5in will be used in
SPOT with a ‘downhole standoff’ of 1.5in:
1. Using the above relationships, a DoPsf for test standoff factor should be
calculated according to the gun size and the standoff of 0.5in recorded in the Gun
Database. Assume DoPsf @0.5in = 0.98

2. Using the above relationships, a DoPsf for downhole standoff factor should be
calculated according to the downhole standoff distance between the gun and casing
of 1.5in. Assume DoPsf @ 1.5in = 0.78

3. = 0.78/0.98 = 0.796
4. Calculate . This is the final DoP which is used directly in the Inflow Equations in
SPOT.

Example- Section II or Section IV Data

A section 4 test was performed. The test stand-off =1.5”. A gun will be used with the
tested charges (Section 4 test charges) and the stand-off in the well will be 0.5” (The
“Downhole Standoff” of 0.5” is specified as a user input).

1. Using the above relationships, a DoPsf for test standoff factor should be
calculated according to the gun size and the standoff of 1.5in recorded in the Gun
Database. Assume DoPsf @0.5in = 0.748

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 253

2. Using the above relationships, a DoPsf for downhole standoff factor should be
calculated according to the downhole standoff distance between the gun and casing
of 0.5in. Assume DoPsf @ 1.5in = 1

3. = 1/0.748 = 1.337
4. Calculate . This is the final DoP which is used directly in the Inflow Equations in
SPOT.

7. additional data required in completion data section of SPOT

For wireline guns

We require a user input for "tubing drift" on the Completion Details screen to let the
user enter in tubing drift in the sizing calculation. We also require a user input for
“final clearance” on the Vendor Database screen. So this means:
gun size in SPOT < minimum tubing restriction - gun swell - tubing drift-final
clearance

SPOT should limit the maximum gun size that can be selected by the user
accordingly.

When SPOT starts, the default value for tubing drift should be 0”

For TCP guns

In addition to swell and drift we also must consider wash pipe sizes for fishing. This
means we need to add a user entry box for: "casing drift" on the Completion Details
screen. We also require user inputs for, "wash pipe size for fishing", "wash pipe
clearance" and “final clearance” on the Vendor Database screen. So this means:
gun size in SPOT < casing size - gun swell - casing drift - wash pipe size -
wash pipe clearance - final clearance

SPOT should limit the maximum gun size that can be selected by the user
accordingly.

Note that “final clearance” is the additional clearance requested by a user beyond
the specified tolerances.

When SPOT starts, the default value for casing drift should be 0”

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 254 PROSPER

8. Additional data required in Reperf data section of SPOT

For Reperforating an old well:

If the option of Old holes only or New and Old holes is selected, the User will
be required to input the following data on the Reservoir Layer screen for
existing holes.

The following inputs are already provided in SPOT:

· Gun size
· Shot density
· Gun phasing
· DoP Section 1
· Entrance hole diameter
· Perforation Efficiency

In addition to these inputs, the following input boxes must be added into SPOT
· Deep Penetrating/ Big Hole: a drop down box should appear to allow the user
to select between DP and BH charges. This is a user input and not read from
the Vendor Database as for new perforating guns as old guns may no longer
be in production and thus excluded from the Gun Database
· Test Standoff for DoP section 1
· Test fluid type
· Downhole standoff
· Casing material in Section 1 test: Select between J55, L80, P105 or P110. A
dropdown box should appear
· The User should also have the option of entering Section 2 or 4 data into
SPOT for the reperforation. The Section 2 or 4 data should be available via
the Old holes only or New and Old holes screen
· The User should be presented with 2 crushed zone property options:
1. The “Use QinetiQ Developed Skin Model”
2. Alternatively, the User may enter a discrete crushed zone permeability
damage factor and crushed zone thickness:
o Kcrush= ratio of virgin reservoir permeability to crushed zone
permeability
o Rc=thickness of the crush zone measured from the edge of the
perforation tunnel

Note that the crushed zone properties and test properties entered here must be used
to calculate the original (old) perforation performance.
The input of crushed zone properties on the Options screen is only applied to the

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 255

new perforating charge. Similarly the downhole standoff values provided on the
Vendor database screen only apply to the new perforation charge.
Information on the Completion Details screen should be assumed to apply to both
the new and old perforating charge
The entire process described in this document must be used t calculate the final
EoH and final DoP for the original (old) perforations and for the new perforations.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 256 PROSPER

9. DoP calculation when caliper data is present

As described above, if caliper data is not present, the Reservoir Rock DoP is defined
as:

Reservoir rock Lp = Reservoir Rock DoP

Where, both the Reservoir Rock Lp and reservoir Rock DoP described in this
specification document are defined from the wellbore radius.

However, SPOT defines DoP as the distance from the well centre line to the
wellbore radius+Lp. This DoP will be defined as SPOT_DoP below.

Currently if caliper data is present, SPOT calculates the SPOT_DoP as:

SPOT_DoP =caliper radius+Lp, where Lp is measured from the caliper radius.

This overestimates the Lp and SPOT_DoP.

Thus, if caliper data is entered by the User the SPOT_DoP displayed in SPOT
should be:
SPOT_DoP=[((wellbore diameter entered on reservoir layer screen/2)+ caliper
data)/2]+Lp
Where,
Lp is measured from [((wellbore diameter entered on reservoir layer screen/2)+ +
caliper data)/2] if caliper data is present. This Lp should be displayed on the
SPOT results screen and in all SPOT plots.

For the formulas given here, by definition:

caliper data is positive if caliper>rw
caliper data is negative if caliper<rw.

A validation or a warning should appear if:

cement thickness >1m, where cement thickness= max(caliper radius-casing
OD, rw-casing OD), or,
SPOT_Lp>=the cement DoP in the SPOT Gun Database if Section 1 data
has been used in the calculation

Note that:
· The mud invasion depth should still be calculated from the caliper data radius
(as it is currently in SPOT). Only the DoP calculation needs to be updated.
· If caliper data is present, the perforation length used in the inflow equations
and is equal to:
SPOT_DoP-caliper radius unless otherwise specified

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 257

· If caliper data is not present, the perforation length used.

2.6.11.5SPOT: Model inputs

In order to use the SPOT inflow model, select | System | Inflow Performance and
select | SPOT from the list of the available Reservoir Models in PROSPER:

In order to fully describe the SPOT reservoir model, select | Input Data at the top
right corner of the screen to access the various tabs (below listed from left to right)
required to enter the model inputs:
- Options
- Layers
- Log Data
- Completion Data
2.6.11.5.1 SPOT: Model inputs - Options

In the following, the various inputs will be described

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 258 PROSPER

Lp Correlation Type:
Lp is the length of the perforation measured from the well bore radius to the end of
the perforation tunnel.
· Conventional:
· Synthetic:

Calculate Non-Darcy Skin:

· Yes: a quadratic is used to account for high velocity flow
· No: the quadratic (non-Darcy skin) term is not taken into account.
Activity:
The user has two choices:
· New well: the well is being perforated for the first time or
· Workover / Re-perforation: an already perforated and producing well needs to
be re-perforated.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 259

Well type:
The well type can be:
· Vertical

· Deviated (up to 75 degrees deviation)

· Horizontal (above 75 degrees deviation)

Inflow Equation:
Within Spot, the user has 2 IPR choices:
· - Vogel: SPOT uses a straight line inflow relationship above the bubble point and
the Vogel relationship below the bubble point to account for two phase flow. This
equation is based on an empirical relationship developed by Vogel using numerical
simulations.
· - Fetkovitch: the Fetkovich IPR model also accounts for two phase flow below the
bubble point. It was developed to improve Vogel’s correlation.
Log Data Input:
SPOT allows different ways to enter the log-scaled reservoir parameters porosity,
permeability, FDC, shear & compressional sonic, UCS and TWC. The user selects
the combination that applies to his / her project.
The "None Available" can be selected if it applies and the user will be given the
opportunity to synthetically generate those data in log scale later.

Perforating Method:
- Single Run (default)
- "Double Run"
For "the single run" one perforating gun is run into the well and fired and only once.
This is as per ‘standard’ perforating practices.
The second perforating method is the "Double Run" perforating method.
In the case of the "Double Run" perforating method, it is assumed that an interval is
perforated twice using the same gun. That is, the gun is run into the well and fired,
pulled out of the hole and the same gun is rerun into the well and fired. SPOT takes
into account the probability that old and new perforations will overlie, assuming the
guns are not oriented.
For a double perforating run, SPOT will assume the same degree of mud invasion
for the first and second perforating run.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 260 PROSPER

(Mud) Invasion method:

There are 4 methods available to capture the mud invasion:
1. "Calculate invasion"

This option will allow the User to calculate mud invasion using one of four options
developed by Shell. The model requires the following inputs:
Drilling fluid weight / density,
Total drilling time: This is the total drilling time (including downtime during
drilling of the well) which is used to calculate an equivalent rate of penetration and
Drilling downtime: This is downtime/well suspension time after the well has
been drilled i.e. the time that the total wellbore was exposed to drilling mud. Note
that the model accounts for equilibrium filtrate invasion through the filter
cake.
2. "Enter Mud Invasion Log"
The User should enter a mud invasion petrophysical log. This is the most
accurate method of predicting mud invasion depth in a well.
Typically, a mud invasion log can be calculated using deep and shallow
resistivity data; resistivity data can provide a good indication of mud invasion
depth and if drilling filtrate has dissipated away from the near wellbore region
(which is likely for high permeability reservoirs). As mud invasion depth
calculations are resistivity tool dependant, the appropriate calculation method
should be obtained from the tool vendor or obtained from a Petrophysicist or
Log Analyst.
In order to use this option, “Log data Input” must be selected as “Yes” and
data entered into the Log data screen. This option can also be used if
conventional petrophysical log data is not available but the User still wishes to
import a foot-by-foot description of mud invasion depth.
The effective permeability in the invasion zone must also be specified using
the “Invasion” tab on the “Reservoir Layers” screen (two invasion zone
permeability options are available- use of return permeability data or predicted
return permeability factors). Invasion should be entered for each individual
layer if a multi-layer reservoir is modeled.
3. "Enter discrete Invasion depth"
The User should input a discrete mud invasion depth based on field
knowledge, information from deep and shallow resistivity petrophysical logs and/or
well tests.
If this option is selected, the effective permeability in the invasion zone as well
as the discrete invasion depth should be specified using the “Invasion” tab on
the “Reservoir Layers” screen (two invasion zone permeability options are

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 261

available- use of return permeability data or predicted return permeability

factors). Invasion should be entered for each individual layer if a multi-layer
reservoir is modeled.
4. "No Invasion"

In this case, the SPOT module will assume no mud invasion.

Sanding model:
There 2 choices: NONE and the "QinetiQ model".
The "NONE" ignores any possible production of failed sand.
The "QinetiQ model" is an analytical model that calculates if failed sand will be
produced from a vertical or horizontal perforation:
· For vertical perforations a suspension model is assumed in which solid
particles are maintained within the fluid

· For horizontal perforations a conservative traction model is used in which

sand particles do not enter the fluid but move by rolling and sliding. This
transport mechanism requires the least energy for initiation.
Currently SPOT assumes:

· in vertical wells, the horizontal perforation model is used

· in deviated and horizontal wells both the horizontal and vertical transportation
models are used. If either model results in sand production SPOT will identify
that sand will be produced. The User should enter the perforation angle for
the perforation type of interest.
This model can also be used as a debris transport model. Thus, it can be used to
model debris flow if the debris diameter is entered (rather than the sand particle size
distribution diameter) and if the density of the debris is entered (rather than the sand
density).
Model limitations include:

· The model is not valid for mud or clay

· The model does not account for random fluctuations in velocity due to
turbulence that may, in reality, enable movement of particles even when no
sand transport is indicated.

· The model assumes that the fluid of interest is the reservoir fluid (not the
completion fluid or drilling mud).

· A perforation angle cutoff of 45 degrees is used to distinguish between

horizontal and vertical perforations

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 262 PROSPER

· Validity is limited to rw/(perforation length+rw)<0.95. Beyond this, the

equations will be operating beyond the intended range
The following input parameters are required:

· Particle diameter: average expected particle diameter from sieve or laser

particle size analysis

· Density sand: the density of the sand grains

· Perforation angle: defines the horizontal/vertical orientation of the perforation.

The perforation angle is measured relative to the horizontal axis. i.e.
perforation angle of a horizontal perforation equals 0 degrees. For vertical
perforations the model assumes that the perforation is oriented downwards. It
is assumed that if the perforation angle is oriented upwards (with an angle of
35 degrees-90 degrees from horizontal), the crushed zone material will fall out
of the perforation tunnel.

· Roughness perforation wall: the roughness of the perforation. A suggested

value is one standard deviation greater than the average particle size to
account for the presence of loose fines and crushed material, which will
roughen the perforation tunnel.
It should be highlighted that the QinetiQ Sanding Model does not predict perforation
tunnel failure. It only predicts if sand production will occur assuming that failure has
already occurred. I.e. perforation tunnel cleanup.

Crushed zone Model:

The user has two models to choose from:
· Entered and
· QinetiQ Test Results
If the entered crushed zone model is selected, the user needs to input:
o Permeability (impairment) factor, which represents the ratio of the crushed
zone permeability to the virgin reservoir permeability and
o (Crushed zone) thickness
The “QinetiQ Test Results" allows the User to select a default crushed zone
permeability relationship which defines the thickness of the crushed zone and the
crushed zone permeability damage factor based on laboratory experiments using big
hole charges.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 263

2.6.12 Multi-Lateral Interface

2.6.12.1Network Interface
2.6.12.1.1 Motivation

Multilateral wells are different than single wells because they have a variable
structure. Both the number of branches and the way that they are connected is
variable. Hence, a flexible network data structure is appropriate for modelling these
wells. Furthermore, to provide a consistency with other Petroleum Experts products the
interface has the same look and feel as the one in GAP.

2.6.12.1.2 Interface Overview

The multilateral data entry screen is accessed by choosing System | Inflow

Performance from the PROSPER main menu, as with the single well IPR. However,
before that the multilateral option must be chosen in the Options screen, also
accessed from the main menu. The main screen is depicted in Figure 7.55.

The User interface consists of a framework window that contains several child
windows, as well as the menu and toolbar from which commands are issued. The
child windows include the network windows that contain the system network drawing,
the navigator window that can assist in the viewing of large networks and up to three
visualisation windows, which can show the multilateral network drawn to scale from
three orthogonal points of view.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 264 PROSPER

Four main components of the interface are identified, as indicated on the diagram
above, which are described in more detail in the following sections:

1. Network window – the window on which the system network is drawn.

2. Navigator window – contains a full schematic that can be used to help navigation
about large systems.

3. Menu bar and toolbar. The menu bar is used for issuing commands to PROSPER
and the interface; it contains an abridged set of commands compared to a normal
application framework window because it is a subsidiary window of the main
programme. The toolbar contains menu accelerators, icons for selecting and
manipulating network nodes and links, and icons for zooming or unzooming on the
network window.

4. Visualisation screen – up to three windows showing front, side and top views of
the multilateral network.

2.6.12.1.2.1 Network Window

The network window is the main window on which the multilateral network is
displayed and manipulated. More than one network window can be displayed at one

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 265

time; this means that different views of the same system are available
simultaneously, which can be of help in editing large networks.

The system window is used to draw, edit, and view the system. The network nodes
are represented by coloured icons. The different actions that can be performed on
this window are obtained by clicking the right hand mouse button within the area of
the system window, which brings up a menu. Alternatively, the same set of actions
can be performed using the toolbar or the menu, which are described below.

Addition of Network Nodes and Links

To add an item to the system, activate the required network item type from the
toolbar or by using the right hand mouse button menu. The cursor will change to
indicate that a network item selection has been made. Click on the screen at the
point to insert the element. A network node will be created and an icon to represent
it. A label dialog will appear prompting for a name. If the element is not labelled, a
default label is provided which can be edited later using the icon right hand mouse
button menu.

Only the four left most items in the toolbar (tie-point, junction, completion and tank/
reservoir) are nodes: links, the fifth item, are added differently by dragging between
two nodes. Depending on a set of connection rules, the connection will be made or
not and the correct type of link will be chosen. For example, reservoirs can only be
attached to completions and the type of link is logical; in other cases the link is a
piece of tubing. These rules are reviewed in the description of toolbar items. The
network is hierarchical and arrows drawn on the links indicate the direction of the
connections (which is normally the same direction as increasing vertical depth).
Each icon is given a characteristic colour, depending on the network item it
represents. The colours and items are: red (tie-point), green (junction), yellow
(completion), blue (reservoir) and pink (tubing).

Zoom/Unzoom
To zoom or unzoom, first select the appropriate icon from the toolbar or from the
right hand mouse menu, as described above. To zoom in on an area, hold the left
hand mouse button while sweeping the mouse cursor over the area of interest.
Alternatively, click once at a point in the system, and the programme will zoom or
unzoom on that point using a fixed scaling factor (which may be adjusted using the
Preferences dialog in the Preferences menu).

To revert to a full system view at any time, double-click the left hand mouse button at
any point in the window (except on an icon). The view will re-scale to show the whole
of the system.

Mask/Unmask
To mask or unmask, first select the appropriate icon from the toolbar or from the
right hand mouse menu, as described above. To mask a node, click on itwith mask
selected; to unmask it click on it with unmask selected. Masking removes a node
from the calculation without removing it and its associated data from the network

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 266 PROSPER

(which deleting does). Masking is useful for simulating the effect of removing or
adding in completions. Note that masking a branch will have the effect of masking
those below it in the hierarchy.

Moving Items
Select the move option from the toolbar or from the right hand mouse menu. To
move a single item, place the mouse cursor above it and hold down the left mouse
button while dragging the mouse cursor to the desired new location. To move a
group, select an area as with the zoom option and then hold down the left mouse
button with the mouse cursor in the window before dragging the whole group to a
new location. Items stay selected after a group move but can be de-selected using
the select option.

Deletion of Items
Select the delete icon from the toolbar or from the right hand mouse menu. Groups
of items may be deleted by group-selecting them as above, but with the delete
option chosen. NB: deletion of a node deletes the data associated with it so this
option should be used with caution. To delete a pure (non data-carrying) link re-do it.

Selection of Items
To select an item or items, first choose the select icon (black arrow) from the toolbar
or from the right hand mouse menu, the selected item will change colour. Group
selections can be achieved by first selecting the select icon then drag the left hand
mouse button over the area of interest. The select option is a toggle, so it can select
or de-select items. Group selections can be used to turn off the selection actioned by
a group move.

Editing of Items
If a network item carries data it has an icon associated with it and can be edited by
double clicking on it provided that none of zoom/unzoom, move, delete or select are
chosen. Editing of network item data is covered in the section on Data Entry.

Right Hand Mouse Button Actions

Utility menus will appear when the right hand mouse button is clicked anywhere in
the system view. The normal menu appears when the button is clicked over an
empty space. It contains the commands to add and manipulate network items as
well as commands to bring up dialog screens to change fonts and icon sizes. If it is
clicked over a network icon, a shorter menu will appear with a number of network
item specific functions, such as the ability to change the icon size and label, and
delete and select.

Panning
To move the view around the system, move the cursor close to the edge of the view
in the direction the system will be moved. The cursor will change to an arrow.
Clicking the left hand mouse button will move the system view by a fixed amount
depending on the current scaling factor. To pan quickly, hold the mouse button down

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 267

and, after a short time, the pan action will 'auto-repeat'.

Popup Status Information

If no toolbar (or equivalent menu item) is chosen as the mouse is moved over the
network icons, a small window will appear and show basic status information for the
node in question. The pop-up status window allows the validity status of a network
item to be checked without entering the data entry screen. This is optional: to switch
this function off go to the Preferences screen. To ‘select nothing’, toggle the
currently selected toolbar or menu items, or choose the blank option from the drop-
down list box in the toolbar.

Changing Icon Sizes / System Fonts

These functions are also available from the right hand mouse menu. See the
section on menu details for more information.

Other Window Actions

Minimise: Click this button to minimise the window in the multilateral main
window.

Maximise: Click this button to maximise the window to fill the multilateral
main window.

Close: Click this button to remove the window from the workspace.

System menu: This contains various functions allowing the window to be

maximised, minimised, moved, etc.

2.6.12.1.2.2 The Navigator Window

This window can be used to aid in navigation about a large system. It will always
consist of a system schematic that is independent of any zooming on a system
window. In addition to the network, it contains a tracking rectangle that encloses the
portion of the system currently under view in the system window.

The tracking rectangle has two functions. If the focus is currently on a network
window, this rectangle surrounds the area of the network that that view is displaying.
Alternatively, the rectangle may be used to create new views of the network if the
navigator window is currently in focus. When the mouse is moved over the rectangle,
the cursor changes to allow resizing of the rectangle. In this way, the navigator
window facilitates creating views in areas of interest. Double-clicking the left hand
mouse button in the area will create a new system view displaying the selected area,
although resized to preserve a sensible aspect ratio.

Right Hand Mouse Button Menu

Clicking the right hand mouse button within the navigator window will produce a
utility menu. This contains the following functions:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 268 PROSPER

Navigator On Top: By default, the navigator is always on top of all system views.
This can be changed by selecting this item from the menu.

Hide Window: The navigator can be hidden using this option and, once removed,
will not appear in subsequent sessions until reopened from the Window menu. The
navigator can also be hidden by clicking on the cross button at the top right hand
corner of the window or by using the Window menu option.

New Window: Another way of producing a new view (see above).

Icon Sizes: Invokes the Icon Sizes dialog (see below).

2.6.12.1.2.3 Toolbar Details

The toolbar is located below the main menu at the top of the main window. It
consists of a row of icons (described below) which act as accelerators to the menu
functions accessed from the Tools menu or most of those called from the right hand
mouse button in the network window.

The functions of the various buttons are described below. A quick description can be
gained for a given button by holding the mouse cursor over the button for a moment.
A small yellow box with a short description will appear.

Network Item Set-up

The functionality of the network items buttons is duplicated in the drop-down list: a
selection from this list will cause the appropriate button on the toolbar to be shown
as depressed. When a network item button is selected, the cursor, when over a
system window, will be drawn to represent the current selection. Click once on the
system window to cause a new node of the required type to be created at the
chosen point. A label dialog will appear to allowing the node to be labelled; leaving
the label blank results in default node naming. This can be edited later by clicking
the right hand mouse button on the icon created.

Connections between nodes are created by choosing the ‘Link’ button and holding
down the mouse left hand button whilst dragging between the nodes. There is a
connection hierarchy, which is represented by the branching of a parent branch into
one or more child branches, in the same way that the multilateral well branches out
physically. Indicate the direction of the hierarchy for junction-completion or
completion-completion connections by the order in which they are joined up.

Tie-point. This is the node for which the IPR is solved and is located at
the top of the system (in vertical depth and hierarchically). Hence, the tie-
point can only be a start point.
Junction. The main purpose of the junction is to be a branching node. It
can only have one link into it (from a tie-point, completion or other
junction) but any number coming out.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 269

Completion. This contains both tubing and completion information. It is

attached below a tie-point, junction or another completion. It can only
have one link into it and branches out to either a junction or another
completion. It can also be logically attached (no direction implied) to any
number of reservoirs (but at least one).
Tank/reservoir. This represents a reservoir source and is logically
attached to any number of completions (but at least one).
Link. Connecting to a junction, the link becomes a tubing node and
contains data. Going into a completion, the tubing information is in the
completion and the link is ‘blank’ only indicating the hierarchical
relationship between the nodes it connects with an arrow. Finally, when
connecting a completion and a reservoir, the link is logical and not
hierarchical. Note that re-doing a link between two nodes will delete it.

2.6.12.1.2.4 Network Manipulation

Zoom in/out. When 'zoom in/out' is selected, a zoom can be achieved

either by clicking the mouse on the system window, which will zoom in/out
a fixed amount and set the centre of the view to the position clicked. If
‘zoom in’ is selected, sweeping an area with the mouse will zoom in on
the area selected. The aspect ratio will be retained when an area zoom is
performed.
Mask/Unmask an item. After masking is selected specific items can be
removed from the network for calculation purposes without deleting them.
This is particularly useful for seeing the effect of removing a completion
item.
Delete a node. After this is selected, the node may be deleted by clicking
on the item in the system window. The icon automatically becomes
unselected following a deletion to prevent accidental deletion of further
nodes. To delete a pure (non data-carrying) link re-do it.
Move a node. After this is selected, a node may be moved by clicking on
the item in the system window and then, with the mouse button
depressed, dragging the item to the new position. A group of nodes may
also be selected and moved.
Select a node. After this is pressed, a node may be selected/de-selected
by clicking on the item in the system window. The item will reverse its
colour to indicate selection/de-selection.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 270 PROSPER

2.6.12.1.2.5 Menu Details

Finish
Done – exits the screen but validates the multilateral structure and data first. If the
structure is not valid a warning message appears providing the opportunity to remain
in the multilateral screen. One can exit the data screen, however, the data are
marked invalid.
Cancel – leaves the multilateral screen, restoring the network to its state at the start
of the edit session.

Tools
These are equivalent to items to the right of, and indeed inside, the drop-down list
box in the tool bar and have been explained above.

Analyse
This menu contains options to plot and report the IPR results in a similar way to
those in the Single Well IPR. The multi-lateral is treated as one reservoir model
option, such as the multi-layer with dP friction loss. There is also a Calculate option,
which brings up the dialog in the following figure.

The Calculate screen gives the option of calculating one IPR point or a curve. In the

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 271

former case pressure can be calculated from a rate or rate from a pressure. In the
latter case, pressure is calculated for a range of rates up to the AOF, as with other
IPR calculations. From this screen it is possible to specify the number of IPR points
(maximum 20) and the minimum pressure to calculate to. These are to help speed
up calculations if appropriate. Results of the points for curve calculation will be
reported at the bottom section of the screen. Also, having a bearing on calculation
speed is the switch between infinite and finite conductivity modes of calculation. In
the latter case the pressure drop in the tubing is taken into account. Before carrying
out the calculation, the network structure is validated and any errors are reported in
the white list box in the middle section of the screen. If the structure is not valid the
calculation is not carried out. The Details button is used to display pressure and rate-
related parameters with respect to the measured and vertical tubing depths of each
branch.
During a calculation, diagnostic information is reported to the list box. Also, a Cancel
button is placed above the Calculate button to allow stopping the calculation. The
buttons to the left of the list box perform the functions in the Analyse menu, except H
elp, which brings up this section. The push button Done exits the screen.

Visualise
These items are dealt with in the section on visualisation screens.

Preferences
The preferences dialog is gained from the Preferences item of the frame window
menu. It allows customisation of a set of User-interface variables for subsequent
PROSPER sessions. The following options are available:

· Enable Flyover Status Information. If this is checked then a status box appear as
the mouse is moved over the network item icons.

· Auto-repeat delay when panning. When panning, the left-hand mouse button
may be held down to ‘auto-repeat’ the action. The value given in this field
represents the time (in ms) before the auto-repeat action starts from when the
mouse button is clicked.

· Fraction of screen to pan per click. This represents the ‘resolution’ of panning.

· Zoom/unzoom factor. A single click in a system window while the zoom or

unzoom icons are active results in a fixed scaling to be applied to the view, while
the centre of the view is changed to the position in which the mouse was clicked.
The value entered in this field is the fixed scaling factor, and as such should be
greater than one.

· Background. The background bitmap that is displayed on the background of the

main window (by default this is a PE logo with contact information) may be
changed. Select the required bitmap by pressing the button to the right of the
field. The bitmap will only be loaded after shut down and restarting the
multilateral main screen.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 272 PROSPER

Output
Printer Setup - to set up the printer if not already done.
Print - prints the current child window as a hard-copy, metafile or to the clipboard,
whether a network window or a visualisation screen.

Window Menu
· New Window. This creates a new system view. The new view is zoomed out to
include all the components.
· Close All. Shuts down all system windows in the application.
· Cascade. This reorganises the system windows into a ‘cascade’.
· Tile. Tiles the system windows.
· Toggle toolbar display. This will remove the toolbar if it is currently displayed, and
vice-versa. If the toolbar is not displayed, toolbar commands can be accessed via
the right hand mouse button on the system view window.
· Toggle navigator display. Displays or hides the navigator window.

Below this is a list of currently active system windows. The current focus window
may be changed by clicking on one.

Help
Brings up this information on the network interface.

Other Items
Apart from the preferences it is possible to change other aspects of the User
interface: namely font and icon sizes.

Network Fonts
Fonts used in the network drawing may be changed. To do this, select the Fonts
option from the menu obtained following a right hand mouse button click in the
system window. This will bring up a font selection dialog. Select the required font and
style and press OK. The new font will be applied to all network drawings and also to
labels in the visualisation windows.

Icon Sizes
The sizes of the icons used to represent the network nodes can be changed. Select
the Icon Sizes option from the menu obtained following a right hand mouse button
click in the system window. The following dialog will appear:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 273

The dialog consists of a slider with a data entry field, which contains the current icon
size (this defaults to 50 out of an arbitrary 0 – 100 range for a new file). Change the
icon size by adjusting the slider or entering a new size in the entry field. Check the
‘Automatic Update’ box to update the system window with the new size as the slider
is moved.

When the new icon size is entered, click on This View or All Views. In the latter
case the change will be applied to all network windows. In the former case, only the
currently active network view will be changed. The new icon size will not be saved; i.
e. all changes will be lost when the current file is exited.

2.6.12.1.2.6 Visualisation Screens

These screens supply three 2-D views (front, side and top) of the 3-D multilateral
object. The salient visual objects (tie-points, junctions, tubing, completions and
reservoirs) are drawn symbolically but they are spaced to scale. The screens are
updated whenever a network item is edited and has a valid data set and whenever
an item is deleted or becomes invalid. The visualisation objects are given the same
colour as their equivalent network objects (e.g. blue for reservoirs), and are identified
by the same labels as in the network structure.

The geometry used is left-handed Cartesian. It is assumed that the positive x axis is
along the direction of zero azimuth, positive y is at 90 degrees and positive z is in the
direction of increasing depth. The front view shows the (x, z) plane, where y is
increasing going into the screen and consequently positive z corresponds to moving
down the screen and positive x corresponds to moving to the right. The side view
shows the (y, z) plane, where x increases coming out of the screen, z increases
going down the screen and y increases going to the right. The top view shows the
(y, x) plane where z is increasing going into the screen, x increases going down the
screen and y increases going to the right.

The screens are brought up using the Visualise menu. One of the three views (front,
side and top) or all of them can be activated using the appropriate menu command.
If all the views are shown then they are tiled with any active network windows. The
title bar of each view window shows the extent of the network for the plane in
question. The co-ordinates are shown with respect to the start of a (hypothetical)

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 274 PROSPER

straight tubing, which enters the tie-point in the direction of zero azimuth and has
measured and vertical depths equivalent to those of the tie-points. In a similar way
to the network window one can pan across a visualisation window by moving the
mouse cursor close to one of the window edges and clicking on the left button when
the panning cursor appears. The fraction of the screen traversed and the auto-
repeat delay are controlled by the same options as in the network window (chosen
from the Preferences dialog).

Right-hand Mouse Button Menu

Using the right hand mouse button on a view screen one can choose to display the
co-ordinates of any of the visual objects. The displayed coordinates can be written
over one another, it is sometimes better to view them separately. By default, the
reservoir depths are displayed at the start of a session. The next group of functions
from this menu contains zoom, unzoom and restore. The latter option resets the
scale factor and the view origins (which can be moved by panning) to the default
values. The zoom factor is the same as that used for the network window and is set
in the Preferences dialog. Finally, the way the picture is drawn can be altered.
Normally, the zooming not only changes the extent of the drawing seen but also
magnifies the objects (network items and text) drawn. Switch off the magnify mode if
zooming into a cluttered area as this will allow more objects to fit in. Also, the
network drawing is normally scaled to fit the window, irrespective of the relative
extents to the two axes. Choosing the ‘draw to scale’ option stretches the drawing in
the direction with the greater physical extent (so it no longer fits in the window).

2.6.12.2Data Entry
2.6.12.2.1 Overview

The data associated with any network item is accessed by double-clicking on its icon
when none of the network manipulation options (zoom/unzoom, delete, move and
select) have been chosen. This brings up a screen with editable data fields in it.

Apart from the tie-point and junction data screens, the main data entry screen for
each node is similar to that of the single well main data entry screen (see Section
7.1). However, the reservoir data input child screen does not have any tab buttons
in it. The main data screens differ from the single well case in the action buttons:
only the left-most group - Done, Cancel, Reset, Validate and Help - are available.
Their function is the same as in the single well case. Hence, the differences
between the single well IPR data entry and the similar multilateral ones lie in the
model selection and data input child screens.

Given the hierarchical nature of the network, editing a parent branch causes the
starting points (e.g. depths) of child branches to be initialised. Those data fields that
are initialised from outside a particular network item are set read-only (coloured
cyan) when the screen to edit that net item is brought up. Hence, in order to edit a
net item and fill it with valid data it is normally necessary to have edited the parent
branch first. However, it is not a requirement to edit the network in hierarchical order

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 275

as any child net item can be filled with invalid data and saved before editing its
parent.

Another difference from the single well IPR is that in each screen, on the right hand
side, there is a list box containing a drawing of the network where the data carrying
nodes are sorted hierarchically, by type or alphabetically according to a right-hand
mouse button menu selection. By clicking on the line corresponding to a node the
given screen is closed and the screen belonging to the node clicked on is opened.

2.6.12.2.2 Tie-point and Junction Data

The tie-point data consist of a measured and vertical depth, with an implied azimuth
of 0°. The junction data are the same but are read-only. A junction must always be
hierarchically below another network item, so its data are entered automatically from
its parent. As mentioned earlier a junction mainly forms a branching point.

2.6.12.2.3 Tubing Data

Model Selection Screen

The model selection screen for tubing has options to select horizontal and vertical
correlations, choke models, flow types (tubing or annular) and correlation threshold
details. None of the options affect the general format of the data input screen but the
flow type affects the details of the equipment tabbed dialog in the data input screen.

Data Input Screen

There are two tabbed dialogs in this data input screen, which allow the entry of a
deviation survey and equipment descriptions. These dialogs contain tables very
similar to the ones encountered by selecting System | Equipment from the PROSPER
main menu and then the Deviation Survey and Downhole Equipment push buttons.
In the case of the deviation survey there is an additional azimuth entry.

2.6.12.2.4 Completion Data

The completion data screen represents tubing and a completion. Hence, it is a

superset of the tubing data screen and is the same except for one extra tabbed
dialog in the data input screen, for completion data. This dialog has fields in it
similar to the single well IPR Wong-Clifford model for describing a deviated
completion (completion zone start and end measured and true depths) as well as a
field for entering a local (mechanical/geometric) skin value. There is a drop-down list
box in the fifth column, which allows the skin to be calculated using the Karakas &
Tariq method. The selection of ‘Karakas and Tariq’ enables the push button in the
last column, which brings up an appropriate data entry screen when clicked upon
with the mouse left button. On entering valid data and exiting that screen with Done
the skin value is calculated and entered in the skin data column.
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 276 PROSPER

2.6.12.2.5 Reservoir Data

Model Selection Screen

The model selection screen contains a model selection list box for selecting a Darcy-
like reservoir model as well as several data entry fields for entering PVT and
geometrical data used by all the models.

Data Input Screen

The data input screens contain a single sub-dialog pertaining to the model chosen.
These are similar to the equivalent models in the single well case.

Consistency Validation
Beyond the consistency enforced by the validation of individual network items as
they are edited and the automatic entry of some child branch data from parents,
there are other checks carried out on a complete structure whose nodes are
individually valid:

· There must be no more than one tie-point in a network; other loose items are
ignored.
· The top node must be a tie-point.
· All branches must end in a completion; completions must be attached to at least
one reservoir.
· Reservoirs should not overlap in depth (in the current model they are assumed to
be layers).

2.6.12.3Example of How to Set Up a Simple System

2.6.12.3.1 Introduction

The purpose of this exercise is to enter some geometrical data for the simple
multilateral in the following ‘back of an envelope’ sketch (Figure 7.58) and then
visualise it using the Visualise menu. It is assumed that the fluid selected is ‘Oil and
Water’ and the units system is oilfield units. We will also show the procedure for
running a calculation, to which purpose some default PVT and geometric data
should be entered in the reservoir screens. The multilateral has two branches, with
one branch having an azimuth of 170° with respect to the other. The zig-zag lines
indicate completions and the areas between the horizontal straight-lines are layers/
reservoirs. Note that one tubing branch contains two completions and goes through
two reservoirs. This will be modelled as one completion node and logically attached
to two reservoirs. The point at (12000, 10000) feet will serve as a tie-point.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 277

(0, 0) = (measured depth, vertical depth)

(12000, 10000)
10000 feet (12100, 10020)
(12200, 10020)
Kh = 100 mD

(12400, 10100)
10100 feet

Azimuth = 170 deg.

Azimuth = 0 deg.

10200 feet
(13000, 10210) (13000, 10220)
Kh = 50 mD

(14000, 10220)

(14000, 10280)
10300 feet

Figure 758 Sketch of a Multi-lateral Network

2.6.12.3.2 Place the Nodes in the Network Window

The nodes needed are one tie-point (as always), a junction (to model the branching),
two completions (although there are three zones, the data for two will be contained
in one node), and two reservoirs. Each node can be selected from one of the
following:

1. Using the Tools | Add Item option in the frame window menu.

2. Clicking on the appropriate icon in the toolbar.

3. Selecting the required option from the drop-down list box in the toolbar.

4. Using the right hand mouse button menu.

Once the appropriate node addition option has been selected, click somewhere in
the blank network window to create an icon. Allow the programme to attach a
default label to the node by not entering one. Do this for all the required nodes listed
above.

2.6.12.3.3 Connect the Nodes

Before doing the connections, space the nodes and arrange them in height order
with the tie-point at the top, followed by the junction, followed by the completions and
put the reservoirs at the bottom. Keep the completions and reservoirs at the same
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 278 PROSPER

horizontal level with C1 and R1 on the left. Now select the link option and drag the
mouse cursor (with the left button down) between the following icons in order to
make the connections: TP1-J1, J1-C1, J1-C2, C1-R1, C2-R1 and C2-R2. Note that
between the tie-point and the junction a tubing icon is drawn to indicate that this link
contains tubing data. The order of the connections J1-C1 and J2-C2 are important
for the reverse would imply that the completions were above the junction
hierarchically.

2.6.12.3.4 Enter the Data

To enter data, double-click on an icon to bring up a screen.

Tie-point (TP1)
Enter 12000 feet and 10000 feet for measured and vertical depth respectively and
then click on Done.

Tubing (T1)
Make sure that ‘Flow Type’ is ‘Tubing Flow’ on the model selection screen and a
suitable value (0.354 ft) is entered for well-bore radius. Then leave the model
selection screen with its other defaults and enter the data input screen using the
button Input Data in the top right hand corner. In the ‘Deviation’ tabbed dialog enter
the three numbers:

12100 10020 0

in the white boxes in row 2. Now enter the ‘Equipment’ tabbed dialog by clicking on
that tab. In row 1 choose ‘Tubing’ from the drop-down list box and then enter the
four numbers:

12100 0.7 0.0006 1

in the white boxes in row 1. Click on Done to finish.

Junction (J1)
The co-ordinates (12100, 10020) should already be entered in the junction net item.

Completions (C1 and C2)

The model selection screens should be as with T1 except a Dietz shape factor
should be entered (e.g. 31.6). The other screens should have their white spaces
filled as follows. In the equipment screens the first row drop-down list box should
always be set to ‘Tubing’.

C1 Deviation
13000 10210 170 (row 2)
14000 10280 170 (row 3)
C1 Equipment
14000 0.7 0.0006 1 (row 1)

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 279

C1 Completion Info.
13000 14000 10210 10280 1 (row 1)

C2 Deviation
12400 10100 0 (row 2)
13000 10220 0 (row 3)
14000 10220 0 (row 4)
C2 Equipment
14000 0.7 0.0006 1 (row 1)
C2 Completion Info.
12200 12400 10020 10100 1 (row 1)
13000 14000 10220 10220 1 (row 2)

Reservoirs (R1 and R2)

For both reservoirs select ‘Darcy’ as the model. The edit fields for entry of the data
for this model should appear on clicking on Input Data. In order to agree with the
specifications of the sketch enter the following data:
R1
Reservoir Top Depth: 10200 feet
Reservoir Permeability: 50 md
Reservoir Thickness: 100 feet
R2
Reservoir Top Depth: 10000 feet
Reservoir Permeability: 100 md
Reservoir Thickness: 100 feet

The other fields in the model selection and data input screens (for both reservoirs)
should be entered with some reasonable numbers. For example: pressure (5000),
temperature (200), salinity (150000), water cut (15), GOR (800), gas gravity (0.9), oil
gravity (30), vertical permeability (10) and drainage area (500).

2.6.12.3.5 Visualise / Calculate

Choosing Visualise |Front should show a picture similar to the one in the sketch in
Figure 7-55.
Also, providing the data has been entered correctly, the network structure should be
valid; this can be verified by going to the screen brought up by the Analyse| C
alculate menu command and choosing one of the calculations.
Note that this exercise is not meant to represent a real case but only a reasonable
set of data that the program can process.

The comments below will describe what calculations are performed when a system
calculation needs to be performed and the Multilateral model is used.

a) PROSPER uses the already generated IPR with “Analyze | Calculate |

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 280 PROSPER

Calculate” to get the intersection between VLP and IPR first.

b) The solution FBHP from step a) is then used to refine the solution rate by
performing a single point calculation like ““Analyze | Calculate | Calculate |
Calculation “One Point” and this point uses the solution flowing bottom hole
pressure

This means that whenever a change is made, the “Analyze | Calculate | Calculate”
routine needs to be re-run before performing a system calculation so that an
updated IPR can be used.

2.7 Artificial Lift Data Input

This section describes how to enter the description of artificial lift equipment in a well
for calculating a systems analysis. The Design section describes how to select
suitable gas lift, ESP, HSP, PCP and jet pump equipment for new or existing wells.

2.7.1 Continuous Gas Lift Input Data

This option is available only when Gas Lift has been selected as the lift method in
the Options menu. To analyse an existing gas lifted well, the equipment details must
be entered in the Gas Lift Data section that becomes viewable after selecting gas lift
from Options. To design a new gas lift installation, skip the System Gaslift data
menu and go directly to Design Gaslift Design (New Well). Note that the gas lift
design section has been revised to give users greater flexibility in choice of design
methods.

The required input depends on the choice of casing pressure calculation method.
These are the options available that can be selected in the general options:

· No Friction Loss in Annuls

No flowing pressure losses occur in the annulus. A static gas gradient
in the casing is assumed. This model should be used for the majority
of gas lift installations.

· Friction Loss in Annuls

The friction pressure drop in the casing is calculated. Input of both
tubing O.D. and casing I.D. is required to define the annulus geometry.

· Safety Equipment
Friction pressure losses are calculated in the surface piping, tubing/
casing annulus and an annular safety valve where fitted.

To analyse an existing installation, the gas lift details that need to be entered will
depend upon the particular gas lift method that has been selected.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 281

Firstly select the gas lift system type on the Options menu, then enter the gaslift
data by selecting Gaslift data on the System menu.
Enter the required lift gas composition data. It is possible to model CO2 or N2 as the
injected gas. For example, to model CO2 injection enter Gaslift Gas Gravity = 1.53
and Mole percent CO2 = 100%.

Select one of three gas lift methods available. The methods currently available are:

2.7.1.1 Fixed Depth Of Injection

When this method is selected, only the depth of injection will be asked for.

Ü The program assumes that the casing pressure is sufficient to inject lift gas
at the specified depth to achieve the GLR injection target.

The GLR injected can be subsequently overwritten with entered calculation

sensitivity variables. If the GLR injected is unknown, leave it set to zero. The GLR to
inject is set using Sensitivity variables GLR injected or Injection gas rate in the
Calculation section.

2.7.1.2 Optimum Depth of Injection

When this method is selected enter the maximum depth of injection, the dP across
the gas lift valve and the top casing pressure and PROSPER will iterate to calculate
the optimum injection depth for changing well conditions.
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 282 PROSPER

For the Gas lifted (safety equipment) option, the compressor discharge pressure is
requested instead of the casing pressure.

Ü Use Optimum Depth of Injection to evaluate the potential increase in

production due to gas lift without the need to perform a detailed design
and spacing the unloading valves.

2.7.1.3 Valve Depth Specified

Enter the measured depth of the gas lift valves. The program automatically
calculates which valve opens for particular liquid and gas injection rates.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 283

If a gas lift design has already been done, or the mandrel depths have been entered
for a Gaslift QuickLook Calculation, the valve details can be copied across using the
Transfer button.

Ü The Casing pressure entered should be the available injection system

pressure for the current operating conditions If calculating sensitivities for
a new casing pressure operated design, always subtract the dP to close
valves for each unloading valve above the operating valve from the design
casing pressure.

2.7.1.4 Gas Lift (Safety Equipment)

For the Gas Lifted (safety equipment) option, the annular safety valve pressure
losses are calculated using the valve depth and ‘bean diameter’ entered on the
System Gaslift Data screen as follows:

The safety equipment data can be entered by accessing the Safety Equipment
button in this screen.
The details of the surface injection system are used to calculate the casing head
pressure as a function of gas injection rate and compressor output pressure.
Frictional losses in the annulus are taken into account when calculating the casing
pressure at each gas lift valve depth. The safety valve pressure loss is clearly seen
on the following gradient plot:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 284 PROSPER

2.7.1.5 Gas Lift (Allow injection in Pipe Line above wellhead)

This option implemented allows to model gas injection in a pipeline. To enable this
option, select Pipeline Only in the Options Summary and Gas Lift in the Artificial Lift
method.

To specify the position of the gas lift valve, in the surface equipment data select this
feature in the equipment type combo box , as shown below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 285

And in the Gas Lift Data enter the properties of the gas and the GLR injected:

Ü It is possible to model CO2 or N2 as the injected gas. For Example, to

model CO2 injection enter the Gaslift Gas Gravity as 1.53 and enter Mole
percent CO2 as 100%.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 286 PROSPER

2.7.2 Intermittent Gas Lift

If intermittent gas lift is selected as artificial lift method, the following input data are
required:

Surface injection pressure: this is the gas lift injection pressure at surface
Injection depth: depth of the injection valve
Gas lift gas gravity: gravity of the injected gas lift gas
Valve port size: size of the injection valve
Water Cut: water cut of the produced well stream
Liquid level: depth of the liquid in the tubing to be lifted

2.7.3 ESP Input Data

If Electrical Submersible Pump has been selected as the well lift method on the O
ptions screen, then Electric Submersible Pumps. will be active on the System input
menu. If a new ESP design is being performed, the equipment has not yet been
sized, so skip the ESP Input section entirely and move directly to Design on the
main PROSPER tool bar. For analysis and optimisation of an existing ESP
installation, enter the data on the ESP input data screen as requested:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 287

The Pump wear factor is used to account for deviation from the manufacturer's
published performance curves due to wear etc.

Ü For example, entering 0.05 causes the program to scale the pump head
curves down by 5% (i.e. head is 95% of the database value).

Entering 0 causes the program to use the database curves directly.

A negative number can be entered to simulate a particular pump that

performs better than the database curve.

When a downhole gas separator is run, the GOR of the oil above the separator will
be lower than the produced oil GOR. Depending on the completion, the separated
gas is produced up the annulus or a separate tubing string. Both casing I.D. and
tubing O.D. are required to be input on the System Equipment Downhole
Equipment.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 288 PROSPER

2.7.4 HSP Input Data

If Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump has been selected as the well lift method on the
Options screen, then Hydraulic Submersible Pumps will be active on the System
input menu. If a new HPS design is being done, the equipment has not yet been
sized, so skip the HSP Input section entirely and select Design from the main
PROSPER tool bar. For analysis and optimisation of an existing HSP installation,
enter the data on the HSP input data screen as requested:

The Pump wear factor is defined as in the ESP pumps, as seen in the previous
section.

Turbine speed is assumed to be the same as the Pump speed. The % Power Fluid
of Reservoir Fluid defines what fraction of the total produced liquids the power fluid
represents.

Ü A figure of 100% means that the amount of power fluid used to drive the
turbine is the same as the amount of produced reservoir fluids.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 289

2.7.5 Progressive Cavity Pumps

If the PCP option has been selected as the well lift method on the Options screen,
then the progressive cavity Pump option will be active on the System input menu.
If a new PCP design is being done, the equipment has not yet been sized, so skip
the PCP Input section entirely and select Design from the main PROSPER menu.
For analysis and optimisation of an existing PCP installation, enter the data on the
PCP input data screen as requested:

In order to select the correspondent pump and rods, the pump database must be set
up first. The section devoted to the PCP design will describe how to enter the
correspondent pump and rods database.

2.7.6 Coiled Tubing Gas Lift

This option is available only when Gas Lift with coil tubing is selected as the lift
method in the Options menu.

To analyse an existing installation, enter the data in the Coiled Tubing Data section,
as shown below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 290 PROSPER

Two lift methods are available: Specified Injection Depth and Optimum Injection
Depth. Please refer to the Gas Lift section above for further details.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 291

2.7.7 Diluent Injection

This technology is used to enhance the production of heavy, viscous crude oil, in
some cases making previously not producible hydrocarbon reserves economically
recoverable.

With diluent injection, the light hydrocarbon diluent reduces crude viscosity and
improves its flow characteristics.

When Diluent injection is selected as Artificial Lift Method, Diluent Injection is active
in the System menu.
The only input data required are injection rate and depth:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 292 PROSPER

2.7.8 Jet Pumps

If Jet Pump has been selected as the well lift method on the Options screen, then
Jet Pumps will be active on the System input menu. If a new Jet Pump design is
being done, the equipment has not yet been sized, so skip the Jet Pump Input
section entirely and select Design from the main PROSPER tool bar.

For analysis and optimisation of an existing Jet Pump installation, enter the data on
the input data screen as requested:

In this section the User has to select the Pump and enter specify its position and
maximum size along with injection rate and pressure.
The loss coefficients are also required. These coefficients are a measure of the
energy loss due to the friction in the above quoted sections of the pump.
The coefficients are provided by the Jet Pump manufacturers.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 293

2.7.9 Multiphase Pumps

When Multiphase Pump (FRAMO Pumps) has been selected as the well lift method
on the Options screen, to perform the analysis and optimisation of an existing
FRAMO Pump installation, enter the data on the input data screen as requested:

The Pump Wear Factor is defined in the same way as in the ESP pumps. Please
refer to that section for details.
Other input data are the power available, the pump configuration (single pump or
pumps in parallel) and the pump model.

2.7.10 Sucker Rod Pumps

If Sucker Rod Pump has been selected as the well lift method on the Options
screen, then Sucker Rod Pumps will be active on the System input menu.
If a new SRP design is being performed, the equipment has not yet been sized, so
skip the Sucker Rod Pumps Input section entirely and move directly to Design on
the main PROSPER tool bar.
For analysis and optimisation of an existing SRP installation, enter the data in the
System ú Sucker Rod Pumps input data screen as requested:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 294 PROSPER

The input data screen is directly connected to the database for the Sucker Rod
Pumps.

2.8 Matching Menu

The PROSPER Matching menu is mainly used for the following objectives:

- Input data and model quality control

- Fine adjustment of the model parameters to enable well models to reproduce
observed data
- In case of artificial lift, system diagnostics and troubleshooting

A properly matched model is a pre-requisite for accurate performance prediction.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 295

Ü The Quality Control exercises like Correlation comparison are based on

what is possible according to the principles of fundamental physics.

The Matching menu offers the following calculation options:

VLP / IPR Matching

This option enables the User to tune the well bore multiphase flow correlations to fit
measured downhole pressures and rates. Up to 1000 well tests can be stored and
used for matching purposes.
Once the VLP is matched, the IPR can be adjusted to match observed rates and
pressures also.

Gradient Matching
Existing correlations can be modified using non-linear regression to best fit a
gradient survey. Comparison of the fit parameters will identify which correlation
required the least adjustment to match the measured data.

Ü This should be used only if for a given rate more than one measurement is
available along the production string.

Pipeline Matching
The program uses actual wellhead and manifold pressures together with
temperature data points to match surface pressure drop correlations. Separate
screens allow the match parameters to be viewed and the best match selected.

Correlation Comparison
This is the primary step in quality control of measured well test data.
This option allows pressure gradient plots to be generated with different correlations
to be compared with measured gradient survey data. The comparison enables the
User to:
- Understand if the measurements “make sense”, that is to say, violate or not
the principles of physics
- Select the flow correlation that best fits the experimental measurement
Correlation Comparison is a fundamental step in the quality check of the model.

QuickLook
This feature is active only if an artificial lift method (Gas Lift, ESP or HSP) is
selected.
It allows calculation of the pressure gradient in an artificially lifted well for a quick
check of lift performance.

For gas lifted wells, valve opening and closing pressures are calculated to permit
troubleshooting gas lift installations.

For ESP and HSP wells, the performance of the ESP and HSP can be checked.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 296 PROSPER

Correlation Parameters
The tubing and pipeline match parameters can be inspected reset or entered by
hand using this menu option. This capability is useful for troubleshooting, or to input
match parameters determined previously.

Correlation Thresholds
This option allows the User to specify a threshold angle for both tubing and pipeline
correlations at which the program will automatically change to another (specified)
correlation. This option will enable vertical risers in sub sea completions to be
modelled more accurately.

Ü VLP Matching is not available for Enthalpy Balance temperature model

applications. For Enthalpy Balance applications requiring VLP matching,
use the Predicting Pressure Only, or the Rough/Improved Approximation
temperature model, to perform the correlation matching. Once the
matching operation has been completed, return to System and re-activate
the Enthalpy Balance option. The VLP match parameters will be carried
over.

2.8.1 VLP/IPR Match and Quality Check

This feature enables the User to adjust the multiphase flow correlations to match
flowing bottom hole pressure surveys or production logging runs.
Up to 1000 pressure tests can be stored and used for matching. VLP/IPR Match
allows data to be matched over a range of rates as well as depths.

The Gas Oil Ratio is the solution GOR. If the reservoir is under-saturated,
Ü there is no free gas production at the sand face and the GOR free should
be set to zero.

The Gas Oil Ratio can also be entered as Total GOR (Solution + Free
GOR). In this case the GOR Free can be entered as nil. The program will
determine how much gas is in solution and how much in the free phase
according to the PVT.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 297

The required input data are:

A comment can be entered for the test. Also, each test can be
Test Point Date and
associated to a date stamp
Comment
Flowing pressure for test rate entered.
Tubing Head Pressure
Flowing temperature at test rate. Usually has only a minor effect.
Tubing Head Temperature
Test water cut. (WGR for Gas or Condensate)
Water Cut
Enter either Oil or Liquid rates as selected. (Oil Wells Only)
Rate
Depth of measured pressure data point.
Gauge Depth
Measured pressure at test flow rate.
Gauge Pressure
Pressure of the reservoir when the test was taken. This field will not be
Reservoir Pressure
displayed if your IPR model is Multi Layer or Multi Lateral
Solution GOR (Oil) , CGR (Gas) or Separator GOR (Condensate)
GOR
Free gas production from a gas cap or injection breakthrough. The
GOR Free
measured total GOR during the test (including the tank gas) must equal
GOR + GOR Free. (Oil Well Only)

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 298 PROSPER

Rate of lift gas injection (gas lifted wells only).

Gaslift Gas Rate
Depth of operating valve (gas lifted wells only) .A good bottom hole
Injection Depth
pressure match will not be obtained if an incorrect injection depth is
used.
ESP lifted wells only
Operating Frequency
ESP Lifted wells only
Pump Wear Factor

The Test Point Date and Comment fields are provided to allow the optional entry of
notes to identify the match data set. Examples would be test date, source of
pressure data, comments on test quality etc.

This input screen has a number of features to simplify data manipulation. The
selection buttons on the left hand side are used to select data points for further
editing. Hold down the Ctrl key and click the required buttons to select multiple
points. Copy copies the selected points into memory and onto the Windows
clipboard. Click the selection button of the desired destination and click Paste to
copy the data to the new location. Insert shifts the data down to make room for new
entries. The Delete button deletes the selected records. Data from this table can be
copied to or from the Windows clipboard. Therefore, test data can be read in from a
Windows based spreadsheet by first copying it to the clipboard, and then pasting it
directly into the table.

Bad or inconsistent data points occasionally prevent the program obtaining a good
match. The Disable button causes a selected data record to be ignored in the
matching process. Disabled records are dimmed in the VLP matching screen.
Disabled points can be re-included in the matching process by first selecting the
point and clicking on Enable. By sequentially disabling suspect data points,
potentially inaccurate test points can be identified and eliminated from the match.

If the temperature prediction method is ‘Rough Approximation’, the User

Ü can now use the ‘Estimate U value’ button to estimate the overall heat
transfer coefficient for the selected well test. The procedure is:
· Click on the button to the left of the well test data that we wish to
estimate the overall heat transfer coefficient.
· Click on the ‘Estimate U value’ button
· PROSPER will estimate the overall heat transfer coefficient that
matches the wellhead temperature of the well test.
· The User can then go to the Geothermal Gradient section to change
the overall heat transfer coefficient value.

The User can now use the ‘Correlation Comparison’ button to transfer the
Ü selected well test data to the correlation comparison section. The
procedure is:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 299

· Click on the button to the left of the well test data that we wish to
perform correlation comparison on.
· Click on the ‘Correlation Comparison’ button
· PROSPER will bring us to the correlation comparison screen and at
the same time, populate the correlation comparison screen with the
selected well test data.

New!!! In the current version of PROSPER for each well test it is possible to
Ü enter a date stamp and the reservoir pressure at the time of the test.

This feature can be used to store the actual reservoir conditions and allow
the User to get back in time and check old tests.

NEW!!! Accessing QuickLook

Ü When Gas Lift, ESP, or HSP artificial lift method is in use, from the VLP/IPR
matching screen it is possible to access the QuickLook section

New!!! Adjust IPR: After matching the VLP, it is possible to solve the
Ü system for reservoir pressure in automated fashion. The algorithm will
estimate the reservoir needed to match the well test. The user will have to
make an engineering judgment about the adequacy of the mathematical
solution.

2.8.1.1 VLP Matching

To compute the VLP match, click Match VLP to display the VLP matching screen.
Select the correlations to match or just click All to match all correlations. An
example screen is shown below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 300 PROSPER

Click the Statistics button to examine the match parameters as shown on the
example screen below:

If necessary, match parameters can be edited or directly entered on this screen.

This should be done with extreme caution and only if previous work on similar wells
has yielded consistent match parameters or to apply match parameters for the same
well in a different PROSPER application.

PROSPER uses a non-linear regression to tune the VLP correlations to best match

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 301

the measured data. It does this by calculating a pressure traverse using a

correlation and determining the error between measured and calculated pressures.
The gravity and friction terms of the pressure loss equations are then adjusted and
the process repeated until the measured and calculated results agree within 1 psi, or
50 iterations have been completed.

Notes on Matching Parameters

Parameter 1 is the multiplier for the gravity term in the pressure drop
Ü correlation
Parameter 2 is the multiplier for the friction term.
If all the data are consistent, these two parameters should be within a ±10%
tolerance from the unity.
If PROSPER has to adjust Parameter 1 by more than +-10%, then there is
probably an inconsistency between the fluid density predicted by the PVT
model and the field data (rates/pressures).
If PROSPER has to adjust Parameter 2 by more than +-10%, then probably
the value of the roughness entered in the equipment is incorrect.

In cases the PVT has been correctly matched, the greatest source of uncertainty in
the VLP calculation for oil wells is usually the hold-up correlation. PROSPER will
attempt to make a gravity component (Parameter 1) match by adjusting the hold-up
correlation. If a match is not obtained with a Parameter 1 more than 5% away from
1.0, the density is adjusted. For single phase applications, no hold-up correction is
possible, so any significant deviation from 1.0 for Parameter 1 indicates a PVT
problem.

If Parameter 2 requires a large correction, then it is likely that the equipment

description is in error, or the flow rates are incorrect. As the effect of a shift in the
friction component on the overall pressure loss is less than for the gravity term, a
larger range in the value of Parameter 2 is expected.

Once the matching process is complete, the match parameters will be shown
alongside each of the correlations that have been matched. Use the standard
deviations and the magnitude of corrections made to both parameters to aid the
selection of matched correlation.

Use the Correlation Comparison option of the Matching menu to compare the
optimised (matched) correlations with measured test data. To ensure that the
process has been successful, check that the matched VLP traverses plot close to
the measured pressure data points.

PROSPER VLP matching provides a logically consistent means to adjust flow

Ü correlations to reproduce field measured pressures. Combined with IPR

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 302 PROSPER

matching, PROSPER provides the means to create a robust well model that is
capable of reproducing observed pressures and rates. This is a necessary
condition for making accurate performance predictions and optimisation
studies.

2.8.1.1.1 VLP Correlation Applications

Fancher Brown is a no-slip hold-up correlation that is provided for use as a quality
control. It gives the lowest possible value of VLP since it neglects gas/liquid slip it
should always predict a pressure, which is less than the measured value. Even if it
gives a good match to the measured down hole pressures, Fancher Brown should
not be used for quantitative work. Measured data falling to the left of Fancher
Brown on the correlation comparison plot indicates a problem with fluid density (i.e.
PVT) or field pressure data. This is thus essentially, a correlation for quality
control purposes.

For oil wells, Hagedorn Brown performs well for slug flow at moderate to high
production rates but well loading is poorly predicted. Hagedorn Brown should not be
used for condensates and whenever mist flow is the main flow regime. Hagedorn
Brown under predicts VLP at low rates and should not be used for predicting
minimum stable rates.

Duns and Ros Modified usually performs well in mist flow cases and should be
used in high GOR oil and condensate wells. It tends to over-predict VLP in oil wells.
Despite this, the minimum stable rate indicated by the minimum of the VLP curve is
often a good estimate.

Duns and Ros Original is the original published method, without the enhancements
applied in the primary Duns and Ros correlation. The primary Duns and Ros
correlation in PROSPER has been enhanced and optimised for use with
condensates.

Petroleum Experts correlation combines the best features of existing correlations. It uses
the Gould et al flow map and the Hagedorn Brown correlation in slug flow, and Duns
and Ros for mist flow. In the transition regime, a combination of slug and mist
results is used.

Petroleum Experts 2 includes the features of the PE correlation plus original work on
predicting low-rate VLPs and well stability.

Petroleum Experts 3 includes the features of the PE2 correlation plus original work for
viscous, volatile and foamy oils.

Petroleum Experts 4 is an advanced mechanistic model for any angled wells (including
downhill flow) suitable for any fluid (including Retrograde Condensate).

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 303

Orkiszewski correlation often gives a good match to measured data. However, its
formulation includes a discontinuity in its calculation method. The discontinuity can
cause instability during the pressure matching process; therefore we do not
encourage its use.

Beggs and Brill is primarily a pipeline correlation. It generally over-predicts

pressure drops in vertical and deviated wells.

Gray correlation gives good results in gas wells for condensate ratios up to around
50 bbl/MMscf and high produced water ratios. Gray contains its own internal PVT
model which over-rides PROSPERs normal PVT calculations.

Hydro 3P (internal) is a mechanistic model and considers three phase flow.

For very high liquid dropout wells, use a Retrograde Condensate PVT and
Ü the Duns and Ros correlation.

There is no universal rule for selecting the best flow correlation for a given
Ü application. It is recommended that the Correlation Comparison always be
carried out. By inspecting the predicted flow regimes and pressure results,
the User can select the correlation that best models the physical situation.

Further details can be found in the PROSPER Help menu, under HelpïFlow
Correlations. References about multiphase flow are reported in Appendix B.

2.8.1.2 IPR Matching

This feature allows the User to check the consistency of the flowing bottom hole
pressure data used in the VLP match and to adjust the IPR, if required, to match
measured data. Inconsistencies in test data resulting from e.g. changing reservoir
pressures can be easily identified.
Clicking VLP/IPR from the VLP/IPR Matching screen will display the following VLP
Matching – Adjust IPR screen:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 304 PROSPER

Select the desired correlation and then click Calculate, and PROSPER will calculate
the VLP for a range of rates and pressure at the sand face for each of the active test
points that have been entered on the VLP Matching screen. Once this calculation is
completed, click Plot and the VLP/IPR plot will be displayed along with the test point:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 305

The errors between calculated and measured data are shown on the side of the plot.
If the test points are not consistent with the IPR model, the skin, etc. can be
adjusted until a match is obtained. To modify the data of the IPR, select IPR, which
will access the IPR input screen.

NEW!!! During the adjustment of the IPR, to modify the value of the
Ü Reservoir Pressure, change the reservoir pressure entered in the test data
screen

Inconsistent test data points will be easily identified on this plot. Clicking Finish
returns to the Adjust IPR screen. Matching both the VLP and IPR to actual test data
ensures that the PROSPER well model is capable of accurately reproducing the
currently known producing conditions.

An IPR is required when automatic rate calculation is used for VLP or

Ü system calculations. IPR data must be present before commencing a VLP/
IPR Match.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 306 PROSPER

NEW!!! In the VLP Matching - Adjust IPR screen the option to allow/
Ü disallow Left-Hand Intersection is available. This option can be used in
cases like Gas Coning

2.8.2 Gradient Matching

This facility enables to modify the existing correlations to fit to a measured pressure
gradient survey. It can also be used, as a quality control to identify which correlation
required the least adjustment to obtain a fit. From the Matching menu, select G
radient (traverse) matching. The following screen will appear:

The first node pressure is entered in the Input Parameters section - do not include it
in the Match Data table. The Transfer button copies the measured gradient data
from the Correlation comparison data. The same guidelines for GOR apply as for
VLP/IPR Matching. Enter the required data and click Match. The following will be
displayed:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 307

Select the correlations to be matched by clicking on them, and then click Match to
start the matching routine. Parameter 1 is the correction factor applied to the gravity
component of pressure drop whilst Parameter 2 is the factor applied to the frictional
element of pressure drop. The match algorithm continues until the standard error is
less than 1 psi, or 50 iterations have been performed. The adjusted correlation and
measured pressures can be visually compared by clicking Plot. A graph similar to
the following is displayed:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 308 PROSPER

The match points appear as blue squares in the figure reported above.
The calculated pressure gradient can be inspected by clicking View. Click the S
tatistics button to display the match parameters. Use the statistics and knowledge of
well conditions and correlation performance to guide the choice of VLP correlation.
Once a correlation has been matched, the match parameters are appended to the
correlation name for all subsequent operations. Should it be necessary to adjust or
clear the match parameters, click the Reset button for a particular correlation, or use
the Reset All button to reset all correlations to their un-matched state.

Best results are usually obtained by using VLP matching. VLP matching is
Ü the preferred option. Gradient matching is only to be considered for
specialised artificial lift applications and where many (reliable) pressure Vs
depth data points are available.

2.8.3 Surface Pipe Matching

This option is used to match measured data with the calculated pressure drop from
the wellhead to the manifold. This option is useful only if surface equipment has
been entered in System Equipment. Select Surface pipe matching from the M
atching menu to display the following input screen:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 309

The User can now use the ‘Correlation Comparison’ button to transfer the
Ü selected pipeline test data to the pipeline correlation comparison section.
The procedure is:
· Click on the button to the left of the pipeline test data that we wish to
perform correlation comparison on.
· Click on the ‘Correlation Comparison’ button
· PROSPER will bring us to the pipeline correlation comparison screen
and at the same time, populate the correlation comparison screen
with the selected pipeline test data.

Enter measured manifold and tubing head pressures for a range of rates and click M
atch to enter the calculation screen. Select the correlations to match in the same
manner as for Gradient matching. All editing and calculation controls operate as
described under Gradient matching. Once the matching is complete, click OK to
return to the main menu.

If the system description has no elevation difference between the wellhead

Ü and manifold, there can be no gravitational component of the correlated
pressure drop. Therefore, Parameter 1 cannot be optimised, so it remains
at the default value of 1.0 for such cases.

2.8.4 Correlation Comparison

This module allows a pressure gradient (traverse) to be calculated at a specified
surface rate using any of the standard correlations. Actual measured pressures can
be input and plotted on the same graph for comparison with the pressure calculated
from the correlations. The correlations may be modified or unmodified (Matched or
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 310 PROSPER

Unmatched).

Click Matching Correlation comparison to display the following data entry screen:

Note that in Correlation comparison, the first node is the wellhead only if
Ü there is no surface equipment or it has been disabled.

Enter the surface flowing conditions at which to compare the flowing gradients
calculations for the selected Vertical Lift correlations. Select a surface equipment
correlation then click on the required Vertical Lift correlations to select a number of
them from the list. Please remember that the lowest and highest pressure drops are
given by Fancher and Brown (no slip) and Duns and Ross Modified (highest
pressure drop in the slug flow regime) for oil wells. These can serve as quality check
boundaries for downhole measurements. Fancher Brown should never be used for
actual calculations.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 311

Ensure that the rate type is correct for the specific application.
Ü The value of GOR should reflect the current solution GOR and at no time
should exceed the initial solution GOR.
The GOR Free variable is used to model the effect of free gas production
from a gas cap or injection gas breakthrough. Leave GOR Free set to zero
if there is no free gas production.
The sum of GOR and GOR Free should equal the producing GOR.

Pressure data from a gradient survey can be entered versus depth in the measured
data boxes. The Transfer button copies the measured depths and pressures from
the Gradient Match section.

For gas lifted wells, both the injection depth and gas lift injection rate are
Ü required to be input.
Note that the producing GOR should not include the lift gas injection.

When the input data is complete, click on Calculate to display the calculations
screen, then press the Calculate button to compute the pressure gradient in tabular
form as shown below:

The results of individual correlations can be examined sequentially by clicking the

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 312 PROSPER

arrows beside the Correlation field.

For all the correlation selected for calculations, use the scroll thumb below the
results box to access the results of calculations.

PROSPER displays the following parameters as a function of depth:

· Temperature, Pressure.
· Total Pressure Gradient, Static gradient, Friction Gradient.
· Flow regime, Liquid Hold up, Water Hold up, cumulative hold ups.
· Slip Liquid Velocity, Superficial Liquid Velocity, Slip Gas Velocity, Superficial
Gas Velocity, Slip Water Velocity, Superficial Water Velocity.
· Mixture Density, Gas density, Oil density, Water density.
· Frictional Pressure Loss, Gravity Pressure Loss
· Pipe Diameter, Angle of the tubing From Vertical, calculation Node Length
· Liquid Viscosity, Gas Viscosity, water viscosity, oil viscosity, Gas-Liquid IFT,
Gas-Water IFT, Gas-Oil IFT, Oil-Water IFT
· C Factor and the max size of sand grain that can be transported
· Cumulative volumes of phases till that depth.

A visual comparison of all selected correlations and the test data is easily made by
clicking on the Plot button. The plot can be output or saved using the standard
features of PROSPER and Windows. An example comparison plot is shown below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 313

This plot is a useful quality check on the PVT and field production data. The
Fancher Brown correlation does not allow for gas/liquid slippage, therefore it should
always predict a pressure that is less than the measured value. Measured data
falling to the left of Fancher Brown on the gradient comparison plot indicates a
problem with fluid density (i.e. PVT) or the field data (pressure or rate). The use of
the gradient comparison plot is recommended to help identify flow regimes and
assess input data quality.

2.8.5 QuickLook for Gas Lift

The QuickLook option is based on the principle of calculating well pressure traverses
in opposite directions beginning from known conditions at the surface and sand face.
If the assumptions regarding well conditions (e.g. gas injection rates and depth,
water cuts, IPR etc.) are correct, the two calculated traverses would overlay.

Troubleshooting a gas lifted well is performed by considering a range of

assumptions, until a consistent calculation model can be obtained. By varying
artificial lift and production parameters in turn, the experienced User can determine if
the well is behaving as designed, or identify potential reasons to explain the
deviation from design conditions.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 314 PROSPER

2.8.5.1 Input
The gas lift QuickLook is accessed from the Matching menu. Clicking QuickLook
from the Matching menu displays the following screen:

The surface measurements section contains two columns for data input.

Ü For analysing a particular well at a particular flowing condition, enter data in

the Minimum column only.

For unstable wells, enter the minimum and maximum conditions to be

considered. The program will calculate using average values.

If unloading valve details have been entered, their opening and closing pressures will
be shown on the plot also.

The parameters required to be entered are:

Tubing head Enter expected flowing pressure for the well.

pressure
Tubing head Used only for comparison purposes.
temperature
Liquid rate Enter current flow rate.
Water cut Enter current value.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 315

Total gas rate Enter total gas production through the separator - including
the lift gas contained in the produced well stream.
Gas injection rate Enter current injection rate.
Casing head pressure Enter current surface gas injection pressure.
Orifice diameter Enter diameter of orifice where gas is entering the string.
This diameter is used to estimate the pressure drop
between casing and tubing at the injection depth. For wells
having multiple injecting orifices at the same depth, enter
an equivalent area.
Injection depth Enter expected depth of injection.
Vertical flow Select the most appropriate correlation for the application.
correlation Use a matched correlation where available.
Dome Pressure When set to Yes, the improved high-pressure dome
Correction above pressure temperature method is used.
1200 psi

To compare measured and calculated pressures to those calculated by the Q

uickLook, click Downhole, and enter the pressure survey data in the following
screen:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 316 PROSPER

The purpose of this section is to check that all the data is consistent. The static
gradient can also be displayed on the plot by entering two static pressure
measurement points. Downhole measurement entry is optional.

Ü If a static pressure is entered on the downhole measurement screen, this

will be used to calculate the sand face pressure from the IPR.

For PROSPER to determine which gas lift valves should be open and closed for the
current producing conditions, the valve depths and characteristics must first be
entered. Click Valves from the QuickLook screen to display the following:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 317

The valve type (casing or tubing sensitive), setting depth, port size, R-value and
dome pressure at 60 °F are required to calculate whether valves are open or closed.
Opening pressure etc. fields will be blank until a QuickLook calculation has been
performed. Entering the valve data for the QuickLook is optional.

As an alternative to entering them by hand, gas lift valve characteristics can be

transferred from other sections of PROSPER. Click the Transfer button on the Valves
data entry screen, and the User will be prompted to select the source of valve data.
Select either From Gas lift valves, or From Gas lift design to pick up the depths that
have been previously entered in Equipment Gaslift. After Transferring the valve
depths, select the valve type for each depth. To manually investigate the effects of
changing R-values and dome pressures, these values may be edited or entered by
hand.

2.8.5.2 Performing the QuickLook Calculation

Once the required (diagnostic) and optional (Downhole & Valves) data have been
entered, click Calculate to display the calculation screen and Calculate again to
begin the computation of the gradients. PROSPER begins by calculating from the top
down, and then repeats the calculation from the sand face up.

Select between the up pass and down pass using the buttons located beside the
Case box as in the following example:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 318 PROSPER

In the Results box, the program displays the theoretical dP across the injecting valve
together with the casing pressure theoretically required to balance the flowing tubing
pressure at the injection depth plus the dP across the orifice.

Click Plot to display the two computed gradients plus the valve opening and closing
pressures on the same graph:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 319

This plot enables the User to see at a glance which valves should be open or closed,
and how changes in operating pressures would impact on the valves. The results
box displays the following computed values:

Flowing BHP From the IPR at the current flow rate.

Static BHP Reservoir pressure input.

Tubing pressure at Fluid side pressure at injection depth.

valve

Casing pressure at Gas side pressure at injection depth.

valve

Temperature at valve Interpolated for Predicting pressure only option. Can

also be calculated using the Rough Approximation
temperature option.

GOR Calculated from production and injection rates and PVT.

GOR Free Calculated from production and injection rates and PVT.

dP across valve Pressure loss resulting from injection through the valve
orifice.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 320 PROSPER

Theoretical casing Pressure at surface back calculated from the tubing

pressure pressure at injection depth plus the dP across the
operating valve less the gas pressure traverse back to
surface.

Producing draw down Difference in static and flowing sand face pressures.

Equivalent P.I. When flowing above bubble point, the production rate
divided by the producing draw down.

Critical flow rate Injection rate required for sonic velocity through the
orifice.

% Critical flow rate Actual injection rate as a fraction of the critical rate.

2.8.6 QuickLook for ESP

The ESP QuickLook principle is identical to that for gas lift wells, i.e. pressure
traverses are calculated from top to bottom and vice-versa. If the assumptions
regarding well and ESP conditions (e.g. pump frequency, wear factor, water cuts,
wellhead pressure, IPR etc.) are correct, the two calculated traverses will overlay. In
addition, an energy balance is performed across the electrical system allowing
surface voltage and power to be calculated and compared to measured data.

Historically, ESP wells have been difficult to diagnose (particularly with limited down
hole pressure data) because of uncertainties below (IPR), across (pump head) and
above (tubing hydraulics) the pump. Using the ESP QuickLook, conditions in each of
these areas can be analysed separately.

2.8.6.1 Input
The ESP QuickLook is accessed from the Matching menu. Clicking QuickLook from
the Matching menu displays the following screen:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 321

Select the required pump, motor and cable from the buttons at the top of the screen.

Enter well test parameters as follows:

Tubing head pressure
Liquid rate
Water Cut
Produced GOR (solution GOR plus free
gas)
Static Bottom Hole Pressure (reservoir
pressure)

Enter measured data as follows:

Surface current, voltage and (Self-explanatory)
power

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 322 PROSPER

Downhole pressure data Enter gauge data if available, usually pump intake
and pump discharge pressures

Enter ESP related parameters as follows:

Pump depth (Self-explanatory)
Operating (Self-explanatory)
frequency
Length of cable Used to calculate surface voltage. Normally the same as the
pump depth, but could be much longer for sub sea ESP wells.
Gas separation Enter the percentage of free gas at the pump intake that is
efficiency separated and flows up the annulus.
Number of stages (Self-explanatory)
Pump wear factor Enter the fraction that represents degradation of pump head.
Zero is no wear, one indicates no head will be developed. This
can be used to model pumps stages that are worn due to sand
or scale production or any other factor that downgrades pump
performance.
Enter correlation Select the most appropriate flow correlation for the application.
Use a matched correlation where available

2.8.6.2 Performing the QuickLook Calculation

Click Calculate to display the calculation screen and Calculate again to begin the
computation of the pressure traverses.

Ü Note that PROSPER always calculates from the bottom up for ESP systems
since, in order to find the tubing GOR above the pump, conditions at the
pump intake where gas separation takes place must be known. The
calculation of the downward pressure traverse from the entered tubing
head pressure is therefore iterative.

Select between the up pass and down pass using the buttons located beside the
Case box as in the following example:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 323

Click Plot to display the pressure traverses and the calculated pump intake and
discharge pressures, down hole average rate across the pump (RB/day), free gas
fraction at the pump intake and electrical parameters:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 324 PROSPER

If the well bore, inflow and ESP assumptions are all correct, the two pressure
traverses will overlay and the measured and calculated intake and discharge
pressures and surface voltages should coincide.

The following guidelines may be useful in diagnosing ESP wells:

Ü The pump discharge pressure is the “tie” point for the system. First match
the pump discharge pressure (if available) from the top down traverse. The
pump discharge pressure depends only on the weight and frictional
resistance to the flow rate through the tubing to surface.

Next match the pump intake pressure from the top down traverse. If the
calculated and measured pressure differential (head) across the pump is
different, then the assumptions of pump wear, fluid density (water cut) and
pump frequency should be examined.

The top down traverse will now give the resulting bottom hole flowing
pressure. This should be compared with the bottom up calculation and will
indicate any discrepancy with the inflow performance module assumptions.

2.8.7 QuickLook for HSP

The HSP QuickLook principle is identical to that for ESP wells, i.e. pressure
traverses are calculated from top to bottom and vice-versa. If the assumptions
regarding well and HSP conditions (e.g. pump and turbine speed, wear factor, water

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 325

cuts, wellhead pressure, IPR etc.) are correct, the two calculated traverses will
overlay.

2.8.7.1 Input

The HSP QuickLook is accessed from the Matching menu. Clicking QuickLook from
the Matching menu displays the following screen:

Select the required pump and turbine from the buttons at the top of the screen.

Enter well test parameters as follows:

Tubing head pressure
Liquid rate
Water Cut
Produced GOR (solution GOR plus free
gas)
Static Bottom Hole Pressure (reservoir
pressure)

Enter measured data as follows:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 326 PROSPER

Downhole pressure data Enter gauge data if available, usually pump intake
and pump discharge pressures

Enter HSP related parameters as follows:

Pump depth (Self-explanatory)
Pump Speed
% of Total Production For
Power Fluid
Number of Pump stages
Pump wear factor
Number of Turbine Stages
Enter correlation
(Self-explanatory)
This defines what fraction of the total produced
liquids the power fluid represents.
(Self-explanatory)
Enter the fraction that represents degradation of
pump head. Zero is no wear, one indicates no head
will be developed.
(Self-explanatory)
Select the most appropriate flow correlation for the
specific application. Use a matched correlation
where available

2.8.7.2 Performing the QuickLook Calculation

Click Calculate to display the calculation screen and Calculate again to begin the
computation of the pressure traverses. Note that PROSPER always calculates from
the bottom up for HSP systems since, in order to find the tubing GOR above the
pump, conditions at the pump intake where fluid mixing takes place must be known.
The calculation of the downward pressure traverse from the entered tubing head
pressure is therefore iterative.

Select between the up pass and down pass using the buttons located beside the
Case box as in the following example:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 327

Click Plot to display the pressure traverses and the calculated pump intake and
discharge pressures, down hole average rate across the pump (RB/day) and pump
and turbine parameters:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 328 PROSPER

If the well bore, inflow and pump and turbine assumptions are all correct, the two
pressure traverses will overlay and the measured and calculated intake and
discharge pressures and surface voltages should coincide.

The following guidelines may be useful in diagnosing HSP wells:

Ü The pump discharge pressure is the “tie” point for the system. First match
the pump discharge pressure (if available) from the top down traverse. The
pump discharge pressure depends only on the weight and frictional
resistance to the flow rate through the tubing to surface.

Next match the pump intake pressure from the top down traverse. If the
calculated and measured pressure differential (head) across the pump is
different, then the assumptions of pump wear, fluid density (water cut) and
pump speed should be examined.

The top down traverse will now give the resulting bottom hole flowing
pressure. This should be compared with the bottom up calculation and will
indicate any discrepancy with the inflow performance module assumptions.

2.8.8 Vertical Pipe Parameters

This option allows the match parameters for the tubing pressure drop correlations to
be accessed. They can be reset to their un-matched values, or new values entered
PROSPER Manual May, 2009
 User Guide 329

directly.

2.8.9 Surface Flow line Parameters

This option allows the match parameters for the surface piping pressure drop
correlations to be accessed. They can be reset to their un-matched values, or new
values entered directly.

2.8.10 Correlation Thresholds

This option allows the User to specify alternative correlations to use for tubing or
pipeline when the angle (from the vertical for tubing and from the horizontal for
pipelines) exceeds a User-specified threshold value. This option is useful for
modelling the riser for a long sub sea tieback or for a highly deviated surface
pipeline. Enter the appropriate angles and correlations. Select Yes to the question
Use Threshold Angle to enable the feature. When enabled, the calculation screens
will indicate that this option is active.

2.9 Calculation Menu

This chapter describes all the calculation methods available in PROSPER and how to
calculate system production rates, run sensitivity analyses, generate lift curve tables
etc. The available calculation types are:

Inflow (IPR)
This option calculates the IPR, that is to say, the relationship between tubing intake
rate and the bottomhole flowing pressure (BHFP). The Inflow calculation allows to
quickly run sensitivities without the need to calculate the system solution rate. This

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 330 PROSPER

is especially convenient for e.g. frac program design, gravel pack design, perforation
programming.

System (Ipr+Vlp)
This option will calculate both the tubing outflow (VLP) and tubing inflow (IPR) curves
and determine the system operating rate and bottom hole flowing pressure. It also
allows to perform sensitivity analyses with a wide range of variables. Sensitivity plots
can easily be generated.
Three options are available:
- 3 variables (for naturally flowing wells)
- 4 variables and
- Multi-Variables ( up to 10 variables).

Gradient (Traverse)
This option enables you to generate gradient plots. If the correlations have been
matched, the gradients will be generated using the tuned correlations.

VLP (Tubing curves)

This option enables the generation of VLP curves that can be exported for use in
various commercial reservoir simulators and Petroleum Experts' MBAL and GAP
programs.
Three options are available:
- 3 variables (for naturally flowing wells)
- 4 variables and
- Multi-Variables ( up to 10 variables).

Choke Performance
This is a convenient choke calculator for flow rates, pressure drop or choke settings.
Choke Performance Curves can be visualised (NEW!!!).

Generate for GAP

Allows to automatically calculate well performance data for gas lifted or naturally
flowing wells for use in Petroleum Experts’ GAP production system network modelling
program. Not available when Enthalpy Balance is in use.

Bottom Hole Pressure from Wellhead Pressure

This option allows to calculate flowing bottom hole pressure from the wellhead
pressure. This method is only available when using the Pressure and Temperature
and Rough Approximation options.

Ü NEW!!! In previous versions of PROSPER when the Temperature model

was set to Enthalpy Balance, different types of calculations were available.
In the current version of PROSPER, instead, the same main calculation
types (Inflow, System, Gradient, VLP and Choke Performance) are
available for Rough Approximation, Improved Approximation and Enthalpy
Balance temperature models.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 331

The selection of lift method and IPR model also affects the available
sensitivity variables and specialised calculations.

2.9.1 Inflow (IPR)

This calculation type enables the User to determine the IPR as the reservoir and
fluid parameters change.

To select this calculation type, choose Calculation Inflow (IPR) from the main menu
toolbar.

A few data on the fluid quality are required, along with the selection of the rate range
for which to run the calculation.

As far as the rate method is concerned, select one of the following:

· Automatic Linear
The program works out the AOF (IPR Absolute Open Flow) for various
sensitivity variables entered and for each AOF creates 20 evenly spaced rates
for sand face pressures calculations.
· Automatic Geometric
As for Automatic Linear, it works out the AOF for various sensitivity variables
entered and for each AOF creates 20 geometrically spaced rates for sand
face pressures calculations.

Ü Use this option when evaluating minimum stable flow rates.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 332 PROSPER

· User selected
You can either enter a table of up to 20 rates directly, or PROSPER will G
enerate them for you. Click Generate from the User Selected rate entry
screen and the following screen will be presented:

Enter values for the first and last rates in the table plus the number of entries
required. Depending on the selection of Linear or Geometric spacing, PROSPER will
calculate the required rate table.
Use the Try button for the preview of the entered range and Done to confirm.

Ü User selected rates can be useful when using the AOF is inappropriate for
the range of sensitivity variables to be considered.

Click OK, then if a sensitivity analysis is to be performed, enter values for up to 3

sensitivity variables as on the following screen example:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 333

The range of Inflow variables available depend on the particular IPR model entered
in System Inflow performance.
For each of the selected variables enter the values by hand, or click Generate to
have PROSPER calculate a range of values as follows. The Generate feature is
exactly the same as the one for the Rate Method entry.

Leaving the sensitivity variable screen empty will run the calculation with the
default parameters entered in the main IPR section.

The Combinations button can be used to enter particular scenarios to calculate.

Refer to Sensitivity Combinations in the section related to System Calculation for
more details.

Once set up the Inflow sensitivity variables, click OK Calculate to calculate the IPR
pressures. The results will be reported in a table:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 334 PROSPER

In the Variables area scroll teh various parameter to display the desired sensitivity.
The results can be exported to different destinations (like for example the Clipboard)
by selecting Export.
Clicking on Report will instead export the results to a Report sheet.

Click Plot to display a screen similar to the following:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 335

Ü On this plot by pressing on the VARIABLES option on the menu bar, you
can get a display of all the variables that have been calculated during IPR
calculations, like skin, dP skin etc. These can be plotted as well.

2.9.2 System (Ipr + Vlp)

The Calculationú System (Ipr +Vlp) calculation type enables the User to determine
the production of a well and the flowing parameters (like BHP, dP, etc.) as the
reservoir and fluid parameters change, according the principles of nodal analysis.

To enter the System Calculation area select CalculationïSystem (Ipr+Vlp) from the
menu toolbar.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 336 PROSPER

The first input screen requires the Top Node Pressure and the data concerning the
fluid quality (e.g. WC and GOR) and allows to select correlations for surface and
downhole equipment as well as select a rate method.

Ü The Top Node represents the downstream end of the system, hence it is:
- The manifold if surface equipment is included in the system
- The wellhead if no surface equipment is included in the system

Ü The Solution Node represents the point at which the nodal analysis is
performed. Three options are available:
- Bottom Node. It is the bottomhole, that is, the deepest point in the
downhole equipment
- Top Node. See definition in the previous note

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 337

- Well Head. It is the Xmas Tree, that is, the upper point of the
downhole equipment.
According to the last two definitions, if no surface equipment is included,
Top Node and Well Head represent the same point.

As far as the Rate Method is concerned, refer to the previous section for details.

Ü The Solution Rate reported is given by the VLP and IPR curves
intersection. These curves are interpolated between the selected
calculation rates and so the result may change according to the rate values
used.

It is important that an appropriate rates range and distribution is selected

according to each case in order to avoid significant interpolation errors.

Ü An IPR is required for both Automatic rate methods. For wells having very
high AOFs (e.g. horizontal wells) the well rate is determined mainly by the
tubing size. Manual rate selection may give better results in such cases.

2.9.2.1 Left - Hand Intersection for VLP/IPR curves

LHS: Left-Hand Side
Normally VLP/IPR intersections that occur when the tubing pressures are declining
(on the LHS) are considered to represent unstable flow and are usually ignored.
When Gas Coning occurs, however the GOR is changing constantly for different
rates and it is possible to have two solutions and for the LHS intersection to
represent stable flow. This option allows to consider or not the left-hand intersection.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 338 PROSPER

2.9.2.2 Sensitivity Variables Screen

Once entered the main input data, select Continue to access the sensitivity variables
screen.
This is organized exactly in the same way as in the Inflow calculation, hence refer to
Section 10.1.1 for details on the use of this entry screen.

Ü New: In IPM 7 three types of System calculation are available:

- 3 variables
- 4 variables and
- Multi-Variables

Only the sensitivity variables relevant to the chosen system will be available. For
example, if a well is gas lifted you will be given the option of gas injection rate as a
variable. This option will not be available if the well is naturally flowing.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 339

When tubing diameter is entered as a sensitivity variable, selecting Continue

displays a screen where the User can input the range of nodes over which the
sensitivity is calculated:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 340 PROSPER

Normally tubing diameter should not be varied in the casing below the tubing shoe.
This option is also useful for determining e.g. the effect of increasing tubing size
above a safety valve while keeping the diameter of the rest of the tubing string
diameter constant.

2.9.2.2.1 Sensitivity Combinations Screen

The Combinations option allows the User to enter specific combinations of field data
(or hypothetical cases) then allow the program to calculate the unknowns. An
example of a Combinations screen is shown below:

Ü If no liquid rates are entered, the program uses the current list of rates
(either internally calculated or User input) and calculates the solution for
the combination of sensitivity variables for each of up to 10 cases.

If liquid rates are entered in the Combinations screen, these take

precedence. The program will then find the VLP and IPR pressures for
each combination of sensitivity variables.

Note that a solution rate is not computed in this case.

Once sensitivity values have been entered in either the Combinations or Variables

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 341

screen, click Continue to display the calculation screen. Sensitivity values

temporarily overwrite variable values that have been entered on other screens. For
example: Pressure at first node, water cut.

2.9.2.3 Calculation Screen

Click Calculate to start the system solution calculations. A calculation screen

example is shown below:

On the right hand side there are the results of the system calculation: solution rates,
FBHP, WHP, WHT, etc.
On the left hand side, instead, there are the calculated parameters related to VLP
and IPR. Scroll to the right to read the results.

In the Variables area it is possible to scroll the different cases or the values of the
sensitivity variables for which the calculation were performed.

Details of Solutions

To examine the solution in more detail, click the Solution Details button. Individual
solution points can be viewed by clicking on the arrow buttons located beside each
sensitivity variable. Outflow or Inflow solutions can be viewed as shown in the

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 342 PROSPER

following sample screen:

In the case of wells with ESP, HSP, PCP or Jet Pump, the solution details contain all
the results related to the pump.

Plotting Results
The results can be plotted by clicking Plot. The System plot will appear as follows:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 343

The system plot summarises all the calculations. Each VLP and IPR curve is
identified by up to 3 numbers posted beside them. The variable names and the
corresponding number labels are shown in the panel to the right of the plot. In the
above example, Curve 1,0,0 is for 4500 psig reservoir pressure, 0 % water cut and 4
STB/day/psi productivity index.

To plot the solution rates and pressures versus the selected variables, click S
ensitivity and a sensitivity plot will be displayed. To select sensitivity variables to
plot, click Variables and make your selection on the following screen, for example:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 344 PROSPER

The Sensitivity screen allows you to choose X- and Y-axis variables. Click OK to
view the Sensitivity plot. The program automatically plots the sensitivity values of
the X-axis variable. If variable Combinations have been used, the sensitivity cases
will be automatically plotted.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 345

The pressure gradient for any particular solution rate can be calculated by clicking S
ensitivity PvD (Sensitivity Pressure vs. Depth).

Performing Gradient Calculations for a Given Solution

For each of the solutions calculated it is possible to determine the correspondent
gradient. To do so, in the System Calculation screen select Sensitivity – PvD:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 346 PROSPER

Select the desired case by scrolling on the variables, and then Continue and C
alculate to generate the gradient. The results are displayed on the following screen
example:

Click Plot to display the Gradient vs. TVD or Measured Depth:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 347

Click Variables on the plot screen to select which variables to plot.

By clicking the Extended button, a greater range of plot variables can be accessed.
Virtually any combination of computed results can be plotted against each other.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 348 PROSPER

Return to the standard choice of plot variables by clicking the Original button.

The plots are held in memory until overwritten by a new set of calculations. Plots
can also be displayed or output by selecting Plot from the main menu. The Units
menu can be used to change the display units if required.

Special Note for ESP, HSP, PCP and Jet Pump Applications
When calculating a System solution for a pump equipped well, in the Solution Point
screen lists details of the pump solution such as pump intake pressure etc. (See
example pump solution in the screen below)

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 349

Figure 1020
ESP Solution Point

Clicking Pump Plot on the pump solution screen displays the sensitivity solutions
plotted over the pump characteristic curves (this is available only for ESP and HSP).
As shown by the example screen below, the effects of the sensitivity variables on
the pump operating point can be readily evaluated.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 350 PROSPER

This plot is a powerful tool for evaluating how an ESP design can accommodate
future changes of well conditions.

Ü All pump (both ESP & HSP) designs should be validated by calculating
sensitivities and ensuring that efficient operation at the design rate can be
achieved over the entire range of expected well and pump efficiency
conditions.

For pump (both ESP & HSP) equipped wells, the Sens. PvD gradient calculation
shows the pressure increase across the pump. An example gradient plot is shown
below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 351

2.9.3 Gradient (Traverse)

The Calculationú Gradient (traverse) feature allows the User to calculate flowing
pressure gradient curves at a specified flow rate for varying reservoir and fluid
conditions.

These curves can be compared with published pressure traverse curves or actual
well data. Pressure traverses can also computed for combinations of sensitivity
variables. The effect of changing tubing sizes, SSSV I.D. etc. can be evaluated
visually by plotting the gradient results.

To commence the Gradient calculation, click Calculation Gradient (traverse) from

the main menu and the following screen will be displayed:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 352 PROSPER

Enter the required data, mostly the same as the one requested by System
calculation, plus the first and the last node for the calculation, which will determine
the section of completion for which to run the gradient calculation.

Then select Continue to access the Sensitivity Variables (or Combinations) screen.
Refer to previous sections for the description of this area.

Selecting Continue again will access the calculation screen. In this screen the User
can select the flow correlations for the downhole and the slug method:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 353

Click Calculate to compute flowing gradients for all the sensitivity cases. Once the
calculations have been completed, the results tables can be inspected by clicking
the respective variable arrows until the desired variable combination is visible.

Ü Important
The Gradient calculation results report very useful parameters
concerning details on the DP calculation, PVT data, mass flow
rates and in the case of pipeline gradients, characteristic
parameters of slugs, etc.

A plot of the gradient results similar to that below can be displayed by then clicking
the Plot button:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 354 PROSPER

Gradients can be plotted for the well and flow line separately or combined on the one
plot. Details on the plotting features are available in Section 10.1.1.

2.9.3.1 Options
Every time a Gradient calculation is performed, a number of post-process
calculations are carried out, like for example maximum grain size, erosional velocity,
liquid loading (Turner velocity) and pigging calculations.

The parameters affecting these calculations can be accessed in any Calculation

screen by means of Options button.

This screen can also be accessed from the main menu toolbar by selecting Systemï
Solids.

2.9.3.1.1 Maximum Grain Diameter

This calculation determines the maximum size of sand grain that can be dragged
away by the producing fluid. The calculated Maximum Grain Diameter is reported in
the results table at each calculation step.

This calculation determines the maximum size of sand grain that can be dragged
away by the producing fluid. The calculated Maximum Grain Diameter is reported in
the results table at each calculation step.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 355

The model implemented in PROSPER is based on internal BP work.

The model is based upon a series of equations derived by Thomas (Reference 3) to

calculate the friction velocity at the limit of solid transport in a liquid / solid system.

Sand will be lifted to the wellhead only if the velocity of the fluid in the wellbore is
greater than the “Critical Transport Velocity”.

This velocity is function of sand particle size, shape and density and the fluid density
and viscosity.

Two different equations are used: one for oil wells and one for gas well:

1. Oil Wells

The equation used in this case is more applicable to laminar flow, conditions
that are likely to be encountered in oil and / or water wells.

Where:

- V = Critical Transport Velocity (cm/sec)

equivalent to Superficial Fluid Velocities in PROSPER

- N = Dynamic Fluid Viscosity (poise)

equivalent to Mixture Viscosity in PROSPER

- g = Gravity (980 cm/sec2)

- r = Particle Radius (cm)

This is the parameter calculated by PROSPER

- = Fluid Density (gm/cm3)

- By default, PROSPER uses a 2.65g/cc sand density. This can be changed

in the System | Solids section of the main PROSPER menu.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 356 PROSPER

- = Particle Density (gm/cm3)

2. Gas Wells

The equation used in this case is applicable to high gas flows and does not
include a factor for viscosity: viscosity has only an insignificant effect on lifting
sand.

Where:

- V = Critical Transport Velocity (ft/sec)

Equivalent to Superficial Fluid Velocities in PROSPER

- = Fluid Density (lb/ft3)

- = Particle Density (lb/ft3)

By default, PROSPER uses a 2.65g/cc sand density. This can be changed

in the System | Solids section of the main PROSPER menu.

- g = Gravity (32.2 ft/sec2)

- d = Particle diameter (ft)

This is the parameter calculated by PROSPER

- Cd = Drag coefficient for the particle – essentially a function of particle

shape at high Reynolds numbers. Cd value for sand grain is 0.85.

In both the oil/water and gas cases, PROSPER knows the fluid velocity in the
wellbore. Therefore, it will calculate the maximum particle diameter that can be
transported by the well flow.

These calculations are important when an attempt is made to cut back the
production rate so that the well will stop producing sand and will help determine if the

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 357

formation sand may be accumulating at the bottom of the well.

References:

1. Fairhurst.CP – “Sand Transport in the South East Forties Pipe Line”, BHRA,
1983

2. Smith.M – “A Model for Predicting Solids Transport in near Horizontal Multi-

Phase Oil and Gas Pipe Lines”, XFE report 8/2/1993

3. Wasp, Kenny & Gandhi – “Solid-Liquid Flow Slurry Pipe Line Transportation”,
Gulf Publishing Company, Clausthal, Germany 1979

2.9.3.1.2 Erosional Velocity Calculation for Sand Laden Fluids

When gradient traverse calculations are performed the program will estimate the
correspondent value of erosional velocity.

Erosion can be caused by the repeated impact of solid particles on tubing and
pipelines. To avoid this we attempt to estimate the velocity at which erosion will
occur.

Normal practise is to use equation of API 14 E. This can be unreliable especially for
clean production where the limiting value of C (125) can be too restrictive. In
practice, values of 1000 for C have been recorded in pipes where no erosion has
been detected.

A Conoco paper (An Alternative to API14E Erosional Velocity Limits for Sand Laden
Fluids) challenges API14E on the basis that it can be very conservative for clean
service and is not applicable for conditions where corrosion or sand are present. It
proposes a simple alternative approach that has been verified by a comparison with
several multi-phase flow loop tests that cover a broad range of liquid-gas ratios and
sand concentrations. Values of S for different components are proposed in the paper
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 358 PROSPER

The constants C and S for the two formulations can be customised by selecting S
ystemïSolids and tab button Erosional Velocity or the Options button in any
calculation screen.

PROSPER calculates the erosional velocity for solid-free fluid using the API-14E
method and the entered “C” value. If the sand production rate has been specified,
PROSPER will calculate the erosional velocity using both the API-14E and Conoco
methods and will then compare the results and will use the computed lower-value of
erosional velocity. To review the computed erosional velocity values using the
Conoco method set the value of “C” sufficiently high until the values do not change
for changing values of “C”.

After gradient calculations are performed, scroll right on the results screen to view
the erosional velocity values.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 359

Ü In PROSPER, the C value is calculated and displayed and it is the

responsibility of the User to work out whether for this C value, erosion will
occur or not depending upon the expected operating conditions.

2.9.3.1.3 Gradient (Traverse)-Modified Turner Equation

The Turner Equation is used to study the continuous removal of liquid from gas
wells.
This equation is used to determine the minimum velocity of the producing fluid
necessary to drag away the droplets of liquid. The original formulation of the
equation is the following:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 360 PROSPER

This formulation has been found to be not necessarily reliable.

The original Turner Constant was 20.4. Using the Petroleum Experts 4 mechanistic
model it has been found that 2.04 gives much more reliable results in a wide range
of examples.
This constant can be however changed by the User by selecting SystemïSolids from
the main menu, or the Options button and the Liquid Loading tab screen within any
calculation screen.

Results of the calculation of the Turner velocity are reported in the Gradient

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 361

calculation results table, as reported in the figure above.

2.9.3.1.4 Pigging
This calculation can be used to describe the pigging characteristics of the flow in
pipelines.

Assuming 100% removal efficiency of a sphere and that all the liquid removed by the
sphere is in the form of a continuous slug, the pigged slug volume can be estimated
by integrating the difference between the liquid hold-up and the no-slip hold-up in the
pipeline. Also the time to produce the slug can be calculated from

These are the additional results reported in the Gradient Traverse results table:
• Pigged Slug Length
• Pigged Slug Volume (cumulative pigged slug volume for the given pipe
element node)
• Time to Produce Pigged Slug Length
• Time for Pigged Slug to reach Outlet

Pigging Efficiency can be entered by User.

2.9.4 VLP (Tubing Curves)

An important PROSPER application is generating tubing lift curves for use in reservoir
and total system simulators.
Three options of calculation are available:

- VLP curves – 3 Variables. The lift curves can be generated for a set of 3
sensitivity variables. The option is used for naturally flowing wells.
- VLP curves – 4 Variables. The lift curves can be generated for a set of 4
sensitivity variables. The option is used for artificially lifted wells.
- VLP curves – Multi-Variables. The lift curves can be generated for a set of up to
10 sensitivity variables.

2.9.4.1 VLP (Tubing) Curves - 3 Variables

To generate lift curves for naturally flowing wells select Calculation VLP (tubing
curves) 3 Variables from the menu toolbar.
The input screen entry are similar to the ones required by System calculation (refer
to the correspondent section for reference). The values of Top Node Pressure,
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 362 PROSPER

Water Cut and GOR entered in this screen will be neglected if these variables will be
selected as sensitivity parameters.

When User Selected rates are used, you can enter rates in terms of Liquid, Oil or
Gas. The results will be given in terms of the specified rate type, but depending on
the type of well, PROSPER will first convert the rates to equivalent oil or gas to
calculate the VLP pressure. This feature can be used when preparing lift curves for
high GOR oil wells. Remember when using gas rates, that increasing the water cut
will also increase the liquid production rate. Extreme VLP pressures can easily
result.

Gauge Data: The information on the Gauge Data is used for Integrated Field
Management (IFM) Applications. These can be left blank for use in IPM suite of
tools.

Click Continue to access the Select Variables screen and set up the required
sensitivity variables.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 363

To generate lift curves for simulator (like Eclipse) for an oil well, the VLP is generally
calculated for the following sensitivity variables:
· Variable 1: Pressure at first node
· Variable 2: Water cut
· Variable 3: Gas Oil Ratio

An example calculation variables screen for generating lift curves is shown below:

Select the variables required by your external application and enter a list of values
for each. Click Continue to access the calculation screen, then select Calculate to
generate the lift curves. An example lift curve calculation screen is shown below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 364 PROSPER

The calculated VLP results can now be exported to a number of external application
programs. Once the calculations have been completed, click Plot to visually check
the results and Export Lift Curves to access the export selection screen.
Currently, PROSPER supports the following export formats:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 365

· Schlumberger - ECLIPSE .ECL

· Welldrill - SIMCO 3 .SIM
· ExxonMobil - Pegasus .MOB
· SSI – COMP4 .CP4
· FranLab – FRAGOR .FRA
· SSI – COMP3 .CP4
· LandMark - VIP .VIP
· Roxar - MORE .MOR
· Petroleum Experts – GAP/MBAL .TPD
· Shell - MoReS .MRS
· BeCip - ATHOS .ATH
· Amoco - GCOMP .GCM
· Chevron-CHEARS .CHE
· ExxonMobil-EMPOWER .Hyd
· ConocoPhillips-PSim .WBH
· CMG-IMEX/GEM .IMX

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 366 PROSPER

PROSPER appends the export file with a suffix corresponding to the selected file
format as shown in the table above. Depending on the export format selected, the
User will be prompted for a file name and additional data such as table number, flow
table I.D. etc. Refer to the simulator documentation for further details.

Ü Simulators have varying requirements for VLP sensitivity variables. If

the correct variables have not been selected for calculation,
PROSPER may not be able to correctly export the VLP file. Pay
particular attention to GLR and GORs.

To model artificially lifted wells, reservoir simulators require 4 variable

lift curves. Refer to the following section for details.

2.9.4.2 VLP (Tubing) Curves - 4 Variables

To model artificially lifted wells, an additional sensitivity variable is required. This
option allows calculation of four variable sensitivities (provided the total number of
sensitivity combinations is less than 10,000) and export of lift curves for gas lifted
and ESP, HSP, etc. equipped wells. Set up, calculation and export of 4 variable
tubing curves follows the same procedures as described above (Section 10.1.6.1) for
regular tubing curves.

An example of a 4 variable VLP calculation for a gas lifted well is shown on the
following screen:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 367

A Note on Preparing Lift Curves

Because of the large number of calculations that must be performed, preparing lift
curves can be a time consuming process, so it is important to obtain good results at
the first attempt. Due to the extreme range of flowing conditions that must be
covered by the lift curve tables, problems with the computations are occasionally
encountered. The following discussion covers some of the points that should be
addressed when planning a lift curve calculation run.
· Finding a VLP correlation that performs well for the entire range of rates that
must be spanned by the lift curves can be difficult. Some correlations handle
slug flow (e.g. Hagedorn Brown) but fail in the mist flow regime e.g. after injection
gas breakthrough. Care must be exercised in selecting correlations to ensure

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 368 PROSPER

that the wells are properly represented over the most important range of flow
rates to be modelled in the simulation.
· Problems can occur for extremes of water cut and GOR. e.g. if the oil production
rate is fixed, the liquid production rate becomes very high as the water cut
approaches 100%. To maintain lift in a high water cut well, a specific GLR is
required. If injection gas is expressed in terms of GOR injected, the required
GOR approaches infinity as the water cut approaches 100%. A huge range of
GOR injected is therefore required to model the well. The use of liquid rates and
injection GLRs in oil well lift curve tables is recommended to avoid such
problems.
· Depending on the particular simulator used, it is not possible to pass the variable
names or units between programs. Users are reminded to ensure that the
sensitivity variables and output units used in PROSPER are consistent with those
expected by the simulator. In particular, gas units (MMscf Vs Mscf), gas lift (GLR
Vs Gas Lift Injection Rate) and rates (Oil Vs Liquid) should be checked.
· PVT correlations should only be used within the range of temperature and
pressure for which they were derived. Occasionally, combinations of tubing
curve variables require an excessive VLP pressure to pass the specified rate,
and the PVT correlation may fail. Occasionally, PROSPER may halt rather than
continuing the calculation with a fictitious result. You may have to revise the
range of variables or select a different PVT correlation in such cases. Beware of
chokes and restrictions in the equipment description that may result in excessive
calculated pressure drops. If using externally generated PVT tables, they must
span the entire calculation range. Make sure that GOR is constant above bubble
point, and the FVF is decreasing.
· Provided you enter the rates by hand, it is not necessary to enter an IPR to
calculate VLP tables. PROSPER needs the IPR to find the calculation rates if an
Automatic rate method has been selected. Automatic rate selection is not
available for 4 Variable VLP calculations.
· Oil well lift curves can now be calculated in terms of gas rates for specialised
applications. Make sure that the liquid rates that result from your choice of GOR,
water cut etc. does not result in impossible liquid rates. Be especially careful
when there are chokes and restrictions in the system.

A Note on preparing lift curves for ESP equipped wells

There are 2 options available for generating ESP lift curves:

· Tubing Curves (standard)

· Lift curves for simulators

The 'Tubing Curves (Standard)' option will prompt the user to enter the bottom hole
pressure, i.e. the first node pressure corresponds to the bottom hole pressure.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 369

PROSPER will perform the calculations from the deepest node (i.e. bottom hole) to
the pump depth. Using the pump performance curves, Pump Head is calculated for
the given frequency, water cut etc. and therefore the Pump Discharge Pressure can
be calculated. PROSPER then determines the PVT of the oil above the pump after
accounting for possible gas separation. The pressure drop above the pump is then
calculated to find the top node arrival pressure. These calculations are performed for
each required production rate. The VLP Pressure value indicated corresponds to the
Pressure at the end point of the system; i.e. if there is no surface equipments
entered, the VLP Pressure will correspond to the wellhead pressure, if surface
equipment is entered, then VLP Pressure will correspond to the Manifold Pressure.

'Lift Curves for Simulators' require tables of rates and BHPs ordered by THP. The
Lift curves for Simulators option allows input of Top Node pressure, water cut,
operating frequency etc. PROSPER iterates to find the pressure at the deepest node
(VLP) for the given top node pressure. For this case the Top Node Pressure will
correspond to the Wellhead Pressure (if there are no surface equipments entered) or
the Manifold Pressure (If there are surface equipments entered). The VLP Pressure
will correspond to the Bottom Hole Pressure or the pressure at the last point in the
downhole equipment section.

Ü VLP lift curves for simulators or Petroleum Experts’ applications (GAP and
MBAL) can be batch generated for groups of wells by PROSPER from
GAP. Refer to the GAP documentation for details.

2.9.4.3 VLP (Tubing) - Multi Variables

NEW!!!

PROSPER can generate lift curves for up to 10 variables as shown below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 370 PROSPER

The VLP Multi Variable should be used when modelling simultaneously gas lifted oil
field and gas lift distribution network both in GAP.

2.9.5 Choke Performance

This is a general purpose choke performance calculator. Only PVT data input is
required to calculate flow rates given the choke size and pressures, choke setting to
achieve a specified flow rate etc. To access the choke performance calculator, click
Calculationú Choke Performance and the following selection screen may be
displayed (depending on the Choke Method selected):

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 371

Calculation Options
Select your required calculation option from the following:
· Predict Mass Flow Rate
PROSPER determines the flow rate for specified choke opening and
inlet and outlet pressures

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 372 PROSPER

· Predict Pressure Drop

PROSPER calculates the pressure drop across a specified choke
opening for a given flow rate and inlet pressure

· Predict Choke Valve Setting

PROSPER finds the choke size for a specified rate and inlet an outlet
pressures.

Choke Method
Select a choke calculation method from the following options:
· Petroleum Experts
This is an in-house developed choke model based on Perkin’s work (SPE
206333).
· HYDRO
There are 3 distinct methods for modelling specific choke equipment. Until
performance testing is completed and documentation issued, these choke
methods should not be used.
· ELF
A model based on Perkin’s (SPE 206333) approach along with discharge
coefficients determined by the author (Stephane Rastoin of ELF Aquitaine
at TUALP). This is also the recommended method used to calculate
pressure drops down hole for SSSVs and restrictions. It should be used
for the majority of applications.

Enter the following data:

· GOR This value overrides the GOR entered on the PVT data
screen.
· Water Cut
· Inlet Pressure Pressure upstream of the choke
· Inlet Temperature Upstream temperature
· Outlet Pressure Downstream pressure
· Outlet Temperature Downstream temperature
· Choke setting Orifice size

Click Calculate, and PROSPER will calculate the liquid and mass flow rates. Similar
screens are used to enter data for the dP and Choke Setting prediction options. For
critical flow conditions, it may take some time for the calculation to converge.

Ü NEW!!! If the ELF Choke model is selected, after a calculation the

Choke Performance Curve is plotted at the bottom of the screen

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 373

Ü Selecting the choke model in PROSPER

To select the choke model to be used to model chokes, SSSVs and
Restrictions, access the Surface Equipment screen and select from
the drop-down menu Choke Method the desired model

Ü NEW!!! When one of the enthalpy balance temperature models

(Improved Approximation or Enthalpy Balance) is selected, the
choke calculation will account for changes of temperature due to
Joule-Thomson effect

2.9.6 Generate for GAP

This option is used to calculate well performance curves for Petroleum Experts General
Allocation Program (GAP).

PROSPER can be run from within GAP in a batch mode for generating performance
curves for groups of wells or independently of GAP by selecting this option.

PROSPER will automatically calculate solutions for gas lifted or naturally flowing
wells. If the solutions are then saved in a .OUT file, GAP can pick up the data
required to calculate performance curves at a later time. For more information, refer
to the GAP documentation.

2.9.7 Bottom Hole Pressure from Wellhead Pressure

This option allows to calculate flowing bottom hole pressure from the wellhead
pressure. This method is only available when using the Rough Approximation option.

Input data required are gas, water and oil rate information as well as wellhead
temperature and pressure.
This information can be in one of several formats (e.g. Liquid rate, WC and GOR,
etc.) and the correct format for your data can be selected at the top of the
appropriate columns. If the data type in a particular column is changed while there is
data already in that particular column, then the data will be converted to the new
type.
In the case of gas lifted wells the gas lift gas rate is required and in the case of ESP
lifted wells the pump frequency must be entered.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 374 PROSPER

The table is quite large allowing to start off with up to 16000 rows of data which is
automatically expandable up to 32000 rows. The data can be scrolled with the
scrollbar at the right hand side of the screen.

Appropriate vertical lift and surface pipe correlations can be selected at the bottom
of the screen.

Selecting the import button allows you to bring in data from an outside source. Table
data can be saved to file using the export button and plots using either time or the
log of time can also be viewed and exported using the plot feature. Within the plot
screen data can be enabled or disabled point by point or in a block manner by using
the right-click mouse button.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 375

Data can be ordered with relation to time by using the sort button. This will also
remove any blank rows between data in the table.

2.9.7.1 References
SPE PAPER 22870
Modelling of Well bore Heat Losses in Directional Wells Under Changing Injection
Conditions
K Chu and S Thakur, Amoco Production Co.

2.9.8 Note on Enthalpy Balance Model

The Predicting Pressure and Temperature analysis option can be used to generate
temperature and pressure profiles in producing wells.

This rigorous thermodynamic model Enthalpy Balance considers heat transfer by

conduction, radiation, forced and free convection. Heat transfer coefficients are
calculated using thermodynamic data held in a User-definable database. The
temperature prediction calculations are transient, allowing sensitivities against
flowing time to be run for both wells and pipelines. This temperature model requires
considerably more input data and computation time for either Predicting Pressure
Only or the Rough or Improved Approximation temperature models. Enthalpy
Balance should be applied only when the desired result is the temperature. The
additional computational effort cannot be justified for pressure loss calculations.

Both pressure and temperature losses across chokes and restrictions are accounted
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 376 PROSPER

for. A theoretical outline of the Enthalpy Balance model is given in Appendix C.

Temperature prediction is useful for generating temperature profiles in:

· pipelines
· sub sea wells
· high pressure/temperature exploration wells
· predicting temperature/pressure profiles to help predict wax/hydrate
deposits.
· accounting for Joule-Thompson effects

PROSPER 's Enthalpy Balance temperature model is one of the most accurate
temperature prediction methods available.

Ü The Enthalpy Balance (or Improved Approximation) temperature

calculations must commence from a known condition. This is usually the
reservoir pressure and temperature. As a consequence, calculating from a
downstream node (unknown temperature) to an upstream node (known
temperature) is not meaningful. For injectors, calculations commence from
the known wellhead pressure and temperature.

2.10 Design Menu

The Design Menu enables the User to perform various artificial lift designs.
From this menu the User can access the design modules for the following artificial lift
technologies:

· Gas Lift (continuous)

· Electrical Submersible Pump
· Hydraulic Pump
· Progressive Cavity Pump
· Coiled Tubing GasLift
· Jet Pump
· Sucker Rod Pump
· Gas lift (intermittent)

Ü The design menu is active only if an artificial lift method has been selected
in the main Options screen.
The design option will correspond to the artificial lift method selection in the
main Option screen.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 377

Artificial lift design is not enabled when the Enthalpy Balance temperature
model is in use.

From the Design menu the Database containing all the information about gas lift
valves, ESP pumps, motors, cables, etc. is accessible. A dedicated section is
reported at the end of the chapter.

In the following sections each of the design options are illustrated.

2.10.1 Continuous Gas Lift Design

The gas lift design can be used to design and optimise the design of gas lifted wells.
The program will determine the spacing and size of unloading valves and calculate
the valve test rack setting pressures.

Designs can also be performed for existing wells having mandrels installed at fixed
depths.
Design performance can be evaluated using the Gas Lift QuickLook or calculating
system sensitivities.

2.10.1.1Menu Options
If gas lift was selected as a lift method in the Options menu the following additional
options will be available in the DesignïGaslift menu:

· New Well
· Existing Mandrels
· Gas Lift Adjustments
The gas lift design section of the program can be used to determine the optimum
gas lift equipment for a given well. PROSPER calculates the maximum production
rate possible, the corresponding optimum gas lift rate, the valve spacing and size to
unload the well and the test rack setting pressure for each valve for surface
calibration.

Designs can also be prepared for wells having mandrels already set at fixed depths.

Before the User can proceed ahead with artificial lift design, PVT, downhole
equipment and IPR information must be input.

2.10.1.2New Well
Selecting Designú Gas Liftú New well from the Design menu will display the Gas
Lift Design input screen:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 378 PROSPER

In this screen it is possible to enter the input data for the gas lift design task.
The input data screen is divided into several areas. The Input parameters panel is
used to enter the design operating conditions. The other panels allow the User to
enter the design options for a given application.

2.10.1.2.1 Setting Up the Design Problem

Setting the artificial lift design problems is defining the various parameters in Figure
11-1. These are described below:

Design Rate Method

· Entered By User
Use this option when designing for a given production rate and gas lift gas
injection rate or when modelling the performance of an existing installation. If
Check Conformance with IPR is selected, the program will modify the rate and
the gas injection rate, if necessary, to honour the IPR.
If a maximum production calculation has been previously done, the lift gas and
design production rates can be User Entered. The design rate can be entered
either in terms of liquid or oil production only. The design lift gas injection is
entered as the Maximum gas available.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 379

· Calculated from Maximum production

PROSPER will find the maximum possible oil production rate by determining
both the optimum gas injection rate and depth. This is achieved by calculating
the oil production for a given GLR injected and increasing the GLR until the
optimum is found.

· Calculated from Maximum revenue

Using User-entered economic parameters for oil and sales gas revenue,
produced water processing and lift gas cost, the program will find the gas lift
design that maximises total revenue (oil and gas revenue less water and
injection gas processing costs). The same search procedure as for Maximum
production is carried out using the cost function in place of the oil production
rate.

Ü For both Maximum production and Maximum revenue design methods, a

maximum liquid rate is required to be input. This allows the User to honour
production constraints imposed by surface facilities or off take targets.

Input Parameters
Having set up the calculation options, enter values for the following variables on the
Input Parameters panel:

Maximum gas available

· Set to the maximum gas available at normal operating pressure for
maximum rate or revenue methods.
· For Entered by User designs, set to the actual injection for the design
production rate.

Maximum gas during unloading

· Enter the maximum gas available at the unloading pressure for
unloading the shallowest valve.

Flowing top node pressure

· If surface equipment has been entered, this is the manifold pressure
· Otherwise, enter the flowing wellhead pressure.

Unloading top node pressure

· Enter a lower unloading pressure if e.g. the separator is bypassed
during unloading
· Otherwise leave set the same as flowing top node pressure.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 380 PROSPER

Operating injection pressure

· Available gas injection system pressure available at the casing head.
This is not the final operating injection pressure.
· If the Safety equipment option has been selected, pressure losses
along surface pipes are computed also.

Kick off injection pressure

· Leave set to normal injection system pressure unless an auxiliary
source of high pressure kicks off gas is available.
· This pressure is used to space the first unloading valve. If a sufficiently
high pressure is entered, then no unloading valves will be needed.

Desired dP across valve

· User selected design pressure loss across valve orifice to ensure well
and gas injection system pressure stability. Usually in the order of 100-
200 psi.

Maximum Depth of Injection

· Constrains the maximum injection depth to be shallower than the
production packer.

Water cut
· Design producing water cut.

Minimum Spacing
· Sets the minimum spacing between valves. Use 200 - 400 ft normally.

Static gradient of load fluid

· Density of fluid to be balanced by casing pressure during unloading.

Minimum transfer dP
· Only active when Ignoring IPR for Unloading has been selected. If
set to zero, unloading valve trims will be sized to inject sufficient gas to
lower the unloading tubing pressure to the transfer pressure at the
valve depth.
· Increasing the value of Minimum transfer dP will lower the unloading
GLR injected and reduce trim sizes.

Referring to the sketch (Figure 11.2) below, the transfer pressure is:
(Pmin) = Ppd - (Ppd - Pid) * % minimum transfer dP /100
Increasing the injection GLR shifts the tubing gradient during unloading closer
to the objective gradient line (i.e. to the left). The unloading valve trim is sized

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 381

for the GLR corresponding to the required transfer pressure. Values of 5 to

25% are commonly used.

Ü Unloading valve trim sizing depends on whether or not the IPR is used
to determine well flow rates while unloading. Existing Users should
review this section carefully.

Maximum port size

· Depends on valve series selected. PROSPER will select multiple orifice
valves for high gas injection rates if the design injection cannot be
passed by one valve of Maximum port size.

Safety For Closure Of Last Unloading Valve

· Extra dP to ensure that the last unloading valve before the orifice is
closed

NEW!!!
Thornhill-Craver ReRating- DeRating Percentage for Valves and for Orifice

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 382 PROSPER

· This coefficient is used to scale down the maximum gas injection rate
that can be flowed through a valve or the orifice. As the maximum gas
rate is decreased, this means that to flow the same gas rate as the
original case (with no de-rating), larger valve or orifice should be used

Valve Type
· Casing sensitive valves
o Enter the minimum casing pressure drop to close valves.
· Tubing sensitive valves
o Enter the percentage difference in Pcasing - Pwh to close valves.
· Proportional response valves Proportional
o PROSPER determines the closing pressure as part of the design
calculations.

Valve Settings (Casing pressure operated valves only)

For casing pressure operated valves, there are 3 options for setting valve dome
pressures:
· Pvc = Gas Pressure
PROSPER in this case sets valve dome pressures to balance the casing
pressure at depth. Unloading valves will close when the casing pressure
drops below this value. A small value of Casing Pressure to Close Valves will
ensure that the unloading valves will remain shut.

This design method ensures maximum injection depth and hence maximises
production rates.

· All Valves Pvo = Gas Pressure

Dome pressures are set so that valves open with the design casing pressure
at depth. The casing pressure must be reduced by at least R(Pvo - Pt) to
close valves for this option. PROSPER designs using the maximum of dP to
close valves or the calculated closing pressure drop. This method reduces
the available injection pressure and will result in lower production rates.

Ü This is the recommended design setting when designing new wells.

· First Valve Pvo = Gas Pressure

The first valve dome pressure is set to open on the design casing pressure at
depth. Subsequent valves are set to close on design casing pressure. This

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 383

method gives additional safety for the opening of the first unloading valve without
sacrificing available pressure for the deeper unloading valves.
· Pmin - Pmax
Enter fraction of TEF

Injection Point
Before the gas lift design is performed, the User can decide if the operating valve is
a gas lift valve or an orifice.

Dome Pressure Correction above 1200 psi

There are two equations for dome pressure temperature correction for dome
pressures above 1200 psi.
· No
PROSPER will use the standard API temperature correction method for all
pressures. This method is known to be inaccurate at high pressures. The option is
provided for convenience in comparing results from hand calculations etc.

· Yes
The API method is used below 1200 psi, and an improved algorithm is used
above 1200 psi. This is the default and recommended option.

Check Rate Conformance with IPR

When selected, PROSPER will re-calculate the system solution rate at each step in
the design process to ensure that the design rate can be met. This prevents for
example, a design being done for an unrealistic Enter by User rate.

Ü For speed in comparing designs, this option can be set to No. However,
the User must be aware that the design rate may not be able to be met by
the well.

Vertical Lift Correlation

Select the most appropriate correlation for your application. Matched VLP
correlations should be used when available.

Surface Pipe Correlation

Select the most appropriate correlation for your application. Surface pipes (when
entered in surface equipment) form part of the gas lift system in PROSPER and are
accounted for when calculating unloading pressures and flowing pressure losses.
This can be important for sub-sea systems where the flow line head can be
significant.

Using IPR for Unloading

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 384 PROSPER

· Yes
This is the recommended PROSPER unloading valve trim sizing method.
Unloading valves are sized to achieve a minimum flowing gradient above the
valve assuming that the load fluid is being produced. The IPR is used to
calculate the well production rates during unloading. Minimum transfer dP (as
explained under inputs below) is ignored for this option.
· No
This is the standard hand-calculation method. Unloading valve trims are
sized to achieve the GLR required to lower the tubing pressure to the transfer
pressure. The GLR is based on the full design production rate - the actual
production rate during unloading is not calculated. This results in the
selection of larger valve trims. Minimum transfer dP is used to increase the
transfer pressure, thereby reducing the unloading gas requirement and valve
trim size.

Orifice Sizing On
Two options are available:
· Calculated dP at Orifice
· Min dP Across Orifice

2.10.1.2.2 Gas Lift Valve Selection

Once the design problem has been set, the next stage is to tell PROSPER the kind
of valves that will be picked up from database for design.

On the right-hand side of the input Gas Lift Design input screen there is a navigator
window that allows selecting the type of valves to use in the design from an internal
database.

Ü Please refer to the end of this chapter for an illustration of how to access
and edit the database for the gas lift valves

2.10.1.2.3 Performing the Design (New Well)

Once the input data has been defined and the valves type selected, click Continue to
access the Gas Lift design screen. The following example is for casing sensitive
valves:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 385

Ü A screen similar to that above will be displayed if design for Maximum

Rate or Maximum Revenue has been selected.

If the design rate is Entered by User, the upper (Rate calculation) part of
the screen is not displayed.

Displaying the Well Performance Curves / Finding Design Rate (New Well)
The first step is to find the design production rate.
· Click Get Rate. PROSPER will calculate the Gas Lift Performance
Curve and determine the optimum Gas Lift injection rate and maximum
oil production rate.

Ü The Get Rate process calculates oil production as a function of gas

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 386 PROSPER

injected.
When the calculations have finished, the results can be displayed in the form of a
well performance curve by clicking Plot. A graph similar to the following will appear:

The target design rate and GLR injected can be read off the performance curve plot.
The design rate is:

· The maximum oil production shown in the Performance curve plot, provided
that the available gas injection and liquid production rate limits have not been
exceeded.
· In case the maximum gas available is exceeded by the highest oil rate on the
plot, the oil rate corresponding to maximum available gas is taken as design
rate.
· PROSPER will design for the maximum oil production rate entered in the main
input screen, if it exceeds the rate calculated from the performance curve.

Ü The performance curves can span several flow regimes. Discontinuities

in some flow correlations may cause occasional curve fitting problems.
In such cases, a correlation such as Hagedorn Brown may give better
results.

Calculating Valve Spacing

To perform the valve spacing, click Design.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 387

· The program will then determine the depth of the operating valve and the
spacing for the unloading valves. Depending on the design settings, this will
usually take more than one pass.
· On the first pass, the injection and unloading valve depths are determined
assuming no casing pressure drop to close valves.
· Having determined the number of valves to use, the operating valve depth is
revised to reflect the new operating casing pressure.
· The spacing procedure is repeated using the revised operating casing
pressure until the number of unloading valves and their setting depths no
longer change.

Ü When Check Rate Conformance with IPR is set to Yes, PROSPER re-
calculates the solution rate and reduces the design rate if necessary.
The final design production and Gas Lift injection rates are displayed on
the design gradient plot.

Displaying the Position of the Unloading Valves

To display the position of the unloading valves and the final design condition, click Pl
ot. A plot similar to the following will be displayed:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 388 PROSPER

The plot shows the tubing and casing pressure gradients for the design rate plus the
position of the operating and unloading valves. The unloading fluid gradients are
plotted also. The design data box lists the Actual production and injection rates
together with the operating surface casing pressure.

Results
To display the valve details click Results and the table with the results will be
displayed.

Click on Calculate to calculate the Dome Pressure and the TestRack Opening
Pressure (valve setting pressure at 60°C).

Ü The valve depths, tubing pressure, unloading gas injection rate and trim
sizes are shown in the left screen panel.

Ü The Dome pressure corresponds to the Dome Pressure at 60 deg F and not
at the valve operating temperature.

The test rack opening pressure is calculated using the relationship

Ptro = (Pd @ 60 deg F) / (1 – R)

Where Ptro = Test Rack Opening Pressure

Pd @ 60 deg F = Dome Pressure at 60 deg F.
R = Ratio of Port Area to Bellow Area of Valve.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 389

Ü Valve types are identified as Valve for unloading valves or Orifice for the
last mandrel if the injection point is selected as orifice. No opening or
dome pressure calculations are made for the orifice.

The design parameters such as valve depth, opening and closing pressures, orifice
size etc. are displayed in the table. Use the scroll thumb below the table to scroll
right to see items e.g. R-value, not visible in the display window.

Ü NEW!!! Design Sensitivity on Port Size

By selecting Change Valve it is possible to re-calculate the parameters
associated to the valve sizes.

Ü Once a design has been completed, its performance should be checked

over the range of expected well conditions. Transfer the gas lift design and
valve setting details into Equipment Gas Lift, then use Calculation System
to compute sensitivities. Alternatively, Matching Quicklook can be used to
evaluate a design.

2.10.1.3Existing Mandrels Design

This option enables the User to design gas lifted artificial lift systems for existing
installations.
To perform the fixed mandrel depth design, click Design | Gas lift design |
Existing mandrels. The following input screen will be displayed:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 390 PROSPER

This screen is similar to the Gas lift Design (New well) screen, except that the
variables relating to spacing the valves have been removed.

2.10.1.3.1 Setting Up the Design Problem

Setting the artificial lift design problems is defining the various fields in the figure
above reported.

Ü Please refer to the previous section for the description of the entry fields.

For this design type options for the choice of the first valve can be selected:

First Valve Choice

· Completion Fluid to SurfaceUnloading valves will be placed assuming that
completion fluid fills up the entire well and thus must be unloaded from the
entire well.
Ü This is the most conservative unloading requirement and is the default

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 391

option.
· Completion Fluid Level Calculated PROSPER estimates the standing liquid
level from the reservoir pressure and static pressure gradient. Any mandrels
that are above this depth will be set with “Dummy valves”.
Ü This approach can save valves for low pressure reservoirs. The User
must be certain that work over fluids can leak off to balance the reservoir
pressure

· Minimum Squeeze PI Method (ELF)This method can be used when the well
productivity is sufficient to ensure that completion fluids can be squeezed into
the formation during unloading. An unloading tubing gradient is calculated by
taking the static reservoir pressure and increasing the injected GLR, until the
gradient arrives at the design top node pressure. Unloading valves are spaced
by comparing this tubing gradient with the available casing pressure at depth.

Ü This method can be used when the well productivity is sufficient to

ensure that completion fluids can be squeezed into the formation during
unloading.

2.10.1.3.2 Defining the Depths of Existing Mandrels

After setting up the input for the design problems, next, click Mandrels and enter the
measured depths of the existing gas lift mandrels as in the example shown below.

Ü Enter the depth of all mandrels in the well, including those fitted with
dummy valves.

PROSPER will select the best depths for the operating and unloading
valves from this list.

When more mandrels are available than needed for the current design,
PROSPER will automatically set dummies at the intermediate depths.

The valve type initially entered is unimportant.

PROSPER will overwrite the valve type when it performs the design.

This table is effectively a list of the potential valve depths and can be used to
prepare designs for new wells where equipment limitations determine the available
mandrel depths.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 392 PROSPER

Ü If entries are made in the Casing Pressure drop or Max. Gas Injected fields
on the mandrel depth screen shown in the figure above, these values will
overwrite the values entered on the main design screen.

Leave these fields blank to design using the same values of pressure drop
or gas injection for each unloading valve.

Ü The mandrel depths can be picked up from either Matching QuickLook or

Equipment Gas Lift using the Transfer button, or entered by hand. The
usual PROSPER editing facilities are available for manipulating the table
entries.

2.10.1.3.3 Gas Lift Valve Selection

Having entered the mandrel depths, select a valve series using the navigator window
on the right, as for the Gas Lift Design (New well) case. This will define the set / type
of valves that will be used for design.
2.10.1.3.4 Performing the Design (Existing Mandrels)
Click Continue to access the gas lift design calculation screen.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 393

If a calculated rate design method has been selected, a screen similar to the
following will be displayed:

Displaying the Well Performance Curves / Finding Design Rate (Existing)

Click Get Rate, and the program will calculate the Gas Lift Performance Curve and
determine the optimum gas injection rate and production rate for the well given the
available injection gas rate and pressure limits.

Performing the Design

To run the design, click on Design.
· The design rate calculation begins by selecting a GLR Injected and a low
production rate.
· A pressure traverse is calculated from the THP downwards using the gas
lifted GLR until the casing pressure equals the tubing pressure less the
Desired dP across valves.
· A check is then made to find the next shallowest mandrel. The traverse is
calculated from the next shallowest injection mandrel depth down to the sand

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 394 PROSPER

face using the non-Gas Lifted fluid gradient.

· The IPR and VLP pressures are compared.
· The rate is increased and the calculation repeated until an intersection with
the IPR (rate solution) is found.
· The injection GLR is increased until the optimum production rate is found.
· This procedure ensures that the available mandrel depths are honoured at
every calculation step.

Once the calculations have stopped, click Plot to make a plot of the production rate
Vs gas injected. It is similar to that of a new well design.

Calculating Mandrels with Valves / Displaying their Position

The design is performed for the target rate by clicking Design. Once the calculation
has finished, the design can be checked graphically by clicking the Plot button to
display a plot similar to the following:

The Design proceeds as follows:

· The annulus pressure gradient plot begins at the design casing pressure and
traverses down to the first valve.
· It is then shifted back as the casing pressure is lowered to close the unloading
valve. The annulus traverse is recalculated from surface with the reduced
pressure and continues down to the next valve and so on until the operating
valve depth is reached.
· PROSPER will optionally check the design rate for conformance with the IPR
and reduce the design rate if necessary.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 395

· The design gradient plot shows the Actual design production and Gas Lift
injection rates together with the injection pressure at surface while injecting at
the orifice.

Calculating the Valve Test Rack Setting Pressures (Existing)

To display the valve setting calculations, click Results from the Design screen. Click
Calculate, and PROSPER will determine the dome pressures and test rack setting
pressure for the selected valves as in the following example:

Click Calculate to determine the Dome and the TestRack Opening pressure will be
updated for the new valve series.

· To access parameters such as the transfer pressure and port size, click on
the scroll arrow at the bottom of the Input parameters panel.

Ü To perform sensitivity calculations for the current design, the valve depths
must be transferred to Equipment Gas Lift before making calculations.
Based on flowing tubing pressures PROSPER determines the injection
point during production.

Ü NEW!!! Design Sensitivity on Port Size

By selecting Change Valve it is possible to re-calculate the parameters
associated to the valve sizes.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 396 PROSPER

2.10.1.3.5 Valve Spacing

Valve spacing is not affected by the choice of unloading method, but the trim size
selection depends on whether the well IPR is used for calculating the unloading rate
or not.

The following discussion refers to casing sensitive valves.

· For the design rate and GLR injected, a pressure traverse is calculated from
the top node (including the flow line, if present) downwards using the gas
lifted flowing gradient.

· The injection depth is the depth at which the flowing tubing pressure equals
the casing pressure gradient less the design dP loss across the orifice or the
Maximum Injection Depth (packer depth), whichever is the shallower. This
step establishes the flowing tubing pressure gradient to be used for valve
spacing.

· The shallowest unloading valve is placed at the depth that balances the
tubing load fluid pressure with the casing pressure (less a 50 psi safety
margin) at that depth.

· Further unloading valves are placed by traversing down between the load fluid
pressure gradient and gas lifted tubing pressure gradient (calculated for the
design gas lifted production rate) lines.

· Valves are placed ever deeper until the inter-valve spacing equals the pre-set
minimum, or the maximum injection depth has been reached.

· Once the first pass design is complete, PROSPER re-calculates the flowing
gradient tubing using the current operating valve depth. For casing sensitive
valves, the valve depths are re-calculated to allow for the casing pressure
drop to close valves. The process is repeated until the valve depths no longer
change.

When Check Rate Conformance with IPR is set to Yes, the solution rate is checked
to ensure that it can be achieved. PROSPER reduces the design rate if necessary
and repeats the spacing exercise.

2.10.1.3.6 Designing with Tubing Sensitive Valves

Tubing sensitive valves operate with a constant casing pressure and rely on
increasing tubing pressure as the well unloads to close the unloading valve and
transfer injection to lower valves.

· To prepare a design for tubing sensitive valves, the required input is the same

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 397

as for Casing Sensitive valves except that instead of entering the casing
pressure drop to close valves, the percentage Pcasing - Pwh to close valves
is r

2.10.1.3.7 Spacing Procedure for Tubing Sensitive Valves

The injection point is found as for casing sensitive valves by finding the intersection
of the minimum tubing gradient line and the casing pressure gradient (less a 50 psi
safety margin).

The first unloading valve is spaced as for the casing sensitive case.

Intermediate unloading valves are spaced by traversing down using the load fluid
gradient from the transfer pressure to intersect the casing pressure gradient for the
operating injection pressure. The transfer pressure (tubing pressure at which the
unloading valve closes) is calculated using the value of % Pcasing -Pwh as follows:
· The surface pressure corresponding to the specified % difference between the
operating tubing and casing pressures is calculated.
· A straight line is extended from this point to intersect the tubing pressure at the
injection point. The valve transfer pressure is defined at any depth by this line.

· A small value of % difference results in transfer pressures close to the flowing

tubing gradient. While this results in a design with few unloading valves, any
small increase in flowing tubing pressure may cause unloading valves to re-open.

· A larger value of % Pcasing -Pwh will increase the transfer pressure further away
from the flowing tubing gradient. This provides a greater safety margin against
multi-point injection, but requires the unloading valves to be spaced more closely.
Selecting transfer pressures using only the % Pcasing - Pwh straight line can result
in shallow valves having a too conservative transfer pressure and the deeper valves
may transfer too close to the tubing gradient line. PROSPER adjusts the design
transfer pressures so that valves are spaced efficiently while at the same time
ensuring a good safety margin against multipoint injection.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 398 PROSPER

Ü Having performed a design, it is recommended that the Matching Q

uicklook and Design Gas Lift Diagnostic sections be used to check your
design and examine the effect of varying design and producing conditions.

2.10.1.3.8 Proportional Valves

Merla proportional valves are a hybrid of tubing- and casing- sensitive

characteristics.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 399

Some points to note about proportional valves are:

a) The dome is not charged with any gas. As such dome pressure is 0 psig.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 400 PROSPER

b) The closing pressure for the valve is provided by a spring which is set to apply
a certain compression force.

c) The valve stem has a tapered end which fits into the tapered end of the port.

d) As such even when the valve is in the open position, the tubing pressure will
have an influence on the opening or closing of the valve.

Advantages of a Proportional Response Valve:

a) Since there is no gas charge, the valve is unaffected by well temperature. As

such the design of these valves becomes simpler. Errors due to inconsistent
flowing temperature are also eliminated.

b) The valves proportional response to production pressure fluctuations makes it

automatically maintain tubing pressure gradient and the right gas injection
rate.

In the database of PROSPER for a Proportional Valve, a number of parameters are

required. The following describes these various parameters

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 401

a) Fe: this represents the dynamic value of the Av / Ab ratio (Av = Valve Port
Area & Ab = Bellow Area), which is calculated from experimental data by
solving the valve opening / closing pressure equations. The parameter Fe
corresponds to the term R for a Casing Sensitive Valve.

b) SMALL, MEDIUM, LARGE: there are three configurations for the same valve.
For each configuration a value of Fe and the slope of K and M are defined

c) Pcf: this corresponds to the Injection Pressure i.e. the Gas pressure in the
casing annulus.

d) Pvc: this corresponds to the Spring Adjustment Pressure

e) K: this is a correction parameter that is used to quantify the maximum

possible rate that can be injected through the valve.

f) M: represents the slope of throttling line. (The throttling line represents the
rate that can be injected through the valve for reducing values of tubing
pressure for a constant Injection pressure)

Further information about these various parameters can be found in “Gas Lift
Manual” by Gabor Takacs. (PennWell Corp).

2.10.1.4Gas Lift Adjustments

The existing Gaslift Design sections allow the User to select and size gas lift
equipment for specified design conditions. Gaslift Adjustments provides additional
calculations for testing gas lift designs under operating conditions. Surface casing
pressures when re-starting production are presented in addition to input parameters
needed for setting up automatic well controllers.

To set up a Gaslift Adjustments calculation, enter the following items:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 402 PROSPER

These are the required input data:

- Downstream Pressure Constraint
Surface pressure the well must flow against
- Kick off Casing Head Pressure
Absolute maximum available casing injection pressure
- Lift Gas Network Normal Pressure
Normal operating pressure of injection gas system
- Safety Margin For Lift Gas Control
Control pressure drop across gas injection choke
- Maximum CHP Under Normal Operation
Injection pressure available downstream of control choke. Difference of
network and control pressures.
- Min CP decrease to Close Last Unloading Valve
Specified pressure drop to close deepest unloading valve
- Lift Gas Temperature
Temperature of injected gas at the casing head
- Target Liquid Production Rate
Design production rate for Gaslift adjustments calculations.
- Water Cut
Design water cut for Gaslift adjustments calculations

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 403

- Production (Total) GOR

Solution and free gas production (does not include injection gas)
- Vertical Flow Correlation
Select appropriate correlation. Matched correlations should be used
where available.
- Dome Pressure Correction (above 1200 psig)
When Yes is selected, an improved dome pressure correction is used.
The API temperature correction is always used below 1200 psi.

Once the input data entry is complete, the User has to make sure that the
correspondent valves are transferred. Select Valves and then Transfer to transfer
the valve info from Gas Lift Design or from QuickLook:

Once the gaslift equipment details are entered the flowing gradient or static gradient
can be estimated:

Flowing
Calculations are made for flowing conditions at the User-entered target production
rate. PROSPER calculates well performance curves for gas injection at each
mandrel depth. Production rates and pressures at surface and mandrel depth are
determined. Annulus volume and bottoms up times are also calculated. The flowing
gradient for the operating condition can be plotted with opening and closing
pressures for each unloading valve displayed.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 404 PROSPER

Static
Calculations are made for shut-in conditions. The static tubing gradient is
determined using the liquid density calculated for the producing water cut. When the
reservoir pressure cannot support a full liquid column, a gas gradient is used back to
surface.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 405

2.10.1.5Gaslift Valve Performance

The Valve Performance Clearinghouse (VPC) is a non-profit making organisation
formed by a consortium of major oil companies. Its objective is to become a
repository for the collection, analysis and distribution of gas lift valve performance
data and correlations to member companies and licensees. This information has
been made available to Petroleum Experts and a framework to utilise it is included
in Prosper in the Gaslift Valve Performance section.

The database required to implement this feature is not distributed by Petroleum

Experts and must be obtained from the VPC.
This implementation consists of two parts
· Database inspection and valve performance curve calculation and display
· Gaslift Design and QuickLook integration

Valve performance calculations will be used to determine the required port size or
gas rate through a given valve
2.10.1.5.1 Valve Performance Clearinghouse (VPC)
Valve Performance Clearinghouse (VPC)
The Valve Performance Clearinghouse (VPC) is a non-profit making organisation
formed by a consortium of major oil companies. Its objective – to become a
repository for the collection, analysis, and distribution of gas lift valve performance
data and correlations to member companies and licensees. Tests are conducted at
the Southwest Research Institute compliant to the API 11V2 RP specification. Test
data and correlations are proprietary to member companies, and are licensed to

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 406 PROSPER

non-members for a fee on a per-valve basis.

This information has been made available to Petroleum Experts and a framework
to utilise is included in this version of PROSPER.

The database required to implement this feature will not be distributed with
PROSPER by Petroleum Experts and must be obtained from VPC.

The Valve Performance Clearinghouse is a service offered by Decker Technology.

Its objectives are
· Establish an independent source for the collection, consolidation, and
distribution of valve performance data and correlations to members.
· Perform tests on gaslift valves selected by the members using the API 11V2
RP
· Develop correlations using the Decker Technology proprietary method to
predict gas passage for any pressure and temperature conditions with an
accuracy of better than +/-20%.
· Provide a Valve Performance Reference manual containing performance data
and correlations for all valves tested by the VPC.

Decker Technology, Inc.

2238 McCurdy Road
Stone Mountain, GA 30087
Phone: 770-496-9680
Fax: 770-496-9681
E-mail: decktech@bellsouth.net
2.10.2 Intermittent Gas Lift
Intermittent gas lift may be considered for wells at low reservoir pressure or wells
with high pressures but low productivity.
The method is transient and complex. Today, the various approaches still rely on
approximations and rules of thumb.

The following pictures show the various stages of a cycle in intermittent gas lift from
the instant the bottom valve opens:
Liquid accumulates in the tubing. This is the slug.
When the slug reaches a certain size, gas lift enters the tubing and lift the slug to the
surface.
The static liquid film against the inner diameter of the tubing falls back and the
process is repeated.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 407

PROSPER can be used to design intermittent gas lift systems.

For the valves depth estimation two options are currently available:
- the constant surface closure method and the
- the optiflow design procedure.
Please refers to "Gas Lift Manual" by Gabor Takcs, for more details about the theory
behind both options.

2.10.3 Electrical Submersible Pump Design

The Design Electrical Submersible Pump section allows the User to design an ESP
installation.

The design is performed in two steps:

1. Determine the required pump head to achieve a specified production rate
2. Select a suitable combination of pump, motor and cable for the application.

ESP data entered in the System Electrical Submersible Pumps input menu is not
utilised by the ESP design section. The design results will overwrite this section.

In the main ESP Design screen the design parameters can be entered:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 408 PROSPER

The parameters are self-explanatory, except for the four parameters:

· Gas Separator Efficiency
It represents the efficiency of separation of gas in case there is
free gas and a downhole separator is installed
· Motor Power Safety Margin
This factor adds a safety margin to the power strictly necessary
to lift the design rate. For example, if the safety margin is 10%,
the pump power requirement will be increased of 10%
· Pump Wear Factor
This factor takes in account of the deterioration of the pump
performance. A wear factor of 0.1 will scale the original head as
per performance curve of 10%
· Gas DeRating Model
It allows selecting a User DeRating model. The Gas Derating
model will consider the reduction in the pump's performance
when free gas enters the pump. The Derating model represents
the relation between the quantity of free gas and the amount by
which the pump's performance reduces.
The User has the ability to import a DeRating model in the form

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 409

of a custom .dll file. This can be done by clicking on File | User

Correlation | HSP Gas Derating model. The model imported in
this section will also be applicable for ESP design.

Design procedure
Designing an ESP installation using PROSPER is divided into two phases. One is
where the head and power requirement calculations are made and the second part
is where on basis of the calculations, the equipment is selected.

The following description assumes that input of the well details and PVT data have
already been correctly completed and that where applicable, pressure drop
correlations have been matched to field data.

2.10.3.1ESP Calculate
This section determines the head required to be supplied by the pump to achieve a
specified production rate.

From the main ESP Design screen select Calculate:

Clicking on Calculate the program calculates the pump duty necessary to achieve
the design production rate. PROSPER will display the pump duty solution, as shown
in the figure above.

· PROSPER uses the IPR from System Inflow Performance to calculate the
flowing pressure at the sand face and the specified VLP correlation to find the
pump intake pressure for the design production rate.
· The program then works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 410 PROSPER

at the required pump discharge pressure.

· The difference between the intake and discharge pressures represents the
required pump head.
· PROSPER compresses the liquid and gas as the pressure increases across
the pump, so the volumetric rate will be less at the discharge than at the
pump inlet.
· The mass flow rate and the required head are used to determine the pump
fluid power requirement.

Ü Emulsions
If Emulsions have been selected on the Options screen, viscosity
corrections are applied to pump capacity and head. Otherwise, no ESP
viscosity corrections will be applied. If an Emulsion PVT model has been
built in the PVT section, then the emulsion viscosity can be optionally used
in the ESP calculations and elsewhere. As mentioned in the PVT section,
emulsion behaviour in oilfield systems analysis is poorly understood. The
emulsion PVT model provides the means to apply empirical corrections
and should be used with caution.

Ü If an inlet gas separator is to be used, enter the separator efficiency before

carrying out the calculation. The program allows the percentage of free
gas set by the separator efficiency to be produced up the annulus, and the
remainder to be compressed through the pump. Hence, the PVT
properties of the well fluids can be different below and above the pump.

2.10.3.1.1 Checking Suitability of Separator Efficiency

Ü To check that the separator efficiency chosen in the input is acceptable for
the design case, the Dunbar Criterion may be used as showed below.

Click Sensitivity to display the intake pressure and intake GLR plotted over a range
of gas separator efficiency curves.
Check that the design operating point lies above the empirical limit represented by
the Dunbar Factor line.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 411

2.10.3.2ESP Design (Pump, Motor and Cable Selection)

Having determined the required pump duty, click on Done to go back to the ESP
design screen.
The next step is to select the pump, motor and cable capable to provide the
calculated duty.

To do so, select Design: the program will display a pump design screen similar to
that shown below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 412 PROSPER

In the Select drop-down boxes, PROSPER lists the equipment in its database that is
capable of meeting the design requirements.

Select Pump
PROSPER presents pumps that can meet the following criteria:

· Inlet rate within range

· Discharge rate within range
· Head developed at design well rate is near pump's maximum efficiency point
· Pump O.D. < Casing I.D.

The User must select a pump from those listed.

Select Motor
Once a pump has been selected, the pump efficiency is known; the motor power
requirement can now be calculated.

Proceed to the motor drop-down box and select a motor from those listed.

Ü PROSPER lists pumps and motors on the basis of diameter and

performance characteristics.

It is the User's responsibility to ensure that the pump selected is

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 413

coherent with the information provided by the manufacturer

It is the User's responsibility to ensure that the motor selected is

physically compatible with the pump and that the most economical
combination of operating voltage and current is chosen.

Select Cable
Once the motor power and voltage option have been determined, a suitable cable
must be selected.

PROSPER displays those cables capable of passing the required current.

2.10.3.2.1 Checking the Pump Design

Click Plot to display the design operating point on the pump performance curve as
shown below:

Ü Normally, the first pass design will have an operating point fairly close to
the selected pump's optimum efficiency. However, as well conditions
change with time, this may not be the best design for the life of the
installation

· Different combinations of pump and motor can be quickly experimented with

in the ESP design section until an optimum design is obtained.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 414 PROSPER

· A report can be generated which gives details of the pump selection and
design conditions
· The robustness of the first pass design must then be checked over the range
of expected well operating conditions by running sensitivities in the C
alculation menu
· PROSPER allows sensitivities to be run on both well performance and pump
parameters such as pump setting depth and operating frequency.

The ESP system design process is completed by iterating between the Calculation
and Design sections until the final design is optimised over the projected pump run
life.

Viscosity corrections, where applicable, will be considered in choice of available

pumps and the number of stages required.

2.10.4 Hydraulic Pump Design

The Design Hydraulic Pump section allows the User to design a HSP installation.

The design is performed in two steps:

1. Determine the required pump head to achieve a specified production rate
(reservoir fluid + power fluid)
2. Select a suitable combination of pump and turbine for the application
HSP data entered in SystemïHydraulic Submersible Pumps is not utilised by the H
SP design section and will be overwritten by the design.

In the main HSP Design screen the design parameters can be entered:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 415

The parameters are self-explanatory, except for the three parameters:

· % Power Fluid of Reservoir Fluid
This factor represents the ratio (in %) between the power fluid
and the produced reservoir fluid. A value of 100% means that
the rate of power fluid is equal to the rate of produced reservoir
fluid
· Pump Wear Factor
This factor takes in account of the deterioration of the pump
performance. A wear factor of 0.1 will scale the original head as
per performance curve of 10%
· Gas DeRating Model
It allows selecting a User DeRating model. The Gas Derating
model will consider the reduction in the pump's performance
when free gas enters the pump. The Derating model represents
the relation between the quantity of free gas and the amount by
which the pump's performance reduces.
The User has the ability to import a DeRating model in the form
of a custom .dll file. This can be done by clicking on File | User

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 416 PROSPER

Correlation | HSP Gas Derating model.

Design procedure
The design of an HSP installation using PROSPER is divided into two phases. One is
where the head and power requirement calculations are made and the second part
is where on basis of the calculations, the equipment is selected.

The following description assumes that input of the well details and PVT data have
already been correctly completed and that where applicable, pressure drop
correlations have been matched to field data.

2.10.4.1HSP Calculate
This section determines the head required to be supplied by the pump to achieve a
specified production rate.

From the main HSP Design screen select Calculate:

Clicking on Calculate the program calculates the pump duty necessary to achieve
the design production rate. PROSPER will display the pump duty solution, as shown
in the figure above.

· PROSPER uses the IPR from System Inflow Performance to calculate the
flowing pressure at the sand face and the specified VLP correlation to find the
pump intake pressure for the design production rate.
· The program then works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive
at the required pump discharge pressure.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 417

· The difference between the intake and discharge pressures represents the
required pump head.
· PROSPER compresses the liquid and gas as the pressure increases across
the pump, so the volumetric rate will be less at the discharge than at the
pump inlet.
· The mass flow rate and the required head are used to determine the pump
fluid power requirement.

For certain configurations the produced and power fluids can be commingled above
the pump. Hence, the PVT properties of the well fluids can be different below and
above the pump.
Ü Emulsions
If Emulsions have been selected on the Options screen, viscosity
corrections are applied to pump capacity and head. Otherwise, no HSP
viscosity corrections will be applied. If an Emulsion PVT model has been
built in the PVT section, then the emulsion viscosity can be optionally used
in the HSP calculations and elsewhere. As mentioned in the PVT section,
emulsion behaviour in oilfield systems analysis is poorly understood. The
emulsion PVT model provides the means to apply empirical corrections
and should be used with caution.

2.10.4.2HSP Design (Pump and Turbine Selection)

Having determined the required pump duty, click on Done to go back to the ESP
design screen.

The next step is to select the pump, motor and cable capable to provide the
calculated duty.

To do so, select Design: the program will display a pump design screen similar to
that shown below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 418 PROSPER

In the Select drop-down boxes, PROSPER lists the equipment in its database that is
capable of meeting the design requirements.

Select Pump
PROSPER presents pumps that can meet the following criteria:

· Pump Speed within range

· Discharge rate within range
· Head developed at design well rate is near pump's maximum efficiency point
· Pump and O.D. < User input maximum

The User must select a pump from those listed.

Select Turbine
Once a pump has been selected, the pump efficiency is known, so the turbine power
requirement can now be calculated.

Proceed to the turbine drop down box and select a turbine from those listed.

Ü PROSPER lists pumps and motors on the basis of diameter and

performance characteristics.

It is the User's responsibility to ensure that the pump selected is

coherent with the information provided by the manufacturer

It is the User's responsibility to ensure that the motor selected is

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 419

physically compatible with the pump and that the most economical
combination of operating voltage and current is chosen.

2.10.4.2.1 Checking the Pump/Turbine Design

Click Pump and Turbine Plot to display the design operating point on the pump
performance curve as shown below:

· Normally, the first pass design will have an operating point fairly close to the
selected pump's optimum efficiency. However, as well conditions change with
time, this may not be the best design for the life of the installation.
· Different combinations of pump and turbine can be quickly experimented with
in the HSP design section until an optimum design is obtained.
· A report can be generated which gives details of the pump selection and
design conditions.

Ü Important Note
The robustness of the first pass design must then be checked over the
range of expected well operating conditions by running sensitivities in the
System Calculation menu.

To access the System Calculation, select the System button within

the HSP design section.
This is a specialized form of the calculation that ensures that the
power generated by the turbine is equal to the power required by the

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 420 PROSPER

pump. This is achieved by varying the power fluid injected until this
requirement is met. The calculation is therefore somewhat slower
than the normal system calculation.

The HSP system design process is completed by iterating between the Calculation
and Design sections, until the final design is optimised over the projected pump run
life.

Viscosity corrections, where applicable, will be considered in choice of available

pumps and the number of stages required.

2.10.5 Progressive Cavity Pump Design

The DesignïProgressive Cavity Pump section allows the User to design a PCP
installation.

The design is performed in two steps:

1. Determine the required pump head to achieve a specified production rate
2. Select a suitable combination of pump and turbine for the application
PCP data entered in SystemïHydraulic Submersible Pumps is not utilised by the
PCP design section and will be overwritten by the design.

In the main PCP Design screen the design parameters can be entered:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 421

This is the case of PCP with Sucker Rod. If the PCP is driven by a Downhole Motor,
the data to input are similar to the ones seen in the ESP.

All the parameters are self-explanatory on the basis of the previous sections.

Design Procedure
The design of an HSP installation using PROSPER is divided into two phases. One
is where the head and power requirement calculations are made and the second
part is where on basis of the calculations, the equipment is selected.

The following description assumes that inputs of the well details and PVT data have
already been correctly completed and that where applicable, pressure drop
correlations have been matched to field data.

2.10.5.1PCP Calculate
This section determines the head required to be supplied by the pump to achieve a
specified production rate.

From the main PCP Design screen select Calculate:

Clicking on Calculate the program calculates the pump duty necessary to achieve
the design production rate. PROSPER will display the pump duty solution, as shown
in the figure above.

· PROSPER uses the IPR from System Inflow Performance to calculate the

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 422 PROSPER

flowing pressure at the sand face and the specified VLP correlation to find the
pump intake pressure for the design production rate.
· The program then works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive
at the required pump discharge pressure.
· The difference between the intake and discharge pressures represents the
required pump head.
· PROSPER compresses the liquid and gas as the pressure increases across
the pump, so the volumetric rate will be less at the discharge than at the
pump inlet.

Ü Emulsions
If Emulsions have been selected on the Options screen, viscosity
corrections are applied to pump capacity and head. Otherwise, no HSP
viscosity corrections will be applied. If an Emulsion PVT model has been
built in the PVT section, then the emulsion viscosity can be optionally used
in the HSP calculations and elsewhere. As mentioned in the PVT section,
emulsion behaviour in oilfield systems analysis is poorly understood. The
emulsion PVT model provides the means to apply empirical corrections
and should be used with caution.

2.10.5.2PCP Design (Pump and Rod Selection)

Having determined the required pump duty, click on Done to go back to the PCP
design screen.

The next step is to select the pump, motor and cable capable to provide the
calculated duty.

To do so, select Design: the program will display a pump design screen similar to
that shown below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 423

In the Select drop-down boxes, PROSPER lists the equipment in its database that is
capable of meeting the design requirements.
In the case of motor driven PCP, motor and cable will have to be selected.

Ü PROSPER lists pumps and motors on the basis of diameter and

performance characteristics.

It is the User's responsibility to ensure that the pump selected is

coherent with the information provided by the manufacturer

It is the User's responsibility to ensure that the motor selected is

physically compatible with the pump and that the most economical
combination of operating voltage and current is chosen.

As seen for ESP and HSP installations, the PCP design should be checked by
performing sensitivities in System Calculation, in order to verify the design against
the expected change of conditions along the life of the well.

2.10.6 Coiled Tubing GasLift Design

The DesignïCoiled Tubing GasLift section allows the User to perform a design of
gas lift using coiled tubing.

Before performing the design, data concerning the gas lift gas and the coiled tubing
equipment should be entered in the Coiled Tubing Data screen, accessible from the

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 424 PROSPER

System menu:

Then select DesignïCoiled Tubing GasLift:

The input data and the options to enter in this screen are exactly the same as for the
normal Gas Lift Design (design for a User Entered Rate, or for Maximum Production,
etc).
Please refer to section 11.1 for a detailed explanation.

To perform the Design, select Continue. This will access a screen similar to the Gas
Lift Design:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 425

In the case of the figure above, select Get Rate to calculate the Gas Lift
Performance Curve and then Design to perform the design.
The program will determine the maximum injection depth, the rate produced and the
gas to inject.

The Plot feature allows visualising the design:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 426 PROSPER

2.10.7 Jet Pump Design

The Design Jet Pump section allows the User to design a Jet Pump installation.

The design is performed in two steps:

1. Determine the required pump head to achieve a specified production rate
2. Select a suitable pump for the application
Jet Pump data entered in SystemïJet Pumps is not utilised by the design section and
will be overwritten by the design.

In the main Jet Pump Design screen the design parameters can be entered:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 427

The input data are self-explanatory.

As far as the loss coefficient are concerned, these coefficients are a measure of
the energy loss due to the friction in the above quoted sections of the pump.
The coefficients are provided by the Jet Pump manufacturers.

Design Procedure
The design of a Jet Pump installation using PROSPER is divided into two phases.
One is where the head and power requirement calculations are made and the
second part is where on basis of the calculations, the equipment is selected.

The following description assumes that inputs of the well details and PVT data have
already been correctly completed and that where applicable, pressure drop
correlations have been matched to field data.

2.10.7.1Jet Pump Calculate

This section determines the head required to be supplied by the pump to achieve a
specified production rate.

From the main Jet Pump Design screen select Calculate:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 428 PROSPER

Clicking on Calculate the program calculates the pump duty necessary to achieve
the design production rate. PROSPER will display the pump duty solution, as shown
in the figure above.

· PROSPER uses the IPR from System Inflow Performance to calculate the
flowing pressure at the sand face and the specified VLP correlation to find the
pump intake pressure for the design production rate.
· The program then works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive
at the required pump discharge pressure.
· The difference between the intake and discharge pressures represents the
required pump head.
· PROSPER compresses the liquid and gas as the pressure increases across
the pump, so the volumetric rate will be less at the discharge than at the
pump inlet.
· According to the Surface Fluid (the Power Fluid) Injection Rate and Injection
Pressure, the program will determine R (ratio between the areas of the nozzle
and of the throat), the diameter of the throat and the diameter of the nozzle

Ü Emulsions
If Emulsions have been selected on the Options screen, viscosity
corrections are applied to pump capacity and head. Otherwise, no HSP
viscosity corrections will be applied. If an Emulsion PVT model has been
built in the PVT section, then the emulsion viscosity can be optionally used

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 429

in the HSP calculations and elsewhere. As mentioned in the PVT section,

emulsion behaviour in oilfield systems analysis is poorly understood. The
emulsion PVT model provides the means to apply empirical corrections
and should be used with caution.

2.10.7.2Jet Pump Design (Pump Selection)

Having determined the required pump duty, click on Done to go back to the Jet
Pump design screen.

The next step is to select the pump suitable to provide the calculated duty.

To do so, select Design: the program will display a pump design screen similar to
that shown below:

Select a pump from the database whose Actual performance (in green in the figure
above) is close to the Desired performance.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 430 PROSPER

Ü PROSPER lists pumps on the basis of diameter and performance

characteristics.

It is the User's responsibility to ensure that the pump selected is

coherent with the information provided by the manufacturer

As seen for ESP, HSP and PCP installations, the Jet Pump design should be
checked by performing sensitivities in System Calculation, in order to verify the
design against the expected change of conditions along the life of the well.

2.10.8 Sucker Rod Pump Design

2.10.8.1Background
General hints

The schematic of a conventional Sucker Rod Pump installation is sketched in the

following figure along with the downhole pump:

Working principle:
A prime motor moves the gearbox, which rotates the crank. The crank is attached to
a counterweight and is connected to the Pitman arm. The Pitman arm is then
connected to the walking beam.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 431

The rotary movement of the crank is propagated and translated into a reciprocating
movement of the rod connected to the downhole pump.
From the figure above it is possible to see that as the crank rotates, the rod shifts the
plunger up (upstroke) and down (downstroke) in the pump barrel.
The downhole pump is composed of a barrel with a ball-and-seat valve at the bottom
(standing valve) and a plunger with another ball-and-seat valve (traveling valve).
During the downstroke the plunger is lowered in the barrel, the traveling valve is
opened and standing valve is closed; in this way the fluid is displaced in the tubing
above the plunger.
During the upstroke, the traveling valve is closed, whilst the standing valve is
opened, letting the fluid flow from the formation into the barrel. The fluid that was in
the tubing in the previous step is pushed towards the surface.

Troubleshooting the performance of the Pump

It is possible to monitor the pump performance by measuring the variation of the rod
load against the position of the rod itself by means of a dynamometer.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 432 PROSPER

The resulting plot is called "dynamometer card". This plot is a very useful method to
verify that the pump is working fine and to diagnose eventual problems.

The example reported below illustrates the shape of a dynamometer card for the
ideal case of pump and rod perfectly rigid, no friction, perfect pump action:

With reference to the figure above:

- Point A: the plunger is in the lowest point. This is the starting point of the upstroke

- A-B: The traveling valve closes and the standing valve opens. As this is an ideal
case, the total load of the fluid above the plunger is taken over by the sucker rod

- B-C: The plunger travels all the way to the highest point the distance between
points B and C represents the stroke length

- C-D: The traveling valve opens and the standing valve closes. This is the starting
point of the downstroke. The rod unloads

- D-A: The plunger travels back to the lowest point of the stroke A

As mentioned above, the dynamometer illustrated in the figure represents an ideal

situation. However, the examination of actual dynamometer cards allows the
Engineer to identify problems related to pump operative problems, like leaking
valves, fluid pounding, gas locking, etc.

Details about the use of dynamometers cards for pump performance diagnostics can
be found in the references reported in Appendix B.

Design

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 433

The design of a Sucker Rod Pump installation is a trial and error procedure that
consists of:
- starting from assumptions on the pump hardware (pump and rod type, depth,
size), flow conditions and design stroke rate or production rate, and then
- determining the operating parameters, like: pump displacement, peak
polished rod load, minimum polish rod load, peak torque, polished rod
horsepower, counterbalance effect (CBE) etc.
- verifying how the pump installation behaves through the dynamometer card
and torque chart

This is achieved by solving the wave equation:

¶ 2 u(x, t) 2
2 ¶ u(x, t) ¶u(x, t)
2
=a 2
-c +g
¶t ¶x ¶t
Solutions to this equation have been provided by Gibbs (ref. Appendix B).

The solutions to the equation above allow to determine the surface and downhole
dynamometer card and then a torque analysis can be performed to determine the
torque.
These diagnostic plots can be used to verify the working conditions of the designed
pump and sucker rod and in the case the design can be reviewed by changing
assumptions and restarting the design.

2.10.8.2Design Sucker Rod Pump

The DesignïSucker Rod Pump section allows the User to perform a design of a
sucker rod pump installation.

Also, along with the design, a series of diagnostic plots (the Dynamometer card, the
Torque and Rod Speed plot) are provided, which can be used to verify the actual
pump operating regime and in the case troubleshoot the design itself.

The design consists of the following steps:

1. Enter design input parameters (PVT, pump data, design input data)
2. Perform the design
3. Perform Rod Sensitivity

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 434 PROSPER

2.10.8.2.1 Enter Design Parameters

The input parameters consist of:

PVT Data
These are the PVT data for the fluid

Calculation Mode
This option allows to select the design mode:
- Enter Stroke Rate, calculate Production Rate
- Enter Production Rate, calculate Stroke Rate

Pumping Unit and Rod Selection

These options allow to specify the pump and the rod specifications to use for
the design

Service Factor
- Non-Corrosive
- Salt Water
- Hydrogen Sulphide

Pump Intake Pressure

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 435

Allows to select the method used to calculate the pump intake pressure:
- Entered Value
- Calculated from IPR
- Calculated from Fluid Level

Design Input
These inputs specify the design operating conditions (flowing wellhead and
bottomhole temperature, wellhead pressure, pump characteristics and efficiencies,
pump position)

2.10.8.2.2 Perform Design

After entering the input data, select Calculate to perform the design of the Sucker
Rod Pump.

The program will calculate the production rate and all the information related to rod
load, torque, stress, etc.
On the right hand side of the screen the plots related to Rod Load, Torque and
Pump velocity are reported.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 436 PROSPER

The Top Rod Loading and Top Rod % Of Goodman Diagram are measurements
of the stress in the top rod based upon the peak polished rod load and the cross-
sectional area of the top rod. The API RP11BR discusses the Modified Goodman
Diagram and its construction.
PROSPER is painting in red those parameters if they exceed 100% and there are
basically 2 ways of lowering those values below 100%, 1 is to increase the area of
the sucker rods, 2 is to reduce the peak load.

The Index of Torsional Effectiveness (ITE) is a measurement of the ability of the

beam pump unit type to smooth out and idealize the net crankshaft torque load
(under normal conditions handling a full pump barrel of incompressible fluid).
The ITE is ratio of the average net torque to the peak net torque expressed as
percentage.
The higher the ITE the more effective the unit geometry in converting the polished
rod load into a smoother and more ideal torsional load.

ITE Beam Pump Unit

Performance
Under 15% Very Poor
20-25% Fair
25-30% Average
30-35% Good
35-40% Very Good

2.10.8.2.3 Rod Sensitivity

This option allows to perform design sensitivities changing the rod type, in other
words, verifying the impact of different rod types on the pump performance:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 437

The Chart can be plotted in form of bars or pie and different visualisations are
available:
· Production Rate by Rod Type
· HorsePower Required by Rod Type
· Production Rate Per HorsePower by Rod Type

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 438 PROSPER

2.10.9 Artificial Lift Database

The Artificial Lift Database contains all the information concerning the artificial lift
equipment used in PROSPER.

This is the content of the Database:

· Gas Lift Valves
· ESP pumps, motors, cables
· HSP pumps and turbines
· PCP pumps, sucker rods, motors, cables
· Jet pumps
· MultiPhase pumps
In the following sections there is a description of the information stored in the
Artificial Lift Database and how to update with new data.

To access the database select DesignïDatabase.

The Options tab screen collect information on the location of the database and its
version:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 439

An initial database is distributed along with the software.

Ü EQUIPMENT DATABASE DISCLAIMER

Every effort is made to ensure that the sample equipment databases
supplied are correct.
However, it is the User’s responsibility to ensure they are both
accurate and up-to-date.
For critical design work, always refer to your equipment supplier for
the latest performance data.
To improve the quality of the Artificial Lift Database, Petroleum
Experts is more than happy to accept the contribution of Users who
have updated data

2.10.9.1Gas Lift Valve Database

To perform a Gas Lift design, PROSPER must have appropriate valve data loaded in
its database. To enter and maintain the valve data that PROSPER requires for Gas
Lift design, the Gas Lift tab button in the Database:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 440 PROSPER

The database is completely editable: it is possible to Add, Amend or Delete any

record.
It is also possible to Export the database to different locations (file, spreadsheets,
etc.) or create an Import file.
The last option allows to create back-ups of the database in format .GLD, which can
be recalled by PROSPER to restore the database using the Import button.

2.10.9.1.1 Adding a New Valve

To add a gas lift valve select Add. An entry screen is displayed, where the valve
specs can be entered:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 441

the data to enter are: manufacturer, valve type, Type, Specification, Port size, R
value.

Ü The sample gas lift valve database is provided to allow the User to
run the examples. Before designing for field installation, the User
must first ensure that the database contains current and accurate
valve characteristics.

2.10.9.2ESP Database
The ESP Database contains the performance curves of pumps and motors and the
characteristics of the cables.

2.10.9.2.1 Pump Database

Select the tab screen ESP in the Database to access the ESP database:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 442 PROSPER

The performance curves are provided in the form of coefficients for a polynomial
equation fitted to actual performance data.

The database is completely editable: it is possible to Add, Amend or Delete any

record.
It is also possible to Export the database to different locations (file, spreadsheets,
etc.) or create an Import file.

Selecting a pump and then Plot, the performance curve of the pump is plotted:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 443

Click Variables to select between Head, Horsepower and Efficiency for plotting.

2.10.9.2.1.1 Adding a New Pump

To add a new pump select Add and enter the required information:

Next step is to enter the performance data for head and power as per
manufacturer’s performance curves and fit them to a polynomial. To do so, select He
ad Coefficients and HP Coefficients and enter the data:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 444 PROSPER

Then Fit to regress and calculate the polynomial coefficients, then Done to go back
to the previous panel. The coefficients have been transferred:

The HP coefficients can be calculated in the same way.

Ü To prevent errors, it is recommended that a plot be made and

checked against published curves whenever new data is entered or
alterations are made to existing entries.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 445

2.10.9.2.2 Motor Database

To access the Motors section select the tab screen Motors:

Motor characteristics are entered in form of polynomials fitted to performance data.

Coefficients are required for Nameplate Amps, RPM, and Efficiency and Power
factor. Available horsepower and Power options are entered by clicking the relevant
Edit button.

Ü As plotted, motor speed curves may exceed synchronous speed at low %

power values. This is a characteristic of the polynomial fitting technique
used. The accuracy of motor (and pump) performance curve fits is
optimised in the usable efficiency range.

An example of a motor efficiency plot is shown below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 446 PROSPER

2.10.9.2.2.1 Adding a New Motor

To add a new motor select Add and enter the required info in the Motor Data:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 447

Enter the data and fit the polynomials by selecting the buttons NamePlate AMPS,
Speed, Efficiency and Power Factor. Use Fit to determine the polynomial
coefficients.

On the right hand side of the screen above (Power Options) enter the different
Power, Voltage and Current the motor is compatible with.

2.10.9.2.3 Cables Database

To access the Cables section select the tab screen Cables:

2.10.9.2.3.1 Adding a New Cable

Only a few data about the electric characteristic of the cable are required.

Select Add to add a new cable:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 448 PROSPER

Every effort is made to ensure that the sample equipment databases

Ü supplied are correct.
However, it is the User’s responsibility to ensure they are both
accurate and up-to-date.
For critical design work, always refer to your equipment supplier for
the latest performance data.

2.10.9.3HSP Database
The HSP Database contains the performance curves of pumps and turbines.

2.10.9.3.1 Pumps Database

Select the tab screen HSP in the Database to access the HSP database:

The performance curves are provided in the form of coefficients for a polynomial
equation fitted to actual performance data.

The database is completely editable: it is possible to Add, Amend or Delete any

record.
It is also possible to Export the database to different locations (file, spreadsheets,
etc.) or create an Import file.
Clicking on Plot displays the Pump performance curve:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 449

2.10.9.3.2 Adding a New Pump

To add a new pump or a turbine, the steps to follow are exactly the same seen for
ESP pumps. Please refer to the previous section for the details.

2.10.9.3.3 Turbines Database

Select the Turbines tab button to display the Turbines Database:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 450 PROSPER

The performance data are provided as polynomials fitted to performance data.

2.10.9.3.4 Adding a New Turbine

To add a new pump or a turbine, select Add and enter the required data:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 451

The Turbine performance is entered by selecting Add in the Turbine Settings area.
The steps to enter the performance data and fit them to a polynomial are the same
as seen in the ESP section. Refer to that section for details.

Every effort is made to ensure that the sample equipment databases

Ü supplied are correct.
However, it is the User’s responsibility to ensure they are both
accurate and up-to-date.
For critical design work, always refer to your equipment supplier for
the latest performance data.

2.10.9.4PCP Database
The PCP Database contains data concerning the performance of pumps and the
characteristics of sucker rods, motors and cables.

2.10.9.4.1 Pumps Database

Select the tab screen PCP in the Database to access the PCP database:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 452 PROSPER

In the database parameters concerning the pump configuration are stored.

The database is completely editable: it is possible to Add, Amend or Delete any

record.
It is also possible to Export the database to different locations (file, spreadsheets,
etc.) or create an Import file.
Clicking on Plot displays the Pump performance curve:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 453

2.10.9.4.1.1 Adding a New Pump

To add a new pump select Add and enter the required data as per manufacturer’s
specs:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 454 PROSPER

2.10.9.4.2 Sucker Rods Database

Select the Sucker Rods tab button to display the correspondent database:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 455

2.10.9.4.2.1 Adding a New Sucker Rod

To add a new sucker rod select Add and enter the required data:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 456 PROSPER

As far as motor and cables are concerned, please refer to the ESP section for
details.

Every effort is made to ensure that the sample equipment databases

Ü supplied are correct.
However, it is the User’s responsibility to ensure they are both
accurate and up-to-date.
For critical design work, always refer to your equipment supplier for
the latest performance data.

2.10.9.5Jet Pumps Database

The Jet Pumps Database contains the characteristics of the pumps.
2.10.9.5.1 Pumps Database
Select the tab screen Jet in the Database to access the Jet Pump database:

In the database parameters concerning the pump configuration are stored.

The database is completely editable: it is possible to Add, Amend or Delete any

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 457

record.
It is also possible to Export the database to different locations (file, spreadsheets,
etc.) or create an Import file.

2.10.9.5.1.1 Adding a New Pump

To add a new pump select Add and enter the required data as per manufacturer’s
specs (nozzle and throat sizes, minimum and maximum rates, etc.):

Every effort is made to ensure that the sample equipment databases

Ü supplied are correct.
However, it is the User’s responsibility to ensure they are both
accurate and up-to-date.
For critical design work, always refer to your equipment supplier for
the latest performance data.

2.10.9.6MultiPhase Pumps Database

The MultiPhase Database contains the characteristics of the FRAMO Pumps.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 458 PROSPER

2.10.9.6.1 Pumps Database

Select the tab screen MultiPhase in the Database to access the FRAMO Pumps
database:

In the database parameters concerning the pump configuration are stored.

The database is completely editable: it is possible to Add, Amend or Delete any

record.
It is also possible to Export the database to different locations (file, spreadsheets,
etc.) or create an Import file.
Clicking on Plot, the performance curves of the pump are displayed:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 459

2.10.9.6.2 Adding a New Pump

To add a new pump select Add and enter the required data as per manufacturer’s
specs (nozzle and throat sizes, minimum and maximum rates, etc.):

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 460 PROSPER

Every effort is made to ensure that the sample equipment databases

Ü supplied are correct.
However, it is the User’s responsibility to ensure they are both
accurate and up-to-date.
For critical design work, always refer to your equipment supplier for
the latest performance data.

2.10.9.7Sucker Rod Pump

The Sucker Rod Pumps Database contains the characteristics of pumps and sucker
rods.
2.10.9.7.1 Pump database
Select the tab screen SRP in the Database to access the Sucker Rod Pump
database:

In the database parameters concerning the pump configuration are stored.

The database is completely editable: it is possible to Add, Amend or Delete any

record.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 461

It is also possible to Export the database to different locations (file, spreadsheets,

etc.) or create an Import file.
2.10.9.7.1.1 Adding a New Pump
To add a new pump select Add and enter the required information:

2.10.9.7.2 Sucker Rods Database

Select the Sucker Rods tab button to display the correspondent database:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 462 PROSPER

2.10.9.7.2.1 Adding a New Sucker Rod

To add a new sucker rod select Add and enter the required data:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 463

As far as motor and cables are concerned, please refer to the ESP section for
details.

Every effort is made to ensure that the sample equipment databases

Ü supplied are correct.
However, it is the User’s responsibility to ensure they are both
accurate and up-to-date.
For critical design work, always refer to your equipment supplier for
the latest performance data.

2.11 Output

The Output menu is used to report, export and plot input data entered into PROSPER
and the results generated by the various calculation options in the program:
· Report
This option generates reports about input data and results
· Export
This option transfers input data and results to different locations (printer,
spreadsheets, screen, etc.)
· Plot
This option generates plots for input data and results
These functions are available also in any of the input/output screens of the program.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 464 PROSPER

2.11.1 Report
The Report option is used to prepare reports and plots from a current analysis. This
section describes how to use the reporting system with the templates provided with
the system and how to customise these templates.

2.11.1.1Setting Up the Reporting System

The set up of the reporting system begins with defining the default locations where
the reports will be created. To define the directories, select File|Preferences:

In the File tab screen initialise the data relevant to the reporting system. Enter the
“Location Of Report Output Files”. This is the default directory where reports printed
to file are to be placed. Also enter the “Location Of User-Created Reports”. This is
the path to a directory where User-defined report templates are to be stored.

2.11.1.2Reports
The reporting interface gives the User complete control over how the reports are
formatted and what information is utilised to make up the report. This is facilitated by
the use of report templates, which can be edited to suit the specific requirements. It
is possible to choose to use the default report templates provided with the system or
to choose to create slightly different versions of these reports. The selected

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 465

templates can then be used to generate the actual reports, which can be sent to a
variety of places (printer, file or screen). The report templates are displayed in a
hierarchy and all templates which have been selected (by double-clicking on it) show
an X in the check-box beside the template name.

To access the Reports area, select OutputïReports form the menu toolbar.
There are two modes for the editing of report templates: System and User. System
mode does not allow the User to change any template whereas User mode allows
creating new User-defined templates from scratch or based on an already existing
system report template and also allows editing an existing User-defined report
template. Selecting User mode also makes the User Reports section of the template
hierarchy visible. The User Reports hierarchy contains all report templates which
have been tagged as being a derivation of a system report template as well as any
free standing User-defined templates.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 466 PROSPER

The reporting main window consists of four main parts: The command segment at
the top of the dialogue containing the buttons, the report selection hierarchy, the
output device selection group and the template type selection group. The output
device group is only used when printing from selected report templates.

The available commands are:

OK Print the selected reports to the selected output device and terminate the dialogue
Cancel Terminate the dialogue
Help Bring up the on-line help window
Setup Select a printer
User Switches between System and User edit mode, This shows or hides the User
Reports section of the report hierarchy and enables or disables the Create and Edit
buttons. If in User mode this button shows the text ‘System’ and vice-versa.
View View a previously saved native format file on-screen. This brings up a file selection
box for choosing the appropriate report and passes this file name to the Report
Executor
Print Print the selected reports to the selected output device
Create Create a new user report (only visible in User edit mode)
Edit Edit an existing user report template or create a new template from a system
template (only visible in User edit mode)
Group Allows the grouping of report templates references and the storing of the group
information in a file for later recall. This allows batch printing of reports for any
analysis

The available output types are:

Printer Sent the report to the current printer

Screen The reports are displayed on-screen in a report executor window
Native File The reports are saved as .FR files in the output reports directory
RTF File The reports are saved as .RTF files in the output reports directory
Text File The reports are saved as tab delimited text files for easy spreadsheet import

The native (.FR) file format can only be read by the reporting system whereas the
RTF format can be read by many Windows word processing applications. When
printing to file the User will be presented with the following dialogue:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 467

The default directory will be set to the default output directory but this can be altered
using the Select Directory button. This can then be applied to all output files by using
Change All. If it is necessary to change the output directory of one of the files, this
can be achieved by using the Browse button (button that shown on the right side of
the filename box) associated with each report. The filenames can themselves be
edited in the text box, which contains them.

For any given report in the system hierarchy the User can choose to view or print a
report using either the system report template provided or a User-defined report
template based on that system report template (or at least that position in the
hierarchy) or it is possible to choose a report grouping which can be made up from a
combination of User and system reports. Choose between these options using the
report template type selection group at the bottom right of the main window. If the
User report template option for any hierarchy position is selected and there are
multiple User-defined report templates for that position, then a dialogue appears
which allows selecting the desired template.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 468 PROSPER

Double clicking on any of the report templates (or selecting and pressing Ok) will
cause it to become the User-defined report template for that hierarchy position for
the current reports session. The default choice is the topmost user defined report
template. It is possible to stop a User-defined report template from being associated
with that hierarchy position by selecting it and then pressing Delete. This does not
actually delete the report template (it can still be seen within the User Reports
section of the hierarchy).

If a report grouping is selected, then a similar dialogue appears and the User can
select the appropriate group file. After selecting a file all the reports referenced in the
group will appear ‘checked’ in the hierarchy and then it is possible to press print for
all of these reports to be sent to the selected output device.

Template Editor Commands

The template editor works on the principle of moveable fields or groups of fields
where the inputs to these fields can be any value from PROSPER. Headers and
footers can be defined, which can be shown on each page, have fields which have a
value which is the result of a calculation or even have groups of fields which are
displayed only if a condition is met.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 469

Data fields from PROSPER are added using the F2 key, selecting the data items
required and then pressing Ok when finished. The selected data items will then
appear as fields, one by one, as the left mouse button is clicked. The fields can be
roughly positioned in this way. The User is not limited to one pass at adding data
items to the report template. More items can be added at any time in the same
manner.

Once a field has been added to the report template the User can edit some of the
properties of the text which will be shown in the field and assign a group number to
the field by double clicking the left mouse button on it and the font properties can be
changed by double clicking the right mouse button on it. Other properties, such as
whether the field has a box around it, etc., can be changed through the menu
options, a full description of which are given below.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 470 PROSPER

The template editor commands can be selected by using the menu, toolbar or
keyboard shortcuts. Help can be obtained on any menu item by highlighting the
menu item and then pressing the F1 key or by consulting the index of help topics
under the help menu.

File Menu
This menu contains commands for saving the current report template file and
specifying the report template parameters.

Save:
Use this selection to save the current report template to the current file name. If a file
is not yet specified, the form editor will prompt for a file name. If a file extension is
not provided, the editor automatically appends an .FP extension to the report file. If a
file with the same name already exists on the disk, the form editor will save the
previous file with a backup extension (.RE).

Save As:
This selection is similar to Save File. In addition, it allows saving the report template
to a new file name.
PROSPER Manual May, 2009
 User Guide 471

Report Parameters:
This option allows setting certain report parameters. Firstly, it allows specifying the
name of the report. The margin for the printed page can be set. It is possible to
instruct the report executor to print trial records for adjusting forms such as labels
and invoices and set the default date format for input. The date format that specified
here will be enforced for parameter input during the report execution session, and
any date constant used in expressions.
Report Filter:
This option allows entering a filter criterion for the report. Each data record will be
tested with the expression provided here. A record is selected only if this expression
evaluates to a TRUE value. For example, if the expression was sales->amount>100,
then only the records with the sales amount more than 100 will be selected.

Printer Setup:
This option allows selecting a printer from a list of installed printers and invoking a
printer specific dialogue box for the selected printer. Select the parameters from a
set of printer specific options. These options include page size, page orientation,
resolution, etc. The printer options selected here determine the width and height of
the report.

Exit:
Use this function to exit from the form editor session. If the current file is modified, a
prompt will ask to save the modifications.

Edit Menu:
This menu contains commands to edit the report objects. One or more report objects
must be selected before using this option.

Cut:
Use this option to copy the current item or all the items in the current selection to the
clipboard. The copied items are deleted from the form.

Copy:
Use this option to copy the current item or all the items in the current selection to the
clipboard.

Paste:
Use this option to paste the items from the clipboard to the current form.

Position Text:
Use this option to position the text within the item boundaries. The text can be
justified on the left, right, top, or bottom edges or it can be centred horizontally or
vertically. This option is valid for the label and field type items only.

Item Outlines:
Use this option to specify the item boundaries (left, right, top, and bottom) to draw for

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 472 PROSPER

one or more selected items. The colour and width of the boundary lines can be
specified too.

Item Background:
Use this option to set the background colour or pattern for one or more selected
items.

Centre Horizontally:
This option is used to centre horizontally one or more selected items. When more
than one item is selected, the form editor first centres the selection rectangle and
then moves the selected items such that the position of the selected items relative to
the selection rectangle does not change.

Delete Item:
Use this option to delete one or more currently selected items. If the current section
is being deleted, the program asks for confirmation before the deletion. All items
within the section are also deleted.

Fonts:
Use this function to change the font and colour for the text for one or more selected
objects. This option is valid for the field and label type objects only.
When selecting this option, the form editor shows the font and colour selection
dialogue box. The current font and colours are pre-selected in the dialogue box. Use
this dialogue box to specify the selections.

Snap to Grid:
This option allows turning on or off the invisible grid on the form. When the grid is
turned on and an item is moved, it automatically aligns to the closest grid location.
This option also allows setting the grid width.

Report Size:
The following options shrink or elongate the report in the horizontal or vertical
direction by the amount equal to the width or the height of the selection rectangle.

Expand Horizontally
Use this option to create horizontal space by moving items horizontally. For example,
consider three items, A, B, and C placed horizontally. If a new item between the
items A and B is to be inserted, it is possible to use this function to create the
desired space between these two items and place the new item in the newly created
space. To move the items B and C toward right, create a selection rectangle after
the item A and select this option. The width of the selection rectangle specifies the
movement of the items B and C toward right (noted that the selection rectangle does
not need to include all items to be moved). All items toward the right of the selection
rectangle and with the vertical placement between the vertical spaces spanned by
the selection rectangle are moved.

Expand Vertically
Use this option to create additional vertical space by moving the items downward.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 473

For example, consider three items, A, B, and C placed vertically. If a new item
between items A and B is to be inserted, it is possible to use this function to create
the desired space between these two items and place the new item in the newly
created space. To move items B and C downward, create a selection rectangle
below the item A and select this option. The height of the selection rectangle
specifies the downward movement of items B and C (noted that the selection
rectangle does not need to include all items to be moved). All items below the
selection rectangle are moved.
This option also expands (vertically) the current section by the height of the selection
rectangle.

Compress Horizontally
Use this option to delete extra horizontal space by moving items horizontally. For
example, consider three items, A, B, and C placed horizontally. The User can use
this function to bring items B and C closer to the item A. To move items B and C
toward left, create a selection rectangle after the item A and select this option. The
width of the selection rectangle specifies the movement of items B and C toward left
(noted that the selection rectangle does not need to include all items to be moved).
All items toward the right of the selection rectangle and with the vertical placement
between the vertical spaces spanned by the selection rectangle are moved.

Compress Vertically
Use this option to delete vertical space by moving the items upward. For example,
consider three items, A, B, and C placed vertically. It is possible to use this function
to bring items B and C closer to the item A. To move items B and C upward, create a
selection rectangle below the item A and select this option. The height of the
selection rectangle specifies the upward movement of items B and C (noted that the
selection rectangle does not need to include all items to be moved). All items below
the selection rectangle are moved.
This option also shrinks (vertically) the current section by the height of the selection
rectangle.

Field Menu:
This menu contains options to insert, modify, delete and maintain fields.

Insert New Fields:

Data Field: This option is used to paste a new data field to the report template. This
option will display a list of data files and data fields to choose from. When selecting a
field, the form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the
field rectangle and click any mouse button. The current field attributes can be
changed using the Edit Current Field Option.

Calculation Field: This option is used to paste a calculation field to the report
template. This option will prompt for the name of the field, and the field expression.
The field expression can contain any number of valid operators, functions, system
fields, dialogue fields, and data fields. The field type is determined by the result of
the execution of the field.
After entering the field expression, the form editor displays a positioning rectangle.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 474 PROSPER

Use the mouse to position the field rectangle and click any mouse button. The
current field attributes can be changed using the Edit Current Field Option.

System Field: This option is used to paste a system field to the report template.
This option will display a list of system fields (date, time, page, etc.) to choose from.
When selecting a field, the form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the
mouse to position the field rectangle and click any mouse button. The current field
attributes can be changed using the Edit Current Field Option.

Dialogue Field: This option is used to paste a dialogue field to the report template.
A dialogue field must have been created using the Edit Dialogue Field Table before
using this option. The dialogue fields are used to prompt the User for data during the
report execution session.
The option will display a list of dialogue fields to choose from. When selecting a field,
the form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the field
rectangle and click any mouse button. The current field attributes can be changed
using the Edit Current Field Option.

Edit Current Field: This option is used to edit the field attributes for the current field.
This option is available only when a 'field' type object is selected.

Edit Field Expression: This option is used to edit the field expression for the current
calculation field. This option is available only when a 'calculation field' type object is
selected (see Insert Calculation Field). The option shows the existing calculation
expression and allows making any modifications.

Edit Dialogue Field Table:

Create: This option is used to create a new dialogue field. Once a dialogue field is
created, it can be inserted in the report by using the Insert Dialogue Field selection.
A dialogue field is used to prompt the User for data during report execution. For
example, it can allow the User to set the begin and end dates for the report. A
dialogue field can be used in the field expressions and can be inserted in the report
template for information purposes. A dialogue field in the report filter can be used to
reject records not meeting a specific User criterion.

Modify: This option is used to modify the User prompt, width and prompt order of a
dialogue field. The prompt order determines the order at which the dialogue fields
are presented to the User for data input.

Delete: This option is used to delete a dialogue field from the dialogue field table.
The User cannot delete a dialogue field that is being currently used in the report.

Section Menu:
This menu contains commands to insert, edit and delete report sections.

New: This option is used to create a new section. A section is identified by the
section banner and the separation line at the bottom of a section. There are three
basic types of sections. A header section displays the data that remain constant or

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 475

changes only when a sort field changes. The detail section displays the transaction
record fields. A footer section is used to display totals and summary information.
ReportEase allows up to 9 header and footer sections. A higher numbered header
section is allowed only when all the lower numbered headers are already selected.
Similarly, a footer section is allowed only when the corresponding header section is
already selected.

Edit Current: This option is used to modify the properties of the currently selected
section. For the 'detail' section, the User can specify the number of records to print
across the page. This option can be used to print multiple address labels across the
page.

Sort Field: This option is used to specify a sort field for a header section. A sort field
is used to sort the data records.

Break Field: This option is used to specify a break field for a header section. The
break field is used to determine a sort break. Typically, the break field would be the
same as the sort field. However the break field can be specified differently from the
sort field. A calculation expression can also be specified for a break field.

Filter: This option is used to enter a filter criterion to print a section. Normally, every
section included in the report template is printed in its appropriate sequence.
However, if the User wishes to print a section depending upon a condition, he can
enter this condition expression using this option. The expression must evaluate to a
logical value (TRUE or FALSE). During the report execution, the section will be
printed only if the expression evaluates to a TRUE value.

Line: This menu contains commands to create and edit a line object:

Create a Line: Use this option to draw a line. When selecting this option, the form
editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the rectangle and
click any mouse key. The line will be drawn within the position rectangle. The line
size can be changed using the sizing tabs.
Edit Current Line: Use this option to edit the angle, colour, and thickness of a 'line' type
object.

Label: This menu contains commands to create and edit a label object:

Create a Label: Use this option to create a new label. When selecting this option,
the form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the
rectangle and click any mouse key. The 'label' object will be created within the
positioning rectangle. By default, the form editor inserts the text 'label' in the label
item. The label text can be edited in the editing window.

Edit Current Label: A label text can be edited by simply selecting the desired label
item and clicking on the edit window.
As the User inserts or deletes the text, the length of the label text changes. Normally,
the form editor will automatically adjust the item box boundaries to completely

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 476 PROSPER

enclose the new text. However, this automatic size adjustment ceases if the User
manually resizes the item boundary by pulling on the sizing tab. This feature can be
used to enclose the text in an item box larger than the default size.

Picture: This menu contains picture import functions:

Import Picture from Clipboard

Use this command to copy a picture bitmap from the clipboard.
When selecting this option, the form editor creates a positioning rectangle equal to
the dimensions of the picture. Use the mouse to position the picture rectangle and
click any mouse key. The picture will be placed within the position rectangle. The
picture size can be changed using the sizing tabs.

Import Picture from Disk File

Use this command to read in a picture bitmap from a disk file.
When selecting this option, the form editor creates a positioning rectangle equal to
the dimensions of the picture. Use the mouse to position the picture rectangle and
click any mouse key. The picture will be placed within the position rectangle. The
picture size can be changed using the sizing tabs.

Arrange:
This menu contains commands to align size and space a set of selected objects:

Alignment At:

Horizontal Top Edge:

Use this option to horizontally align the top edge of the selected items to the top
edge of the leftmost item in the selection.

Horizontal Bottom Edge:

Use this option to horizontally align the bottom edge of the selected items to the
bottom edge of the leftmost item in the selection.

Horizontal Centre Line:

Use this option to align the horizontal centre line (imaginary) of the selected items to
the centre line of the leftmost item in the selection.

Vertical Left Edge:

Use this option to vertically align the left edge of the selected items to the left edge of
the topmost item in the selection.

Vertical Right Edge:

Use this option to vertically align the right edge of the selected items to the right
edge of the topmost item in the selection.

Vertical Centre Line:

Use this option to align the vertical centre line (imaginary) of the selected items to
the centre line of the topmost item in the selection.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 477

Even Spacing:

Horizontally:
Use this option to place the selected items horizontally at an equal distance from
each other. The inter-item distance is equal to the distance between the first two
leftmost items.

Vertically:
Use this option to place the selected items vertically at an equal distance from each
other. The inter-item distance is equal to the distance between the first two topmost
items.

Even Sizing:

Width:
Use this option to change the width of the selected items to the width of the topmost
item.

Height:
Use this option to change the height of the selected items to the width of the leftmost
item.

Undo Previous Arrangement Command:

Use this function to undo the previous arrangement command.

Report Executor Commands:The report executor allows viewing reports that have
been generated and saved to a native format file. It is invoked by using the View
option from the reporting main window and selecting a file from the file selection box.
The file selection box will point to the default data directory and will have the filter
extension set to the correct file type (.FR).

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 478 PROSPER

The options available on this window are:

Jump: Go to a particular page in the document.

Print: Send the document to the defined printer.
Preview: Look at the page layout of the document.
Save: Save the document to a file (native and RTF).
Exit: Quit the current window.

2.11.2 Export
An export can be made either directly from the individual sections of the program, or
from the Output | Export menu option. This section describes how to customise
exports.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 479

2.11.2.1Export Setup
Use the main menu Output | Export option to export data from a current analysis, or
from a previously saved .OUT file. When clicking Export a series of screens leads
the User through the process of selecting the data required for the export. To include
a section of data, click the check box to the left of a particular item and, depending
on the selection, further input screens will be presented. This process ensures that
only relevant sections are exported. A sample export dialogue box is shown below:

After entering the choices, Click Done to return to the main export dialogue box. The
User must then select a destination for the export data. Clicking Print initiates
generation of the data and sends it to the selected destination. Setup accesses a
screen for selecting fonts, margins etc. as in the Plot menu (Section 12.1). The font
selections made for export data are independent of the plotting fonts.

Exported data can be sent to the following locations:

· Printer - the primary printer as set up under Windows.

· File - Creates an ASCII data file and saves it. Clicking Print displays a
dialogue box that requests a file name and destination. Enter a suitable file
name (PROSPER automatically appends a .PRN extension) and click OK to
save the file. The Fixed Format option saves a file in a printer ready format
that can be imported into a DOS based word processor. Use the Tab
Delimited format to save a file suitable for importing directly into a
spreadsheet such as EXCEL.

· Clipboard - Clicking Print after selecting this option copies the exported data
onto the Windows clipboard. From the Clipboard, the User can view, edit and

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 480 PROSPER

paste the data directly into another Windows application. e.g. a word
processing program.

· Screen - Clicking Print after selecting this option allows viewing the
exported data on the screen. Scroll through the data using the scrolling
thumbs or arrows. When finished viewing, click OK to return to the main
menu.
Once a .PRN file has been saved, further copies of the exported data can be made
using a word processor from outside PROSPER. To ensure that printed exports are
correctly formatted, only non-Proportional fonts can be selected for export data. The
fonts on the export setup screen are independent of those selected on the plot setup
screen.

Ü PROSPER’s default font selection will give good results on most

printers. Choose another font if there are problems printing reports.

Calculation and Export Data LayoutScreen and hardcopy exports can be

customised to display only the required variables. For complex calculations, this can
save printing large amounts of irrelevant data and detailed reports can still be
produced when required. To use the Layout feature, firstly complete a set of
calculations. The following example is for PVT calculations.

Click the Layout button on the calculation results screen and select the variables to
display from the layout screen:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 481

Show All and Hide All buttons are used to make changes to the entire list of
variables. Individual variables can be selected or de-selected by clicking them
directly. When clicking OK, only the selected variables will be displayed on the
calculation screen.

In addition to the calculation results screens, Layout also controls the variables
displayed in Output ô Export (to file, clipboard, and printer).

2.11.3 Plot
A plot can be made either directly from individual parts of the program, or from the
Output | Plot menu option. This section describes how to customise plots for both the
screen and hard copy. From the Plot Output main Window select the plot to view by
highlighting it in the list of available plots and then press the Plot button or simply
double-clicking on the appropriate plot

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 482 PROSPER

ZoomingPlots can be zoomed simply by placing the mouse pointer (which changes
to a pair of cross hairs over the active plot area) at the corner of the region to
enlarge, and then dragging until the area of interest is enclosed by the zoom box.
Release the mouse button and the outlined area will be zoomed to fill the entire plot
area.

2.11.3.1Plot Command Summary

FinishReturns to the previous menu. Use Finish to close a plot.

Scales

PROSPER normally picks appropriate scales to display the data. Use Scales to enter
custom upper and lower limits for both X- and Y- scales. To display round numbers
on the intermediate grid lines, ensure that the span of the upper and lower plot limits
fits evenly with the number of plot blocks set in the Options menu.

Replot
Re-plots the graph using the original scales. Use this option to un-zoom a plot.

OutputSelects the output options menu. Plots can be output to the Windows
clipboard, a Windows metafile or a hard copy device in colour, grey scale or

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 483

monochrome formats. Plots can then be pasted directly from the clipboard into other
Windows applications such as a word processor. Windows metafiles can be saved
and read by a variety of applications. If hard copy is selected, the following hard copy
options screen will appear:

Select the desired plot options and click Print to output the plot. Depending on the
actual hard copy device connected, the User may need to experiment with font styles
and sizes. Note that some fonts cannot be rotated, and are unsuitable as a Vertical
font. If Y-axis labels are being plotted horizontally, try a different font selection.
Return to the plot menu by clicking OK.

ColoursThis option enables to customise the colour of any item on the plot. Note
that laser printers and monochrome monitors will often produce better results if
colour plotting is disabled. A sample colour customising screen is shown below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 484 PROSPER

OptionsThe Options button enables to customise the overall appearance of the plot
screen and select font type and size etc. A sample options screen is shown below:

Some plots include a results box on the screen. If the default position of the box
interferes with the plot, it can be moved by holding down the Shift key and using the
mouse to drag it to another location. The fonts selected on the Plot options screen
apply only to plots. The export data fonts are set up on a separate screen.

Variables
Use this button to select variables for plotting. The variables available change
according to the type of calculations that have been completed and the particular
plot type that has been selected. Where applicable, extended plot variables can be
selected.

Test Data
Clicking Test data displays a screen in which the User can enter up to 10 measured

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 485

data pairs. Once the test data has been entered, it can be displayed together with
the calculated data when the plot is re-drawn. If the current .OUT file is subsequently
saved, the test data will also be saved and will appear on subsequent plots.

Help
Accesses the on-line Help system. See Section 14 for more details of the Help
system.

2.12 Units

This chapter describes the system of units. The built in flexibility of the units system
enables the User to select any variable and define the unit of measurement to be
used. This feature allows to modify the units system so that it corresponds to data
reports supplied by a service company or customise the units system to suit the
User’s own personal preferences.

PROSPER always works internally in Field units. To facilitate data entry and output
display in any units system, PROSPER accepts data in the specified Input units and
converts it to Oilfield units for calculation. The results (in Field units) are converted
back to the specified Output unit set if necessary. By making selections from the
different categories, it is possible to work in the preferred units and save the results
in the units required by company policy.

The changes made to the units system are retained in the program memory and
apply to all files opened during the current processing session. The program allows
to create a custom units system.

2.12.1 Units Summary

To access the units system, select UnitsïUnits form the menu toolbar. This will
display the Units Summary screen:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 486 PROSPER

The Units Summary screen is contains the list of parameters and their unit’s options:

Unit’s selection
Select the units for the input and output of the variables

Validation
Used to set up the error checking limits for each selected input variable.

Click on the Details buttons to the right of each variable name in order to view the
details of each particular variable.

2.12.1.1Unit Systems
The User can change the unit’s system form tool bar menu

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 487

The following default Units Systems are provided:

· Oilfield Units
· Norwegian S.I.
· Canadian S.I.
· German S.I.
· French S.I.
· Latin S.I.
Customised unit systems can be created and saved under new names. Different
units can be selected for both input and output.

2.12.1.2Changing Unit Systems for some variables

For each variable, if the mouse points to the unit and right click, the unit system can
be changed; this option is available at screen for any input variable.

2.12.1.3Changing the Units

The Input and Output units for each variable on the list can be changed.

To change or customise the default Units System:

· Scroll through the measurement variables list until the unit item to modify
is visible on the screen.
· Select the unit category (Input and/or Output) to modify.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 488 PROSPER

· Select the unit field corresponding to the measurement item and click on
the arrow to its right to display the list of unit options.
· Select the preferred measurement unit.

To save changes, click Save. A prompt will be displayed to enter a name for the
new Units System. This new system can now be recalled and applied to any file.
Custom unit sets can be erased by clicking the Delete button, then selecting the
unwanted units system. The ability to have separate input and output unit systems
allows the User to work with familiar units and to create reports or export data in any
required unit system. PROSPER calculates them internally in Oilfield Units. To
validate unit conversion factors, click the button located to the right of the particular
variable and the multiplier and shift used for unit conversion will be displayed.

Clicking Report Print will create a summary report of conversion factors in use.

If some particular units have been modified during the course of a PROSPER
session, the changes will be written into the .SIN file when the input data are saved.
Irrespective of the current units system settings, recalling a previously saved .SIN
file will cause PROSPER to revert to the units saved in the recalled .SIN file. To
permanently impose a new set of units on the recalled file, open a custom units file
(or use one of the internal unit sets) and then save the .SIN file. The new unit’s
settings will be used whenever the .SIN file is loaded.

2.12.1.4Validation Limits
To reduce the possibility of entering incorrect data, PROSPER checks that input data
falls within predetermined validation limits. For most purposes, the default validation
limits are adequate. For particular applications, the User can change the validation
limits if required by entering new values directly from the units definition screen.

Find the required variable by scrolling through the list, and then enter required
changes in the low and high validation limit boxes. Enter the custom validation limits
in the units currently in use. To permanently attach the new validation limits to a
custom units system, click Save before leaving the validation screen by clicking OK.

2.12.2 Units Details

The purpose of the Units Details screen allows adjustment of the precision of data
display for both input and output to be adjusted individually for each unit type. To set
display precision, select Units Detailed. Scroll though the available units until the
required one is shown in the Current box as shown in the following example:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 489

Input and Output units can be selected from this screen. Validation limits can be
entered for the selected units. The Options panel enables to set the number of
decimal places to display for each unit type.

2.12.3 Units Reset

Use this option to quickly reset the units system back to default values. To specify
what Units defaults are please go to the Units Tab in the Preferences screen (File |
Preferences).

2.13 Wizard
This feature allows the User to set up models and perform certain tasks following a
pre-defined sequence.
The use of Wizards is of particular benefit to inexperienced Users, as it allows to
easily set up a model based on active wizard examples by advancing through the
input screens in the correct sequence and asking at any step the User for the
required information. In this way the User will familiarize with PROSPER windows as
well as with the essential steps required to set up, match and use the models.

2.13.1 Running the Wizard

A few wizard examples are available when installing PROSPER. These examples
are step-by-step guides to build typical models, like naturally flowing wells, ESP, etc.

In order to run wizard examples follow first of all select Wizard from the main menu
toolbar:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 490 PROSPER

Then select the desired Wizard and click on Run to run it.
All that the User has to do is to follow the instructions that time to time are displayed
and complete the input screens with the required data.

2.13.2 Creating/Editing a Wizard

From the main Wizards window it is possible to access a series of functions that
allow the User to create his own wizard or edit an already existing one.

To modify an existing wizard select Edit. This will access the wizard script window:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 491

To create a new wizard select instead New. This will display an empty script window.

The script consists of a series of VB commands using OpenServer strings to set the
values of the input parameters, perform calculations, and retrieve results.
Please refer to the OpenServer User Guides for further details about the basic
OpenServer functions.

On the top part of the script window there is the Commands list window, which
provides immediate access to all the OpenServer variables. This window allows
selecting the desired variable and getting a copy of it, which can be pasted in the
script window below.

2.13.2.1Notes of OS strings
A class of OpenServer strings - the so-called menu commands - allow displaying
each of the input screens. The structure of these commands is in general:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 492 PROSPER

DoCmd(“PROSPER.MENU.<tag>”)

If <tag> is for example Options, the command will display the main PROSPER
options.

To display a plot, instead, the command is:

DoCmd(“PROSPER.PLOT.<number>”)

If <number> is 1, for example, the command will display the IPR plot.

2.13.2.2Wizard examples
As above mentioned, a few Wizards are available along with the software. These
examples lead step-by-step the User through the screens in order to build typical
models.

The example scripts can also be used by experienced Users as templates to build
their own scripts.

Recommendation
Petroleum Experts recommends to set up the models according to the worked
examples shown in the Appendix A. This will allow the User to have a better
understanding of the physics that is behind the software and the importance of the
matching process.

2.14 Help

PROSPER has an on-line Help facility which enables the User to get information
quickly about a menu option, input field or function command. This facility enables to
display instructions for completing a particular task or input field without exiting from
the current screen. The help windows offer a list of topics which not only include
definitions and functions specific to PROSPER, but details on using some features of
Windows as well.

To use the PROSPER on-line help system, the help file must be located in the same
directory as the program. If the User is new to Windows, information on using the
Help system can be made available when selecting the Help option in the PROSPER
main menu and choosing 'Using Help'. This will display a help screen from which the
information required can be selected from a list of topics.

The Help facility has function buttons located at the top of the windows, which can
be used to navigate within the help system. If a particular feature is not currently
available, the button associated with that function is dimmed. Information on specific
help topics may lead to other related topics. Some words in the Help windows are
marked with a solid underline and appear in colour (green) if the User uses a colour
screen.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 493

These words are called jump terms and can be used to move around Help more
quickly. When clicking a jump term, Help will move directly to the topic associated
with the underlined word(s).

2.14.1 Finding Information in Help

2.14.1.1Use the Search feature in Help

This facility is useful for finding specific information about using the keyboard. For
example, the keys used for text selection. Type in the phrase "text selection" and
search the system for the phrase or select the topic from the list displayed.

2.14.1.2Use the Help Index

This option is useful for viewing specific sections listed in the Help index. Go to the
topic or command of interest and select the item required.

2.14.1.3Context Sensitive Help

This feature can be used while working to give information about a particular menu
option.

2.14.2 Accessing Help

To get information quickly about a specific menu option or entry field in PROSPER,
the following methods will display the help facility:
2.14.2.1Help Through the Menu
From the menu bar in PROSPER, click on Help (or ALT H) and select Index. From the
list of help topics, select the topics to see by pointing to the specific item.

2.14.2.2Getting Help Using the Mouse

· Press SHIFT+F1
The pointer will change to a question mark.
· Choose the menu command or option.
or
· Click the Menu command or option, and holding the mouse button down press F1.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 494 PROSPER

2.14.2.3Getting Help Using the Keyboard

Press the ALT key plus the first letter of the menu name, option and press F1.

2.14.2.4To Minimise Help

If using the mouse, click the minimise button in the upper-right corner of the help
window. If using the keyboard, press ALT SPACEBAR N. This procedure will close
the help window, but keep the help icon on the Windows desktop.

2.14.4 Flow Correlations

Click Help Flow Correlations to access a detailed generalised discussion about the
history and reasons behind flow correlations and issues that relate to their use in
PROSPER.

2.14.5 Open Server

Click Help/Open Server to access the complete lists of OpenServer variables,

commands and functions.
2.14.6 Help About PROSPER
Click Help About PROSPER and the following screen will be displayed:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 495

If the User need to contact Petroleum Experts about a problem with the program, please
have the version number and creation date shown on this screen available should it
be required.

2.14.7 Web Options

From the Help menu it is possible to access to the following on-line services:

· Web Home Page. This option accesses the Petroleum Experts website www.
petroleumexperts.com
· Web User Area. This options accesses a dedicated area of the Petroleum Experts
website containing technical information about the IPM Suite and news about the
new developments
· Technical Support. This option accesses the section of the Petroleum Experts
website on which it is possible to post technical support requests to the Petroleum
Experts Technical Support Service

2.15 Appendix
2.15.1 B - References
2.15.1.1PVT Calculations

1 Sutton, R.P. 'Evaluation of Empirically Derived PVT SPE Reservoir Engineering,

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 496 PROSPER

& Farshad, F. Properties for Gulf of Mexico,' (Used for Glaso, (Feb. 1990), 79-86.
F. Lasater, Standing & Vazquez-Beggs)
2 Beal, C. 'The Viscosity of Air, Water, Natural Gas, Crude Trans., AIME (1946) 165,
Oil and its Associated Gases at Oil Field 94-98.
Temperatures and Pressures,'
3 Beggs, H.D. 'Estimating the Viscosity of Crude Oil Systems,' JPT (Sept. 1975), 1140-
& Robinson, 1144.
J.R.
4 Carr, N.L., et 'Viscosity of Hydrocarbon Gases Under Trans., AIME (1954), 264-
al Pressure,' 268.
5 Eilerts et al 'Phase Relations of Gas Condensate Fluids,' Monograph 10, U.S. Bureau
of Mines, Washington D.C.
(1957).
6 Brinkman, F. 'Equilibrium Ratios for Reservoir Studies', SPE (Nov. 1959), SPE
H. & Sicking, reprint series No. 15, 240-
J.N. 246.
7 Katz, D. & 'Retrograde Condensation', Ind. Eng. Chem. (June,
Kurata, F. 1940) 32, No. 6, 817-827.
8 Katz, D., 'Surface Tension of Crude Oils Containing Trans., AIME (1943), 1624,
Monroe, R. & Dissolved Gases,' 285-294.
Trainer, R.
9 Lee, et al 'The Viscosity of Natural Gases' Trans., AIME (1966), 997-
1002.
10 Lohrenz et al 'Calculating Viscosities of Reservoir Fluids From JPT (Oct. 1964), 1171-1176.
Their Compositions'
11 Coats, K.H. 'An Equation of State Compositional Model' SPE 8284 SPE ATCE, Las
Vegas, Nevada, Sept. 23-
26, 1979.
12 Nghiem, L.X., 'Compositional Modelling with an Equation of SPE 9306 SPE ATCE,
Fong, D.K. & State' Dallas, Texas, Sept. 21-24,
Aziz, K. 1980.
13 Winkler, H.W. 'Algorithm for More Accurately Predicting SPE 18871 SPE POS,
& Eads, P.T. Nitrogen-Charged Gas-Lift Valve Operation at Oklahoma City, March 13-
High Pressures and Temperatures' 14, 1988.
14 Peng, D.-Y. 'A New Two-Constant Equation of State' I.&E.C. Fundamentals
and (1976) 15, No.1, 59-64.
Robinson, D.
B.
15 Bradley et al 'Effect Of Pressure On The Viscosity Of Water' Petroleum Engineering
Handbook. SPE 1987
16 Bukacek, 'Equilibrium Moisture Content Of Natural Gases' Research Bulletin Vol 8,
Richard F. Institute of Gas Technology,
Chicago USA, 1955.
17 Muhammad "PVT Correlations for Middle East Crude Oils" JPT (May 1988), 650-666
All Al-

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 497

Marhoun
18 E. O. "An Improved Temperature-Viscosity Journal of Petroleum
Egbogah & J. Correlation For Crude Oil Systems" Science and Engineering, 5,
T. Ng (1990), 197-200

2.15.1.1.1 CO2 Injection

The best approach to model CO2 Injection is to use an Equation Of State PVT
Model and set the Fluid Type as "Retrograde Condensate" and not "Dry And Wet
Gas". The reason behind this is that the "Dry And Wet Gas" models considers the
fluid as a single phase throughout the entire system and modifies the gas properties
to account for the condensate. The "Retrograde Condensate" model assumes
multiphase flow modelling allowing for gas and/or liquid phases to be present
anywhere in the system (depending on the prevailing pressure and temperature).

N.B. In CO2 Injection, depending on the conditions of pressure and temperature, it is

possible to have phase changes somewhere in the system (Gas-.Liquid->Gas)

The Gray (and Modified Gray) correlation uses its own internal PVT calculator that
overrides the Prosper-calculated pvt properties and therefore this should not be
used to model CO2 Injection.
2.15.1.1.2 PVT Separator Pressure
The dry-wet gas model in PROSPER assumes that the condensate drops out at the separator
assuming single phase (gas) in the tubing. (Besides any possible water produced which will give two-
phase flow).

The objective is to obtain the properties of the Well stream gas from the separated gas, tank vented
gas and condensate. (Please see next diagram).

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 498 PROSPER

The ideal way to do this is to perform a compositional analysis where the composition of the gas
separated, condensate and the gas vented are known. Then these fluids are recombined to get the
well stream composition and properties.

However most of time the compositions are unknown, and also the quantity and gas specific gravity of
the stock tank gas vented are often not measured.

In those cases, correlations can be used to calculate the gas specific gravity and the GE (Gas
equivalent) or VEQ (volume equivalent).

The VEQ or GE represents the volume of gas vented in the tank plus the volume in scf that would be
occupied by a barrel of stock-tank liquid if it were gas.

PROSPER is using a correlation that depends on the separator pressure to calculate the GE.

The GE is added to the gas rate and used to calculate the pressure losses in the tubing using the
energy balance equation.

In fact from the diagram above we can see the separator pressure dependency, for instance if the
separator pressure is 0 psig, the tank vented gas will be zero, if the separator pressure is higher then
more gas will pass in solution with the liquid towards the tank. So the separator pressure has an
impact on GE.

Other correlations of GE available in the literature that depends on the separator pressure can be
found in the following references: “An Improved method for the determination of the Reservoir gas
specific gravity for retrograde gases” Gold et.al., also the in the book “The properties of Petroleum
Fluids” W. McCain (Chapter 7: Properties of Wet Gases) explains and show some these correlations

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 499

available.

2.15.1.2IPR Calculations

1 Dietz 'Determination of Average Trans., AIME.(1965).

Reservoir Pressure From Build Up
Surveys,'
2 Fetkovich M.J. 'The Isochronal Testing of Oil SPE 4529 SPE ATCE,
Wells,' Las Vegas, Sept. 30-Oct.
3.
3 Forcheimer et Zeits V. Dutching,
al (1901), 45, 1782-1786.
4 Goode P.A. & 'Inflow Performance of Horizontal SPE 21460 Reservoir
Kuchuk F.J. Wells,' Engineering (Aug. 1991)
6, No. 3, 319-323.
5 Jones L.G., 'Use of Short Term Multiple Rate SPE 6133 SPE ATCE,
Blount, E.M. et Flow Tests to Predict Performance New Orleans, Oct. 3-6.
al of Wells Having Turbulence,'
6 Vogel J.V. 'Inflow Performance Relationships JPT (Jan. 1968), 83-92.
for Solution Gas Drive Wells,'
7 Houzé, O.P., 'Infinite Conductivity Vertical SPE 12778 SPE
Horne, R. & Fracture in a Reservoir with Regional Meeting, Long
Ramey, H.J. Jr. Double Porosity Behaviour' Beach, California, April
11-13, 1984.
8 Karakas, M. & 'Semi-Analytical Productivity SPE 18271 SPE ATCE,
Tariq, S. Models for Perforated Completion' Houston, Texas, Oct. 2-
5, 1988.
9 Dikken, B.J. 'Pressure Drop in Horizontal Wells Journal of Petroleum
and its Effect on Their Production Technology, November,
Performance' 1990; Trans., AIME,
289.
10 Chaperon, I. 'Theoretical Study of Coning SPE 15377 SPE ATCE,
Towards Horizontal and Vertical New Orleans, Oct. 5-8.
Wells in Anisotropic Formations'
11 Goode, P.A. & 'Inflow Performance of Partially SPE 19341 1989 SPE
Wilkinson, D.J. Open Horizontal Wells' Eastern Region Meeting,
Morgantown, WV, Oct.
24-27. Also JPT, August
1991, pp 983-985.
12 Papazatacos, 'Cone Breakthrough Time for SPE 19822 SPE ATCE,
P., Herring, T. Horizontal Wells' San Antonio, Texas, Oct.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 500 PROSPER

R., Martinsen, 8-11.

R. &
Skjaeveland, S.
M.
13 Cinco-Ley, H., 'Transient Pressure Behaviour For SPE 6014 SPE ATCE,
Samanieogo, F. a Well With a Finite-Conductivity New Orleans, Louisiana,
& Dominguez, vertical Fracture ' Oct 3-6 1976
N.
14 Mavor, M.J. & 'Transient Pressure Behaviour of SPE 7977 California
Cinco Ley, H Naturally Fractured Reservoirs' Regional Meeting SPE,
Ventura, California, April
1979
15 Wong, D., 'Application of the Pressure SPE 13056 SPE ATCE,
Harrington, A. & Derivative Function in th Pressure Houston, Texas, Sept.
Cinco Ley, H Transient testing of Fractured 16-19, 1984
Wells'
16 Warren, J.E. & 'The behaviour of Naturally SPE 426, SPEJ (Spet
Root, P.J. Fractured Reservoirs' 1963), 245-255
17 Hegre, T.T. & 'Productivity of Multifractured SPE 28845 SPE
Larsen, L. Horizontal Wells' European Petroleum
Conference, London,
UK, October 1994
18 Urbanczyk, C. 'Optimization of Well Rates under SPE Advanced
H, & Gas Coning Conditions.' Technology Series, Vol.
Wattenbarger, 2, No. 2, April 1994.
R.A
19 Larsen, L. 'Productivity Evaluations of Wells
in Long Rectangular Drainage
Areas.'
H. Cinco, F. G. 'Unsteady-State Pressure SPE 5131
20 Miller, H. J. Distribution Created by A
Ramey, Jr. Directionally Drilled Well'
2.15.1.3Multiphase Flow Calculations
1. Anand, et al, ‘Predicting Thermal Conductivities of Formations from Other
Known Properties,’ JPT (Oct. 1980).

2. Ashford, F.E, and Pierce, P.E.: ‘The Determination of Multiphase Pressure

Drops and Flow Capacities in Downhole Safety Valves (Storm Chokes)’,
paper SPE 5161 presented at the 1974 SPE Annual Fall Meeting, Houston
Oct. 6-9.

3. Beggs, H.D. and Brill, J.P.: ‘A Study of Two Phase Flow in Inclined Pipe,’

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 501

JPT (May 1973), 606-617.

4. Churchill-Chu, ‘Correlating Equations for Laminar and Turbulent Free

Convection from a Horizontal Cylinder,’ International Journal Heat Mass
Transfer (1975) 18, 1049-1053.

5. Fancher, and Brown, G.G.: ‘Prediction of Pressure Gradients for Multiphase

Flow in Tubing,’ SPE Journal (Mar. 1963), 59-64.

6. Fortunati, ‘Two Phase Flow Through Well-head Chokes,’ paper SPE 3742
presented at 1972 SPE European Spring Meeting, Amsterdam, May 17-18.

7. Hagedorn, A.R. and Brown, K.E.: ‘Experimental Study of Pressure Gradients

Occurring During Continuous Two-Phase Flow in Small-Diameter Vertical
Conduits,’ JPT (Apr. 1965), 475-484.

8. Mandhane et al, ‘A Flow Pattern Map for Gas-liquid Flow in Horizontal Pipes,’
International Journal Multiphase Flow, 1, 537-541.

9. Moody, ‘Friction Factor for Pipe Flow,’ Trans., AIME (1944), 66, 671-675.

10. Mukherjee, H. and Brill, J.P.: ‘Liquid Holdup Correlations for Inclined Two-
Phase Flow,’ JPT (May 1983), 1003-1008.

11. Oranje, ‘Condensate Behaviour in Gas Pipeline is Predictable,’ Oil and Gas
Journal (July 1973), 39-43.

12. Orkiszewski, ‘Predicting Two Phase Pressure Drop in Vertical Pipes,’ JPT
(June 1967), 829-833.

13. Duns, H. Jr and Ros, N.C.J.: ‘Vertical Flow of Gas and Liquid Mixtures in
Wells,’ Proc., Sixth World Petroleum Congress, Frankfurt (1963) 451.

14. Tansev, E. Startzman, R.A. and Cooper, A.M.: ‘Predicting Pressure Loss
and Heat Transfer in Geothermal Wellbores,’ paper SPE 5584 presented at
the 1975 SPE Annual Fall Meeting, Dallas, Sept. 28-Oct. 1.

15. Gould, T.L, Tek, M.R. and Katz, D.L.: ‘Two-Phase Flow Through Vertical,
Inclined, or Curved Pipe,’ JPT, August, 1974, 915-925.

2.15.1.4Temperature Calculations

1 Chiu, K. 'Modeling of Wellbore Heat SPE 22870 1991 SPE Annual

and Losses in Directional Wells Fall Meeting, Dallas, Oct. 9-9.
Thakur, S. Under Changing Injection pp 517 - 528.
C. Conditions,'

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 502 PROSPER

2 Hasan, A. 'Heat Transfer During Two- SPE 22866 1991 SPE Annual
R. and Phase Flow in Wellbores: Part I - Fall Meeting, Dallas, Oct. 9-9.
Kabir, C.S. Formation Temperature,' pp 469 - 478.
3 Hasan, A. 'Heat Transfer During Two- SPE 22948 1991 SPE Annual
R. and Phase Flow in Wellbores: Part II Fall Meeting, Dallas, Oct. 9-9.
Kabir, C.S. - Wellbore Fluid Temperature,' pp 695 - 708.
4 Carslaw, 'Conduction of Heat in Solids,' Oxford Science Publications,
H.S. and Oxford, U.K., 1959.
Jaeger, J.
C.

2.15.1.5Artificial Lift Design

1 Gibbs 'Predicting the Behavior of SPE 588 SPE Rocky Mountain

S.G. Sucker-Rod Pumping Regional Meeting, May 27-28, 1963, in
Systems' Denver, Colorado, 769-788.
2 Schmid 'System Analysis for SPE 15426 SPE ATCE, October 5-8,
t Z., Sucker-Rod Pumping' 1986, in New Orleans, Louisiana, 125-
Doty D. 130.
R.
3 Gibbs 'Computer Diagnosis of SPE 1165 SPE Annual Fall Meeting,
S.G., Down-Hole Conditions in October 3-6, 1965, in Denver, Colorado,
Neely Sucker Rod Pumping 91-98.
A.B. Wells'
4 Patton 'A Computer Technique for SPE 1986 SPE 38th California Regional
L.D. Analyzing Pumping Well Meeting, October 26-27, 1967, in Los
Performance' Angeles, California, 243-249.
5 Jennin 'Design of Sucker-Rod SPE 20152 Petroleum Technology in
gs J.W. Pump Systems' the Second Century, October 16-19,
1989, in Socorro, New Mexico, 77-87.
6 Gibbs 'A Review of Methods for SPE 9980, December 1982, 2931-2942.
S.G. Design and Analysis of
Rod Pumping Installations'
7 Gabor 'Gas Lift Manual! Penn Well Corporation Tulsa, Oklahoma
Takacs 2005
8 Gabor 'Sucker-Rod Pumping Penn Well Corporation Tulsa, Oklahoma
Takacs Manual' 2003

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 503

2.15.2 C - Equations
2.15.2.1Black Oil Model for Condensate

PSEP
TSEP

ggtot TANK

g gsep g gtnk
GOR sep GOR tnk

Total GOR is the total of separator and tank GOR.

Rtot = Rsep + Rtnk

Feed gas gravity (

g gtot ) is the weighted average of separator and tank gas gravities.
( g g sep Rsep + g g tnk Rtnk )
g g tot =
Rtot

2.15.2.1.1 Mass Balance Calculations

Based on the principles of mass balance the following equations can be derived.

Known Parameters:

Produced Gas Gravity ggt

Condensate specific gravity γc
The condensate to gas ratio CGR STB/SCF
Air Mol. Wt. 28.966 lb/lb.mol
Water density 62.43 lb/cu.ft
Air density @ SC 0.0764 lb/Scf
Mol.wt of condensate Mc lb/lb.mol

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 504 PROSPER

Basis of calculations : 1 SCF of Produced gas.

The gas gravity of the mixture g can be evaluated using the following equation

Total inlet mass calculation:

Mass of Produced gas = Vol of gas @SC x Density of gas @SC

= Vol of gas @SC x Gas gravity x Density of air @SC

Mass of Condensate = Vol of Cond @SC x Density of Cond. @SC

= Vol of Cond.@SC x sp.gravity x Density of water @SC

Ü Thus, Total mixture mass =Mass of Produced gas + Mass of

Condensate

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 505

Total inlet moles calculation:

Moles of Produced gas = Mass of gas/ Mol.Wt.of gas

= Mass of gas / Gas gravity x Mol.Wt. air

Moles of Cond. = Mass of Cond./ Mol.Wt.of Cond

Ü
Thus, total mixture moles = Moles of Produced gas + Moles of
Condensate

Thus the gas gravity of the inlet mixture is

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 506 PROSPER

This expression thus gives, the average gas gravity of a mixture, which
has a condensate to gas ratio of CGR STB/SCF, with the gas having a
gas gravity of ggt and the condensate having a specific gravity of γc and
molecular weight of Mc.

This also can be used to work out the condensate to gas ratio of a
mixture gas if the gas gravity is known as shown in the following
equation.

2.15.2.1.2 Using the mass balance results to define Condensate Model

Based on this formulation based on the separator gas gravity and the average total
gas gravity, the effective CGR vaporised in separator gas is estimated as follows

g g sep - g g tot
CGR sep =
4588 .3 g c - 132904 g g sep g c /M c

Separator liquid/gas ratio ( ) referred to separator liquid.

Also assuming that the condensate is above dew point, the initial CGR under
reservoir conditions is,
1
CGR res =
Rsep + Rtnk

Thus, the gas gravity under reservoir conditions can be found as

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 507

g g tot + 4588 .3 g c CGR res

g g res =
1 + 132904 g c CGR res / M c

Thus, we can have two independent equations, which are

· At Reservoir conditions:
g g t + 4588 g csc CGR res
g g res =
1 + 132904 g csc CGR res / M c

· At Separator Conditions:
g g sep - g g tot
CGR sep =
4588 .3 g csc - 132904 g g sep g csc /M c
NOTE:
ggt > ggsep CGRsep negative

At and above Dew Point:

1
CGR res =
Rsep + Rtnk
The CGR at pressures lower than dew point is estimated by a second degree
polynomial as shown
2
æ P f ö÷
CGR = CGR + (CGR - CGR )ç -
min res min çP 1 - f ÷ø
è dewpoint
where
Pmin being the maximum liquid dropout pressure and a function of the dewpoint
pressure.
i.e.
Pmin = F (Pdewpoint )
Pdew is an input to the model.
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 508 PROSPER

The vaporised CGR curve as a function of pressure looks as below:

comp

f
P 1
Pdew
f is from maximum liquid dropout or mix condensate in solution.
CGR = CGR min + (CGR res - CGR min )
*

2
æ P ö
ç - f ÷
ç Pdewpo int ÷
ç 1- f ÷
çç ÷÷
è ø

2.15.2.1.3 Estimation of CGRmin

First calculate condensate mole fraction:

7.08
f = 0.15 + + 1.45 * % Condensate
TRES - 161
(From Eilerts et al)
Bg
CGR min = CGR res - Lmax
561 .5 Bo

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 509

Where
Lmax is the maximum liquid dropout percentage.

Thus we need to estimate Bo and Bg to find CGRmin from the following equation

=
CGR res - Lmax B g
CGR min
561 .5 Bo

2.15.2.2Multiphase Pseudo Pressure

æk ¶P ö
q o = 2 prh çç o * ÷÷
m
è o ¶ r ø
æ k g ¶P ö
q g = 2 prh ç * ÷
çm ¶ r ÷
è g ø
æk ¶P ö
q w = 2 prh çç w * ÷÷
è m w ¶r ø
Total Mass Flow Rate:
æ k kg k ö ¶P
m r = 2 prh ç r o o + r g + rw w ÷
ç mo mg mw ÷ ¶r
è ø
Change of Mass Flow Rate Across Annulus:
¶mr ¶ ì
ï æç ko kg k ö ¶P ü
ï
= 2 ph ír ç r o + rg + rw w ÷
¶r ¶r ï mo mg mw ÷ ¶r ý
ï
î è ø þ ......................1

Change in Mass Flow Rate = Change in Density / Mass accumulation in Annulus

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 510 PROSPER

¶mr ¶r
= 2 prh f
¶r ¶t ..............................................................2
r = So ro + S g r g + S w r w

¶ ì
ï æç ko kg k ö ¶P ü
ï ¶ r
r
í ç or + r + rw w ÷ ý =rf
¶r ï mo
g
mg mw ÷ ¶r ï ¶t
1 and 2 ð î è ø þ
.....................3

By Definition:

Equation 3 becomes:
¶ ì
ï æç ro rg r w ö÷ ¶P ü
ï _
¶P
r
í ç ok + k + k ý = r f r c
m w ÷ø ¶r ï
g w
¶r ï
î è mo mg þ ¶t
To Linearise this Equation:
p
æ r ö
m( p ) = ç r o k o + k g g + k w r w ÷ ¶P
ò0 ç m o mg m w ÷ø
è
p
k æ k g mo k m ö
= ò o ç ro + r g + w o r w ÷ ¶P
0
m o çè ko m g ko m w ÷
ø
p
k æ qg q ö
= ò o çç r o + r g + w r w ÷÷ ¶P
0
mo è qo qo ø
p
k æ GOR out B g WOR out Bw ö
= ò o çç r o + rg + r w ÷÷ ¶P
0
mo è Bo Bo ø
Combining we get:
¶ æ ¶m( p ) ö r f r c m o ¶m( p )
ç r ko ÷= *
¶r è ¶r ø F ¶t
Where

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 511

GOR out Bg WOR out Bw

F = ro + rg + rw
Bo Bo

¶ 2 m( p ) 1 ¶m( p ) _
m o ¶m( p )
2
+ = f c
ð
¶r r ¶r Bo ¶t
ð
So ro + S g r g + S w r w
C = c
F
For Condensates:
¶ 2 m( p ) 1 ¶m( p ) m g ¶m( p )
+ = f c
¶r 2 r ¶r kg ¶t
So ro + S g rg + S w r w
C=c
Fg
Bo CGR out Bw WGR
Fg = ro + r g + rw
Bg Bg
2.15.2.3Temperature Models

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 512 PROSPER

2.15.2.3.1 Rough Approximation Temperature Model

The ambient temperature at point x is:

which implies that the rate of change of temperature with depth

The fluid temperature at point x is then found from

Where:
Ta1 = Ambient temperature at L1
T1 = Fluid temperature at entry
T(x) = Fluid temperature at current location

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 513

q = Deviation angle
= Fluid mass flow rate

Cp = Specific heat capacity

U = Overall heat transfer coefficient referred to pipe inside diameter
D = Pipe inside diameter
G = Geothermal gradient
W = Product of phase mass flow rates and heat capacities o Cpo + w

Cpw + g Cpg

2.15.2.3.1.1 Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient

This value is used to calculate heat loss in surface or downhole pipe work This
should not be confused with the thermal conductivity for a particular type of pipe.
The overall heat transfer coefficient accounts for the heat flow through the pipe,
annulus (in a well) and insulation (if present) to the surroundings. Heat transfer by
forced and free convection, conduction and radiation must all be accounted for in the
value of the overall heat transfer coefficient. Insulated buried flowlines can have heat
transfer coefficients as low as 0.1 (BTU/hr/F/ft2) whereas uninsulated, unburied
flowlines can be higher than 100. Typical values for individual flowlines are :-

Buried Carbon Steel Flowlines 1.0

Unburied Carbon Steel
16.0
Flowlines
Carbon Steel Risers in Water 18.0
Carbon Steel Risers in Air 5.6
Flexible Pipe in Water 2.8
The overall heat transfer coefficient (U value) used to determine the heat exchange
in the Surface Equipment (Xmas Tree to Manifold) is entered in the Surface
Equipment section of the Equipment Data input area.
The overall heat transfer coefficient entered in the Geothermal Gradient section is
the one used to determine the heat exchange in the Downhole Equipment (Xmas
Tree downward).
The U values entered in the two sections mentioned above will be used throughout
the model when running a calculation like System, Gradient, VLP calculation, or also
the VLP matching itself.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 514 PROSPER

During the VLP/IPR matching process the U value can be tuned in order to match
the observed temperature profile (using the feature Estimate U value in the VLP/IPR
matching screen).
As “rule of thumb” we suggest to use as starting values of U the following:

- In the case of dry gas fluid: 1-3 BTU/(hr×ft2×F)

- In the case of retrograde condensate fluid: 5-7 BTU/(hr×ft2×F)

- In the case of oil fluid: 8-9 BTU/(hr×ft2×F)

The values of the heat transfer coefficient above reported are the ones that we
suggest to use as starting point during the temperature matching process, as we
found out that in many cases they are not too far from the actual values.
Please, note that the heat transfer coefficient, which accounts at the same time for
the different mechanisms of heat transfer, may have very different values,
depending on all the factors affecting the heat transfer (the packer fluid, fluid
characteristics, flow regime, type of completion, materials used, thickness of tubing
and casing etc.).
Again, if a measurement of wellhead temperature is available along with the well
test, it is possible to get the correct estimation of the U value.The overall heat
transfer coefficient is referenced to the pipe inside diameter

2.15.2.3.2 Enthalpy Balance

Enthalpy Balance temperature model in PROSPER applies the general energy
equation for flowing fluid:

In terms of Enthalpy

this is written:

In other terms:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 515

If heat transfer with the surroundings (Q) is neglected, the usual pressure equation
solved in multiphase flow results. PROSPER solves the general energy equation by
considering the enthalpy balance across an incremental length of pipe. The
enthalpy term includes the effects of pressure (including Joule-Thomson effect) and
phase changes.
The algorithm commences by
calculating the enthalpy at the known
pressure and temperature of the first
calculation node. i.e. H1 at (T1,P1)

For a given pipe increment, the

enthalpy (H2) at the other end of the
pipe is estimated. The difference (H2
-H1) is compared to DH.

Where

If previous calculations exist, then:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 516 PROSPER

dt
P2 = P1 - GDL ; T2 = T1 - DL
dz
to give the first estimate of H2

We now deal with a piece of

tubing of pipe length L,
and
P1 + P2 T1 + T2
P= ; T=
2 2

The total heat transfer coefficient is estimated for the T, P of the iteration step to
calculate the heat exchanged. Using the energy equation, we can find dh. If dh
does not equal H2-H1, the iteration continues until convergence. The Enthalpy
Balance method solves the energy equation simultaneously for both temperature
and pressure. The solution temperature at the downstream side of the pipe
increment is therefore the value of T2 when the iteration has converged.

The heat transfer coefficient is used to calculate dQ within the enthalpy balance
iterations and not the temperature.

The heat transfer coefficient is itself a function of the temperature of both the fluid
and the surroundings; therefore iteration is required to find both the heat transfer
coefficient and the enthalpy balance. The formation is a thermal sink at temperature
Te. The temperature profile near the wellbore is dependent upon producing time
and the thermal diffusivity of the formation. The heat diffusivity equation accounts
for localised heating (or cooling) of the formation by the well fluids.

For a pipe increment, the heat flow is calculated using:

Where: is the temperature difference between the fluid and the formation at
infinity.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 517

is the effective thermal conductivity of the formation (including allowance for well
fluids in porous formations)

is the solution of the heat diffusivity equation

The exact solution of heat diffusivity equation is:

(Carslaw and Jaeger Page 336)

This integral poses numerical problems as u0 and is slow. This equation is

evaluated for very early times only.

For intermediate times, PROSPER uses a fit of the TD vs tD generated using the
exact solution. At later times a logarithmic approximation is used:

Where thermal diffusivity

This formulation approximates the exact solution with less than 1% error. (From
Kwan-Chu and Subash Thakur).
is the overall heat transfer coefficient.

The overall heat transfer coefficient takes into account forced convection inside the
pipe and free convection outside the pipe plus radiation and conduction.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 518 PROSPER

Heat transfer from the pipe is in three terms:

· Conduction

· Forced Convection

· Free Convection
and Radiation

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 519

Now, let us examine the components of the overall heat loss coefficient individually:

is due to forced convection inside the pipe

Where k is the average conductivity.

= mixture Reynolds number

(depends on VLP correlation used)

i.e.
mixture Prandtl number

In the annulus, the free convection term is:

where: i.e. mixture Grashof number

and mixture density

thermal expansion coefficient

The convection terms are themselves a function of temperature. Iteration is

therefore required to find the annulus temperature for the convection term and
determine the overall heat transfer coefficient

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 520 PROSPER

H2

H1

rti H1 P1 , T1
rto
rci
rco

rcem

The radiation term is given by:

where is the Stefan-Boltzman constant and is emissivity.

The Conduction Terms. An example is for the tubing, where:

Similar expressions are used for each casing string and each term combined to find
the total conductivity term .

2.15.2.3.2.1 Default Thermal Properties Database

The data listed below is at standard conditions. Correlations are used to estimate
thermal properties at other temperatures and pressures.

Dry Rock Properties

Cp Conductivity Specific Gravity

BTU/lb/deg F BTU/hr/ft/deg

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 521

F
Sandstone 0.183 1.06 2.64
Shale 0.224 0.7 2.4
Limestone 0.202 0.54 2.71
Dolomite 0.219 1.0 2.87
Halite 0.219 2.8 2.17
Anhydrite 0.265 0.75 2.96
Gypsum 0.259 0.75 2.32
Lignite 0.3 2.0 1.5
Volcanics 0.2 1.6 2.65

Rock In Situ Fluids

Cp Conductivity
BTU/lb/deg BTU/hr/ft/deg
F F
Water (Low
1.0 0.35
salinity)
Water (High
1.02 0.345
Salinity)
Heavy Oil 1.04 0.34
Medium Oil 0.49 0.083
Light Oil 0.5 0.0815
Gas 0.26 0.0215

The dry rock properties are modified to wet rock properties using the in-situ porosity,
permeability and rock consistency.

Downhole Equipment

Conduction
Heat Emmissivi
Transfer ty
Coefficient

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 522 PROSPER

BTU/ft/hr/deg
F
Mild Steel Tubing 26 0.65
Plactic Coated
20 0.65
Tubing
Stainless Steel
18 0.4
(13%)
Stainless Steel
15 0.3
(15%)
Line Pipe 27 0.9
Plactic Coated Pipe 20 0.9
Flexible 0.3 0.95
Bitumen 0.6 0.95
Foam 0.02 0.8
Concrete 0.1 0.9

2.15.2.4Choke Calculation

From Bernoulli:

From Mass Conservation:

In the throat, the maximum velocity is the speed of sound. Under critical conditions,
the choke becomes independant of the downstream pressure and temperature.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 523

Vms : 2 phase sound velocity from FORTUNATI, Vms will be much lower than the
velocity of either phase. Critical conditions are reached at much lower velocities.

For a mono phase

2.15.2.5Multi-Phase Flow Correlations

- For deviated wells, the Beggs and Brill hold up correction is used.
- To determine interfacial tension, the Parachor technique is used.
- Petroleum Experts correlation uses the Gould et al Flow Map and for the various
flow regimes we use the following:

Bubble flow: Wallis and Griffith

Slug flow: Hagedorn and Brown
Transition: Duns and Ros
Annular Mist flow: Duns and Ros

2.15.3 D - Dietz Shape Factors

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 524 PROSPER

In bounded reservoirs
1 4.86
31.6
2

1 2.07
30.9
2

1 2.72
31.6
4

1 0.232
27.6
4

1 0.115
27.1
4
60°

21.9 3.39
1
3

1 22.6 1 3.13

2 2

1 5.38 1 0.607

4 2

1 2.36 0.111
1
5
2

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 525

0.098
12.9 4
3

In water-drive reservoirs

4.57 19.1

In reservoirs of unknown production

1 10.8 character
25
2

2.15.4 E - File Formats

2.15.4.1Introduction
This appendix contains examples of some file formats used by PROSPER. For
further details and advice regarding interfacing PROSPER with other applications,
please contact Petroleum Experts Limited customer support.

2.15.4.2External PVT Tables

PROSPER can directly import proprietary PVT table files generated by Petroleum Experts
PVT Package. The following file format description can be followed to re-format
PVT tables obtained from other sources.

* TEST EXAMPLE OF AN OIL PVT TABLE IMPORT FILE

* (BLANK LINES AND LINES WITH AN ASTERISK (*) IN COLUMN 1
* ARE IGNORED)
*
* UNITS for the imported PVT variables must be defined in
field units

* NUMBER OF TABLES (MAX 10)

5
* DATA COLUMN IDENTIFIERS

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 526 PROSPER

* - CAN BE IN ANY ORDER

* - COLUMNS CAN BE MISSING
* - ANY INDIVIDUAL ITEM > 3.4e35 = missing item
*
*
* PRES - Pressure
* GOR - Gas-Oil Ratio]
* OFVF - oil Formation Volume Factor
* OVIS - oil Viscosity
* ODEN - oil Density
* OCOM - oil Compressibility
* GFVF - gas Formation Volume Factor
* GVIS - gas Viscosity
* WVIS - water Viscosity
* WCOM - water Compressibility
* ZFAC - Z Factor
* GDEN - gas density
* CGR - Reservoir CGR
*
OFVF GOR OVIS ODEN PRES

*
* TABLE IDENTIFIER RECORD
*
* N LINES TEMP BP
*
* N - Table Number
* LINES - Number of lines in the table (max 15)
* TEMP - Table Temperature
* BP - Table Bubble Point Pressure (Dew Point for
condensate)
1 3 100 1300
1.21 453 .99 46 2000
1.31 454 .98 47 2010
1.41 455 .97 49 2020
2 3 200 1310
2.21 553 .89 56 3000
2.31 554 .88 57 3010
2.41 555 .87 59 3020
3 3 300 1390
3.21 653 .79 76 4000
3.31 654 .78 77 4010
3.41 655 .77 79 4020
4 3 400 1400
4.21 753 .69 86 5000
4.31 754 .68 87 5010
4.41 755 .67 89 5020
5 3 500 1800

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 527

5.21 853 .59 96 6000

5.31 854 .58 97 6010
5.41 855 .57 99 6020

Note:
Import table units must be defined in field units. Once the data has been imported
the PROSPER units system can be used to display the values in any desired units.

2.15.4.3Lift Curves
The following is an example of a flowing well lift curve in ECLIPSE format:

-- VFP TABLE for PRODUCER --

VFPPROD
1 10430 'LIQ' 'WCT' 'GOR' /
100 1000 10000 /
114.696 514.696 5014.7 /
0 0.5 0.9 /
0.8 1 5 /
0/
1 1 1 1 2002.17 1258.71 2733.66 /
1 1 2 1 1479.42 1083.09 2655.25 /
1 1 3 1 413.537 806.953 4503.13 /
1 2 1 1 3948.98 2376.35 3439.27 /
1 2 2 1 3619.42 1985.43 3270.18 /
1 2 3 1 494.134 928.339 3352.16 /
1 3 1 1 4913.94 4485.14 4672.16 /
1 3 2 1 4895.27 4343.38 4563.92 /
1 3 3 1 3925.4 2141.93 3460.48 /
2 1 1 1 3629.53 2559.11 3358.56 /
2 1 2 1 3539.7 2209.16 3216.7 /
2 1 3 1 1098.95 1408.86 4038.35 /
2 2 1 1 4817.47 3863.58 4190.39 /
2 2 2 1 4746.81 3540.81 3985.01 /
2 2 3 1 1916.92 1594.64 3434.72 /
2 3 1 1 5347.77 5166.94 5283.46 /
2 3 2 1 5337.64 5102.83 5210.6 /
2 3 3 1 5138.74 3590 4155.85 /
3 1 1 1 8202.54 8206.84 8494.42 /
3 1 2 1 8081.09 8085.64 8397.43 /
3 1 3 1 7436.73 7142.24 8450.65 /
3 2 1 1 9393.27 9014.22 9196.49 /
3 2 2 1 9308.64 8911.21 9105.01 /
3 2 3 1 8567.24 7774.64 8436.27 /
3 3 1 1 9912.37 9798.83 9952.61 /
3 3 2 1 9906.65 9776.86 9924.11 /
3 3 3 1 9813.74 9404.22 9463.37 /

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 528 PROSPER

Gas Lifted Well (4 Variable) Lift Curves

-- VFP TABLE for PRODUCER --

VFPPROD
1 10430 'LIQ' 'WCT' 'GOR' /
100 1000 10000 /
114.696 1014.7 /
0.5 0.9 /
0.82 5 /
0 0.2 0.5 /
1 1 1 1 4236.42 2633.35 3373.19 /
1 1 1 2 3825.95 2143.51 3274.85 /
1 1 1 3 3124.78 1852.12 3267.76 /
1 1 2 1 679.721 1006.21 3341.52 /
1 1 2 2 663.546 996.833 3405.81 /
1 1 2 3 641.284 977.228 3341.56 /
1 2 1 1 4983.68 4569.28 4613.82 /
1 2 1 2 4855.84 3445.19 4260.77 /
1 2 1 3 4234.42 2708.11 3888.35 /
1 2 2 1 4324.78 2288.63 3403.99 /
1 2 2 2 3770.29 1978.18 3361.59 /
1 2 2 3 2893.22 1811.06 3390.73 /
2 1 1 1 5416.3 4901.7 4903.34 /
2 1 1 2 5416.24 4900.79 4902.04 /
2 1 1 3 5416.15 4899.42 4900.17 /
2 1 2 1 4853.52 2622.82 3962.47 /
2 1 2 2 4853.36 2606.9 3962.25 /
2 1 2 3 4853.12 2591.41 3961.94 /
2 2 1 1 5925.14 5771.07 5819.76 /
2 2 1 2 5925.09 5770.6 5819.25 /
2 2 1 3 5925.01 5769.9 5818.5 /
2 2 2 1 5814.71 4954.63 4912.08 /
2 2 2 2 5814.64 4953.02 4911.18 /
2 2 2 3 5814.53 4950.61 4909.88 /

2.15.4.4IPR
*
* This is an example IPR input file
*
The format is pressure, rate, curve value
*
The numbers can be space, tab or comma delimited
* Up to twenty points per curve, up to five curves
*
*Blank lines or lines with an asterisk (*) in the first

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 529

* column are ingored.

*

0 5000 1000
1000 4000 1000
2000 3000 1000
3000 2000 1000
4000 1000 1000
5000 0 1000

*
* Next curve
*

0 3000 2000
1000 2000 2000
2000 1000 2000
3000 0 2000

2.15.4.5ESP PUMPS
* Blank lines or lines begining with an asterisk are ignored.
* The format for the pump data is
* Line 1 Manufacturer pumpname size (ins) frequency(hz) Min. rte Max. rate No. of
Stages
* Line 2 six coefficients for head curve (ft of water)
* Line 3 six coefficients for power curve (HP)

* Curves are polynomials of the form

* Y = AO + A1*x + A2*x*2 + A3*x**3 + A4*x**4 + A5*x**5

****************************
****************************
****************************
*** CENTRILIFT PUMPS ***
****************************
****************************
****************************

CENTRILIFT DC-800 3.38 60 550 950 1

* A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
-1.695826E-14 3.474714E-11 -3.873426E-08 8.776504E-06 -7.290256E-04
2.06500E+01
3.389608E-16 -6.347699E-13 1.397720E-10 1.695927E-07 1.838891E-05
9.70000E-02

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 530 PROSPER

CENTRILIFT DC-1000 3.38 60 700 1300 1

0.0000000000 1.629606E-13 -3.038773E-09 -4.764406E-07 -2.538143E-03
2.05000E+01
-1.535787E-17 8.375897E-14 -1.485183E-10 4.492726E-08 1.474800E-04
8.501001E-02

2.15.4.6ESP MOTORS
*Manufacturer

Reda

* Number of motors, rpm, frequency

2 3450. 60.0

*Series OD
456 4.56

*amps
6.53822E-01 -1.34128E+00 8.86349E-01 -1.06114E-01 5.61883E-01 3.43896E-
01 *
*rpm
-6.24718E+01 2.04999E+02 -3.03911E+02 1.45552E+02 -1.15803E+02 3.58291E
+03 *
*efficiency
-5.57129E-01 1.60591E+00 -7.30540E-01 -1.98693E+00 2.49918E+00 1.91886E-
03 *
* power factor
-5.44220E-01 2.16557E+00 -2.81504E+00 7.11957E-01 1.04810E+00 2.49609E-
01 *

*Series OD
540 5.4

*amps
-2.16508E-01 6.79101E-01 -5.79651E-01 3.59379E-01 5.24583E-01 2.26834E-
01 *
*rpm
-2.14557E+01 8.55182E+01 -1.66122E+02 9.44086E+01 -1.44510E+02 3.58175E
+03 *
*efficiency
3.67150E-01 -1.64327E+00 3.01018E+00 -3.02514E+00 1.72215E+00 4.17187E-
01 *

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 531

* power factor
4.64765E-01 -2.48102E+00 5.12024E+00 -5.23541E+00 2.71560E+00 2.75835E-
01 *

*Series Type HP VOLTS AMPS

456 S 100.0 1075 51
456 S 100.0 1355 46
456 S 100.0 2205 29
456 S 110.0 1190 60
456 S 120.0 1255 70
456 S 120.0 1295 59
456 S 120.0 2245 35
456 T 200.0 2710 46
456 T 220.0 2380 60
456 T 240.0 2250 70
456 T 240.0 2590 59

540 S 180.0 945 120

540 S 180.0 1945 59
540 S 200.0 1100 115
540 S 200.0 2140 54
540 S 225.0 1135 127
540 S 225.0 2235 64
540 T 450.0 2270 127
540 T 480.0 2475 122
540 T 480.0 3345 89
540 T 540.0 2835 120
540 T 600.0 3300 115

2.15.4.7ESP CABLES
* Cable Type
* Volt drop coefficient Maximum ampage
#1 Copper
0.26 115
#2 Copper
0.33 95
#4 Copper
0.53 70
#6 Copper
0.84 55
#8 Copper
1.32 50
#10 Copper
2.08 50
#12 Copper
3.32 50

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 532 PROSPER

#1 Aluminium
0.33 95
#2 Aluminium
0.53 70
#4 Aluminium
0.84 55
#6 Aluminium
1.32 50
#8 Aluminium
2.08 50
#10 Aluminium
3.32 50

2.15.4.8HSP PUMPS
*
* H Y D R A U L I C D R I V E D O W N H O L E P U M P S*
================= ========= =============== =========

* This is a sample pump import file. Blank lines or lines begining

* with an asterisk are ignored. The format for the pump data is
* Line 1 Manufacturer pumpname size (mm) reference Speed(rpm) Min.
* operating rate Max. operating rate No. of stages Max no. of Stages Min
* Speed Max Speed
* Line 2 six coefficients for head curve (ft of water) (a0 to a5)
* Line 3 six coefficients for power curve (HP) (a0 to a5)

* This data is supplied FOR EXAMPLE PURPOSES ONLY

********** DO NOT USE FOR SYSTEM DESIGN
* Contact your pump supplier for current performance data

****************************
****************************
****************************
*** WEIR PUMPS ***
****************************
****************************
****************************

WEIR TPL115 118 11500 2000 12200 1 18 3825 11500

439.726 -0.0145605 1.7487e-7 -4.0609e-11 -1.2e-15 6.7794e-20
15.0445 0.00470131 -8.1656e-7 9.018e-11 -5.0595e-15 9.7463e-20

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 533

2.15.4.9HSP TURBINES
Turbine Manufacturer
WEIR* Number of Turbines1***************** ** WEIR T30 **
****************** Turbine TypeT30* Reference Speed (rpm)
15000.0

* Maximum Speed (rpm)

15000.0

* Maximum Test Pressure (psi)

8910.00

* Maximum Working Pressure (psi)

5940.00

* Maximum Stage Pressure (psi)

370.00

* Maximum Number Of Stages

50

* Maximum Turbine Supply Flow (bbl/day)

3911.67

* Maximum Total Shaft Torque (lb.ins)

843

* Maximum Stage Torque (lb.ins)

128

* Turbine Casing OD (inches)

3.46

* Max. Velocity Over Turbine Casing (ft/sec)

25.000

* Number of Settings
4

* Setting should be an alphanumeric string with NO embedded spaces (up to 8

characters)

* Setting Efficiency Mininum Maximum Head Head Head Power

Power Power
* Rate Rate (a1) (a2) (a3) (a1) (a2)
(a3)

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 534 PROSPER

* (percent) (bbl/day) (bbl/day)

A 52.750 1235.26 2038.18 0.000311733 -0.53145 447.209

2.2765e-6 -0.00245738 0.551433
B 56.000 1523.49 2460.23 0.000146428 -0.163852 184.132
1.6612e-6 -0.00126675 -0.431372
C 60.460 1873.48 3232.27 0.000116043 -0.281785 395.769
1.8284e-6 -0.0037038 2.46547
D 64.000 2367.59 3788.14 6.97987e-5 -0.150449 243.193
2.0903e-6 -0.00670166 7.15005

2.15.5 F - Glossary

Bott Pressure measured at the producing formation. Intake node pressure.

om
Hole
Flow
ing
Pres
sure
Form Quantity of oil dissolved in 1 stock tank barrel of oil at prevailing pressure
ation and temperature. Solution GOR. See GOR Definitions
Gas-
Oil
Ratio
Form Volume occupied by 1 barrel of stock tank oil and its associated solution gas
ation at a given pressure and temperature.
Volu
me
Fact
or
(Bo)
Retr Hydrocarbon existing as a gas at reservoir conditions from which liquid
ogra drops out as the pressure drops. The liquid may evaporate as the pressure
de drops further.
Cond
ensa
te
Gas Ratio of the gas density to density of air. Equal to ratio of molecular weight
Gravi to that of air (28.97).
ty
Geot Rate of increase in earth temperature with depth. One example: 1.8
herm degrees F per 100 feet of TVD.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 535

al
Grad
ient
When oil is brought to surface conditions it is usual for some gas to come
out of solution. The gas/oil ratio (GOR) is the ratio of the volume of gas that
comes out of solution, to the volume of oil. A point to check is whether the
volume of oil is measured before or after the gas comes out of solution,
since the oil volume will shrink when the gas comes out. In fact gas
dissolution and oil volume shrinkage will happen at many stages during the
GOR path of the hydrocarbon stream from reservoir through the wellbore and
processing plant to export. For light oils and rich gas condensates the
ultimate GOR of export streams is strongly influenced by the efficiency with
which the processing plant strips liquids from the gas phase. Reported
GORs may be calculated from export volumes which may not be at standard
conditions.Can refer to solution GOR or Total GOR (i.e. including free gas
production). See GOR Definitions
Heat Coefficient describing the total resistance to heat loss from a producing pipe
Tran to its surroundings. Includes heat loss by conduction, convection and
sfer radiation.
Coeff
icien
t
(HTC
)
Hold (Liquid holdup). Proportion of pipe area occupied by liquid. Equal to 1.0 for
up single phase liquid and 0.0 for single phase gas.
A fictitious gas that obeys the equation of state PV=RT/m where V is
Ideal specific volume, T is absolute temperature, R is the universal gas constant
Gas and m id the molecular weight. Real gases deviate from ideal behaviour at
atmospheric pressures.
Com A volume ratio that indicates the deviation of the actual volume from that
pres which has been determined by the Ideal Gas Laws. The Compressibility
sibili Factor is a multiplier
ty
Inflo The relation between reservoir pressure, flowing bottom hole pressure and
w production rate. Can be calculated from reservoir properties (reservoir
Perfo pressure, permeability, skin) or fitting an empirical relation to measured
rman pressures. See IPR Definition
ce
Relat
ions
hip
(IPR)

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 536 PROSPER

Injec Gas injected into a reservoir for pressure maintenance. Not to be confused
tion with gas lift injection.
Gas
Injec Slope of inflow performance relation for injection. Expressed as injection
tivity volume per unit of injection pressure. (BBL/psi, Sm3/Bar).
Inde
x
The Joule-Thomson effect, or Joule-Kelvin effect, is a process in which
the temperature of a real gas is either decreased or increased by letting the
gas expand freely at constant enthalpy (which means that no heat is
transferred to or from the gas, and no external work is extracted). It's named
after James Prescott Joule and William Thomson, 1st Baron Kelvin who
established the effect in 1852 following earlier work by Joule on Joule
expansion in which a gas expands at constant internal energy.
The relationship between temperature, pressure and volume of a gas is
simply described by the various gas laws. When volume is increased in an
irreversible process, the gas laws do not uniquely determine what happens
to the pressure and temperature of the gas. Reversible adiabatic expansion,
in which the gas does positive work in the process of expansion, always
causes a decrease in temperature. However, when a real gas (as
differentiated from an ideal gas) expands freely at constant enthalpy, the
temperature may either decrease or increase, depending on the initial
Joul temperature and pressure. For any given pressure, a real gas has a Joule-
e- Thomson (Kelvin) inversion temperature, above which expansion at
Tho constant enthalpy causes the temperature to rise, and below which
mso expansion at constant enthalpy causes cooling. For most gases at
n atmospheric pressure, the inversion temperature is fairly high (above room
Coeff temperature), and so most gases at those temperature and pressure
conditions are cooled by isenthalpic expansion.
icien
t The change of temperature with respect to a change of pressure in a Joule-
Thomson process is the Joule-Thomson (Kelvin) coefficient

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 537

Definition of the Joule-Thomson Coefficient

The value of µ depends on the specific gas, as well as the temperature and
pressure of the gas before expansion. For all real gases, it will equal zero at
some point called the inversion point and the Joule-Thomson inversion
temperature is the temperature where the coefficient changes sign (i.e.,
where the coefficient equals zero).
In any gas expansion, the gas pressure decreases and thus the sign of dP is
always negative. The following table explains when the Joule-Thomson
effect cools or heats a real gas
If the gas then µ is since dP is dT must be so the gas
temperature
is
below the
always
inversion positive negative cools
negative
temperature
above the
always
inversion negative positive heats
negative
temperature

It should be noted that µ is always equal to zero for ideal gases (i.e., they
will neither heat nor cool upon being expanded at constant enthalpy).
Meas Depth measured along the flow path from the depth reference to a point in
ured the well.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 538 PROSPER

Dept
h
A reference point in the well. A calculation node is inserted whenever there
Node
is a change of I.D., deviation angle or temperature gradient.
Permeability (commonly symbolized as κ, or k) is a measure of the ability of
a material (typically, a rock or unconsolidated material) to transmit fluids. It is
of great importance in determining the flow characteristics of hydrocarbons
in oil and gas reservoirs. The intrinsic permeability of any porous material is:
k = C * d2
where
k is the intrinsic permeability
C is a dimensionless constant that is related to the configuration of the flow-
paths
d is the average, or effective pore diameter
Permeability needs to be measured, either directly (using Darcy's law) or
through estimation using empirically derived formulas.
Perm A common unit for permeability is the darcy (D), or more commonly the
eabili millidarcy (mD) (1 darcy @10-12m²). Other units are cm² and the SI m2.
ty Permeability is part of the proportionality constant in Darcy's law which
relates discharge (flow rate) and fluid physical properties (e.g. viscosity), to a
pressure gradient applied to the porous media. The proportionality constant
specifically for the flow of water through a porous media is the hydraulic
conductivity; permeability is a portion of this, and is a property of the porous
media only, not the fluid. In naturally occurring materials, it ranges over
many orders of magnitude. For a rock to be considered as an exploitable
hydrocarbon reservoir, its permeability must be greater than approximately
100 mD (depending on the nature of the hydrocarbon - gas reservoirs with
lower permeabilities are still exploitable because of the lower viscosity of gas
with respect to oil). Rocks with permeabilities significantly lower than 100
mD can form efficient seals. Unconsolidated sands may have permeabilities
of over 5000 mD.
Pres Calculation of well pressure vs depth by integrating the pressure gradient for
sure increments of pipe.
Trav
erse
Phas A homogeneous body of material which differs in its intensive properties
e from that of its neighbouring phases. e.g. Gas, liquid.
Prod Gas production divided by oil production. Includes gas in solution and any
uced free gas production. Excludes lift gas returned to surface with the produced
Gas/ fluids.
Oil
Ratio
Measure of a well's ability to flow. Expressed in bbl/psi (Sm3/day / Bar) of
Prod
drawdown. Applies above the bubble point.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 539

uctiv
ity
Inde
x (PI)
Pseu The Critical Temperature is defined as the highest temperature at which a gas can be
do- liquefied. When calculated for a mixture it is called the Pseudo-Critical Temperature.
Critic
al
Tem
perat
ure
Pseu The Critical Pressure of a gas is defined as the saturation pressure at the
do- Critical Temperature. It is the highest vapour pressure the liquid can exert.
Critic Critical conditions must be determined experimentally for each gas. When
al calculated for a mixture, it is called the Pseudo-Critical Pressure.
Pres
sure
Quali Weight percent of vapour present in a two-phase mixture.
ty
Redu Ratio of pressure in a system to the critical pressure (or pseudo-critical
ced pressure) of the system.
pres
sure
and
temp
eratu
re
Rese Accumulation of hydrocarbon in permeable rock.
rvoir
Resi Liquid remaining in a PVT cell at the completion of a differential liberation
dual experiment.
Oil
Satur Oil in equilibrium with its vapour at a specified temperature and pressure.
ated
Oil
Satur Pressure at which vapor and liquid are in equilibrium. For oils, equivalent to
ation bubble point.. For condensates, the dew point.
Pres
sure
Shrin Decrease in volume of oil from reservoir conditions to the stock tank.
kage Shrinkage occurs as oil gives up solution gas and temperature drops.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 540 PROSPER

Shrin Reciprocal of Formation Volume Factor.

kage
Fact
or
Solut Gas dissolved in oil at elevated pressure and temperature.
ion
Gas
Solut Volume of gas dissolved in stock tank unit of oil at saturation pressure (scf/
ion STB, Sm3/Sm3). See GOR Definitions
Gas
Oil
Ratio
(Rs)
Spec Ratio of fluid density to that of water at 60 degrees F. For gases, ratio of
ific gas density to that of air at standard conditions.
Gravi
ty
Stati Stabilised reservoir pressure if all wells were shut in and built up.
c
Rese
rvoir
Pres
sure
STB Stock Tank Barrel.
Stea A state of the system in which none of the variables (such as pressure,
dy- temperature, flow rates) varies with time.
State
Stoc Oil in equilibrium with its surrounding conditions of temperature and
k pressure.
Tank
Oil
True Vertical displacement from reference depth to a point in a well.
Verti
cal
Dept
h
Unde Oil capable of dissolving additional gas at a specified temperature and
r pressure. i.e current pressure is above the fluid's bubble point.
Satur
ated
Oil

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 541

Voge Empirical inflow performance relation that accounts for reduced oil
l permeability when producing below bubble point due to gas breakout.
Equa
tion
Wate Ratio of water production to total fluid production. (Water Rate) / (Oil Rate +
r Cut Water Rate)
Wate Volume occupied at prevailing pressure and temperature by 1 stock tank
r unit of water.
Form
ation
Volu
me
Fact
or
(Bw)
Wate Ratio of oil production to water production (stock tank conditions)
r / Oil
Ratio
(WO
R)
The temperature at which the vapour will start to condense. Dew point of a
Dew
gas mixture is the temperature at which the highest boiling point constituent
Point
will start to condense.
Any gas or gas mixture which contains no water vapour, and where all of the
Dry
constituents are substantially above their respective saturated vapour
Gas
pressure at the existing conditions.
Ener A substance's capacity, either latent or apparent, to exert a force through a
gy distance.
The sum of the internal and external energies. Enthalpy is defined as
H = U + P*V
Enth where U is the energy of a system, P the pressure, and V the volume. At
alpy constant volume and temperature, the differential change in enthalpy as
pressure and entropy S are varied is therefore
dH = TdS + VdP

A measure of the unavailable energy in a substance. The concept of entropy

in thermodynamics is central to the second law of thermodynamics, which
deals with physical processes and whether they occur spontaneously.
Entr Spontaneous changes occur with an increase in entropy. Spontaneous
opy changes tend to smooth out differences in temperature, pressure, density,
and chemical potential that may exist in a system, and entropy is thus a
measure of how far this smoothing-out process has progressed. Entropy
change is defined as a change to a more disordered state at a molecular

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 542 PROSPER

level. In recent years, entropy has been interpreted in terms of the

"dispersal" of energy. Entropy is an extensive state function that accounts
for the effects of irreversibility in thermodynamic systems.
Quantitatively, entropy, symbolized by S, is defined by the differential
quantity dS = δQ / T, where δQ is the amount of heat absorbed in a
reversible process in which the system goes from one state to another, and
T is the absolute temperature. Entropy is one of the factors that determines
the free energy of the system.
Exter
The energy represented by the product of pressure and volume. It may be
nal
regarded as the energy a substance possesses by virtue of the space it
Ener
occupies.
gy
The energy transferred because of a temperature difference. There is no
Heat
transfer of mass.
Inter
nal The energy which a substance possesses because of the motion and
Ener configuration of its atoms, molecules and sub atomic particles.
gy
Isent
ropic
Proc
A process during which there is no heat added to or removed from the
ess
system.
(Adia
batic
)
Isoth
erma
l A process during which there is no change in temperature.
Proc
ess
Kinet
ic
The energy a substance possesses by virtue of its motion or velocity.
Ener
gy
Parti
al
The absolute pressure exerted by a constituent portion of the mixture.
Pres
sure
Pote
ntial The energy a substance possesses because of its elevation above the earth
Ener or above some chosen datum plane.
gy

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 543

Redu
ced The ratio in absolute units of the actual gas pressure to the critical pressure
Pres of the gas.
sure
Redu
ced
The ratio in absolute units of the actual gas temperature to the critical
temp
temperature of the gas.
eratu
re
Satur
ated The pressure existing at a given temperature in a closed volume containing
Vapo a liquid and a vapour from that liquid after equilibrium conditions have been
ur reached. It is dependent only on temperature and must be determined
Pres experimentally.
sure
Spec
The ratio of the density of a given gas to the density of dry air, both
ific
measured at the same specific conditions of pressure and temperature.
Gravi
These conditions are usually 14.696 psiA and 60ºF, or 1 barA and 0ºC.
ty
Spec
ific
Heat The rate of change in enthalpy with temperature. It may be measured at
or constant pressure or at constant volume. The values are different and are
Heat known as Cp and Cv, respectively.
Capa
city
Spec
ific The volume of a given weight of gas usually expressed as cubic feet per
Volu pound, or cubic meters per kilogram (cubic centimeters per gram).
me
Tem
The property of a substance which gauges the potential or driving force for
perat
the flow of heat.
ure
Any gas or gas mixture in which one or more of the constituents is at its
Wet
saturated vapour pressure. The constituent at saturation pressure may or
Gas
may not be water vapour.
The energy transition and defined as force times distance. Work cannot be
Work
done unless there is motion.
Dime Dimensionless fracture conductivity is a key design parameter in well
nsio stimulation that compares the capacity of the fracture to transmit fluids down
nless the fracture and into the wellbore with the ability of the formation to deliver
Fract fluid into the fracture.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 544 PROSPER

ure
Cond
uctiv
ity
(FCD
)

2.15.7 H - Importing Data from Text Files

This Section describes how to Import Data from a text file to a PROSPER model.

It is assumed that the data to be imported is saved in a text file. It is also assumed
that the data is imported for the tables in PVT section of PROSPER. The technique
can however be applied at any place where data import is required to be done.

1) After clicking on the ‘Import’ tab, select the particular text file where the data is
saved on screen 2) below.

2)
3) When the import file is selected, press Continue to see the next screen (4)

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 545

shown below.

4)
5) Select the particular File format in which the data is saved. The following
example is for a Comma Separated format. Press Continue to see the next
screen (7) below.
6)

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 546 PROSPER

7)
8) To select a particular column for a Field Name, one can directly click on the
column and this will assign that column to that field.This can also be checked
by the column number that is appended to the field name.

9) Make sure that the units for each column are correctly selected according to
the input data.

10)The procedure can be repeated for all the columns.

11)

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 User Guide 547

12)By selecting continue, PROSPER will update the data in the corresponding
columns in the tables.

13)

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 548 PROSPER

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

Chapter

3
 550 PROSPER

3 Examples Guide

3.1 Prosper Tutorials

This chapter contains a collection of tutorials designed to help jump-start the use of
PROSPER. The tutorials are grouped by subjects:
- Integrated well bore models
- Basic Tutorials for naturally flowing wells,
- Sand control tutorials
- Compositional modelling tutorials
- Well test matching tutorials
- Artificial lift design tutorials
- Tutorials about trouble-shooting artificially lifted wells
- Tutorials on pipeline modeling and flow assurance studies.
- Tutorials on special topics

Integrated well bore models

Tutorial Description Reference File

0 Integrated oil well model T00_IntegratedOilWell.OUT

Basic tutorials for naturally flowing wells

Tutorial Description Reference File

1 Modelling a dry and wet gas producer T01_DryAndWetGasWell.Out
2 Modelling a naturally flowing oil well T02_SimpleOilWell.OUT
3 Modelling an oil well with black oil PVT T03_OilWellPVTMatching.OUT
matching
4 Modelling an horizontal oil well T04_HorizontalOilWell.out
5 Modelling a multilateral dry gas T05_MultilateralGasWell.Out
producer
6 Modelling a multilateral oil producer T06_MultilateralOilWell.Out
7 Modelling a slanted oil well T07_SlantedOilWell.Out
8 Modelling a gas well with connected T08_GasWellwithSurfacePipeline.
pipeline Out
9 Modelling a water injection well T09_WaterInjectionWell.OUT
10 Modelling a gas injection well T10_GasInjectionWell.OUT
11 Modelling a steam injection well T11_SteamInjectionWell.OUT

Sand Control tutorials

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 551

Tutorial Description Reference File

12 T12_GravelPackedOilWell.OUT
Modelling an oil well with gravel-pack
13 Modelling a fraced and packed well T13_Frac&PackedOilWell.OUT
14 T14_OilWellwithPre-
Modelling a well with pre-packed screen
PackedScreen.out
15 Modelling a well with slotted liners T15_OilWellwithslottedLiner.OUT
16 Modelling a well with wire-wrapped T16_OilWellwithWireWrappedScree
screens ns.out

Compositional modelling tutorials

Tutorial Description Reference File

17 Fully compositional retrograde T17_CompostionalCondensateWell.
condensate well Out
18 Fully compositional CO2 injection well T18_CompostionalCO2Injector.Out

Well test matching tutorials

Tutorial Description Reference File

19 Matching a gas well test T19_MatchingAGasWellTest.OUT
20 Matching a naturally flowing oil well test T20_MatchingAnOilWellTest.OUT
21 Matching a water injection well test T21_MatchingAWaterInjectionWellT
est.OUT
22 Matching a gas injection well test T22_MatchingAGasInjectionWellTest
.OUT

Artificial lift design tutorials

Tutorial Description Reference File

23 Continuous Gas lift design T23_ContinuousGasLiftDesign.OUT
24 Intermittent Gas Lift Design T24_IntermittentGasLiftDesign.OUT
25 Coiled Tubing Gas lift Design T25_CoiledTubingGasLiftDesign.
OUT
26 Design of an ESP system for an oil T26_ESPDesign.OUT
producer
27 Design of an HSP system for an oil T27_HSPDesign.OUT
producer
28 Design of a Sucker Rod Pump for an oil T28_SuckerRodPumpDesign.OUT
producer

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 552 PROSPER

29 Design of a PCP lift system for an oil T29_PCPDesign.OUT

producer
30 Diluent Injection tutorial T30_DiluentInjection.OUT
31 Multiphase pump in a pipe connected to T31_MultiphasePumpOnseabed.
a single well OUT

Tutorials about trouble-shooting artificially lifted wells

Tutorial Description Reference File

32 Troubleshooting a gas lifted well T32_GasLiftQuickLook.OUT
33 Trouble-shooting an ESP-lifted well T33_ESPQuicklook.OUT
34 Trouble-shooting an HSP-lifted well T34_HSPQuicklook.OUT
35 Trouble-shooting a sucker rod lifted well No reference file

Pipeline and flow assurance study tutorials

Tutorial Description Reference File

36 General flow assurance features T36_FlowAssurance.OUT
37 Pipeline performance matching T37_PipelineMatching.OUT
38 Full enthalpy balance example T38_EnthalpyBalance.OUT
39 Improved approximation tutorial T39_ImprovedApproximation.OUT

Special topics

Tutorial Description Reference File

40 SPOT example T40_SPOT.OUT
41 Multi-layer model with dP loss between T41_MultilayerOil.Out
the zones
42 Multilateral IPR for well penetrating
different zones T42_MultiLateralInMultipleReservoi
rs.OUT

3.1.1 Tutorial 00: Integrated Oil Well Model

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T00_IntegratedOilWell.OUT

This integrated well modeling tutorial combines existing data with consistent
engineering assumptions to develop a solid well bore model using PROSPER. The
developed well bore model is then used to simulate the performance of the well
under possible future operating conditions with different GOR, water cut and
reservoir pressure. For this, sensitivity runs are performed with different GOR, water
cut and reservoir pressure. The approach can be easily extended to any other
possible sensitivity variable: tubing size, skin, permeability, thickness and so on.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 553

3.1.1.1 Objectives
This tutorial demonstrates how to analyse the performance of an offshore oil
producing well in an integrated fashion. In the process, the following questions are
addressed:

- What are the basic data required to build a PROSPER model for a naturally flowing
oil well,
- How to match a black oil PVT against black oil correlations,
- How to tune the overall heat transfer coefficient in the surroundings of a well based
upon well test data
- How to quality-check raw well test data,
- Why and how to perform a correlation comparison,
- How to perform a Verrtical Lift Perfoamnce (VLP) matching,
- How to select a VLP correlation,
- How to model a highly deviated well,
- How to calibrate the well inflow with the well test data,
- How to validate a PROSPER well model against actual well test data,
- How to match multiple well tests,
- How to use the calibrated PROSPER model to predict the future performance of a
given well bore.
3.1.1.2 Statement of the Problem
A naturally flowing highly deviated oil producing well has been drilled and tested.
Extensive fluid and well test data are available.
It is required to develop a PROSPER model that is calibrated against PVT lab data
and well test data.
Once the model is built and calibrated, it will be used for sensitivity run.
3.1.1.3 General Approach
In this tutorial, the following road map will be followed:

a. Construct a PROSPER well model with a matched and validated PVT model
b. Analyse and match the well test data against the PROSPER model to obtain a
calibrated well bore model
c. Use the calibrated well bore model to simulate the performance of the well under
changing conditions: water cut, GOR and reservoir pressure.
3.1.1.4 Available Data & Information
The data required for a well test analysis are:

- PVT data
- Reservoir Data
- Well Data: deviation survey, tubing, casing, and temperature data
- Actual production test data: stabilized phase rates, flowing temperatures and
pressures.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 554 PROSPER

About PVT data

When building a PROSPER well model, there are in general two possible
situations to consider with respect to the PVT data. There can be a situation
where enough PVT data are available. The second contrasting situation arise
when there is very little PVT data available.

If comprehensive black oil PVT data are available, then it is recommended to

match the PVT data to the black oil correlations.
The advantages of matching the black oil data to correlations are:
- The PVT matching process offers an opportunity to check the quality of the PVT
data themselves by analyzing the magnitude of the correction required to
reproduce the various PVT data: GOR, Oil FVF, Bubble point pressure and oil
viscosity.
- At the end of the PVT matching process, the most suitable black oil correlation
for the particular crude is selected and used for further calculations.
- Unlike PVT look-up tables, carefully matched black oil correlations may
generally be used for operating conditions beyond the values used for the
PVT matching.

In the event no extensive PVT data or no reliable PVT data are available, the
black oil correlation may generally be used directly without any matching to
start with. The selection of the appropriate black oil correlation is a matter of
engineering judgment that is at the discretion of the project engineer. For
details about the published validity range of each black oil correlation in
PROSPER, the relevant references listed in the appendix B of this manual may
be consulted.
It is strongly recommended to match the black oil correlations against lab
measurements as soon as a PVT report becomes available.

About Reservoir data

The purpose of each specific study determines the type of reservoir model to be
selected and consequently the parameters required.
In the absence of typical reservoir properties like permeability, net pay, skin and
so on, the simple Productivity Index (PI entry ) or its equivalent for gas (C & n)
may be used.

If extensive reservoir and skin parameters are available, then an alternative

inflow model that better fits the purpose of the study is to be considered.

About well equipment data

The well equipment data like deviation survey, surface equipment, down hole
equipment and geothermal gradient are generally available from well bore
schematic and temperature logs.
The overall heat transfer coefficient in the surroundings of the well bore can be

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 555

either computed with the enthalpy balance model or derived from well test
data.

When the rough approximation method is being used, the following overall heat
transfer coefficients values may be considered as starting values:

For oil and water wells: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F.

For retrograde condensate wells: 5 Btu/h/ft2/F.
For gas wells: 3 Btu/h/ft2/F.

It is recommended to fine-tune the overall heat transfer coefficient with well test
data as soon as well test are available.
It is recommended to keep the default average heat capacities displayed in the
program under | System | Equipment | Average Heat Capacities unaltered.

About well test data

Well test data are generally used to:

- back-calculate the overall heat transfer coefficient in the surroundings of the
well when the rough approximation temperature method is selected.
- select the multiphase correlation most suitable for the particular well model
- fine-tune the inflow performance parameters like reservoir pressure, skin,
permeability and so on.

Note that it is perfectly possible to develop a PROSPER model in the absence of

well test data. In this case, reasonable assumptions are to be made based
upon the specific operating conditions of the well and based upon existing
relevant experiences.
Generally, the use of the Petroleum Experts 2 multiphase correlation may be
considered when no well test data are available for the simple reason that the
Petroleum Experts 2 multiphase correlation has so far consistently given
reasonable results in very diverse operating conditions.
However, since there is no universal multiphase correlation, it is recommended to
verify the suitability of the selected multiphase correlation (Petroleum Experts
2) as soon as well test data become available.
PROSPER offers a coherent and consistent VLP matching procedure that helps
the user to select the most suitable correlation for any particular well. This
consistent VLP matching procedure will be described and applied later in this
tutorial in the sub-section "Well Test Analysis: Step by Step Procedure".

3.1.1.4.1 PVT Data from the lab

The following fluid properties are available from the lab.

Surface Data

Solution GOR: 700 scf/stb

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 556 PROSPER

Oil Gravity: 35 API

Gas specific Gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water Salinity: 120 000 ppm
Impurities (C02, N2, H2S): None

Down hole data

Reservoir temperature: 260 degF

Bubble Point Pressure at Reservoir 3400 psig
Temperature:

Black Oil Properties in tabular format at a reference temperature of 260 degF

Pressure in psig GOR in scf/stb Oil FVF in rb/stb Oil Viscosity in

centipoises
2000 367 1.232 0.434
2500 477 1.289 0.383
3000 597 1.352 0.337
3400 700 1.408 0.306
3500 700 1.405 0.308
4000 700 1.395 0.320
4500 700 1.386 0.331

Note that the fluid properties may originate from a thermodynamic simulation
(Constant Mass Expansion with separator correction) using a compositional fluid
calibration package like PVTp.
3.1.1.4.2 Well Equipment Data (Tubing etc)
Deviation survey

Measured Depth True Vertical Comment

in ft Depth in ft
0 0 This is the origin of the deviation survey.
1500 1500 sea floor
2516 2500
4112 4000
5845 5500

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 557

7800 7000
10135 8500
11135 9000 Top of perforation

The deviation survey is the reference for all subsequent depths inputs in the
equipment section.

Surface Equipment

This well model will not include pipelines downstream of the well head.

Down hole Equipment

Label Equipment Measured Inside Roughness in

Type Depth in ft Diameter in inches
inches
Well Head Xmas Tree 0 N/A 0.0006
Tubing Tubing 2000 3.92 0.0006
Safety Valve SSSV* N/A 3.5 0.0006
Tubing Tubing 10800 3.92 0.0006
Casing Casing 11135 6.4 0.0006

*A Sub Surface Safety Valve is treated as a restriction without length.

Note that the deepest entry of 11135 ft measured depth ( = 9000 ft TVD) in the down
hole equipment is the datum depth for the reservoir pressure when a single layer
inflow model is used in PROSPER.

Geothermal Gradient

Measured formation Static ambient Comment

depth in ft temperature
0 60 well head depth
1500 45 sea floor
11135 260 Reservoir depth

Starting value for the overall heat transfer coefficient: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F.

Average Heat Capacities

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 558 PROSPER

The default average heat capacity values will be used.

3.1.1.4.3 Inflow Performance Data

The well penetrates the reservoir at an angle of 60 degrees. This is therefore a
slanted / deviated well.
There are other options that can be used to model deviated wells in PROSPER:
Cinco-Ley and Multilateral IPR.
In this tutorial, the Wong-Clifford model will be used for the calculation of deviation
and partial penetration skin.

Reservoir model: Darcy

Mechanical Geometrical Skin model: Enter Skin By Hand
Deviation and Partial Penetration Skin model: Wong-Clifford*
Static Reservoir Pressure at datum (11135 ft MD): 4000 psig
Static Reservoir Temperature at datum: 260 degF
Water Cut: 25%
Total GOR: 700 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction Model: No
Relative Permeability: No
Reservoir Permeability: 100 mD
Reservoir Thickness: 100 ft
Drainage area: 350 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore Radius: 0.354 ft
Mechanical skin: 0
Enable Wong-Clifford: ON
Formation Vertical Permeability Ratio: 0.1 (fraction)
Local Vertical Permeability Ratio: 0.1 (fraction)
Horizontal Distance from Well to Reservoir Edge: 2200 ft
Depth of Top Reservoir (TVD): 9000 ft
*Perforation start in measured depth: 11135 ft
*Perforation start in true vertical depth: 9000 ft
*Perforation end in measured depth: 11427
*Perforation end in true vertical depth: 9100 ft

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 559

*Using the Wong-Clifford skin model, the deviation angle of the well well bore
across the reservoir is calculated based upon the user-entered perforation intervals
in measured depth and true vertical depth.

3.1.1.4.4 Multi-Rate Well Test Data

The reported well test results are listed below:

Static Reservoir Pressure at Datum (9000 ft TVD): 4000 psig

Gauge depth: 10500 ft measured depth

Dates Comm WH WHFT Water Liquid Gauge Pressure at Gas Oil

ent FP Cut Rate gauge depth Ratio
dd/mm/ psig degF % stb/d psig scf/stb
yyyy
01/01/2 Low 1000 150 25 6100 3655 1500
000 Rate
02/01/2 Medium 800 180 25 9800 3505 500
000 Rate
03/01/2 High 500 200 25 13450 3365 475
000 Rate

3.1.1.5 Model Construction: Step by Step Procedure

Options

Launch PROSPER, select | Options | Options and make the following choices:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 560 PROSPER

Select | Done to complete this.

PVT input Data

Select | PVT | Input Data and populate the PVT entry screen as follow:

Surface Data

Solution GOR: 700 scf/stb

Oil Gravity: 35 API
Gas specific Gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water Salinity: 120 000 ppm
Impurities (C02, N2, H2S): None

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 561

In order to enter the lab data, select | Match Data and populate the screen as shown
below:

Reservoir temperature: 260 degF

Bubble Point Pressure at Reservoir 3400 psig
Temperature:

Black Oil Properties in tabular format @ a reference temperature of 260 degF

Pressure in psig GOR in scf/stb Oil FVF in rb/stb Oil Viscosity in

centipoises
2000 367 1.232 0.434
2500 477 1.289 0.383
3000 597 1.352 0.337
3400 700 1.408 0.306
3500 700 1.405 0.308

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 562 PROSPER

4000 700 1.395 0.320

4500 700 1.386 0.331

Select | Done to return to the previous menu

PVT matching

For the PVT matching, select | Regression | Match All | OK | Parameters and this is
what can be seen:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 563

This screen shows the values of the Match Parameters (Parameter 1= multiplier and
Parameter 2 = shift) associated with each fluid property for all the correlations.
The Standard Deviation is also displayed which represents the overall goodness of
fit.
Select an appropriate correlation bearing in mind that the black oil correlations
whose parameters are adjusted the least (i.e. Parameter 1 close to 1.0 and
Parameter 2 close to 0.0) are the most suitable candidates as they represent
possibly similar fluids to the one being modelled.
The value of the Standard Deviation is also displayed. Generally, the lower the
Standard Deviation, the better the fit.
In the case at hand, the combination Glaso / Beal et al will be selected because they
require the least adjustment. For this, select | Done | Done and make sure that the
black oil correlations Glaso / Beal have been selected on the PVT- Input Data
screen:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 564 PROSPER

Select | Done and save the file to secure the data inputted into the PROSPER well
bore model.

Well Equipment Data

Select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All | Edit to start the well bore description
with the deviation survey:
Deviation survey

Measured Depth True Vertical Comment

in ft Depth in ft
0 0 This is the origin of the deviation survey.
1500 1500 sea floor
2516 2500

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 565

4112 4000
5845 5500
7800 7000
10135 8500
11135 9000 Top of perforation

The deviation survey is the reference for all subsequent depths inputs in the
equipment section.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 566 PROSPER

Select | Done to proceed with the surface equipment data

Surface Equipment

This well model will not include pipelines downstream of the well head.
Therefore select | Cancel to skip this screen:

Down hole Equipment

Label Equipment Measured Inside Roughness in

Type Depth in ft Diameter in inches
inches
Well Head Xmas Tree 0 N/A 0.0006
Tubing Tubing 2000 3.92 0.0006

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 567

Safety Valve SSSV* N/A 3.5 0.0006

Tubing Tubing 10800 3.92 0.0006
Casing Casing 11135 6.4 0.0006

*A Sub Surface Safety Valve is treated as restriction without length.

Simply point the cursor on the relevant cell within the column labeled "Type"
underneath the "Xmas Tree" to select the equipment type from a drop-down menu:
tubing, SSSV, Restriction or casing.

Labels are optional.

Select | Done to enter the geothermal gradient

Geothermal Gradient

Measured formation Static ambient Comment

depth in ft temperature

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 568 PROSPER

0 60 well head depth

1500 45 sea floor
11135 260 Reservoir depth

Starting value for the overall heat transfer coefficient: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F.

Select | Done to continue with the data inputs.

Average Heat Capacities

The default average heat capacity values will be used.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 569

Select | Done to complete the description of the well bore schematic.

Visualizing the well bore sketch

To visualize the well bore sketch, select | Summary | Draw Down Hole and the next
sketch is generated:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 570 PROSPER

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 571

Select | Main and | File | Save to secures all changes made.

Inflow Performance - Model selection

For the selection of the inflow performance model, select | System | Inflow
Performance and make the following choices:

Reservoir model: Darcy

Mechanical Geometrical Skin model: Enter Skin By Hand
Deviation and Partial Penetration Skin model: Wong-Clifford
Static Reservoir Pressure at datum (11135 ft MD): 4000 psig
Static Reservoir Temperature at datum: 260 degF
Water Cut: 25%
Total GOR: 700 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction Model: No
Relative Permeability: No

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 572 PROSPER

Select the Input Data Tab in the top right corner to continue with the reservoir data
inputs:
Reservoir Permeability: 100 mD
Reservoir Thickness: 100 ft
Drainage area: 350 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore Radius: 0.354 ft

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 573

Select the | Mech / Geom Skin tab at the bottom of the screen to proceed with the
skin data entry:

Mechanical skin: 0
Enable Wong-Clifford: ON

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 574 PROSPER

Note that the option "Enable Wong-Clifford" model needs to be ticked!

Select the next tab "Dev / PP Skin" at the bottom of the screen to enter the
parameters required to computed the deviation and partial skin using the Wong-
Clifford method:

Formation Vertical Permeability Ratio: 0.1 (fraction)

Local Vertical Permeability Ratio: 0.1 (fraction)
Horizontal Distance from Well to Reservoir Edge: 2200 ft
Depth of Top Reservoir (TVD): 9000 ft
*Perforation start in measured depth: 11135 ft
*Perforation start in true vertical depth: 9000 ft
*Perforation end in measured depth: 11427
*Perforation end in true vertical depth: 9100 ft

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 575

In order to generate an Inflow curve, simply select | Calculate and the following IPR
curve is generated:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 576 PROSPER

Select | Main and save the PROSPER file.

This completes the construction of the model.

3.1.1.6 Well Test Analysis: Step by Step

In order to achieve a successful well test matching, it is important to follow a
consistent and reproducible path. In the following pages a consistent step-by-step
well test matching procedure is described and applied in order to construct a
validated and calibrated PROSPER well bore model. The procedure can be broken
down into the following steps:

- Critical review of the raw well test data

- Well test data entry in PROSPER
- Estimate the overall heat transfer coefficient in the well bore surroundings
- Perform a correlation comparison
- Select and Match VLP correlation
- Quality-check VLP matching by inspecting the matching parameters and re-
performing correlation comparison for validation
- Superimpose and match the well inflow performance relation curve.

Step 1: Critical review of the raw well test data

Well test matching is a process of reconciliation between a mathematical model (

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 577

PROSPER well bore model) and actual measurements. The reconciliation process
can only be successful if the mathematical model and the actual measurements are
both reliable.
The various sequences followed so far to construct the PROSPER model have been
specifically designed to lead to a reliable, sound PROSPER well bore model.
The main purpose of the critical review of the raw well test data is to assess the
validity of each well test data before entering them into PROSPER.
A few of the questions to be addressed in the critical data review process are:
- How reliable is each reported measurement?
- How do the test data compare with historical trends?
- How does the produced GOR compares with the PVT model?

Let us critically review the well test data to be analysed in this tutorial:

Dates Comm WHF WHF Water Liquid Gauge Gas Oil Ratio
ent P T Cut Rate Pressure at
gauge depth
dd/mm/ psig degF % stb/d psig scf/stb
yyyy
01/01/20 Low 1000 150 25 6100 3655 1500
00 Rate
02/01/20 Mediu 800 180 25 9800 3505 500
00 m Rate
03/01/20 High 500 200 25 13450 3365 475
00 Rate

On can notice that:

- The flow rate decreases as the well head pressure increases. This trend generally
makes sense.
- Equally, the gauge pressure increases as the flow rates decreases. This trend
generally makes sense.
- However, the reported GOR is not constant even though the reservoir is still under-
saturated. This does not make sense and needs to be taken into consideration
during the analysis.

Step 2: Well Test Data entry into PROSPER

In order to enter the well test data, select | Matching | Matching | VLP/IPR (Quality
Check).

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 578 PROSPER

Afterward populate the VLP/IPR matching screen as shown below:

Step 3: Estimate the overall heat transfer coefficient

When analyzing multiple well tests, it is good practice to estimate the U-value for

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 579

each test and see if there are severe deviations or not.

For, this select the task button "Estimate U Value" and the following sub-screen is
shown:

One shall keep in mind that:

- the model was built with a starting U-value of 8 Btu/h/ft2/F
- the estimated U value depends upon test mass flow rates and well head flowing
pressure. Therefore a GOR suspected to be inconsistent will affect the total mass
and consequently adversely impact the estimated U value. Therefore the estimated
U-values at this stage will not be transferred to the geothermal gradient screen as
input value.

Step 4: Perform correlation comparisons

The purposes of the correlation comparison are:

- to check if the well test is valid, e. g. if the gauge pressure lies between Fancher-
Brown and Duns & Ros modifed and
- to identify which correlation best reproduces the well test results.

Correlation Comparison for the "Low Rate" test:

For this, simply select the test by clicking on the corresponding row number.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 580 PROSPER

Afterwards, select | Correlation Comparison | OK and then select the correlations

Duns and Ros Modified, Fancher-Brown, Petroleum Experts 2 and Petroleum
Experts 5 for instance:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 581

Proceed with | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot and the following plot is shown:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 582 PROSPER

One can see that the test point is completely outside established physical
boundaries. The physical boundaries are defined by the Fancher-Brown correlation
that neglects slippage effects between the phases and consequently under-estimate
the pressure loss and the Duns and Ros Modified correlation that generally over-
estimates pressure drops in oil wells.

During the critical review of the well test data, it was suspected that the reported
GOR values were inconsistent.
Indeed, with a bubble point pressure of 3400 psig and a reservoir pressure of 4000
psig, the produced GOR must be equal to the solution GOR of 700 scf/stb.
Therefore we will go back and correct all GOR values to 700 scf/stb as show below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 583

After correcting the GOR, one can now re-estimate the U-value for each test. For
this simply select | Estimate U-value and the algorithm will estimate and display the
U value for each test. In the end, the average U-value is calculate and displayed:

We will select | Yes and | OK to transfer the averaged U-value for all 3 tests to the
geothermal gradient screen.
Based upon engineering judgment, one may very well not accept the averaged U-
value and use an alternative one.

Here are the correlation comparison plots obtained for each test:

Correlation Comparison for the Low Rate Test

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 584 PROSPER

Correlation Comparison for the Medium Rate Test

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 585

Correlation Comparison for the High Rate Test

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 586 PROSPER

It can be observed that the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation consistently reproduces

each well test with reasonable accuracy.

Step 5: Select and Match VLP correlation (s)

Because the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation consistently reproduces each well test
with reasonable accuracy, this particular correlation will be selected for further
analysis.

It is possible to match multiple well tests simultaneously in PROSPER. For this, one
simply need to keep all well tests enabled and the VLP matching algorithm will
attempt to match all enabled well tests simultaneously.
In the following, a better approach is applied: match one test and verify how the
match performs against non-matched well tests.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 587

For this, return to the VLP/IPR matching screen, select the most reliable well test.
The choice of the most reliable well test is a matter of judgment that depends upon
all the circumstances surrounding the test. In this example, it will be assumed that
the well test with the highest flow rate is the more stable for the simple reason that it
is more likely to be stable, to be in the friction dominated region of the tubing
performance curve.

To perform the match, select the "High Rate" well test (here on row number 3) and
then select | Match VLP as highlighted in the screen-shot below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 588 PROSPER

If no specific well test is selected, the VLP matching algorithm in PROSPER will
match all well tests simultaneously. A possible drawback of this approach is that
possibly invalid well tests may not be easily detected.

A generally better approach is to:

- select the most reliable well test
- match this single well test. An appropriately matched VLP correlation is selected
- verify if the remaining well tests can be reasonably reproduced with the selected
VLP correlation.
The advantages of this approach are:
- suspicious / inconsistent well test can be detected
- the selected VLP correlation is validated against historical well tests.

Now select | Match | OK

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 589

Note that the VLP correlation "Petroleum Experts 2" appears now appended with two
numbers: gravity multiplier and friction multiplier. Both numbers are equal to unity
suggesting that virtually no correction was required to match the well test.
Now select | Done to return to the previous screen.

Step 6: Quality-check VLP matching results

To benchmark the VLP matching against the two other well tests, simply enable
them and then perform correlation comparisons for each well test in turn.
For this, enable the well tests, select each well test and then select | Correlation
Comparison | Ok | Calculate | Calculate | Plot.
This is how the correlation comparison looks like for the "Low Rate Test":

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 590 PROSPER

And this is how the correlation comparison looks like for the "Medium Rate Test":

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 591

In both cases, one can see that the matched correlation reproduces very well the
other well tests.
This fact validates the suitability of the correlation for use in predictive mode.

Step 7: Super-impose and match well IPR

In order to superimpose the IPR, return back to the VLP/IPR matching screen and
then select the task button VLP/IPR.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 592 PROSPER

To initiate the calculation, select | Calculate:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 593

Please confirm the completion of the Calculation with | OK and the the screen is
populated with calculation results as shown below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 594 PROSPER

For each well test, actual test rate and simulated (solution) test rate are calculated
and displayed in th bottom right corner of the screen.
A graphical plot is generated when the button Plot is selected:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 595

The plot above shows for each well test, the IPR, the VLP the test point and the
simulated solution.
In the right corner of the screen, one can see the statistical comparison between
measured test rate and test bottom hole flowing pressure versus simulated rates and
pressures.
The largest error is less than 2% and can be considered as acceptable.
Now one can select | Main | File | Save to update the PROSPER model.

3.1.1.7 Sensitivity Runs

It is required to predict the performance of the well under different conditions for
water cut, GOR, reservoir pressure and reservoir pressure:

Parameters: Values
Well head flowing pressure (psig): 300

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 596 PROSPER

GOR (scf/stb): 700

Water Cut (%): 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60
Reservoir Pressure (psig): 4000, 3500

In order to perform the sensitivity runs, select | Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3
Variables and make the following entries:

Select | Continue and choose the relevant sensitivity variables water cut and
reservoir pressure using the drop down menu:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 597

Select | Continue | Calculate | OK | Plot | System Plot and the following graphical
representation is generated:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 598 PROSPER

The results can also be represented in an alternative graphical fashion: as sensitivity

plot. For this select | Finish | Sensitivity | Variables and here select for instance liquid
rate as function of water cut:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 599

By selecting | done, the following plot is generated:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 600 PROSPER

This plot shows the liquid rate as function of water cut for different reservoir
pressures.
This completes this tutorial.

3.1.2 Tutorial 01: Modelling a dry and wet gas producer

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T01_DryAndWetGasWell.OUT

The main objectives of this example are to show:

· How to set up a PROSPER model for a dry and wet gas well,
· How to enter basic black oil PVT data,
· How to enter the IPR data,
· How to describe the down hole equipment,
· How to perform a system calculation (VLP + IPR) to estimate the well flow
rate for a given WHFP,
· How to generate a well performance curve,
· How to generate and export lift curves to GAP / MBAL / REVEAL or any

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 601

third party software (Eclipse, VIP, etc).

3.1.2.1 Statement Of The Problem

A well is to be drilled to produce gas from a gas reservoir.
Fluid data (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and down hole equipment description (VLP)
are provided.

It is required to:
- Estimate the initial gas rate against a well head flowing pressure of 500 psig
- Generate a well performance curve (Rate vs. well head flowing pressure)
- Generate lift curves to be utilised by a simulator (Reveal, GAP, MBAL, Eclipse, VIP,
and so on)
3.1.2.2 PVT Input Data

Parameter Value
Gas gravity: 0.65 (Air =1)
Separator pressure: 250 psig
Condensate to Gas Ratio: 5 stb/MMscf
Condensate gravity: 50 API
Water salinity: 10000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None

3.1.2.3 System Equipment Input Data

The system equipment input section is sub-divided into 5 sub-sections:
- deviation survey
- surface equipment
- down hole equipment
- Geothermal gradient and
- Average heat capacities
3.1.2.3.1 Deviation survey
In PROSPER, the deviation survey can have its origin anywhere: well head, sea-bed,
platform, RKB, mean sea level, seabed, and so on.
The key thing is to describe all the equipment in the well in a manner that is
consistent with respect to the origin selected.
The well head depth does not have to be the origin of the deviation survey.

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
5000 5000

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 602 PROSPER

3.1.2.3.2 Surface Equipment

All equipment located downstream of the well head are part of the surface
equipment. The surface equipment can include: well head chokes, risers, flow lines,
fittings, and so on.
In this example the surface equipment will not be modelled.
3.1.2.3.3 Down hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, and so on.

Equipment Measured Internal Roughness in Rate multiplier

type depth in ft diameter in inches
(down to) inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
(Well Head)
Tubing 4800 2.441 0.0018 1
Casing 5000 6.1 0.0018 1
3.1.2.3.4 Static Geothermal Gradient
The geothermal gradient expresses the rate of increase in temperature per unit
depth. The geothermal gradient is independent of the well flow rate.
When using the rough approximation temperature prediction method, the geothermal
gradient is entered versus measured depth. PROSPER internally converts the
measured depth into true vertical depth. It it is the temperature gradient based upon
the true vertical depth that is used during the calculation.

Measured Depth in ft Static temperature in deg F

0 60
5000 180

The overall heat transfer coefficient is 3 btu/h/ft2/F.

Note: The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that
captures the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction,
convection and radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the thermal
resistance in the surroundings of the wellbore.

3.1.2.3.5 Average Heat Capacities

The default average heat capacities are to be used:

Phase Heat Capacity in btu/lb/F

Oil: 0.53

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 603

Gas: 0.51
Water: 1

3.1.2.4 Reservoir Input Data

PROSPER has around 20 different inflow models for gas wells. The IPR model
selection depends upon the purpose of the study, the suitability of the particular
model and the data available for the study.

IPR model: Petroleum Experts

Static Reservoir Pressure: 2500 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 180 degF
Water Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Compaction Permeability Reduction model: No
Skin model: Enter skin by hand
Permeability: 25 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 80 ft
thickness):
Drainage Area: 240 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.354 ft
Perforation interval: 60 ft
Time since production: 0.1 days
Reservoir porosity: 0.2
Connate water saturation: 0.2
Non-Darcy Flow Factor: Calculated
Permeability entered: Total permeability
Mechanical skin: +5

Note: The Petroleum Experts' IPR method uses pseudo-pressure. It is transient and
accounts for relative permeability effects. Please consult the online help for more
details.

3.1.2.5 Step by Step

The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- construct a PROSPER model for a producing dry gas well
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the flow rate against a WHFP of 500
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 604 PROSPER

psig
- generate a well performance curve
- generate well VLP for a numerical simulator
3.1.2.5.1 System Options
Here, one simply needs to launch PROSPER if not already done.

Afterwards, simply selects | Options | Options and make the following choices

Fluid: Dry and Wet Gas

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.2.5.2 PVT data Input
In order to enter the PVT data, simply select | PVT | Input Data and populate the
screen as shown below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 605

Parameter Value
Gas gravity: 0.65 (Air =1)
Separator pressure: 250 psig
Condensate to Gas Ratio: 5 stb/MMscf
Condensate gravity: 50 API
Water to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Water salinity: 10000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S) None

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.2.5.3 Saving the file
id data loss in case the computer crashes for instance.
To save a file, simply select | File | Save as ...
Afterwards, simply browse to the place where the file is to be saved.

It is suggested to save the file as *.OUT file.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 606 PROSPER

The rest is self-explanatory.

3.1.2.5.4 System Equipment Description
In order to describe the system equipment (i.e the hardware in and around the well
bore), simply select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All

Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take you through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey

3.1.2.5.4.1 Deviation Survey

Here are the data:

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
5000 5000

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 607

Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER.
A filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is used.

In order to proceed with this example, select | Done and the next screen labelled
Surface Equipment will follow.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 608 PROSPER

3.1.2.5.4.2 Surface Equipment

This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, one simply needs to
select | Cancel to skip this step:

Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left corner of the screen will take
you to the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.2.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment includes the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...

Equipment Measured Internal Roughness in Rate multiplier

type depth in ft diameter in inches
(down to) inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
(Well Head)
Tubing 4800 2.441 0.0018 1

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 609

Casing 5000 6.1 0.0018 1

The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This implies that the down hole equipment description stops at
the top of the perforation. This is also true for a multiple-zone completion because
the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate
Inflow model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).

Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.

3.1.2.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
The data available are:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 610 PROSPER

Measured Depth in ft Static temperature in deg F

0 60
5000 180

The overall heat transfer coefficient is 3 btu/h/ft2/F.

Select | Done to proceed to the average heat capacity screen.

3.1.2.5.4.5 Average Heat Capacities

The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 611

Note: The | Default button will reset any user-entered values.

With | Done you are led to the entry screen of the Equipment data section

It will next be possible to visualise a sketch of the well bore with | Summary | Draw
Down hole.

3.1.2.5.4.6 Equipment Summary

From the Equipment Data screen, select | Summary and the following table listing
the various hardware components appear:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 612 PROSPER

If one then selects | Draw Down hole, this is the sketch of the well bore that would
appear:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 613

Select | Main to exit the screen.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 614 PROSPER

3.1.2.5.4.7 Saving the PROSPER file

Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss in case the computer crashes for instance.

To save a file, simply select | File | Save and then simply answer YES to the
question "Do you want to overwrite this file?"

3.1.2.5.5 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)

For the selection of the IPR model, simply select | System | Inflow Performance and
make the appropriate choices as follow:

IPR model selection

IPR model: Petroleum Experts

Static Reservoir Pressure: 2500 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 180 degF
Water Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Compaction Permeability Reduction No
model:
Skin model: Enter skin by hand

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 615

To proceed, simply select the Input Data button (red if invalid) in the top right corner
of the screen above:

IPR data entry

Permeability: 25 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 80 ft
thickness) :
Drainage Area: 240 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.354 ft
Perforation interval: 60 ft
Time since production: 0.1 days
Reservoir porosity: 0.2
Connate water saturation: 0.2
Non-Darcy Flow Factor: Calculated
Permeability entered: Total permeability

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 616 PROSPER

Note: Because the Non-Darcy Flow Factor D has been set to "Calculated",
PROSPER will automatically compute the Non-Darcy Flow Factor D. Otherwise, the
User needs to enter it.

From the screen above, select the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left corner of
the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:

IPR : Skin value entry

Mechanical skin: +5

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 617

IPR : Generating an IPR plot

Once the IPR data input is completed, it is good practice to create an IPR plot to
verify that everything make sense. For this, simply select | Calculate and the
software will create and display the following plot:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 618 PROSPER

Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.2.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.

In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |

Calculation |System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 619

After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 620 PROSPER

The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline included in the model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.

The parameters water-gas-ratio (WGR) and condensate-gas-ratio (CGR) were

entered earlier on the PVT screen and also on the IPR screen.

However, during the life of a well either of these two parameters may change.
Therefore, this screen allows one to sensitize on WGR and CGR.

When sensitizing on the WGR and /or the CGR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations. It will no longer use the WGR and CGR values
entered on the IPR or the PVT screen. The same principle applies to any other
sensitivity variables.

Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 621

this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow

Here select | Continue | Continue and | Calculate with the following results:

One can read a gas rate of 19.4 MMscf/d as solution rate in the right section of the
screen under | Solution. The corresponding BHFP reads: 2093.9 psig.

If one select | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as
follow:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 622 PROSPER

Note: The "E" on the VLP curves indicates that the erosional velocity limit is
exceeded at the corresponding rates.

Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen and save the file to secure
all changes made so far.

3.1.2.5.7 Well Performance Curve Generation

A well performance is a plot of flow rate versus well head pressure at a given
reservoir pressure.
Therefore, generating a well performance is simply running sensitivities on the well
head flowing pressure.

In this example, we will vary the well head flowing pressure from a reasonably low
well head pressure to the highest well head pressure to be expected: 50 psig to
2200 psig.

For this, simply select | Calculation | System (IPR + VLP) | 3 Variables | Continue
and here select the sensitivity variable "First Node Pressure":

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 623

One can manually populate the cells with the desired values or generate them
automatically with | Generate and here one need to enter the first value, the last
value, the number of values and choose the values generation algorithm:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 624 PROSPER

To complete the process, simply select | Generate and then the input cells are
populated accordingly:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 625

On can see that on this screen up to 3 variables can be sensitized on

simultaneously. It is generally possible to sensitize on any number of parameters.

With | Continue and then | Calculate, ten (10) set of VLP and IPR are computed.

In order to see the performance curve for a well, select | Sensitivity. Now you can
select variables and plot any of the parameters listed versus the first node pressure
(= well head flowing pressure).

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 626 PROSPER

This is the plot of the Bottom Hole Flowing Pressure versus First Node pressure, the
first node being the well head (read the label for the Y-axis).

In order to plot the gas flow rate versus the first node pressure, select | Variables
and then | Gas Rate for the Y axis variable:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 627

With | Done, the well performance curve appears as follow:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 628 PROSPER

This completes this section.

Select | Main to return to the main screen of PROSPER.
3.1.2.5.8 Lift Curve generation for other applications

3.1.2.5.8.1 Introduction
Lift curves express the pressure drop across a tubing for a given set of variables.
Different software providers use different formats and acronyms for lift curves.

The most common acronyms are:

- VLP for Vertical Lift Performance
- TPD for Tubing Performance Data
- TPC for Tubing Performance Curves
- VFP for Vertical Flow Performance and so on.

For naturally flowing gas wells, the variables involved in lift curve generation are:
- Gas rate
- Well Head flowing pressure (= first node pressure)
- Water Gas Ratio (WGR) and
- Condensate Gas Ratio (CGR).
Even though four (4) variables are used, the lift curves for gas wells are
conventionally referred to as 3-Variables VLP. The rate variable is taken for granted
as one cannot calculate pressure drop without flow rate.
The 3 variables for a naturally flowing gas well model are: WHFP, CGR & WGR.

Recommendation:

In this example, we will demonstrate how to generate lift curves with PROSPER
since lift curve generation is a key task that PROSPER is designed to perform.
However, if a project involves the generation of lift curves for multiple wells, a more
efficient approach would involve the use of GAP, the network modelling and
optimisation tool developed by Petroleum Experts.
Here are the reasons why:
- GAP will instruct PROSPER to generate the lift curves using the very same
PROSPER well model created by the user and linked to the well icon in GAP
- GAP will use PROSPER to generate and save lift curves for any number of wells in
batch-mode. This can be done overnight for instance to save time.
- GAP will ask for the right VLP variables input depending upon the well type
selected in GAP. The variable selection for lift curves can sometimes be delicate
because different simulators use different names for the same quantity (example gas

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 629

lift injection rate versus. GLR injected).

3.1.2.5.8.2 Steps
In order to generate the VLP, one first needs to work out the variables involved. Here
these variables are gas rate, WHFP, CGR and WGR.
The second step is to choose values for the variables in such a manner that the host
application (GAP, MBAL, REVEAL, Eclipse, ..) can reasonably interpolate between
them to find the solution needed. Extrapolation and very large variable spacing are
to be avoided.

In this example, the following values will be used:

· Gas Rate: from 0.1 MMscf/d to 30 MMscf/d. The performance curve generated
earlier shows that the well can produce maximum 20 MMscf/d.
· WHFP: from 50 psig to 2200 psig; Those values will cover the entire response of
the well as can be seen in the performance curve generated earlier.
· WGR: from 0 to 300 stb/MMscf in this example. The right choice of the WGR
values will require more knowledge about the drive mechanisms of the reservoir.
For a water-drive gas reservoir, high WGR will be expected.
· CGR: for a dry and wet gas, the CGR is expected to remain constant by definition.

NOTE: The user must consider using the retrograde condensate fluid model if the
CGR is not expected to remain constant throughout. Beside the fully compositional
approach, PROSPER also have a black oil model for retrograde condensate with
fully retrograde behaviour.

In order to enter the data for the lift curve generation, select | Calculation | VLP
(Tubing Curves) | 3 Variables

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 630 PROSPER

The next screen shot can be used to enter the range of rates to use:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 631

A few notes:

On this screen, the values for top node pressure, water gas ratio and condensate
gas ratio will be overwritten through the sensitivity variables.
The user must ensure that the appropriate VLP correlation is selected. Here, the
Petroleum Experts 2 correlation will be used.
The "User Selected" rate type gives control to the user over the rates he /she think
will best describe the response of the well.
The user must also ensure that the first and last node are correctly selected.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 632 PROSPER

In order to proceed, select | Continue, select the relevant variables and populate the
entries as per screen-shot below:

Now one shall select | Continue to proceed.

The lift curve calculation is triggered with | Continue | Calculate.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 633

Be patient as this might take a while!

At the end, a message will alert you that the calculation has completed.

It is always a good practice to plot and visualise the lift curve before exporting them.

In this example, simply select | Plot and this is what would appear:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 634 PROSPER

Note: The "T" on the curve indicate that the rate are below the minimum Turner
velocity criteria whereas the "E" indicates that the erosional velocity limit is
exceeded.

One can see that the lift curves have the right shape (J -curve) and look smooth.

One can return to the previous screen with | Finish.

In order to export the lift curve, select the button "Export Lift Curve"

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 635

The following screen will appear where one has to select the format for the host
application:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 636 PROSPER

The process is completed with | Continue | Save and the file is saved and edited
automatically for viewing:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 637

Select | File | Exit | Main and this step completes this exercise.

3.1.3 Tutorial 02: Modelling a naturally flowing oil well

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T02_SimpleOilWell.OUT

The main objectives of this example are to show:

· How to set up a PROSPER model for a naturally flowing oil well
· How to enter the PVT data
· How to enter the IPR data
· How to describe the down hole equipment
· How to perform a system calculation (VLP + IPR) to estimate the well flow
rate for a given WHFP.
· How to generate a well performance curve
· How to generate and export lift curves to GAP/MBAL/REVEAL or any third
party software (Eclipse, VIP and so on)

3.1.3.1 Statement Of The Problem

A well is to be drilled to produce oil from an oil reservoir.
Fluid data (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and down hole equipment description (VLP)
are provided.
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 638 PROSPER

It is required to:
- Estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of 250 psig
- Generate a well performance curve (Rate vs. well head flowing pressure)
- Generate lift curves to be utilised by a simulator (Reveal, GAP, MBAL, Eclipse, VIP,
and so on.)
3.1.3.2 PVT Input Data
The basic available PVT data are:

Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None

3.1.3.3 System Equipment Input Data

The system equipment input section is sub-divided into 5 sub-sections:
- Deviation survey
- Surface equipment
- Down hole equipment
- Geothermal gradient and
- Average heat capacities
3.1.3.3.1 Deviation survey
In PROSPER, the deviation survey can have its origin anywhere: well head, sea-bed,
platform, RKB an so on.
The key thing is to describe all the equipment in the well in a manner consistent with
respect to the origin selected.
The well head depth does not have to coincide with the origin of the deviation
survey.

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
8000 8000
3.1.3.3.2 Surface Equipment
All equipment located downstream of the well head are part of the surface
equipment. The surface equipment can include: well head chokes, risers, flow lines,
fittings, and so on.
In this example the surface equipment will not be modelled.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 639

3.1.3.3.3 Down hole Equipment

The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...

Equipment Measured Internal Roughness in Rate multiplier

type depth in ft diameter in inches
(down to) inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
(Well Head)
Tubing 7800 2.992 0.0018 1
Casing 8000 8.3 0.0018 1

3.1.3.3.4 Static Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient expresses the rate of increase in temperature per unit
depth. The geothermal gradient is independent of the well flow rate.
When using the rough approximation temperature prediction method, the geothermal
gradient is entered versus measured depth. PROSPER internally converts the
measured depth into true vertical depth. It is the temperature gradient based upon
the true vertical depth that is used during the calculation.

Measured Depth in ft Static temperature in deg F

0 70
8000 200

The overall heat transfer coefficient is 8 btu/h/ft2/F.

Note: The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that
captures the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction,
convection and radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the thermal
resistance in the surroundings of the wellbore.
3.1.3.3.5 Average Heat Capacities
Here are the default average heat capacities to be used:

Phase Heat Capacity in btu/lb/F

Oil: 0.53
Gas: 0.51
Water: 1

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 640 PROSPER

3.1.3.4 Reservoir Input Data

PROSPER has more than 20 different inflow models for oil wells. The IPR model
selection depends upon the purpose of the study, the suitability of the particular
model and the data available for the study.

IPR model: Darcy / Enter Skin by hand

Static Reservoir 4000 psig
Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature: 200 degF
Water Cut: 0%
Total GOR: 400 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability No
Reduction model:
Relative Permeability: No
Reservoir Permeability: 150 mD
Reservoir Thickness 100 ft
(True stratigraphic
thickness) :
Drainage Area: 340 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit 0.354 ft
radius):
Mechanical skin: +2

3.1.3.5 Step by Step

The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- Construct a PROSPER model for a producing an oil well
- Use the PROSPER well model to estimate the flow rate against a WHFP of 250
psig
- Generate a well performance curve
- Generate well VLP for a numerical simulator
3.1.3.5.1 System Options
Simply select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open.

Otherwise, select | Options | Options and make the following choices

Fluid: Oil and Water

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 641

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.3.5.2 PVT data Input
In order to enter the PVT data, simply select |PVT|Input Data and populate the
screen as shown below:

Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 642 PROSPER

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.3.5.3 Saving the file
Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss in case the computer crashes for instance.

To save a file, simply select | File | Save as ...

Afterwards, simply browse to the place where the file is to be saved.

It is suggested to save the file as *.OUT file.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 643

The rest is self-explanatory.

3.1.3.5.4 System Equipment Description
In order to describe the hardware in / around the well bore (this is what the system
equipment is), simply select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 644 PROSPER

Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take you through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey

3.1.3.5.4.1 Deviation Survey

Here are the data:

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
8000 8000

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 645

Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER.
A filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.

Select | Done and the next screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.3.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, one simply need to
select | Cancel to skip this step:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 646 PROSPER

Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take you to the
next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.3.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, and so on.

Equipment Measured Internal Roughness in Rate multiplier

type depth in ft diameter in inches
(down to) inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
(Well Head)
Tubing 7800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 8000 8.3 0.0018 1

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 647

The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description shall
stop at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion
because the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the
appropriate Inflow model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).

Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.

3.1.3.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
The data available are:

Measured Depth in ft Static temperature in deg F

0 70
8000 200

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 648 PROSPER

The overall heat transfer coefficient is 8 btu/h/ft2/F.

Select | Done to proceed to the average heat capacity screen.

3.1.3.5.4.5 Average Heat Capacities

The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 649

Note: The | Default button will reset any user-entered values.

With | Done you are led back to the entry screen of the Equipment data section

It will be next possible to visualise a sketch of the well bore.

3.1.3.5.4.6 Equipment Summary
From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary and this is what would appear:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 650 PROSPER

If one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that would
appear:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 651

Select | Main to exit the screen.

3.1.3.5.4.7 Saving the PROSPER file

Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss in case the computer crashes.

To save a file, simply select | File | Save and then simply answer YES to overwriting
the file.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 652 PROSPER

3.1.3.5.5 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)

For the selection of the IPR model, simply select | System | Inflow Performance and
make the appropriate choices as follows:

IPR model selection

IPR model: Darcy

Static Reservoir Pressure: 4000 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 200 degF
Water Cut: 0%
Total GOR: 400 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction No
model:
Relative Permeability correction: No
Skin model: Enter skin by hand

To proceed, select the Input Data button (red if invalid) in the top right corner of the
screen above:

IPR data entry

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 653

Permeability: 150 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 100 ft
thickness) :
Drainage Area: 340 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.354 ft

From the screen above, select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left
corner of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:

IPR : Skin value entry

Mechanical skin: +2

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 654 PROSPER

IPR : Generating an IPR plot

Once the IPR data input is completed, it is a good practice to create an IPR plot to
verify that everything make sense. For this, select | Calculate and the software will
create and display the following plot:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 655

Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made.
3.1.3.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.

In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |

Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 656 PROSPER

After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 657

The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.

The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For
the fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.

However, during the life of a well any of these two parameters may change.
Therefore, this screen allows to sensitize on both variables.

When sensitizing on the water cut and / or the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same
principle applies to all sensitivity variables specified elsewhere.

Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 658 PROSPER

this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow

One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:

One can read an oil rate of 10 897.5 stb/d as solution rate. The corresponding BHFP
reads: 2641.36 psig.

If one selects | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as
follow:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 659

Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen and save the file to secure
all changes made.

3.1.3.5.7 Well Performance Curve Generation

A well performance is a plot of flow rate versus well head pressure at a given
reservoir pressure.
Therefore, generating a well performance is simply running sensitivities on the well
head flowing pressure, from a very low well head pressure to the highest possible
well pressure that will shut-in the well.

In this example, we will vary the well head flowing pressure from 50 psig to 1200
psig.

For this, simply select | Calculation | System (IPR VLP) | 3 Variables | Continue and
here select the sensitivity variable "First Node Pressure":

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 660 PROSPER

One can manually populate the cells with the desired values or generate them
automatically with | Generate and here one need to enter the first value, the last
value, the number of values and the sequencing algorithm:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 661

To complete the process, simply select | Generate and then the input cells are
populated accordingly:

On can see that on this screen up to 3 variables can be sensitized on

simultaneously. It is generally possibly to sensitize on any number of parameters.

With | Continue | Calculate, ten (10) set of VLP and IPR are computed and can be
plotted with | Plot | System Plot:

An alternative way of presenting the results is to plot the solutions flow rate versus

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 662 PROSPER

the well head flowing pressure.

For this, select | Finish | Sensitivity and this is the plot that may appear:

This is the plot of the Bottom Hole Flowing Pressure versus First Node pressure, the
first node being the well head.

In order to plot the oil flow rate versus the first node pressure, one simply needs to
select | Variables and then | Oil Rate for the Y axis variable:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 663

With | Done, the well performance curve appears as follow:

This is a well performance curve and completes this section.

Select | Main to return to the main screen of PROSPER.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 664 PROSPER

3.1.3.5.8 Lift Curve generation for other applications

3.1.3.5.8.1 Introduction
Lift curves express the pressure drop across a tubing for a given set of variables.
Different software providers use different formats and acronyms for lift curves.

The most common acronyms are:

- VLP for Vertical Lift Performance
- TPD for Tubing Performance Data
- TPC for Tubing Performance Curves
- VFP for Vertical Flow Performance and so on.

For naturally flowing oil wells, the variables involved in lift curve generation are:
- Liquid rate
- Well Head flowing pressure (= first node pressure)
- Water Cut and
- GOR
Even though in this case, four (4) variables will change, the lift curves are referred to
as 3-Variables VLP. The rate variable is taken for granted because one cannot
calculate pressure drop without flow rate.
The VLP 3 variables for a naturally flowing oil well are: WHFP, GOR & Water Cut.

Recommendation:

In this example, we will demonstrate how to generate lift curves with PROSPER
since lift curves generation is a key task that PROSPER is used to perform.
However, if a project involves the generation of lift curves for multiple wells, a more
efficient approach would involve the use of GAP, the network modelling and
optimisation tool developed by Petroleum Experts.
Here are the reasons why:
- GAP will instruct PROSPER to generate the lift curves using the very same
PROSPER well model created by the user and linked to the well icon in GAP
- GAP will use PROSPER to generate and save lift curves for any number of wells in
batch-mode. This can be done overnight for instance to save time.
- GAP will ask for the right VLP variables input depending upon the well type defined
by the user. The variable selection for VLP generation can sometime be delicate
because different simulators use different names for the same quantity (example gas
lift injection rate versus. GLR injected).

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 665

3.1.3.5.8.2 Steps
In order to generate wells' VLP, one first needs to work out the variables involved.
Here these variables are liquid rate, WHFP, GOR and Water Cut.
The second step is to choose values for the variables in such a manner that the host
application (GAP, MBAL, REVEAL, Eclipse, and so on) can reasonably interpolate
between them to find the solution needed. Extrapolation and very large variable
spacing are to be avoided.

In this example, the following values will be used:

· Liquid Rate: from 100 stb/d to 15 000 stb/d. The performance curve generated
earlier shows that the well can produce a maximum of 12 000 stb/d without artificial
lift.
· WHFP: from 50 psig to 1500 psig; Those values will cover the following situations:
from nearly fully open well to the full shut-in (see performance curve generated
earlier).
· Water cut: from 0 to 90%.
· GOR: From 300 scf/stb to 15000 scf/stb.
In order to enter the data for the lift curve generation , select | Calculation | VLP
(Tubing Curves) | 3 Variables

The next screen shot can be used to enter the range of rates to use:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 666 PROSPER

A few notes:

The values for top node pressure, water cut and GOR will be overwritten through the
sensitivity variables.
The user must ensure that the right VLP correlation is selected. Here, the Petroleum
Experts 2 correlation will be used.
The "User Selected" rate method give control to the user to enter the rates he /she
think will best describe the expected operating ranges of the well.
The user must ensure that the first and last node are correctly selected.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 667

In order to proceed, simply select | Continue, select the relevant variables and
populate the entries as per screen-shot below:

Now one shall select | Continue to proceed.

The lift curve calculation is triggered with | Continue | Calculate.

Be patient as this might take a while!

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 668 PROSPER

At the end, a message will alert you that the calculation has completed.

It is always a good practice to plot and visualise the lift curve before exporting them.
In this example, simply select | Plot and this is what would appear:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 669

One can see that the lift curves do all have the right shape (J -curve) and look
smooth.

One can return to the previous screen with | Finish.

In order to export the lift curve, simply select the button "Export Lift Curve"

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 670 PROSPER

The following screen will appear where one has to select the format for the host
application (here Eclipse):

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 671

The process is completed with | Continue | Save and the file is saved and edited
automatically for viewing:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 672 PROSPER

Select | File | Exit | Main and this completes the exercise.

3.1.4 Tutorial 03: Modelling an oil well with black oil PVT matching
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T03_OilWellPVTMatching.OUT

The main objectives of this example are to show:

· How to set up a PROSPER model for an oil producing well
· How to match calibrate the black oil correlations against actual PVT lab
measurements
· How to enter the IPR data
· How to describe the down hole equipment
· How to perform a system calculation (VLP + IPR) to estimate the well flow
rate for a given WHFP.
· How to generate a well performance curve
· How to generate and export lift curves to GAP/MBAL/REVEAL or any third
party software (Eclipse, VIP, etc)

3.1.4.1 Statement Of The Problem

A well is to be drilled to produce oil from an oil reservoir.
Fluid data (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and down hole equipment description (VLP)
are provided.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 673

It is required to:
- Build a PROSPER well model for an oil producing well
- Calibrate the black oil correlations against lab data
- Use the model to estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure
of 250 psig
- Generate a well performance curve (Rate vs. well head flowing pressure)
- Generate lift curves to be utilised by a simulator (Reveal, GAP, MBAL, Eclipse, VIP,
etc)
3.1.4.2 PVT Input Data
The basic available PVT data are:

Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None
Bubble point pressure: 2500 psig at 200 degF

Further PVT data are given in tabular form below at 200 degF:

Pressure in psig Gas Oil Ratio in Oil FVF in rb/stb Oil Viscosity in
scf/stb centipoises
1500 237 1.138 1.34
2000 324 1.178 1.15
2500 400 1.214 1.01
3000 400 1.207 1.05
4000 400 1.198 1.11
3.1.4.3 System Equipment Input Data
The system equipment input section is sub-divided into 5 sub-sections:
- Deviation survey
- Surface equipment
- Down hole equipment
- Geothermal gradient and
- Average heat capacities
3.1.4.3.1 Deviation survey
In PROSPER, the deviation survey can have its origin anywhere: well head, sea-bed,
platform, RKB etc.
The key thing is to describe all the equipment in the well in a manner consistent with
the origin selected.
The well head depth does not have to coincide with the origin of the deviation

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 674 PROSPER

survey.

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
8000 8000
3.1.4.3.2 Surface Equipment
All equipment located downstream of the well head are part of the surface
equipment. The surface equipment can include: well head chokes, risers, flow lines,
fittings, and so on.
In this example the surface equipment will not be modelled.
3.1.4.3.3 Down hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves and so on.

Equipment Measured Internal Roughness in Rate multiplier

type depth in ft diameter in inches
(down to) inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
(Well Head)
Tubing 7800 2.992 0.0018 1
Casing 8000 8.3 0.0018 1
3.1.4.3.4 Static Geothermal Gradient
The geothermal gradient expresses the rate of increase in temperature per unit
depth. The geothermal gradient is independent of the well flow rate.
When using the rough approximation temperature prediction method, the geothermal
gradient is entered versus measured depth. PROSPER internally converts the
measured depth into true vertical depth. It is the temperature gradient based upon
the true vertical depth that is used during the calculation.

Measured Depth in ft Static temperature in deg F

0 70
8000 200

The overall heat transfer coefficient is 8 btu/h/ft2/F.

Note: The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that
captures the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction,
convection and radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the thermal
resistance in the surroundings of the wellbore.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 675

3.1.4.3.5 Average Heat Capacities

Here are the default average heat capacities that will be used:

Phase Heat Capacity in btu/lb/F

Oil: 0.53
Gas: 0.51
Water: 1

3.1.4.4 Reservoir Input Data

PROSPER has more than 20 different inflow models for oil wells. The IPR model
selection depends upon the purpose of the study, the suitability of the particular
model and the data available for the study.

IPR model: Darcy / Enter Skin by hand

Static Reservoir Pressure: 4000 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 200 degF
Water Cut: 0%
Total GOR: 400 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction No
model:
Relative Permeability: No
Reservoir Permeability: 150 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 100 ft
thickness) :
Drainage Area: 340 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.354 ft
Mechanical skin: +2

3.1.4.5 Step by Step

The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- Build a PROSPER well model for an oil producing well
- Calibrate the black oil correlations against lab data
- Use the model to estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure
of 250 psig
- Generate a well performance curve (Rate vs. well head flowing pressure)
- Generate lift curves to be utilised by a simulator (Reveal, GAP, MBAL, Eclipse, VIP,
etc)

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 676 PROSPER

3.1.4.5.1 System Options

Simply select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open.

Otherwise, select | Options | Options and make the following choices:

Fluid: Oil and Water. All other settings can be left to their defaults options.

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.4.5.2 PVT data Input
In order to enter the PVT data, simply select | PVT | Input Data and populate the
screen as shown below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 677

Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None

In order to enter the lab measurements at different pressures, select the | Match
Data button and populate the table as follow:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 678 PROSPER

Select | Done to get back to the PVT input screen

PVT regression

Now select |Regression | Match All to kick the non-linear regression algorithm. The
following screen will alert you when the regression is completed.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 679

In order to quality-check the regression, select | OK | Parameters and this is what

can be seen:

Please consult the online help to get the details about the regression algorithm.
Ideally, Parameter 1, which is a multiplier, should be close to unity whereas the shift
(Parameter 2) is expected to be around nil.
On the basis of the results obtained here, we will proceed with the combination Glaso /
Petrosky.

For this, select | Done | Done and choose the appropriate black oil correlations as per
screen-shot below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 680 PROSPER

Select | Done and this complete this step.

3.1.4.5.3 Saving the file
Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss in case the computer crashes.
To save a file, simply select | File | Save as.
Afterwards, simply browse to the place where the file is to be saved.

It is suggested to save the file as *.OUT file.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 681

The rest is self-explanatory.

3.1.4.5.4 System Equipment Description
In order to describe the system equipment (i.e the hardware in and around the well
bore), simply select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 682 PROSPER

Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take you through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.4.5.4.1 Deviation Survey
Here are the data:

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
8000 8000

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 683

Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER.
A filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.

Select | Done and the screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.4.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 684 PROSPER

Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take you to the
next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.4.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment includes the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves and so on.

Equipment Measured Internal Roughness in Rate multiplier

type depth in ft diameter in inches
(down to) inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
(Well Head)
Tubing 7800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 8000 8.3 0.0018 1

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 685

The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This implies that the down hole equipment description must stop
at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because
the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate
Inflow model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).

Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.

3.1.4.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
The data available are:

Measured Depth in ft Static temperature in deg F

0 70
8000 200

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 686 PROSPER

The overall heat transfer coefficient is 8 btu/h/ft2/F.

Select | Done to proceed to the average heat capacity screen.

3.1.4.5.4.5 Average Heat Capacities

The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 687

Note: The | Default button will reset any user-entered values.

With | Done you are led to the entry screen of the Equipment data section.

3.1.4.5.4.6 Equipment Summary

From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary and this is what would appear:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 688 PROSPER

If one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that appears:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 689

Select | Main to exit the screen.

3.1.4.5.4.7 Saving the PROSPER file

It is recommended to save / overwrite the file at this stage.
To save the file, simply select | File | Save and then simply answer YES to
overwriting the file.
3.1.4.5.5 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)
To select the IPR model, simply select | System | Inflow Performance and make the
appropriate choices as follows:

IPR model selection

IPR model: Darcy

Static Reservoir Pressure: 4000 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 200 degF
Water Cut: 0%
Total GOR: 400 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction No
model:
Relative Permeability correction: No
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 690 PROSPER

Skin model: Enter skin by hand

To proceed, simply select the Input Data button (red if invalid) in the top right corner
of the screen above:

IPR data entry

Reservoir Permeability: 150 mD

Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 100 ft
thickness) :
Drainage Area: 340 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.354 ft

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 691

From the screen above, select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left
corner of the screen to enter the mechanical skin:

IPR : Skin value entry

Mechanical skin: +2

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 692 PROSPER

IPR : Generating an IPR plot

Once the IPR data input is completed, it is a good practice to create an IPR plot to
verify that everything makes sense. For this, simply select | Calculate and the
software will create and display the following plot:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 693

Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.4.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.

In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |

Calculation | System | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 694 PROSPER

After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 695

The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.

The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For
the fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.

However, during the life of a well either parameter may change. Therefore, this
screen allow the user to sensitize both.

When sensitizing on the water cut and / or the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same
principle applies to all sensitivity variables specified elsewhere.

Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 696 PROSPER

this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow

One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:

One can read an oil rate of 10 500 stb/d as solution rate. The corresponding BHFP
reads: 2584 psig.

If one selects | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as
follow:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 697

Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen and save the file to secure
all changes made so far.

3.1.4.5.7 Well Performance Curve Generation

A well performance is a plot of flow rate versus well head pressure at a given
reservoir pressure.
Therefore, generating a well performance simply means running sensitivities on the
well head flowing pressure, from a very low well head pressure to the highest
possible well pressure that will shut-in the well.

In this example, we will vary the well head flowing pressure from 50 psig to 1200
psig.

For this, simply select | Calculation | System (IPR VLP) | 3 Variables | Continue and
here select the sensitivity variable "First Node Pressure":

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 698 PROSPER

One can manually populate the cells with the desired values or generate them
automatically with | Generate. Afterwards, one needs to enter the first value, the last
value, the number of values and the sequencing algorithm:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 699

To complete the process, simply select | Generate and then the input cells are
populated accordingly:

One can see that on this screen up to 3 variables can be sensitized on

simultaneously. It is generally possibly to sensitize on any number of parameters.

With | Continue | Calculate, ten (10) sets of VLP and IPR are computed.
To visualise a plot of the solution rate versus first node pressure, select | Sensitivity.

This is the plot of the Bottom Hole Flowing Pressure versus First Node pressure, the
first node being the well head.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 700 PROSPER

In order to plot the oil flow rate versus the first node pressure, one simply needs to
select | Variables and then | Gas Rate for the Y axis variable:

With | Done, the well performance curve appears as follow:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 701

This completes this section.

Select | Main to return to the main screen of PROSPER.
3.1.4.5.8 Lift Curve generation for other applications

3.1.4.5.8.1 Introduction
Lift curves express the pressure drop across a tubing for a given set of variables.
Different software providers use different formats and acronyms for lift curves.

The most common acronyms are:

- VLP for Vertical Lift Performance
- TPD for Tubing Performance Data
- TPC for Tubing Performance Curves
- VFP for Vertical Flow Performance and so on.

For naturally flowing oil wells, the variables involved in lift curve generation are:
- liquid rate
- Well Head flowing pressure (= first node pressure)
- Water Cut and

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 702 PROSPER

- GOR
Even though in this case, four (4) variables will change, the lift curves are referred to
as 3-Variables VLP. The rate variable is taken for granted as one cannot calculate
pressure drop without flow rate.
The 3 VLP variables for a naturally flowing oil well are: WHFP, GOR & Water Cut.

Recommendation:

In this example, we will demonstrate how to generate lift curves with PROSPER
since lift curve generation is a key task that PROSPER is used to perform. However,
if a project involves the generation of lift curves for multiple wells, a more efficient
approach would involve the use of GAP, the network modelling and optimisation tool
developed by Petroleum Experts.
Here are the reasons why:
- GAP will instruct PROSPER to generate the lift curves using the very same
PROSPER well model created by the user and linked to the well icon in GAP
- GAP uses PROSPER to generate and save lift curve for any number of wells in
batch-mode. This can be done overnight for instance to save time.
- GAP will ask for the right VLP variables input depending upon the well type. The
variable selection for lift curves can sometimes be delicate because different
simulators use different names for the same quantity (example gas lift injection rate
versus. GLR injected).

3.1.4.5.8.2 Steps
In order to generate wells' VLP, one first needs to work out the variables involved.
Here these variables are liquid rate, WHFP, GOR and Water Cut.
The second step is to choose values for the variables in such a manner that the host
application (GAP, MBAL, REVEAL, Eclipse, etc) can reasonably interpolate between
them to find the solution needed. Extrapolation and very large variable spacing are
to be avoided.

In this example, the following values will be used:

· Liquid Rate: from 100 stb/d to 15 000 stb/d. The performance curve generated
earlier shows that the well can produce a maximum of 12 000 stb/d without artificial
lift.
· WHFP: from 50 psig to 1500 psig; Those values will cover the following situations:
from nearly fully open well to the full shut-in (see performance curve generated
earlier).
· Water cut: from 0 to 100%.
· GOR: From 300 scf/stb to 15000 scf/stb.

In order to enter the data for the lift curve generation , select | Calculation | VLP
(Tubing Curves) | 3 Variables

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 703

The next screen shot can be used to enter the range of rates to use:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 704 PROSPER

A few notes:

The values for top node pressure, water cut and GOR will be overwritten through the
sensitivity variables.
One should make sure that the right VLP correlation is selected. Here, the Petroleum
Experts 2 correlation will be used.
The "User Selected" rate method gives control to the user to enter the rates he /she
think will best describe the expected operating ranges of the well.
One should also ensure that the first and last node are correctly selected.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 705

In order to proceed, simply select | Continue, select the relevant variables and
populate the entries as per screen-shot below:

Now simply select | Continue to proceed.

The lift curve calculation is triggered with | Calculate.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 706 PROSPER

Be patient as this might take a while!

At the end, a message will alert you that the calculation has completed.

It is always a good practice to plot and visualise the lift curves before exporting them.

In this example, simply select | Plot and this is what appears:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 707

One can see that the lift curves do all have the right shape (J -curve) and look
smooth.

One can return to the previous screen with | Finish.

In order to export the lift curve, simply select the button "Export Lift Curve".

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 708 PROSPER

The following screen will appear where one has to select the format for the host
application (here Eclipse):

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 709

The process is completed with | Continue | Save and the file is saved and edited
automatically for viewing:
Select | File | Exit | Main and this completes the exercise.

3.1.5 Tutorial 04: Modelling an horizontal oil well

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T04_HorizontalOilWell.out

The main objectives of this example are to show:

· How to set up a PROSPER model for a horizontal oil well
· How to enter basic black oil PVT data
· How to enter the IPR data
· How to describe the down hole equipment
· How to perform a system calculation (VLP + IPR) to estimate the well flow
rate for a given WHFP of 250 psig.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 710 PROSPER

· How to generate a well performance curve

· How to generate and export lift curves to GAP/MBAL/REVEAL or any third
party software (Eclipse, VIP, an so on)

3.1.5.1 Statement Of The Problem

A horizontal well is to be drilled to produce oil.
Fluid data (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and down hole equipment description (VLP)
are provided.

It is required to:
- Estimate the initial oil rate against a well head flowing pressure of 250 psig
- Perform sensitivity runs on the horizontal well length for 500 ft, 1000 ft, 1500 ft,
2000 ft, 2500 ft and 3000 ft.
- Sensitize simultaneously on water cut of 0 %. 10%, 20%, 30%, 40% and 50%.
3.1.5.2 PVT Input Data

The basic available PVT data are:

Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None
Bubble point pressure: 2500 psig at 200 degF

Further PVT data are given in tabular form below at 200 degF:

Pressure in psig Gas Oil Ratio in Oil FVF in rb/stb Oil Viscosity in
scf/stb centipoises
1500 237 1.138 1.34
2000 324 1.178 1.15
2500 400 1.214 1.01
3000 400 1.207 1.05
4000 400 1.198 1.11

3.1.5.3 System Equipment Input Data

The system equipment input section is sub-divided into 5 sub-sections:
- Deviation survey
- Surface equipment
- Down hole equipment

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 711

- Geothermal gradient and

- Average heat capacities
3.1.5.3.1 Deviation survey
In PROSPER, the deviation survey can have its origin anywhere: well head, sea-bed,
platform, RKB and so on.
The key thing is to describe all the equipment in the well in a manner consistent with
the origin selected.
The well head depth does not have to coincide with the origin of the deviation
survey.

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
8050 8050
10050 8050
3.1.5.3.2 Surface Equipment
All equipment located downstream of the well head are part of the surface
equipment. The surface equipment can include: well head chokes, risers, flow lines,
fittings, and so on.
In this example the surface equipment will not be modelled.
3.1.5.3.3 Down hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, and so on.

Equipment Measured Internal Roughness in Rate multiplier

type depth in ft diameter in inches
(down to) inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
(Well Head)
Tubing 7800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 8050 8.3 0.0018 1

3.1.5.3.4 Static Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient expresses the rate of increase in temperature per unit
depth. The geothermal gradient is independent of the well flow rate.
When using the rough approximation temperature prediction method, the geothermal
gradient is entered versus measured depth. PROSPER internally converts the
measured depth into true vertical depth. It is the temperature gradient based upon
the true vertical depth that is used during the calculation.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 712 PROSPER

Measured Depth in ft Static temperature in deg F

0 70
8050 200
10050 200

The overall heat transfer coefficient is 8 btu/h/ft2/F.

Note:The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that
captures the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction,
convection and radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the thermal
resistance in the surroundings of the wellbore.

3.1.5.3.5 Average Heat Capacities

Here are the default average heat capacities that will be used:

Phase Heat Capacity in btu/lb/F

Oil: 0.53
Gas: 0.51
Water: 1
3.1.5.4 Reservoir Input Data
Here are the data describing the inflow performance relationship for the well:

IPR model: Horizontal Well - No Flow

Boundary
Static Reservoir Pressure: 4000 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 200 degF
Water Cut: 0%
Total GOR: 400 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction model: No
Skin model: Enter skin by hand
Relative Permeability correction: No
Permeability: 150 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 100 ft
thickness) :
Well bore radius: 0.354 ft
Horizontal Anisotropy: 1 (fraction)
Vertical anisotropy: 0.1 (fraction)
Producing length: 2000 ft

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 713

Reservoir Length: 5000 ft

Reservoir width: 5000 ft
Distance along length edge to centre of well: 2500 ft
Distance along length edge to centre of well: 2500 ft
Distance from bottom to centre of well: 50 ft
Mechanical skin: +5

3.1.5.5 Step by Step

The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- Construct a PROSPER model for a horizontal oil well
- Use the PROSPER well model to estimate the flow rate against a WHFP of 250
psig
- Perform sensitivity on well producing length and water cut
3.1.5.5.1 System Options
Here, one simply select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open.
Afterwards, select | Options | Options and make the following choices

Fluid: Oil and Water. All other settings can be left to their defaults values.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 714 PROSPER

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.5.5.2 PVT data Input
In order to enter the PVT data, simply select | PVT | Input Data and populate the
screen as shown below:

Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None
Bubble point pressure: 2500 psig at 200 degF

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 715

Now select | Match Data to enter the lab data given in the table below:

Reference temperature: 200 degF

Pressure in psig Gas Oil Ratio in Oil FVF in rb/stb Oil Viscosity in
scf/stb centipoises
1500 237 1.138 1.34
2000 324 1.178 1.15
2500 400 1.214 1.01
3000 400 1.207 1.05
4000 400 1.198 1.11

In order to enter the PVT lab data, select | Match Data and populate the screen as
follow:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 716 PROSPER

PVT regression

Afterwards, select | Done and then | Regression | Match All.

This will start the non-linear regression algorithm. The following screen will alert you
when the regression is completed.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 717

In order to quality-check the regression, select | OK | Parameters and this is what

can be seen:

In essence the regression algorithm uses a multiplier (Parameter 1) and a shift

(Parameter 2).
Ideally, Parameter 1 should be close to unity whereas the shift (Parameter 2) is
expected to be around nil.
On the basis of the results obtained here, we will proceed with the combination
Glaso / Petrosky.

For this, select | Done | Done and choose the appropriate black oil correlations as
per screen-shot below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 718 PROSPER

Select | Done and this completes this step.

3.1.5.5.3 Saving the file
Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss in case the computer crashes.
To save a file, simply select | File | Save as.
Afterwards, simply browse to the place where the file is to be saved.
It is suggested to save the file as *.OUT file.

3.1.5.5.4 System Equipment Description

In order to describe the system equipment (i.e the hardware in and around the well
bore), simply select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 719

Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take you through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey

3.1.5.5.4.1 Deviation Survey

Here are the data:

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
8050 8050
10050 8050

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 720 PROSPER

Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER.
A filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, use the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen.

Select | Done and the screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.5.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 721

Make sure that the Choke Method is set to ELF (see bottom left corner of screen).
The selected choke model is used to compute pressure across surface chokes and
eventual down hole restrictions.
For validation purposes only, one should enter a temperature of surroundings of 70
degF and an overall heat transfer coefficient of 8 Btu/h/ft2/F. Note that in this
example, the temperature of surroundings and the overall heat transfer coefficient
entered will not affect the results because there is no pipeline in the model.

Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take you to the
next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.5.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment includes the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves and so on.

Equipment Measured Internal Roughness in Rate multiplier

type depth in ft diameter in inches
(down to) inches
Xmas Tree0 N/A N/A N/A

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 722 PROSPER

(Well Head)
Tubing 7800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 8050 8.3 0.0018 1

The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This implies that the down hole equipment description will stop at
the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because the
pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate inflow
model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).

Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.

3.1.5.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
The data available are:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 723

Measured Depth in ft Static temperature in deg F

0 70
8050 200

The overall heat transfer coefficient is 8 btu/h/ft2/F.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 724 PROSPER

Select | Done to proceed to the average heat capacity screen.

3.1.5.5.4.5 Average Heat Capacities

The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example

Note: The | Default button will reset any user-entered values.

With | Done you are led to the entry screen of the Equipment data section

3.1.5.5.4.6 Equipment Summary

From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary and this is what would appear:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 725

If one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that appears:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 726 PROSPER

Select | Main to exit the screen.

3.1.5.5.4.7 Saving the PROSPER file

It is recommended to save / overwrite the file at this stage.
To save the file, simply select | File | Save and then simply answer YES to
overwriting the file.

3.1.5.5.5 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)

To select the IPR model, simply select | System | Inflow Performance and make the
appropriate choices as follows:

IPR model selection

IPR model: Horizontal Well - No Flow Boundary

Static Reservoir Pressure: 4000 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 200 degF
Water Cut: 0%
Total GOR: 400 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction No
model:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 727

Relative Permeability correction: No

Skin model: Enter skin by hand

To proceed, simply select the Input Data button in the top right corner of the screen
above:

IPR data entry

Permeability: 150 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 100 ft
thickness) :
Well bore radius: 0.354 ft
Horizontal Anisotropy: 1 (fraction)
Vertical anisotropy: 0.1 (fraction)
Producing length: 2000 ft
Reservoir Length: 5000 ft
Reservoir width: 5000 ft

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 728 PROSPER

Distance along length edge to centre of well: 2500 ft

Distance along length edge to centre of well: 2500 ft
Distance from bottom to centre of well: 50 ft

From the screen above, select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left
corner of the screen to enter the mechanical skin:

IPR : Skin value entry

Mechanical skin: +5

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 729

IPR : Generating an IPR plot

Once the IPR data input is completed, it is a good practice to create an IPR plot to
verify that everything makes sense. For this, simply select | Calculate and the
software will create and display the following plot:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 730 PROSPER

Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made.
3.1.5.5.6 Sensitivity on well length and water cut
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.

In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |

Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 731

After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 732 PROSPER

The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.

The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For
the fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.

However, during the life of a well any of these either parameter may change.
Therefore, this screen allow the user to sensitize with the GOR and water cut.

When sensitizing on the water cut and / or the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same
principle applies to all sensitivity variables specified elsewhere.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 733

Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since
this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow

One can proceed with | Continue and then select the sensitivity variables well length
and water cut as follow:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 734 PROSPER

After entering the values for well length and water cut, select | Continue | Calculate
and | Plot | System Plot to visualise the IPR + VLP plots:

Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen . This completes this
exercise.

3.1.6 Tutorial 05: Modelling a multilateral Dry Gas Producer

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T05_MultilateralGasWell.Out

A multilateral well is a well that has more than one lateral going out of the bore hole
and connecting the well with the one or multiple reservoirs.
Objectives of multilaterals are either to produce a larger drainage area than a single
mono-bore or to access multiple reservoirs from a single mother bore.

The main objectives of this example are to show:

· How to set-up a multilateral well model in PROSPER
· How to use the model to predict the gas production rate from the well
against a well head pressure of 200 psig.
· Determine the contribution of each lateral.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 735

· Determine the pressure drop in each lateral.

3.1.6.1 Statement Of The Problem
It is intended to drill a multilateral gas well with 2 laterals draining the same gas
reservoir as shown in the screen shot below:

It is intended to build a PROSPER well model for the well.

Once the well model is constructed, it will be used to predict the flow rate when the
well head pressure is 200 psig.

Note that PROSPER can also model a configuration where each lateral penetrates
different multiple reservoirs.
3.1.6.2 PVT Input Data
The information in the next table describes the PVT properties of the fluid.

Reservoir Fluid : Dry and Wet Gas

Gas Gravity : 0.63 (sp. gravity)
Separator Pressure : 500 (psig)
Condensate To Gas 0 (STB/MMscf)
Ratio :
Condensate Gravity : 50 (API)
Water To Gas Ratio : 2 (STB/MMscf)
Water Salinity : 100000 (ppm)
Mole Percent H2S : 0 (percent)
Mole Percent C02 : 0.15 (percent)
Mole Percent N2 : 3.6 (percent)
Gas Viscosity Correlation Lee et al
:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 736 PROSPER

The following lab measurements are also available:

PVT lab data at a reference temperature of 65 degF:

Pressure Z Factor Gas viscosity Gas FVF

[psig] - [cP] [ft3/scf]
100 0.9815 0.0109 0.1271
225 0.9613 0.01109 0.0595
350 0.9412 0.01127 0.0383
475 0.9213 0.01147 0.0279
600 0.9017 0.01171 0.0218
3.1.6.3 System Equipment Input Data
The system equipment input section is sub-divided into 5 sub-sections:
- Deviation survey
- Surface equipment
- Down hole equipment
- Geothermal gradient and
- Average heat capacities
3.1.6.3.1 Deviation survey
In PROSPER, the deviation survey can have its origin anywhere: well head, sea-bed,
platform, mean sea level, RKB and so on.
The key thing is to describe all the equipment in the well in a manner consistent with
the origin selected.
The well head depth does not have to coincide with the origin of the deviation
survey.

Measured True Vertical

Depth Depth
(feet) (feet)
0 0
900 900
1068 1062.3
1188 1164.1
1285 1237.7
1360 1288.8
1516 1374.1
1578 1398.4

The deviation survey here must stops at the tie-point: the node that links the tubing
to the down hole network of the laterals.
This deviation will affect the pressure drop of the commingled flow that arrives at
surface. The contribution of each lateral and its impact of pressure drop down hole

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 737

will be accounted by the multilateral IPR model.

3.1.6.3.2 Surface Equipment
All equipment located downstream of the well head are part of the surface
equipment. The surface equipment can include well head chokes, risers, flow lines,
fittings, and so on.
In this example the surface equipment will not be modelled.
3.1.6.3.3 Down hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, and so on.
Consistent with the deviation survey, this section will describe all equipment between
the well head and the tie-point.

Equipment Type Measured Depth in ft Tubing Internal Diameter in inches

Xmas Tree 0 N/A
Tubing 260 6
SSSV N/A 4.5
Tubing 1577 6

3.1.6.3.4 Static Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient expresses the rate of increase in temperature per unit
depth. The geothermal gradient is independent of the well flow rate.
When using the rough approximation temperature prediction method, the geothermal
gradient is entered versus measured depth. PROSPER internally converts the
measured depth into true vertical depth and it is the temperature gradient based
upon the true vertical depth that is used during the calculation.

Formation measured Depth in ft Formation Temperature in degF

0 40
1578 62

The overall heat transfer coefficient is 3 btu/h/ft2/F.

Note:The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that
captures the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction,
convection and radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the thermal
resistance in the surroundings of the wellbore.

3.1.6.3.5 Average Heat Capacities

Here the default average heat capacities will be used:

Phase Heat Capacity in btu/lb/F

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 738 PROSPER

Oil: 0.53
Gas: 0.51
Water: 1
3.1.6.4 Multilateral IPR Data
Available data from the Tie point to the reservoir:

Tie point data

Measured Depth 1577 (feet)

True Vertical Depth 1398.4 (feet)

For the equipment T1, i.e. the pipe between Tie Point Data to Joint 1:

Deviation survey:

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft Azimuth in degrees

1577 1398.4 0
1650 1424.3 230.6

Equipment data:

Equipment Type Measured Depth Inside Diameter Inside Roughness

(feet) (inches) (inches)
Tubing 1650 7 0.0006

Joint data

Measured Depth: 1650 (feet)

True Vertical Depth: 1424.3 (feet)

Lateral 1 data

Well bore radius: 0.354 ft

Dietz shape factor: 31.6

Lateral 1 deviation survey:

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth Azimuth in degrees

in ft
1650 1424.3 230.6
1701 1437 243
1840 1449.3 264.9

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 739

1940 1450.9 269.8

Lateral 1 equipment data:

Equipment Measured Depth in ft Tubing ID in inches Tubing Roughness in

Type inches
Tubing 1900 3.5 0.0006

Lateral 1 perforation data:

Perforation Perforation Perforation Perforation Local (Mechanical) Non-Darcy

Interval (MD) Interval (MD) Interval Interval Skin Value Flow Factor
Start in ft End in ft (TVD) Start (TVD) End
in ft in ft
1650 1900 1424.3 1450.3 0 2.80E-10

Lateral 2 data

Well bore radius: 0.354 ft

Dietz shape factor: 31.6

Lateral 2 deviation survey:

Measured True Vertical Azimuth in

Depth in ft Depth in ft degrees
1650 1424.3 230.6
1710 1430.1 231.3
1784 1432.7 239.2
1908 1432.2 257.6
2024 1438.5 267.1
2155 1447.9 256.6
2290 1445.8 248.1
2395 1449.8 238.8
2436 1449.9 235
2483 1449.8 231

Lateral 2 equipment data:

Tubing Tubing
Equipment Measured Inside Inside
Type Depth Diameter Roughness
(feet) (inches) (inches)
Tubing 2483 4 0.0006

Lateral 2 perforation data:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 740 PROSPER

Perforation Perforation Local Non-Darcy

Interval (MD) Interval (MD) Perforation Perforation (Mechanic Flow Factor)
Start in ft End in ft Interval Interval al) Skin
(TVD) Start (TVD) End Value
in ft in ft
1670 2483 1426.23 1449.8 0 2.80E-10

Reservoir data

Reservoir model: Petroleum Experts

PVT data:

Reservoir Pressure 557 (psig)

Reservoir Temperature 65 (deg F)
Condensate Gravity 45 (API)
Reservoir Gas Gravity 0.63 (sp. gravity)
Reservoir Water Salinity 10000 (ppm)
Water Gas Ratio 2 (STB/MMscf)
Condensate Gas Ratio 0 (STB/MMscf)

Petrophysical parameters:

Reservoir Permeability 244 (md)

Reservoir Thickness 50 (feet)
Drainage Area 500 (acres)
Reservoir Top Depth (TVD) 1400 (feet)
Reservoir Vertical Permeability 25 (md)
Reservoir Porosity 0.28 (fraction)
Connate Water Saturation 0.25 (fraction)

3.1.6.5 Step by Step

The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:

· Set-up a multilateral well model for a dry gas producer in PROSPER

· Use the model to predict the gas production rate from the well against a well head
pressure of 200 psig.
· Determine the contribution of each lateral.
· Determine the pressure drop in each lateral.

3.1.6.5.1 System Options

Here, one simply select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 741

Select | Options | Options and make the following choices

Fluid: Dry and Wet Gas

Inflow Type: Multilateral Well

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.6.5.2 PVT data Input
The information in the next table describes the PVT properties of the fluid.

Reservoir Fluid : Dry and Wet Gas

Gas Gravity (air=1) : 0.63
Separator Pressure in psig: 200
Condensate To Gas Ratio in stb/MMscf: 0
Condensate Gravity in API: 50

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 742 PROSPER

Water To Gas Ratio in stb/MMscf: 2

Water Salinity in ppm: 100000
Mole Percent H2S in mole percent: 0
Mole Percent C02 in mole percent: 0.15
Mole Percent N2 in mole percent: 3.6
Gas Viscosity Correlation : Lee et al

The following lab measurements are also available for PVT calibration at a
reference temperature of 65 degF:

Pressure Z Factor Gas viscosity Gas FVF

[psig] - [cP] [ft3/scf]
100 0.9815 0.0109 0.1271
225 0.9613 0.01109 0.0595
350 0.9412 0.01127 0.0383
475 0.9213 0.01147 0.0279
600 0.9017 0.01171 0.0218

Select | Input Data and then enter the fluid parameters at stock tank conditions:

In order to enter the lab data, select | Match Data and populate the table with the
data provided:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 743

Here select | Done and then | Regression | Match all and the | Parameters to see the
dialog below:
.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 744 PROSPER

For all PVT data, the parameter 1 is close to unity and the parameter 2 practically
zero. This indicates that the PVT data are of good quality and will be used for for this
model.
The Lee et al Viscosity model requires the least correction and will therefore be
selected.

Note that a green message is being flashed to remind the use that the PVT data has
been matched.

Select | Done | Main to complete this.

3.1.6.5.3 Saving the file
Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss if for example the computer crashes.

To save a file, simply select | File | Save as.

Afterwards, simply browse to the place where the file is to be saved.

It is suggested to save the file as *.OUT file.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 745

The rest is self-explanatory.

3.1.6.5.4 System Equipment Description
In order to describe system equipment (ie. the the hardware in and around the well
bore), simply select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 746 PROSPER

Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take you through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.6.5.4.1 Deviation Survey
Here are the data:

Measured True Vertical

Depth Depth
(feet) (feet)
0 0
900 900
1068 1062.3
1188 1164.1
1285 1237.7
1360 1288.8
1516 1374.1
1578 1398.4

With | Edit, one shall populate the deviation survey screen as follow:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 747

Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER.
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 748 PROSPER

A filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, use the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen.

Select | Done and the next screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.6.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment.

Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left corner of the screen will take
you to the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.6.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment includes the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, and so on.

Equipment type Measured Depth in ft Tubing Inside Diameter in inches

Xmas Tree 0
Tubing 260 6
SSSV N/A 4.5
Tubing 1577 6

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 749

Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.

3.1.6.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
The data available are:

Formation Measured Depth in ft Formation in degF

0 40
1578 62

The overall heat transfer coefficient is 3 btu/h/ft2/F.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 750 PROSPER

Select | Done to proceed to the average heat capacity screen.

3.1.6.5.4.5 Average Heat Capacities

The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example

Note: The | Default button will reset any user-entered values.

With | Done you are led to the entry screen of the Equipment data section
3.1.6.5.4.6 Equipment Summary
From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary | Draw Down Hole and this is the sketch of the well bore that would
appear:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 751

Select | Main to exit the screen.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 752 PROSPER

3.1.6.5.4.7 Saving the PROSPER file

Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid possible data loss.
To save a file, simply select | File | Save and then simply answer YES to the
question "Do you want to overwrite this file?"
3.1.6.5.5 Multilateral IPR Input section
Drawing the model

To access the interface where to describe the multilateral IPR, select | System I
Inflow Performance.

The IPR interface consist in a Network section where we can draw the situation of
the example using the short cut icons.

From left to right, the icons represent:

- Tie-Point: this is the depth at which the combined IPR is computed.
- Junction: this is a node from where a lateral can branch out.
- Completion: this describes the details of the perforation and
- Reservoir: contains the pertinent reservoir data like pressure, permeability, Dietz-
shape factor and so on.

Select the first short cut icon starting from left, or click on the drop down menu and
select "Add Tie-point" as shown in the next screen shot.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 753

Click anywhere in the blank screen to add a Tie point and give it the label "Tie point".

Right clicking on the Tie point red square allows the user to change the label and

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 754 PROSPER

delete the icon.

The next short cut icon (Going from left to right) is the Add Junction.

Select Add Junction and click somewhere else in the screen to add the junction,
label it "Joint".

Then select the Add Completion next to the "Add Junction" and click in the screen to
add a completion, label it "Lateral 1".

Click somewhere else in the screen to add a second completion, named it "Lateral
2".

Then select Add Reservoir from the drop down menu and click on the screen to add
a Reservoir icon.Label it "Reservoir"

You should have an schematic similar to the next screen shot.

From the drop down menu, you may select the command "Move" and then select
any object to move it around.

The next step is to connect the different objects together, so we can select the
command "Add Link" from the drop down menu.

Then click on the Tie point and drag it to the Joint, this will create a connection
between them.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 755

Repeat the process of linking the following items:

· Joint to Lateral 1
· Lateral 1 to Reservoir
· Joint to Lateral 2
· Lateral 2 to Reservoir

Entering the data

Tie point: Measured Depth = 1577 ft and True vertical Depth = 1398.4 ft

At this stage we need to start entering the data for the different sections.

Double click on the Tie point added icon to access the input panel.

Enter the depths of the Tie point as shown in the next snap shot.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 756 PROSPER

Click Done to exit this section and keep the changes.

Casing from Tie point to Joint

Double click on the next element called "T1" which is a piece of casing going from
the Tie point to the joint where the laterals are separated.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 757

Select the Input Data tab to access the deviation survey input screen and the
equipment tabs:

Deviation survey tab:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 758 PROSPER

Equipment Tab:

Once the two tabs are completed click on Done.

Joint

Double click on the Joint icon.

In this section the data has been transferred automatically from the deepest point of
the previous element.

On the right hand side we can see a that the elements that need to be completed
are marked with a red x.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 759

Click Done.

Lateral 1

Double click on lateral 1 to access the input panel of the completion element.

Enter the well-bore radius and Dietz shape factor as shown below.

Click Input Data.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 760 PROSPER

Select the Input Data tab at the top right corner of the screen to proceed.
In the Input data section there are 3 tabs to complete (Deviation, Equipment,
Perforation Details).

The 3 sections are shown below in the following screen shots:

Deviation:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 761

Equipment:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 762 PROSPER

Perforation Details:

Click Done to exit and save the changes in this section.

Lateral 2:

Double click on the lateral 2 to start entering the information for this icon.

Enter the well-bore radius and Dietz shape factor, then click Input data to move to
the next section.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 763

In the Input Data section there are 3 tabs to enter the data:

Lateral 2 Deviation:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 764 PROSPER

Lateral 2 Equipment:

Lateral 2 Perforations:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 765

Click Done to exit and save the results.

Reservoir

Double click on the blue reservoir icon to enter the data for the reservoir.

Select the Petroleum Experts Reservoir model on the left hand side, enter the PVT
data for the reservoir and click on Input Data.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 766 PROSPER

In the Input Data section enter the reservoir parameters as shown in the next
snapshot.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 767

Select | Done to exit this screen.

Before proceeding, it is recommended to check the inputs by visualizing the sketch

of the multilateral network.
For this, select | Visualise | All and the following sketches appear:

| Analyse | Calculate to generate a composite IPR for both laterals:

Select Curve as calculation option.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 768 PROSPER

The calculation is triggered by selecting the "Calculate" button.

At the end of the calculation, the following IPR plot is displayed:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 769

Note: The IPR plot obtained is referenced at the Tie point and it considers the
pressure drop across the down hole network of casings, tubings and chokes if
the finite conductivity switch is activated. In other words, the IPR curve
represents the relationship between the gas flow rate and the Tie Point
Pressure.

The IPR plot curve is calculated for 20 values of pressure with the corresponding 20
values of rate.
In this IPR plot we can see that at very high flow rates (close to the AOF) the IPR
curve goes backwards.
The reason for this behavior can be explained by the fact that at low Tie Point
Pressures, the expansion of the gas in the wellbore causes high gas velocities that,
on their turn, produce high pressure drops along the well. The higher pressure drops
cause a reduction in the production itself, therefore the "knee" in the curve.

Usually this behaviour will not affect the performance of the well as the intersection
of the VLP/IPR is rarely close to the AOF.

Click Finish in the Plot.

Click | Done | Finish and | Done to go the main section of PROSPER.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 770 PROSPER

3.1.6.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate and inspecting the detailled results
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.

In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |

Calculation |System (Ipr +Vlp) | 3 Variables.

After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 771

The top node pressure is the downstream pressure of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline included in this model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.

Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since
this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow

One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and | Calculate with the following
results:

One can read a gas rate around 56 MMscf/d.

If one select | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as
follow:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 772 PROSPER

Select | Finish to return to the previous screen:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 773

Now select | Solution details | Inflow Layer details. Here the rate and pressure
distribution along each lateral is displayed:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 774 PROSPER

One can plot them with | Plot and select the variables of interest with | Variables.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 775

With | Done, the following plot is generated:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 776 PROSPER

The plot above shows pressure and rate distribution versus depth for both laterals.
3.1.7 Tutorial 07: Modelling a slanted oil well
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T07_SlantedOilWell.Out

The main objectives of this example are to show:

· How to set up a PROSPER model for a slanted oil well
· How to enter basic black oil PVT data
· How to enter the IPR data
· How to describe the down hole equipment
· How to perform a system calculation (VLP + IPR) to estimate the well flow
rate for a given WHFP.

3.1.7.1 Statement Of The Problem

A slanted well is to be drilled to produce oil.
Fluid data (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and down hole equipment description (VLP)
are provided.

It is required to:
- Set-up a PROSPER well model for a slanted/ deviated oil well.
- Estimate the initial oil rate against a well head flowing pressure of 250 psig

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 777

3.1.7.2 PVT Input Data

The basic available PVT data are:

Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None
Bubble point pressure: 2500 psig at 200 degF
3.1.7.3 System Equipment Input Data
The system equipment input section is sub-divided into 5 sub-sections:
- Deviation survey
- Surface equipment
- Down hole equipment
- Geothermal gradient and
- Average heat capacities
3.1.7.3.1 Deviation survey
In PROSPER, the deviation survey can have its origin anywhere: well head, sea-bed,
platform, RKB an so on.
The key thing is to describe all the equipment in the well in a manner that is
consistent with the origin selected.
The well head depth does not have to coincide with the origin of the deviation
survey.

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
2000 2000
5000 4500
9500 8000
3.1.7.3.2 Surface Equipment
All equipment located downstream of the well head are part of the surface
equipment. The surface equipment can include: well head chokes, risers, flow lines,
fittings, and so on.
In this example the surface equipment will not be modelled.
3.1.7.3.3 Down hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 778 PROSPER

Equipment Measured Internal Roughness in Rate multiplier

type depth in ft diameter in inches
(down to) inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
(Well Head)
Tubing 9000 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 9500 8.3 0.0018 1

3.1.7.3.4 Static Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient expresses the rate of increase in temperature per unit
depth. The geothermal gradient is independent of the well flow rate.
When using the rough approximation temperature prediction method, the geothermal
gradient is entered versus measured depth. PROSPER internally converts the
measured depth into true vertical depth. It is the temperature gradient based upon
the true vertical depth that is used during the calculation.

Measured Depth in ft Static temperature in deg F

0 70
9500 200

The overall heat transfer coefficient is 8 btu/h/ft2/F.

Note:The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that
captures the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction,
convection and radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the thermal
resistance in the surroundings of the wellbore.

3.1.7.3.5 Average Heat Capacities

Here the default average heat capacities that will be used:

Phase Heat Capacity in btu/lb/F

Oil: 0.53
Gas: 0.51
Water: 1

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 779

3.1.7.4 Reservoir Input Data

IPR model: Darcy / Wong-Clifford*

Static Reservoir Pressure: 4000 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 200 degF
Water Cut: 0%
Total GOR: 400 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction model: No
Skin model: Enter skin by hand / Wong-
Clifford
Relative Permeability correction: No
Permeability: 150 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness) : 100 ft
Drainage Area: 340 acres
Well bore radius: 0.354 ft
Formation vertical Formation Anisotropy: 0.1 (fraction)
Local Vertical anisotropy: 0.1 (fraction)
Horizontal length to reservoir edge: 2150 ft
Vertical Depth To Top Of Reservoir (starting from 8000 ft
origin of deviation survey):
Perforation interval in measured depth: 9500 ft - 9800 ft
Perforation depth in true vertical depth: 8000 ft - 8100 ft
Mechanical skin: +5

This example uses the Wong-Clifford deviation and partial penetration skin model.
Alternative models for slanted wells exist in PROSPER: the multilateral Inflow model
developed by Petroleum Experts and the Cinco-Ley model, available in combination
with the Karakas & Tariq skin model.
3.1.7.5 Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- Construct a PROSPER model for a slanted oil producing well
- Use the PROSPER well model to estimate the flow rate against a WHFP of 250
psig

3.1.7.5.1 System Options

Here, select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open.Then select | Options |
Options and make the following choices

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 780 PROSPER

Fluid: Oil and Water

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.7.5.2 PVT data Input
In order to enter the PVT data, simply select |PVT|Input Data and populate the
screen as shown below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 781

Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.7.5.3 Saving the file
Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss if, for example, the computer crashes.
To save a file, select | File | Save as ...
Afterwards, browse to the place where the file is to be saved.

It is suggested to save the file as *.OUT file.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 782 PROSPER

3.1.7.5.4 System Equipment Description

In order to describe the system equipment (i.e. the hardware in and around the well
bore), select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All

Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take you through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey

3.1.7.5.4.1 Deviation Survey

Here are the data available for this exercise:

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
2000 2000
5000 4500
9500 8000

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 783

Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER.
A filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 784 PROSPER

points describing the well trajectory.

For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.

Select | Done and the screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.7.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment.

Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take you to the
next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.7.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...

Equipment Measured Internal Roughness in Rate multiplier

type depth in ft diameter in inches
(down to) inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
(Well Head)

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 785

Tubing 9000 3.992 0.0018 1

Casing 9500 8.3 0.0018 1

The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to use the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This implies that the down hole equipment description must stop
at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because
the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate
Inflow model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).

Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.

3.1.7.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
The data available are:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 786 PROSPER

Measured Depth in ft Static temperature in deg F

0 70
9500 200

The overall heat transfer coefficient is 8 btu/h/ft2/F.

Select | Done to proceed to the average heat capacity screen.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 787

3.1.7.5.4.5 Average Heat Capacities

The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example

Note: The | Default button will reset any user-entered values.

With | Done you are led to the entry screen of the Equipment data section

3.1.7.5.4.6 Equipment Summary

From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary and this appears:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 788 PROSPER

If one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that appears:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 789

Select | Main to exit the screen.

3.1.7.5.5 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)

For the selection of the IPR model, simply select | System | Inflow Performance and
make the appropriate choices as follow:

IPR model selection

IPR model: Darcy / Wong-Clifford*

Static Reservoir Pressure: 4000 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 200 degF
Water Cut: 0%
Total GOR: 400 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction model: No
Skin model: Enter skin by hand / Wong-
Clifford
Relative Permeability correction: No

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 790 PROSPER

To proceed, simply select the Input Data button in the top right corner of the screen
above:

IPR data entry

Skin model: Enter skin by hand / Wong-

Clifford
Relative Permeability correction: No
Permeability: 150 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness) : 100 ft
Drainage Area: 340 acres
Well bore radius: 0.354 ft

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 791

From the screen above, one can select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom
left corner of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:

IPR : Skin value entry and here one MUST enable the Wong-Clifford model!

Mechanical skin: +5

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 792 PROSPER

Now select the Dev/PP Skin tab at the bottom of the screen to enter the data
pertinent to the Wong-Clifford model.

Wong-Clifford parameters for deviation and partial penetration skin

Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness) : 100 ft

Well bore radius: 0.354 ft
Drainage Area: 340 acres
Dietz shape Factor: 31.6
Formation vertical Formation Anisotropy: 0.1 (fraction)
Local Vertical anisotropy: 0.1 (fraction)
Horizontal length to reservoir edge: 2150 ft
Vertical Depth To Top Of Reservoir (starting from 8000 ft
origin of deviation survey):
Perforation interval in measured depth: 9500 ft - 9800 ft
Perforation depth in true vertical depth: 8000 ft - 8100 ft
Mechanical skin: +5

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 793

This means that over a true vertical net distance of 100 ft, the perforated net interval
along hole is 300 ft long.

IPR : Generating an IPR plot

Once the IPR data input is completed, it is a good practice to create an IPR plot to
verify that everything make sense. For this, simply select | Calculate and the
software will create and display the following plot:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 794 PROSPER

One can see that the deviation skin counter-balances the mechanical skin. In the
end, an overall skin of less than 2 was achieved.
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.7.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.

In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |

Calculation |System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 795

After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 796 PROSPER

The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.

The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For
the fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.

However, during the life of a well either parameter may change. Therefore, this
screen allows the user to sensitize both.

When sensitizing on the water cut and /or the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same
principle applies to all sensitivity variables specified anywhere else.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 797

Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since
this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow

One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:

If one selects | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as
follows:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 798 PROSPER

Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen and save the file to secure
all changes made.
This completes this exercise.
3.1.8 Tutorial 08: Modelling a gas well with connected pipeline
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T08_GasWellwithSurfacePipeline.OUT

The main objectives of this example are to show:

· How to connect a surface pipe to a PROSPER well model
· How to perform a system calculation (VLP + IPR) to estimate the well flow
rate for a given WHFP.
3.1.8.1 Statement Of The Problem
In Tutorial 1, we have build a PROSPER model for a dry an wet gas well. The
PROSPER file that corresponds to this tutorial is Tutorial_01.OUT.

It is required to:
- Connect a 5000 ft long pipeline (ID = 6 inches) to the well only model created in
tutorial 1.
- Predict the flow rate if the pressure at the manifold is 350 psig.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 799

3.1.8.2 Input Data

In Tutorial 1, we have build a PROSPER model for a dry an wet gas well. The
PROSPER file that corresponds to this tutorial is Tutorial_01.OUT.

It is strongly suggested to work trough the tutorial 1 first in order to gain familiarity
with the software.
Users already familiar with the software can simply recall the file "Tutorial_01.OUT"
and proceed with the current tutorial.

The pipeline data are:

Equipment Length in ft TVD in ft ID in inches Roughness in

inches
Manifold N/A 0 N/A N/A
Pipeline 5000 0 6 0.0018

The surroundings of the surface pipeline are described with the following data:

Temperature of the surroundings: 60 degF

Overall Heat transfer coefficient at surface: 3 Btu/h/ft2/F.
3.1.8.3 Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- construct a PROSPER model for a producing an oil well with surface pipeline
included.
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the flow rate against a manifold pressure
of 350 psig

Step 1: Recall the file "Tutorial_01.OUT" and save it under a new name.

Step 2: Describe the pipeline

For this, select | System | Equipment | Surface Equipment and make the following
changes:

Equipment Length in ft TVD in ft ID in inches Roughness in

inches
Manifold N/A 0 N/A N/A
Pipeline 5000 0 6 0.0018

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 800 PROSPER

Temperature of the surroundings: 60 degF

Overall Heat transfer coefficient at surface: 3 Btu/h/ft2/F

Select | Done | Done to complete this.

Step 3: Select | Calculation | System | 3 Variables and make the following entries:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 801

Select | Continue | Continue | Calculate and this is what will be seen:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 802 PROSPER

One can read that the well would produce around 20 MMscf/d at a well head
pressure of 395 psig.

In order to visualise the system plot, select | Plot | System Plot and this is the plot
that is generated:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 803

Select | Main and this completes this exercise.

3.1.9 Tutorial 09: Modelling a water injection well

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T09_WaterInjectionWell.OUT

The main objectives of this example are to show:

· How to set up a PROSPER model for a water injector
· How to enter the PVT data
· How to enter the IPR data
· How to describe the down hole equipment
· How to perform a system calculation (VLP + IPR) to estimate the well
injection flow rate for a given WHFP.
· How to generate and export lift curves to GAP/MBAL/REVEAL or any third
party software (Eclipse, VIP, and so on)

3.1.9.1 Statement Of The Problem

A well is to be drilled to inject water into a reservoir.
Fluid data (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and down hole equipment description (VLP)
are provided.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 804 PROSPER

It is required to:
- Estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of 1000 psig
- Generate lift curves to be utilised by a simulator (Reveal, GAP, MBAL, Eclipse, VIP,
and so on.)
3.1.9.2 PVT Input Data
The basic available PVT data are:

Parameter Value
Water salinity: 8000 ppm
Water temperature at the well head: 60 degF

3.1.9.3 System Equipment Input Data

The system equipment input section is sub-divided into 5 sub-sections:
- Deviation survey
- Surface equipment
- Down hole equipment
- Geothermal gradient and
- Average heat capacities
3.1.9.3.1 Deviation survey
In PROSPER, the deviation survey can have its origin anywhere: well head, sea-bed,
platform, RKB and so on.
The key thing is to describe all the equipment in the well in a consistent manner with
respect to the origin selected.
The well head depths does not have to coincide with the origin of the deviation
survey.

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
8000 8000
3.1.9.3.2 Surface Equipment
All equipment located downstream of the well head are part of the surface
equipment. The surface equipment can include: well head chokes, risers, flow lines,
fittings, and so on.
In this example the surface equipment will not be modelled.
3.1.9.3.3 Down hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves and so on.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 805

Equipment Measured Internal Roughness in Rate multiplier

type depth in ft diameter in inches
(down to) inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
(Well Head)
Tubing 7800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 8000 8.3 0.0018 1

3.1.9.3.4 Static Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient expresses the rate of increase in temperature per unit
depth. The geothermal gradient is independent of the well flow rate.
When using the rough approximation temperature prediction method, the geothermal
gradient is entered versus measured depth. PROSPER internally converts the
measured depth into true vertical depth. It is the temperature gradient based upon
the true vertical depth that is used during all the calculations.

Measured Depth in ft Static temperature in deg F

0 70
8000 200

The overall heat transfer coefficient is 8 btu/h/ft2/F.

Note:The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that
captures the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction,
convection and radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the thermal
resistance in the surroundings of the wellbore.

3.1.9.3.5 Average Heat Capacities

Here the default average heat capacities will be used:

Phase Heat Capacity in btu/lb/F

Oil: 0.53
Gas: 0.51
Water: 1

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 806 PROSPER

3.1.9.4 Reservoir Input Data

PROSPER has around 20 different inflow models for injection wells. The IPR model
selection depends upon the purpose of the study, the suitability of the particular
model and the data available.

IPR model: Darcy / Enter Skin by hand

Static Reservoir 4000 psig
Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature: 200 degF
Water Cut: 100 %
Total GOR: 400 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability No
Reduction model:
Relative Permeability: No
Reservoir Permeability: 150 mD
Reservoir Thickness 100 ft
(True stratigraphic
thickness) :
Drainage Area: 340 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit 0.354 ft
radius):
Mechanical skin: +2

3.1.9.5 Step by Step

The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- construct a PROSPER model for a water injection well
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the water injection rate with an injection
pressure of 1000 psig at the well head.

3.1.9.5.1 System Options

Here, one simply select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open, then select |
Options | Options and make the following choices

Fluid: Oil and Water

Well type: Water Injector - NOT simply Injector.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 807

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.9.5.2 PVT data Input
In order to enter the PVT data, select | PVT | Input Data and populate the screen as
shown below:

Parameter Value
Water salinity: 8000 ppm

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 808 PROSPER

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.9.5.3 Saving the file
Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss in case for example the computer crashes.

To save a file, simply select | File | Save as.

Afterwards, browse to the place where the file is to be saved.

It is suggested to save the file as *.OUT file.

3.1.9.5.4 System Equipment Description

The first step is to enter the injected fluid temperature of 60 degF at surface as
shown in the screen shot below.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 809

In order to describe system equipment, select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) |

All. Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take you through all the screens
necessary to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey

3.1.9.5.4.1 Deviation Survey

Here are the data to enter:

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
8000 8000

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 810 PROSPER

Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER.
A filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, use the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen.

Select | Done and the next screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.9.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, one simply need to
select | Cancel to skip this step:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 811

Ensure that the ELF choke model is selected at the bottom left corner of the screen.
Now select the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen and this will take
you to the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.9.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment includes the tubings, casings, nipples, sub-surface safety
valves, and so on.

Equipment Measured Internal Roughness in Rate multiplier

type depth in ft diameter in inches
(down to) inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
(Well Head)
Tubing 7800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 8000 8.3 0.0018 1

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 812 PROSPER

The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description must
stop at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion
because any pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the
appropriate Inflow model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).

Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.

3.1.9.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
The data available are:

Formation Measured Depth in ft Formation (Static) Temperature in deg

F
0 70

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 813

8000 200

The overall heat transfer coefficient is 8 btu/h/ft2/F.

Select | Done to proceed to the average heat capacity screen.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 814 PROSPER

3.1.9.5.4.5 Average Heat Capacities

The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example

Note: The | Default button will reset any user-entered values.

With | Done you are led to the entry screen of the Equipment data section

It is now possible to visualise a sketch of the well bore with | Summary | Draw Down
hole.

3.1.9.5.4.6 Equipment Summary

From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary to show the following:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 815

If one then selects | Draw Downhole this is the sketch of the well bore that appears:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 816 PROSPER

Select | Main to exit the screen.

3.1.9.5.5 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)

For the selection of the IPR model, select | System | Inflow Performance and make
the appropriate choices as follows:

IPR model selection

IPR model: Darcy

(Static) Reservoir Pressure: 4000 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 200 degF
Water Cut: 100 %
Total GOR [NOT USED HERE - NEEDED 400 scf/stb
FOR VALIDATION ONLY]:
Compaction Permeability Reduction No
model:
Skin model: Enter skin by hand

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 817

To proceed, simply select the Input Data button in the top right corner of the screen
above:

IPR data entry

Permeability: 150 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 100 ft
thickness) :
Drainage Area: 340 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.354 ft

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 818 PROSPER

From the screen above, one can select the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left
corner of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:

IPR : Skin value entry

Mechanical skin: +2

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 819

IPR : Generating an IPR plot

Once the IPR data input is completed, it is a good practice to create an IPR plot to
verify that everything make sense. For this, simply select | Calculate and the
software will create and display the following plot:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 820 PROSPER

Note that the concept of AOF (Absolute Open Flow potential) does not apply to an
injection well. The value displayed is simply the highest rate at which the IPR
pressure was calculated.

Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.9.5.6 Estimation of the well injection flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.

In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |

Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 821

After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 822 PROSPER

For an injection well, the top node pressure is the pressure upstream of the system.
Since here there is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the
well head flow pressure.

Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since
this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 823

One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate.

The well will inject around 10 000 stb of water per day with an an expected bottom
hole flowing pressure of 4325 psig.

Afterwards, select | Plot | System Plot to visualise the system plot:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 824 PROSPER

Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen

3.1.9.5.7 Lift Curve generation for other applications

3.1.9.5.7.1 Introduction
Lift curves express the pressure drop across a tubing for a given set of variables.
Different software providers use different formats and acronyms for lift curves.

The most common acronyms are:

- VLP for Vertical Lift Performance
- TPD for Tubing Performance Data
- TPC for Tubing Performance Curves
- VFP for Vertical Flow Performance and so on.

For water injection wells, the variables involved in lift curve generation are:
- Liquid rate and
- Well Head flowing pressure (= first node pressure)

Recommendation:

In this example, we will demonstrate how to generate lift curves with PROSPER

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 825

since lift curves generation is a key task that PROSPER is used to perform.
However, if a project involves the generation of lift curves for multiple wells, a more
efficient approach would involve the use of GAP, the network modelling and
optimisation tool developed by Petroleum Experts.
Here are the reasons why:
- GAP will instruct PROSPER to generate the lift curves using the very same
PROSPER well model created by the user and linked to the well icon in GAP.
- GAP will use PROSPER to generate and save lift curves for any number of wells in
batch-mode. This can be done overnight for instance to save time.
- GAP will ask for the right input variables depending upon the well type. The input
variable selection for lift curves can sometime be delicate because different
simulators use different names for the same quantity, for example some lift tables
formats require the variable gas lift injection rate but other lift tables formats require
the variable Gas Liquid Ration injected instead.

3.1.9.5.7.2 Steps
In order to generate wells' VLP, one first needs to work out the variables involved.
Here these variables are liquid rates and WHFP.
The second step is to choose values for the variables in such a manner that the host
application (GAP, MBAL, REVEAL, Eclipse, ..) can reasonably interpolate between
them to find the solution needed. Extrapolation and very large variable spacing are
to be avoided.

In this example, the following values will be used:

· Liquid Rate: from 500 stb/d to 50 000 stb/d.
· WHFP: from 500 psig to 5000 psig.

In order to enter the data for the lift curve generation , select | Calculation | VLP
(Tubing Curves) | 3 Variables

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 826 PROSPER

The next screen shot can be used to generate the range of rates to use. Use the |
Generate button to automate the data entry:

The following rates values are generated wit | Done.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 827

A few notes:

The values for top node pressure will be overwritten through the sensitivity variables.
One shall make sure that the right VLP correlation is selected. Here, the Petroleum
Experts 2 correlation will be used.
The "User Selected" rate method gives control to the user to enter the rates he /she
think will best describe the expected operating ranges of the well.
One shall ensure that the first and last node are correctly selected.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 828 PROSPER

In order to proceed, select | Continue, select the relevant variables and populate the
entries as per screen-shot below:

Now select | Continue to proceed.

The lift curve calculation is triggered with | Continue | Calculate.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 829

Be patient. This might take a while!

At the end, a message will alert you that the calculation has completed.

It is always good practice to plot and visualise the lift curve before exporting them.

In this example, select | Plot to see the following:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 830 PROSPER

One can see that the lift curves all have the right shape and are smooth.

One can return to the previous screen with | Finish.

In order to export the lift curve,select the button "Export Lift Curve"

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 831

The following screen appears where one has to select the format for the host
application (in this case Schlumberger - Eclipse):

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 832 PROSPER

The process is completed with | Continue | Save and the file is saved and loaded
automatically for viewing:
Select | File | Exit | Main to complete the exercise.

3.1.10 Tutorial 10: Modelling a gas injection well

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T10_GasInjectionWell.OUT

The main objectives of this example are to show:

· How to set up a PROSPER model for a gas injection well
· How to enter the PVT data
· How to enter the IPR data
· How to describe the down hole equipment
· How to perform a system calculation (VLP + IPR) to estimate the well flow
rate for a given WHFP.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 833

· How to generate and export lift curves to GAP/MBAL/REVEAL or any third

party software (Eclipse, VIP, and so on.)

3.1.10.1Statement Of The Problem

An well is to be drilled to inject gas into a reservoir.
Fluid data (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and down hole equipment description (VLP)
are provided.

It is required to:
- estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of 2500 psig
- generate a well performance curve (Rate vs. well head flowing pressure)
- generate lift curves to be utilised by a simulator (Reveal, GAP, MBAL, Eclipse, VIP,
...)
3.1.10.2PVT Input Data
The basic available PVT data are:

Parameter Value
Gas gravity: 0.6 (Air = 1)
Separator pressure: 250 psig
Condensate to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Condensate Gravity: 50 API
Water to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Water salinity: 10000 ppm
Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2): 0%
Injection gas temperature at the well 60 degF
head:

3.1.10.3System Equipment Input Data

The system equipment input section is sub-divided into 5 sub-sections:
- Deviation survey
- Surface equipment
- Down hole equipment
- Geothermal gradient and
- Average heat capacities
3.1.10.3.1 Deviation survey
In PROSPER, the deviation survey can have its origin anywhere: well head, sea-bed,
platform, RKB and so on.
The key thing is to describe all the equipment in the well in a manner consistent with
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 834 PROSPER

respect the origin selected.

The well head depths does not have to coincide with the origin of the deviation
survey.

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
8000 8000
3.1.10.3.2 Surface Equipment
All equipment located downstream of the well head are part of the surface
equipment. The surface equipment can include: well head chokes, risers, flow lines,
fittings, and so on.
In this example the surface equipment will not be modelled.
3.1.10.3.3 Down hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...

Equipment Measured Internal Roughness in Rate multiplier

type depth in ft diameter in inches
(down to) inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
(Well Head)
Tubing 7800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 8000 8.3 0.0018 1
3.1.10.3.4 Static Geothermal Gradient
The geothermal gradient expresses the rate of increase in temperature per unit
depth. The geothermal gradient is independent of the well flow rate.
When using the rough approximation temperature prediction method, the geothermal
gradient is entered versus measured depth. PROSPER internally converts the
measured depth into true vertical depth and it is the temperature gradient based
upon the true vertical depth that is used during the calculation.

Measured Depth in ft Static temperature in deg F

0 70
8000 200

The overall heat transfer coefficient is 3 btu/h/ft2/F.

Note:The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that
captures the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction,
PROSPER Manual May, 2009
 Examples Guide 835

convection and radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the thermal

resistance in the surroundings of the wellbore.

3.1.10.3.5 Average Heat Capacities

Here the default average heat capacities will be used:

Phase Heat Capacity in btu/lb/F

Oil: 0.53
Gas: 0.51
Water: 1

3.1.10.4Reservoir Input Data

PROSPER has around 20 different inflow models for gas wells. The IPR model
selection depends upon the purpose of the study, the suitability of the particular
model and the data available for the study.

IPR model: Petroleum Experts / Enter

Skin by hand
Static Reservoir Pressure: 2000 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 200 degF
Water Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Condensate Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Compaction Permeability Reduction model: No
Reservoir Permeability: 150 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness) : 100 ft
Drainage Area: 340 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.354 ft
Perforation interval: 100 ft
Time since Production started: 10 days
Reservoir porosity: 25%
Connate water saturation: 20%
Non-Darcy Flow Factor (D): Calculated
Permeability entered: Total Permeability
Mechanical skin: +5

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 836 PROSPER

3.1.10.5Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- construct a PROSPER model for a producing water injection well
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the water injection with an injection
pressure of 1000 psig at the well head.

3.1.10.5.1 System Options

Here, one simply select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open.

Otherwise, simply select |Options|Options and make the following choices

Fluid: Dry and Wet Gas

Well type: Injector

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 837

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.10.5.2 PVT data Input
In order to enter the PVT data, simply select | PVT | Input Data and populate the
screen as shown below:

Parameter Value
Gas gravity: 0.6 (Air = 1)
Separator pressure: 250 psig
Condensate to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Condensate Gravity: 50 API
Water to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Water salinity: 10000 ppm
Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2): 0%

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.10.5.3 Saving the file
Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss in case the computer crashes.

To save a file, simply select | File | Save as ...

Afterwards, simply browse to the place where the file is to be saved.
It is suggested to save the file as *.OUT file.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 838 PROSPER

3.1.10.5.4 System Equipment Description

In order to describe the hardware in / around the well bore (this is what the system
equipment is), simply select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All

Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take you through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey

3.1.10.5.4.1 Deviation Survey

Here are the data:

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
8000 8000

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 839

Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER.
A filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.

Select | Done and the next screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.10.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, one simply need to
select | Cancel to skip this step:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 840 PROSPER

Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take you to the
next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.10.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...

Equipment Measured Internal Roughness in Rate multiplier

type depth in ft diameter in inches
(down to) inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
(Well Head)
Tubing 7800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 8000 8.3 0.0018 1

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 841

The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description shall
stop at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion
because the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the
appropriate Inflow model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).

Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.

3.1.10.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
The data available are:

Measured Depth in ft Static temperature in deg F

0 70
8000 200

The overall heat transfer coefficient is 3 btu/h/ft2/F.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 842 PROSPER

Select | Done to proceed to the average heat capacity screen.

3.1.10.5.4.5 Average Heat Capacities

The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 843

Note: The | Default button will reset any user-entered values.

With | Done you are led to the entry screen of the Equipment data section

It is now possible to visualise a sketch of the well bore with | Summary | Draw Down
hole.
3.1.10.5.4.6 Equipment Summary
From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary.
Afterwards, one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that
would appear:

Select | Main to exit the screen.

3.1.10.5.5 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)

For the selection of the IPR model, simply select | System | Inflow Performance and
make the appropriate choices as follow:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 844 PROSPER

IPR model selection

IPR model: Petroleum Experts / Enter

Skin by hand
Static Reservoir Pressure: 2000 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 200 degF
Water Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Condensate Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Compaction Permeability Reduction model: No

To proceed, simply select the Input Data button (red if invalid) in the top right corner
of the screen above:

IPR data entry

Reservoir Permeability: 150 mD

Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness) : 100 ft

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 845

Drainage Area: 340 acres

Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.354 ft
Perforation interval: 100 ft
Time since Production started: 10 days
Reservoir porosity: 25%
Connate water saturation: 20%
Non-Darcy Flow Factor (D): Calculated
Permeability entered: Total Permeability

From the screen above, one can select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom
left corner of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:

IPR : Skin value entry

Mechanical skin: +5

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 846 PROSPER

IPR : Generating an IPR plot

Once the IPR data input is completed, it is a good practice to create an IPR plot to
verify that everything make sense. For this, simply select | Calculate and the
software will create and display the following plot:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 847

Note that the concept of AOF does not apply to an injection well. The values
displayed corresponds to the highest rate for which the IPR pressure was computed.

Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.10.5.6 Estimation of the well injection flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.

In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |

Calculation |System as per screen-shot below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 848 PROSPER

After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 849

The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.

Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since
this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow

One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate. Afterwards, select | Plot
to visualise the system plot:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 850 PROSPER

The well can inject around 70 MMscf/d.

Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen. This completes this
exercise.
3.1.10.5.7 Lift Curve generation for gas injectors

3.1.10.5.7.1 Introduction
Lift curves express the pressure drop across a tubing for a given set of variables.
Different software providers use different formats and acronyms for lift curves.

The most common acronyms are:

- VLP for Vertical Lift Performance
- TPD for Tubing Performance Data
- TPC for Tubing Performance Curves
- VFP for Vertical Flow Performance and so on.

For water injection wells, the variables involved in lift curve generation are:
- Liquid rate and
- Well Head flowing pressure (= first node pressure)

Recommendation:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 851

In this example, we will demonstrate how to generate lift curves with PROSPER
since lift curves generation is a key task that PROSPER is used to perform.
However, if a project involves the generation of lift curves for multiple wells, a more
efficient approach would involve the use of GAP, the network modelling and
optimisation tool developed by Petroleum Experts.
Here are the reasons why:
- GAP will instruct PROSPER to generate the lift curves using the very same
PROSPER well model created by the user and linked to the well icon in GAP.
- GAP will use PROSPER to generate and save lift curves for any number of wells in
batch-mode. This can be done overnight for instance to save time.
- GAP will ask for the right input variables depending upon the well type. The input
variable selection for lift curves can sometime be delicate because different
simulators use different names for the same quantity. For example some lift tables
formats require the variable gas lift injection rate but other lift tables formats require
the variable Gas Liquid Ration injected instead.

3.1.10.5.7.2 Steps
In order to generate wells' VLP, one first needs to work out the variables involved.
Here these variables are liquid rates and WHFP.
The second step is to choose values for the variables in such a manner that the host
application (GAP, MBAL, REVEAL, Eclipse, ..) can reasonably interpolate between
them to find the solution needed. Extrapolation and very large variable spacing are
to be avoided.

In this example, the following values will be used:

· Gas Rates: from 5 MMscf/d to 150 stb/d.
· WHFP: from 1500 psig to 6000 psig.

In order to enter the data for the lift curve generation , select | Calculation | VLP
(Tubing Curves) | 3 Variables

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 852 PROSPER

The next screen shot can be used to generate the range of rates to use. Use the |
Generate button to automate the data entry:

The following rates values are generated wit | Done.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 853

A few notes:

The values for top node pressure will be overwritten through the sensitivity variables.
The user must make sure that the right VLP correlation is selected. Here, the
Petroleum Experts 2 correlation will be used.
The "User Selected" rate method gives control to the user to enter the rates he /she
think will best describe the expected operating ranges of the well.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 854 PROSPER

The user must ensure that the first and last node are correctly selected.

In order to proceed, select | Continue, select the relevant variables and populate the
entries as per screen-shot below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 855

Now select | Continue to proceed.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 856 PROSPER

The lift curve calculation is triggered with | Continue | Calculate.

Be patient. This might take a while!

At the end, a message will alert you that the calculation has completed.

It is always good practice to plot and visualise the lift curve before exporting them.

In this example, select | Plot to see the following:

One can see that the lift curves all have the right shape and are smooth.

One can return to the previous screen with | Finish.

In order to export the lift curve,select the button "Export Lift Curve"

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 857

The following screen appears where one has to select the format for the host
application (in this case Schlumberger - Eclipse):

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 858 PROSPER

The process is completed with | Continue | Save and the file is saved and loaded
automatically for viewing:
Select | File | Exit | Main to complete the exercise.

3.1.11 Tutorial 11: Modelling a steam injection well

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T11_SteamInjectionWell.OUT
The main objectives of this example are to show how to build a PROSPER well
model for a steam injector.

3.1.11.1Statement Of The Problem

An injection well is to be drilled to inject steam into an oil reservoir.
Fluid data (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and down hole equipment description (VLP)
are provided.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 859

It is required to estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of
1500 psig

3.1.11.2PVT Input Data

The basic available PVT data are:

Parameter Value
Water salinity: 10 000 ppm
Steam temperature at the well head: 700 degF

3.1.11.3System Equipment Input Data

The system equipment input section is sub-divided into 5 sub-sections:
- deviation survey
- surface equipment
- down hole equipment
- Geothermal gradient and
- Average heat capacities
3.1.11.3.1 Deviation survey
In PROSPER, the deviation survey can have its origin anywhere: well head, sea-bed,
platform, RKB and so on.
The key thing is to describe all the equipment in the well in a manner consistent with
respect to the origin selected.
The well head depth does not have to coincide with the origin of the deviation
survey.

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
2000 2000
3.1.11.3.2 Surface Equipment
All equipment located downstream of the well head are part of the surface
equipment. The surface equipment can include: well head chokes, risers, flow lines,
fittings, and so on.
In this example the surface equipment will not be modelled.
3.1.11.3.3 Down hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 860 PROSPER

Equipment Measured Internal Roughness in Rate multiplier

type depth in ft diameter in inches
(down to) inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
(Well Head)
Tubing 1800 2.992 0.0006 1
Casing 2000 8.3 0.0006 1

3.1.11.3.4 Static Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient expresses the rate of increase in temperature per unit
depth. The geothermal gradient is independent of the well flow rate.
When using the rough approximation temperature prediction method, the geothermal
gradient is entered versus measured depth. PROSPER internally converts the
measured depth into true vertical depth and it is the temperature gradient based
upon the true vertical depth that is used during the calculation.

Measured Depth True Vertical Static Heat Transfer

in ft Depth in ft Temperature in ft coefficient in btu/
h/ft2/F
0 0 70 8
2000 2000 130 8

Air temperature: 70 degF

Note: The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that
captures the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction,
convection and radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the thermal
resistance in the surroundings of the wellbore.

3.1.11.4Reservoir Input Data

PROSPER currently has nearly 20 different inflow models for water / steam injection
wells.
The IPR model selection depends upon the purpose of the study, the suitability of
the particular model and the data available for the study.

IPR model: PI Entry

Static Reservoir 1000 psig

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 861

Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature: 130 degF
Water Cut: 100 %
Total GOR: 0 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability No
Reduction model:
Productivity Index: 100 stb/d/psi

3.1.11.5Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- construct a PROSPER model for a producing steam / water injection well
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the water injection with an injection
pressure of 1500 psig at the well head.

3.1.11.5.1 System Options

Launch PROSPER and select | Options |Options and make the following choices

Fluid: Oil and Water

Well type: Water Injector and NOT Injector!

Model: Improved Approximation
Steam Calculation: Allow Steam Calculations

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 862 PROSPER

In order to model steam, one must choose enthalpy balance or improved

approximation.

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.11.5.2 PVT data Input
In order to enter the PVT data, simply select | PVT | Input Data and populate the
screen as shown below:

The basic available PVT data are:

Parameter Value
Water salinity: 10 000 ppm
Steam temperature at the well head: 700 degF

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 863

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.11.5.3 System Equipment Description
First select | System | Equipment and enter the steam injection temperature of 700
degF.

Now select | All | Edit and this takes you to the deviation survey screen:
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 864 PROSPER

Now select | Done to enter the surface equipment:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 865

Here the only input required is the air temperature of 70 degF.

Select | Done to advance to the down hole equipment screen:

Equipment Measured Internal Roughness in Rate multiplier

type depth in ft diameter in inches
(down to) inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
(Well Head)
Tubing 1800 2.992 0.0006 1
Casing 2000 8.3 0.0006 1

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 866 PROSPER

Select | Done to enter the temperature data:

Measured Depth True Vertical Static Heat Transfer

in ft Depth in ft Temperature in ft coefficient in btu/
h/ft2/F
0 0 70 8
2000 2000 130 8

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 867

Finally select | Done | Done and save the file to secure the data entry.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 868 PROSPER

3.1.11.5.4 IPR Data

For the IPR data, select | System | Inflow Performance and make the following
selections / entries:

IPR model: PI Entry

Static Reservoir 1000 psig
Pressure:
Reservoir Temperature: 130 degF
Water Cut: 100 %
Total GOR: 0 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability No
Reduction model:
Productivity Index: 100 stb/d/psi

Now select the Input Data tab and enter the productivity index of 100 stb/d/psi:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 869

The following IPR curve is generated and displayed if one selects | Calculate:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 870 PROSPER

Select | Main to complete the data entry.

3.1.11.5.5 Estimation of the well injection flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.

In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |

Calculation |System as per screen-shot below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 871

After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure of 1500 psig as per screen-shot below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 872 PROSPER

Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since
this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: User Selected - Generate:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 873

First Value: 100

Number: 20
Increment: 500
Select | Generate to populate the rate cells:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 874 PROSPER

Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow

One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate. Afterwards, select | Plot
to visualize the system plot:

Details of the calculations can be inspected by selecting | Finish | Sensitivity PvD |

Contine | Calculate:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 875

The steam properties (quality, density, viscosity, enthalpy and so on) can be
visualized by scrolling this table to the right:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 876 PROSPER

Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen. This completes this
exercise.
3.1.12 Tutorial 12: Modelling an oil well with gravel pack
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T12_GravelPackedOilWell.OUT

3.1.12.1Pre-requisite and Statement Of The Problem

The main objective of this example is to show how to build a PROSPER model for a
gravel packed well.
This example is built on the tutorial 2. Therefore, it is recommended for the beginner
to go through the tutorial 2 first before solving this example.

3.1.12.2Gravel Pack Data

The following gravel pack parameters are available

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 877

Parameter Value
Gravel Pack Permeability: 35 000 mD
Perforation diameter: 1 inch
Shot density: 6 shots per feet
Gravel Pack length: 2 inches
Perforation Interval: 100 ft
Perforation efficiency: 50%
Beta Factor: Calculated
DP Gravel Pack Calculation Method: Multiphase

3.1.12.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- Activate the gravel pack option in PROSPER
- Describe the gravel pack in the IPR section
- Estimate the well flow rate against a given well head flowing pressure

3.1.12.3.1 System Options

Open the PROSPER file created for tutorial 2 (Tutorial_02.out).
Select | Options | Options and make the following choices:

Sand Control: Gravel Pack

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 878 PROSPER

Note that one can change the well completion type to "Open Hole" to model an
open hole gravel pack option.

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.12.3.2 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)
The gravel pack affects the Inflow Performance Relation.
Therefore, select | System | Inflow Performance | Input Data | Sand Control and
make the following entries:

IPR : Sand Control Data

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 879

Parameter Value
Gravel Pack Permeability: 35 000 mD
Perforation diameter: 1 inch
Shot density: 6 shots per feet
Gravel Pack length: 2 inches
Perforation Interval: 100 ft
Perforation efficiency: 50%
Beta Factor: Calculated
DP Gravel Pack Calculation Method: Multiphase

Select the Sand Control tab for the description of the gravel pack.

IPR : Generating an IPR plot

Once the IPR data input is completed, it is a good practice to create an IPR plot to
verify that everything make sense. For this, simply select | Calculate and the
software will create and display the following plot:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 880 PROSPER

To superimpose the plots of the skins and associated dP , select |Variables | Set |
Done and the plot is up-dated as follow:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 881

One can also visualise the numerical values behind the plots with | Results:

Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made.
3.1.12.3.3 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.

In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |

Calculation |System as per screen-shot below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 882 PROSPER

After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 883

The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.

The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For
the fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.

However, during the life of a well either parameter may change. Therefore, this
screen allow to sensitize both.

When sensitizing on the water cut or / and the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same
principle applies to all sensitivity variables specified anywhere else.

Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 884 PROSPER

this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow

One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:

Note that PROSPER displays under solution details, the total skin, the dP due to
sand control, the sand control skin and the velocity of the fluid at the casing (Vc).

With | Plot | System Plot, the following VLP + IPR plot is generated:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 885

Note: The lower curve on this plot represents the pressure drop across the gravel
pack completion.

Select | Main to exit the screen. This completes this tutorial.

3.1.13 Tutorial 13: Modelling a frac and packed well
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T13_Frac&PackedOilWell.OUT

3.1.13.1Pre-requisite and Statement Of The Problem

The main objective of this tutorial is to show how to build a PROSPER model for a
hydraulically fractured and gravel packed well.
This example is built on the tutorial 2. Therefore, it is recommended for the beginner
to go through the tutorial 2 first before solving this example.

3.1.13.2Frac & Pack Data

The following parameters are available

Fracture Data

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 886 PROSPER

Parameter Value
Time: 1 day
Reservoir Porosity: 0.25
Fracture Height: 100 ft
Fracture Half-Length: 30 ft
Dimensionless Fracture Conductivity (FCD 5000
):
Fracture Face Skin: 0

Gravel Pack Data

Parameter Value
Gravel Pack Permeability: 35 000 mD
Perforation diameter: 1 inch
Shot density: 6 shots per feet
Gravel Pack length: 2 inches
Perforation Interval: 100 ft
Perforation efficiency: 50%
Beta Factor: Calculated
DP Gravel Pack Calculation Method: Multiphase

3.1.13.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- Activate the gravel pack option in PROSPER
- Activate the hydraulically fractured IPR model in PROSPER
- Describe both the fracture and the gravel pack in the IPR section
- Estimate the well flow rate against a given well head flowing pressure

3.1.13.3.1 System Options

Open the PROSPER file created for tutorial 2 (Tutorial_02.out).
Select | Options | Options and make the following choices:

Sand Control: Gravel Pack

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 887

Note that one can model an open hole completion by selecting the well completion
type "Open Hole" on this screen.

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.13.3.2 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)
The frac-pack completions affects the Inflow Performance Relation.
Therefore, select | System | Inflow Performance | Input Data | Sand Control and
make the following entries:

Reservoir model: Hydraulically Fractured Well

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 888 PROSPER

Select | Input Data to describe the fracture:

Fracture Data

Parameter Value
Time: 1 day
Reservoir Porosity: 0.25
Fracture Height: 100 ft
Fracture Half-Length: 30 ft
Dimensionless Fracture Conductivity (FCD 5000
):

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 889

Select the tab "Mech / Geom Skin" to enter the fracture face skin

Fracture Face Skin

Parameter Value
Fracture Face Skin: 0

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 890 PROSPER

Note: The fracture face skin cannot be negative!

In order to describe the pack data, select | "Sand Control" and make the following
entries:

Sand Control Data

Parameter Value
Gravel Pack Permeability: 35 000 mD
Perforation diameter: 1 inch
Shot density: 6 shots per feet
Gravel Pack length: 2 inches
Perforation Interval: 100 ft
Perforation efficiency: 50%
Beta Factor: Calculated
DP Gravel Pack Calculation Method: Multiphase

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 891

In order to generate an IPR, select | Calculate:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 892 PROSPER

Details of the inflow results can be accessed by selecting | Results:

Now, select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made.
3.1.13.3.3 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.

In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |

Calculation |System as per screen-shot below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 893

After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 894 PROSPER

The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.

The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For
the fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.

However, during the life of a well any of these two parameters may change.
Therefore, this screen allow to sensitize both.

When sensitizing on the water cut or / and the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same
principle applies to all sensitivity variables specified anywhere else.

Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 895

this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of any pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow

One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:

Note that PROSPER displays under solution details, the total skin, the dP due to
sand control and the sand control skin.

The system plot can be generated with | Plot | System:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 896 PROSPER

Note: The lower curve on the system plot represents the pressure drop across the
gravel pack completion.

Select | Main to exit this screen. This completes this tutorial.

3.1.14 Tutorial 14: Modelling a well with Pre-Packed Screen
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T14_OilWellwithPre-PackedScreen.OUT

3.1.14.1Pre-requisite and Statement Of The Problem

The main objective of this tutorial is to show how to build a PROSPER model for a
well completed with wire wrapped screen.
This example is built on the tutorial 2. Therefore, it is recommended for the beginner
to go through the tutorial 2 first before solving this example.

3.1.14.2Pre-packed Screen Data

The following parameters are available for the pre-packed screens:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 897

Parameter Value
Screen Inner Radius: 0.3 ft
Screen Outer Radius: 0.33 ft
Screen Permeability: 50 000 mD
Slot Width: 0.02 inches
Screen Turbulence Factor: Calculated
Screen Outside Permeability: 50 000 mD
Screen Outside Turbulence Calculated
factor (Beta):

3.1.14.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- Activate the Pre-Packed screen option in PROSPER
- Describe the Pre-Packed in the IPR section
- Estimate the well flow rate against a given well head flowing pressure

3.1.14.3.1 System Options

Open the PROSPER file created for tutorial 2 (Tutorial_02.out).
Select | Options | Options and make the following choices:

Well Completion Type: Open Hole

Sand Control: Pre-Packed Screen

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 898 PROSPER

Note that one simply need to change the well completion type to "Cased Hole" to
model an open hole completion.

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.14.3.2 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)
The completion type "pre-packed screen" affects primarily the Inflow Performance
Relation.
Therefore, select | System | Inflow Performance | Input Data | Sand Control and
make the changes described below:

Select | System | Inflow Performance | Input Data | Sand Control and make the
following entries:

Data for the completion type "Pre-Packed Screen"

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 899

Parameter Value
Perforation intervall: 100 ft
Screen Inner Radius: 0.3 ft
Screen Outer Radius: 0.33 ft
Screen Permeability: 50 000 mD
Slot Width: 0.02 inches
Screen Turbulence Factor: Leave Blank and Prosper calculates it
Screen Outside Permeability: 50 000 mD
Screen Outside Turbulence Leave Blank and Prosper calculates it
factor (Beta):

In order to generate an IPR plot select | Calculate and the well inflow is generated as
follow:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 900 PROSPER

Select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made.
3.1.14.3.3 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.

In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |

Calculation |System as per screen-shot below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 901

After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 902 PROSPER

The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.

The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For
the fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.

However, during the life of a well either parameter may change. Therefore, this
screen allow to sensitize both.

When sensitizing on the water cut or / and the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same
principle applies to all sensitivity variables specified anywhere else.

Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 903

this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow

One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:

Note that PROSPER displays under solution details, the total skin, the dP due to
sand control and the sand control skin.

To visualise the IPR-VLP plot select | Plot | System Plot and the following plot is
generated:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 904 PROSPER

Select | Main to exit the screen.

This step completes this exercise.
3.1.15 Tutorial 15: Modelling a well with slotted liners
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T15_OilWellwithslottedLiner.OUT

3.1.15.1Pre-requisite and Statement Of The Problem

The main objective of this tutorial is to show how to build a PROSPER model for a
well completed with wire wrapped screen.
This example is built on the tutorial 2. Therefore, it is recommended for the beginner
to go through the tutorial 2 first before solving this example.

3.1.15.2Slotted Liner Data

The following liner parameters are available

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 905

Parameter Value
Liner Inner Radius: 0.3 ft
Liner Outer Radius: 0.34 ft
Slot height: 4 inches
Slot Width: 0.01 inches
Slot Density: 3 slots per feet
Outer Screen thickness: does not apply - 0 ft
Liner Outside Permeability: 50 000 mD
Liner Outside Turbulence factor (Beta): does not apply - 0 ft
3.1.15.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- Activate the slotted liner option in PROSPER
- Describe the slotted liner in the IPR section
- Generate an IPR plot
- Estimate the well flow rate against as given well head flowing pressure

3.1.15.3.1 System Options

Open the PROSPER file created for tutorial 2 (Tutorial_02.out).
Select | Options | Options and make the following choices:

Well Completion Type: Open Hole

Sand Control: Slotted Liner

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 906 PROSPER

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.15.3.2 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)
The completion type "slotted liner" affects primarily the Inflow Performance Relation.
Therefore, select | System | Inflow Performance | Input Data | Sand Control and
make the changes described below:

Parameter Value
Production interval 100 ft
Liner Inner Radius: 0.3 ft
Liner Outer Radius: 0.34 ft
Slot height: 4 inches
Slot Width: 0.01 inches
Slot Density: 3 slots per feet
Outer Screen thickness: does not apply - 0 ft
Liner Outside Permeability: 50 000 mD
Liner Outside Turbulence factor (Beta): does not apply - 0 ft

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 907

To proceed, simply select the | Calculate and the IPR is generated with rate
dependent skin due to the slotted liner included:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 908 PROSPER

Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.15.3.3 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.

In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |

Calculation |System as per screen-shot below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 909

After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 910 PROSPER

The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.

The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For
the fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.

However, during the life of a well any of these two parameters may change.
Therefore, this screen allow to sensitize both.

When sensitizing on the water cut or / and the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same
principle applies to all sensitivity variables specified anywhere else.

Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 911

this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of any pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow

One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:

Note that PROSPER displays under solution details, the total skin, the dP due to
sand control and the sand control skin.

All the sensitivity possibilities previously available remain. PROSPER also the gravel
pack parameters as sensitivity variables.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 912 PROSPER

This completes this exercise.

3.1.16 Tutorial 16: Modelling a well with Wire Wrapped Screen
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T16_OilWellwithWireWrappedScreens.OUT

3.1.16.1Pre-requisite and Statement Of The Problem

The main objective of this tutorial is to show how to build a PROSPER model for a
well completed with wire wrapped screen.
This example is built on the tutorial 2. Therefore, it is recommended for the beginner
to go through the tutorial 2 first before solving this example.

3.1.16.2Wire Wrapped Screen Data

The following wire wrapped parameters are available

Parameter Value
Screen Outer Radius: 0.33 ft
Screen Permeability: 50 000 mD
Liner Outside Turbulence factor (Beta): Calculated

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 913

3.1.16.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- Activate the wire wrapped screen option in PROSPER
- Describe the wire wrapped screen in the IPR section
- Estimate the well flow rate against a given well head flowing pressure

3.1.16.3.1 System Options

Open the Tutorial_02.OUT file, select | Options | Options and make the following
choices

Well Completion Type: Open Hole

Sand Control: Wire Wrapped Screen

Select | Done to complete this step.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 914 PROSPER

3.1.16.3.2 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)

The completion type "Wire-Wrapped Screen" affects primarily the Inflow
Performance Relation.
Therefore, select | System | Inflow Performance | Input Data | Sand Control and
make the changes described below:

Parameter Value
Perforation interval: 100 ft
Screen Outer Radius: 0.33 ft
Screen Permeability: 50 000 mD
Liner Outside Turbulence factor (Beta): Calculated

IPR : Generating an IPR plot

Once the sand control data input have been entered, it is a good practice to create
an IPR plot to verify that everything make sense. For this, simply select | Calculate
and the software will create and display the following plot:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 915

Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made.
3.1.16.3.3 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.

In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |

Calculation |System as per screen-shot below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 916 PROSPER

After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 917

The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.

The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For
the fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.

However, during the life of a well either parameter may change. Therefore, this
screen allow to sensitize both.

When sensitizing on the water cut or / and the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same
principle applies to all sensitivity variables specified anywhere else.

Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 918 PROSPER

this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow

One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:

Note that PROSPER displays under solution details, the total skin, the dP due to
sand control and the sand control skin.

To visualize the system plot, select | Plot | System Plot and the following plot is
generated:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 919

Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen.

This completes this exercise.
3.1.17 Tutorial 17: Fully compostional well model for retrograde
condenssate
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T17_CompostionalCondensateWell.OUT

The main objectives of this example are to show:

· How to set up a fully compositional PROSPER model for a retrograde
condensate fluid
· How to import a PRP file into PROSPER
· How to enter the IPR data
· How to describe the down hole equipment
· How to perform a system calculation (VLP + IPR) to estimate the well flow
rate for a given WHFP.

3.1.17.1Statement Of The Problem

A well is to be drilled to deplete a retrograde condensate reservoir.
Compositional Fluid data (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and down hole equipment

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 920 PROSPER

description (VLP) are provided.

It is required to:
- Build a fully compositional PROSPER well model
- Use the model to estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure
of 2500 psig.

3.1.17.2PVT Input Data

Here are the steps to follow:
- Obtain a lab PVT report,
- Carefully calibrate the lab data using an Equation Of State package like Petroleum
Experts' PVTp
- Generate a *.PRP file.
Please refer to the PVTp User guide for more details about the steps required to
generate a calibrated Equation Of State model for any type of hydrocarbon system.

A PRP file is the generic EOS file format recognised by all PETEX' applications and
looks like this:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 921

3.1.17.3System Equipment Input Data

The system equipment input section is sub-divided into 5 sub-sections:
- Deviation survey
- Surface equipment
- Down hole equipment
- Geothermal gradient and
- Average heat capacities
3.1.17.3.1 Deviation survey
In PROSPER, the deviation survey can have its origin anywhere: well head, sea-bed,
platform, RKB an so on.
The key thing is to describe all the equipment in the well in a manner consistent with
the origin selected.
The well head depths does not have to coincide with the origin of the deviation
survey.

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
12000 12000
3.1.17.3.2 Surface Equipment
All equipment located downstream of the well head are part of the surface
equipment. The surface equipment can include: well head chokes, risers, flow lines,
fittings, and so on.
In this example the surface equipment will not be modelled.
3.1.17.3.3 Down hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...

Equipment Measured Internal Roughness in Rate multiplier

type depth in ft diameter in inches
(down to) inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
(Well Head)
Tubing 11800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 12000 8.3 0.0018 1

3.1.17.3.4 Static Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient expresses the rate of increase in temperature per unit
depth. The geothermal gradient is independent of the well flow rate.
When using the rough approximation temperature prediction method, the geothermal

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 922 PROSPER

gradient is entered versus measured depth. PROSPER internally converts the

measured depth into true vertical depth and it is the temperature gradient based
upon the true vertical depth that is used during the calculation.

Measured Depth in ft Static temperature in deg F

0 70
12000 274

The overall heat transfer coefficient is 5 btu/h/ft2/F.

Note:The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that
captures the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place inside and around the
wellbore: conduction, convection and radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse
of the thermal resistance in the surroundings of the wellbore.

3.1.17.3.5 Average Heat Capacities

For this tutorial the default average heat capacities will be used:

Phase Heat Capacity in btu/lb/F

Oil: 0.53
Gas: 0.51
Water: 1

3.1.17.4Reservoir Input Data

PROSPER has more than 20 different inflow models for retrograde condensate producing
wells. The IPR model selection depends upon the purpose of the study, the suitability of the
particular model and the data available for the study.

IPR model: Petroleum Experts / Enter Skin by hand

Static Reservoir Pressure: 6000 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 274 degF
Water Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Total GOR: 7000 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction No
model:
Rervoir Permeability: 25 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 100 ft
thickness) :

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 923

Drainage Area: 340 acres

Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.354 ft
Perforation Interval: 100 ft
Time since production: 1 day
Reservoir Porosity: 0.25 (fraction)
Connate water saturation: 0.2 (fraction
Non-Darcy Flow Factor (D): Calculated
Permeability Entered: Total Permeability
Mechanical skin: +5

3.1.17.5Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- Construct a fully compositional PROSPER model for a producing retrograde
condensate well
- Use the PROSPER well model to estimate the flow rate against a WHFP of 2500
psig.
3.1.17.5.1 System Options
Here, one simply select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open.

Otherwise, simply select |Options|Options and make the following choices

Fluid: Retrograde Condensate

Method: Equation Of State

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 924 PROSPER

Now select | EOS Set-up and make the following changes:

EOS model: Peng Robinson

Optimisation Mode: Medium
Optimise Repeat Calculation: Yes
Volume Shift / Full Composition: Yes
Reference Temperature: 60 degF
Reference Pressure: 0 psig
Phase detection method: Advanced

Separator Stage Separator pressure Separator temperature

(psig) (deg F)
1 500 80
2 0 60

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 925

Select | OK | Done to complete this step.

3.1.17.5.2 PVT data Input
In order to enter the PVT data, simply select |PVT|Input Data | Import the *.PRP file
and this is what can be seen:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 926 PROSPER

The PRP file for this tutorial is "Tutorial_17.prp".

You need to enter the water salinity of 80 000 ppm at the bottom of the screen.

One can generate and visualize the phase envelope with | Phase Env...| Plot and the
following phase envelope is generated:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 927

You may select | Exit | OK to return to the main PVT input screen.

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.17.5.3 Saving the file
Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss in case the computer crashes for instance.
To save a file, simply select | File | Save as.
Afterwards, simply browse to the place where the file is to be saved.

It is suggested to save the file as *.OUT file.

3.1.17.5.4 System Equipment Description
In order to describe the hardware in / around the well bore (this is what the system
equipment is), simply select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 928 PROSPER

Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take you through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey

3.1.17.5.4.1 Deviation Survey

Here are the data:

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
12000 12000

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 929

Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER.
A filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.

Select | Done and the next screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.17.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, select | Cancel to skip
this screen.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 930 PROSPER

This will take you to the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.17.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...

Equipment Measured Internal Roughness in Rate multiplier

type depth in ft diameter in inches
(down to) inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
(Well Head)
Tubing 11800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 12000 8.3 0.0018 1

The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 931

It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description shall
stop at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion
because the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the
appropriate Inflow model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).

Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.

3.1.17.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
The data available are:

Measured Depth in ft Static temperature in deg F

0 70
12000 274

The overall heat transfer coefficient is 5 btu/h/ft2/F.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 932 PROSPER

Select | Done to proceed to the average heat capacity screen.

3.1.17.5.4.5 Average Heat Capacities

The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 933

Note: The | Default button will reset any user-entered values.

With | Done you are led to the entry screen of the Equipment data section

3.1.17.5.4.6 Equipment Summary

From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary and this is what would appear:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 934 PROSPER

If one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that would
appear:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 935

Select | Main to exit the screen.

3.1.17.5.4.7 Saving the PROSPER file

Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss in case the computer crashes.

To save a file, simply select | File | Save and then simply answer YES to overwriting
the file.
3.1.17.5.5 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)
For the selection of the IPR model, simply select | System | Inflow Performance and
make the appropriate choices as follow:

IPR model selection

IPR model: Petroleum Experts / Enter Skin by hand

Static Reservoir Pressure: 6000 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 274 degF
Water Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 936 PROSPER

Total GOR: 6943.98 scf/stb

Compaction Permeability Reduction No
model:

To proceed, simply select the Input Data button in the top right corner of the screen
above:

IPR data entry

Reservoir Permeability: 25 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True 100 ft
stratigraphic thickness) :
Drainage Area: 340 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.354 ft
Perforation Interval: 100 ft
Time since production: 1 day
Reservoir Porosity: 0.25 (fraction)

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 937

Connate water saturation: 0.2 (fraction

Non-Darcy Flow Factor (D): Calculated
Permeability Entered: Total Permeability

From the screen above, one can select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom
left corner of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:

IPR : Skin value entry

Mechanical skin: +5

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 938 PROSPER

IPR : Generating an IPR plot

Once the IPR data input is completed, it is a good practice to create an IPR plot to
verify that everything make sense. For this, simply select | Calculate and the
software will create and display the following plot:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 939

Select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made.
3.1.17.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.

In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |

Calculation |System as per screen-shot below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 940 PROSPER

After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 941

The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.

Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since
this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow

One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 942 PROSPER

The well can produce a gas rate of 51 MMscf/d.

To visualize the system plot, select | Plot | System Plot:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 943

Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen.

This completes this tutorial.

3.1.18 Tutorial 18: Fully compostional CO2 injection well

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T18_CompostionalCO2Injector.OUT

The main objectives of this example are to show:

· How to set up a fully compositional PROSPER model for a CO2 injection
well
· How to import a PRP file into PROSPER
· How to enter the IPR data
· How to describe the down hole equipment
· How to perform a system calculation (VLP + IPR) to estimate the well
injection rate for a given WHFP.

3.1.18.1Statement Of The Problem

A well is to be drilled to inject CO2 into a reservoir.
Compositional Fluid data (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and down hole equipment
description (VLP) are provided.

It is required to to estimate the injection rate against a well head flowing pressure of
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 944 PROSPER

1000 psig.
The CO2 has a temperature of 45 degF at surface.
In order to better capture the thermodynamics of the CO2, It is required to to use a
fully compositional model coupled with the improved rough approximation
temperature model.
3.1.18.2PVT Input Data
Using the PVTp software developed by Petroleum Experts, one can generate a PRP
file to be used for this tutorial.
The PRP file to be used for this specific tutorial is "Tutorial_18.PRP"

A PRP file is the generic EOS file format recognised by all PETEX' applications.

When edited, this is how the PRP file looks:

CO2 temperature at surface: 45 degF

3.1.18.3System Equipment Input Data
The system equipment input section is sub-divided into 5 sub-sections:
- Deviation survey
- Surface equipment
- Down hole equipment

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 945

- Geothermal gradient data

3.1.18.3.1 Deviation survey

In PROSPER, the deviation survey can have its origin anywhere: well head, sea-bed,
platform or RKB.
The key thing is to describe all the equipment in the well in a manner that is
consistent with the origin selected.
The well head depth does not have to coincide with the origin of the deviation
survey.

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
18000 18000
3.1.18.3.2 Surface Equipment
All equipment located downstream of the well head are part of the surface
equipment. The surface equipment can include: well head chokes, risers, flow lines,
fittings, and so on.
In this example the surface equipment will not be modelled.
3.1.18.3.3 Down hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...

Equipment Measured Internal Roughness in Rate multiplier

type depth in ft diameter in inches
(down to) inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
(Well Head)
Tubing 1200 3.992 0.0006 1
SSSV 1200 3.8 N/A 1
Tubing 17500 3.992 0.0006 1
Casing 18000 8.5 0.0006 1

3.1.18.3.4 Static Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient expresses the rate of increase in temperature per unit
depth. The geothermal gradient is independent of the well flow rate.
When using the rough approximation temperature prediction method, the geothermal
gradient is entered versus measured depth. PROSPER internally converts the
measured depth into true vertical depth and it is the temperature gradient based
upon the true vertical depth that is used during the calculation.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 946 PROSPER

Formation Measured Formation temperature Heat Transfer coefficient

Depth
ft degF Btu/h/ft2/F
0 50 3
1200 36 3
18000 350 3

Note:The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that
captures the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction,
convection and radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the thermal
resistance in the surroundings of the wellbore.

3.1.18.4Reservoir Input Data

PROSPER has more than 20 different inflow models for gas wells. The IPR model
selection depends upon the purpose of the study, the suitability of the particular
model and the data available for the study.

IPR model: Petroleum Experts / Enter Skin by hand

Static Reservoir Pressure: 4500 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 350 degF
Water Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Total GOR: 1E6 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction No
model:
Rervoir Permeability: 50 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True 150 ft
stratigraphic thickness) :
Drainage Area: 340 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.354 ft
Perforation Interval: 100 ft
Time since production: 5 day
Reservoir Porosity: 0.25 (fraction)
Connate water saturation: 0.2 (fraction
Non-Darcy Flow Factor (D): Calculated
Permeability Entered: Total Permeability
Mechanical skin: +10

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 947

3.1.18.5Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- construct a fully compositional PROSPER model for a producing retrograde
condensate well
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the CO2 injection flow rate against a
WHFP of 2500 psig

3.1.18.5.1 System Options

Here, one simply select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open.

Otherwise, simply select | Options | Options and make the following choices

Fluid: Retrograde Condensate

Method: Equation Of State
Well Type: Injector
Calculation Type - Model: Improved Approximation

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 948 PROSPER

Now select | EOS Set-up and make the following changes:

EOS model: Peng Robinson

Optimisation Mode: Medium
Optimise Repeat Calculation: Yes
Volume Shift / Full Composition: Yes
Reference Temperature: 60 degF
Reference Pressure: 0 psig
Path to surface: Flash straight to stock tank
Target GOR method: Use Separator Fluids

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 949

Select | OK | Done to complete this step.

3.1.18.5.2 PVT data Input
In order to enter the PVT data, simply select |PVT|Input Data | Import the file
Tutorial_18.PRP file and this is what can be seen:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 950 PROSPER

Enter the reservoir temperature of 350 degF at the bottom of the screen.

One can generate and visualize the phase envelope with | Phase Env...| Plot and the
following phase envelope is generated:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 951

You may select | Exit | OK to return to the main PVT input screen.

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.18.5.3 Saving the file
Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss in case the computer crashes.
To save a file, simply select | File | Save as.
Afterwards, simply browse to the place where the file is to be saved.
It is suggested to save the file as *.OUT file.
3.1.18.5.4 System Equipment Description
In order to describe the hardware in / around the well bore (this is what the system
equipment is), simply select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All.

First step here is to enter the injected fluid temperature of 45 degF.

Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take you through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey

3.1.18.5.4.1 Deviation Survey

Here are the data:

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 952 PROSPER

18000 18000

Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER.
A filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 953

Select | Done and the next screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.18.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, one simply need to
select | Cancel to skip this step:
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take you to the
next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.18.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...

Equipment Measured Internal Roughness in Rate multiplier

type depth in ft diameter in inches
(down to) inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
(Well Head)
Tubing 1200 3.992 0.0006 1
SSSV 1200 3.8 N/A 1
Tubing 17500 3.992 0.0006 1
Casing 18000 8.5 0.0006 1

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 954 PROSPER

The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description shall
stop at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion
because the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the
appropriate Inflow model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).

Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.

3.1.18.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
The data available are:

Formation Measured Formation temperature Heat Transfer coefficient

Depth
ft degF Btu/h/ft2/F
0 50 3

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 955

1200 36 3
18000 350 3

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 956 PROSPER

Select | Done to proceed to the equipment description screen.

3.1.18.5.4.5 Equipment Summary

Back on the equipment data screen, select | Summary to see a summary of all
inputs:

Now select | Draw Down hole to see a sketch of the well bore.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 957

Select | Main to exit the screen.

3.1.18.5.5 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)

For the selection of the IPR model, simply select | System | Inflow Performance and
make the appropriate choices as follow:

IPR model selection

IPR model: Petroleum Experts / Enter Skin by hand

Static Reservoir Pressure: 4500 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 350 degF
Water Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Total GOR: 1E6 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction No
model:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 958 PROSPER

To proceed, simply select the Input Data button in the top right corner of the screen
above and make the following entries:

Rervoir Permeability: 50 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True 150 ft
stratigraphic thickness) :
Drainage Area: 340 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.354 ft
Perforation Interval: 100 ft
Time since production: 5 day
Reservoir Porosity: 0.25 (fraction)
Connate water saturation: 0.2 (fraction
Non-Darcy Flow Factor (D): Calculated
Permeability Entered: Total Permeability
Mechanical skin: +10

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 959

From the screen above, one can select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom
left corner of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:

IPR : Skin value entry

Mechanical skin: +10

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 960 PROSPER

IPR : Generating an IPR plot

Once the IPR data input is completed, it is a good practice to create an IPR plot to
verify that everything make sense.
For this, select | Calculate and the software will create and display the following plot:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 961

Note: The concept of absolute open flow potential does not apply to injectors. The
reported values simply corresponds to the highest rate for which an IPR pressure
was computed.

Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.18.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.

In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |

Calculation | System as per screen-shot below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 962 PROSPER

After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head (= Top Node
here) injection pressure as per screen-shot below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 963

Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since
this model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow

One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 964 PROSPER

One can read a gas rate of 81 MMscf/d.

If one selects | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as
follow:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 965

Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen.

This completes this tutorial.
3.1.19 Tutorial 19: Matching a dry gas well test
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T19_MatchingAGasWellTest.OUT

The main objectives of this example are to show:

· How to match a PROSPER gas well model to well test data
· How to use the calibrated model to perform sensitivity runs on various
variables

3.1.19.1Statement Of The Problem

A PROSPER model for a dry and wet gas well was built in tutorial 1.
After some production, the well has been tested.

It is required to:
- Analyse the well test results
- Calibrate the PROSPER model to reproduce the well test results
- Use the calibrated PROSPER model to study the impact of changing reservoir
pressure change on the well performance.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 966 PROSPER

3.1.19.2Well Test data

Parameter Value
Test date (optional): 01/01/2010
Test Comment (optional): Main Flow Test
Well Head Flowing Pressure: 1000 psig
Flowing Tubing Head Temperature: 153 degF
Water Gas Ratio: 5 stb/MMscf
Condensate Gas Ratio: 5 stb/MMscf
Gas Flow Rate: 15 MMscf/d
Measured Gauge depth: 4500 ft
Measured Gauge pressure: 1920 psig
Static Reservoir Pressure @ top 2300 psig
perforation:

3.1.19.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- Recall the PROSPER model built in tutorial 1 (Tutorial_01.OUT)
- Review the PROSPER model
- Quality-check and calibrate the PROSPER model against the well test data
- Select the appropriate VLP correlation
- Superimpose the IPR curve to match the well test
- Use the model to run sensitivity on Reservoir pressure

3.1.19.3.1 Open the PROSPER file

Select | File | Open, locate and open the file "Tutorial_01.OUT" in the sample
directory.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 967

3.1.19.3.2 Resetting any previous VLP matching

This step is optional in this case but might be relevant in other cases where an
inherited PROSPER file contains multiphase correlations that already have been
calibrated.
In order to reset the calibration parameters (Parameter 1 & Parameter 2), simply
select | Matching | Correlation Parameters | Tubing and then select | Reset All.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 968 PROSPER

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.19.3.3 Matching - VLP /IPR Quality Check
The general procedure in matching a well test can be broken in four (4) sequential
steps:
- First, critically review the well test results: are there in line with previous results?
how reliable are the measurements?
- Second, quality-check and calibrate the PVT. For dry gas and retrograde
condensate wells, it is generally not required to perform a PVT matching.
- Third, quality-check, select, calibrate and validate the VLP correlation against the
actual tubing response
- Fourth, find the IPR model / parameters that will reasonably reproduce the well test
results.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 969

After completing the first step, proceed with the well test data entry.

3.1.19.3.3.1 Well Test Data Entry

In order to enter the well test data, select | Matching | Matching | VLP/IPR (Quality-
Check) and populate the screen with the well test data given below:

Parameter Value
Test date (optional): 01/01/2010
Test Comment (optional): Main Flow Test
Well Head Flowing Pressure: 1000 psig
Flowing Tubing Head Temperature: 153 degF
Water Gas Ratio: 5 stb/MMscf
Condensate Gas Ratio: 5 stb/MMscf
Gas Flow Rate: 15 MMscf/d
Measured Gauge depth: 4500 ft
Measured Gauge pressure: 1920 psig
Static Reservoir Pressure @ top 2300 psig
perforation:

The screen is divided into 3 sections: upper, middle and bottom.

The upper section of the screen contains different buttons that can be categorized in
two groups: the data processing buttons on the left and the task buttons on the right.
The middle section contains the well test data and the bottom section of the screen
contains in written form the recommended well test matching procedure

In order to analyse a particular test, select this test point by clicking on the row
number that starts at the beginning of each test entry, left of the column " Test Point
Date". The selected test number then turns blue.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 970 PROSPER

We will primarily use the Task buttons located on the top right corner of the screen,
from the left to the right to solve this well test matching exercise.

3.1.19.3.3.2 Estimate the U-value

In a design case, the U-value can be estimated using the full enthalpy balance
model.
Alternatively, when a well test is available, one can use the well test data to back
calculate the overall heat transfer coefficient.This is what we are going to do next.

For this simply select the task button "Estimate U Value" and the following message
will appear:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 971

The program has estimated and displayed the heat transfer coefficient on the basis
of the well test data.

After selecting | OK, you will be asked if you whish to replace the previous U-value in
the model with this new one.
With YES, the new U-value is taken as input for the model. The previous value is in
fact overwritten.

Here we will select YES and then the U-value is then transferred:

Select | OK to continue with the next task button, the "Correlation Comparison".
3.1.19.3.3.3 Correlation Comparison
It is well known that there is no universal multiphase correlation. Therefore,
whenever a new well test is available for analysis, it is a good practice to perform a
correlation comparison.
The purposes of the correlation comparison are to:
- Identify without bias which best reproduce the well test to be analyse
- Quality check the well test results.
For instance if none of the correlation came close to the well test, it might be worth
checking the reliability of the well test data.

To proceed, select the task button "Correlation Comparison" and then | OK | and
here select a few correlations for comparison.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 972 PROSPER

Afterwards, select | Calculate | Calculate | Plot and this is what can be seen:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 973

One can zoom around the test point and this is what can be seen:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 974 PROSPER

Conclusion: One can see that the test point lies between Duns and Ros modified
and the Petroleum Experts correlations.

Select | Main to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen to select the appropriate
correlation based upon the matching parameters.

3.1.19.3.3.4 VLP matching

In order to perform the VLP matching select the task button "Match VLP" and the
following screen would appear:

For the regression, select | Match and the regression routine will apply a gravity
multiplier (Parameter 1) and a friction multiplier (Parameter 2) to each selected
correlation in turn in order to match the well test.
Ideally, both parameters should equal to unity and one can see here that both
multipliers are very close indeed to unity.

For more statistical details, select | Statistics to access this screen:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 975

The Petroleum Experts correlation 1, 2 and 3 require the least correction.

We will proceed the analysis with Petroleum Experts 2. Therefore, reset all the
matching for all the correlations except the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 976 PROSPER

Now select | Done to return to the previous menu.

3.1.19.3.3.5 VLP / IPR matching

In order to perform the VLP/IPR matching, simply select the task button "VLP / IPR"
and then unselect all correlations except PE2 and then select | Calculate:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 977

PROSPER computes VLP and IPR using the well test data as input.

On the bottom right of the screen, the simulated solution rate and solution BHFP are
displayed along with the test rate and test bottom hole flowing pressure.
Note that "Test BHP" is the gauge pressure corrected to the well datum depth using
the VLP correlation selected.

With | Plot, this is what can be seen:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 978 PROSPER

One can read that the difference between measured and simulated parameters (rate
and pressure) are both below 0.5%. The magnitude of this difference between
simulated and actual data can be seen as acceptable.

It can be concluded that the well test is valid and is properly calibrated.

Should the match not be acceptable at this stage, then the error is confined to the
IPR component because PVT and VLP have already been quality-checked,
calibrated and validated.

Select | Main and save the file to secure all changes made so far.
3.1.19.3.3.6 Performing Sensitivity runs
The table below lists the parameter combinations to be evaluated:

Well head flowing pressure: 1000 psig

CGR: 5 stb/MMscf
WGR: 5 stb/MMscg
Reservoir Pressure: 1500, 2000 & 2300 psig

In order to analyse the cases described above, one will perform sensitivity run on the
parameters listed above. For this, select | Calculation | System |3 Variable and make
the following choice:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 979

Note that the matched VLP correlation now appears with 2 numbers appended to it:
the first number is the gravity multiplier (parameter 1) whereas the second number
(parameter 2) is the friction multiplier.

Now select | Continue and select the remaining sensitivity variables of interest:
reservoir pressure and skin

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 980 PROSPER

Now select | Continue | Calculate | OK and then | Plot | System Plot:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 981

An alternative way of plotting the results is now to select | Finish | Sensitivities and
here select the variables of interest:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 982 PROSPER

This is how the plot of the gas rate versus reservoir pressure shows:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 983

Select | Main to return to the main menu of PROSPER.

This completes this tutorial.

3.1.20 Tutorial 20: Matching a naturally flowing oil well test

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T20_MatchingAnOilWellTest.OUT

The main objectives of this example are to show:

· How to match a PROSPER naturally flowing oil well model to well test data
· How to use the calibrated model to perform sensitivity runs on various variables:
tubing size and reservoir pressure

3.1.20.1Statement Of The Problem

A PROSPER model for a naturally flowing oil well was built in tutorial 2.
After some production, the well has been tested and lab PVT data have been made
available.

It is required to:
- Calibrate the PVT model against the lab data,
- Analyse the well test results
- Calibrate the PROSPER model to reproduce the well test results

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 984 PROSPER

- Use the calibrated model to study the impact of tubing size and reservoir pressure
on the well performance.

3.1.20.2PVT Lab data & Well Test data

PVT Data

Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None
Bubble point pressure: 2500 psig at 200 degF

Further PVT data are given in tabular form below at 200 degF:

Pressure in psig Gas Oil Ratio in Oil FVF in rb/stb Oil Viscosity in
scf/stb centipoises
1500 237 1.138 1.34
2000 324 1.178 1.15
2500 400 1.214 1.01
3000 400 1.207 1.05
4000 400 1.198 1.11

Well test data

Parameter Value
Test date (optional): 01/01/2010
Test Comment (optional): Main Flow Test
Well Head Flowing Pressure: 250 psig
Flowing Tubing Head Temperature: 158.5 degF
Water Cut: 30%
Liquid Rate: 8290 stb/d
Measured Gauge depth: 7000 ft
Measured Gauge pressure: 2335 psig
Static Reservoir Pressure @ top 3800 psig
perforation:
Produced Gas-Oil Ratio: 600 scf/stb

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 985

3.1.20.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- recall the PROSPER model for the naturally producing oil well (see example 2)
- Review the PROSPER model
- Calibrate the black oil correlation against the lab PVT data and select the most
suitable correlations for this crude
- Quality-check and calibrate the PROSPER model against the well test data
- Select the appropriate VLP correlation
- Superimpose the IPR curve
- Use the model to run sensitivity on tubing size and reservoir pressure.

3.1.20.3.1 Open the PROSPER file

Select | File | Open, locate and open the file "Tutorial_02.OUT" in the sample
directory.

3.1.20.3.2 Resetting any previous VLP matching

This step is optional but might need consideration in cases where an inherited
PROSPER file contains multiphase correlations that already have been calibrated.
In order to reset the calibration parameters (Parameter 1 & Parameter 2), select |
Matching | Correlation Parameters | Tubing and here one select | Reset All.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 986 PROSPER

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.20.3.3 PVT matching
The PVT data accounts for more than 80% of the quality of a well model. Therefore,
the PVT data need careful calibration.
For this select | PVT | Input Data and here are the original surface data in the model:

PVT Data

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 987

Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None
Bubble point pressure: 2500 psig at 200 degF

In order to calibrate the black oil correlations, one needs first to enter the PVT lab
data. This is done with | Match Data and here one shall populate the screen as
below:

PVT Lab Data

Further PVT data are given in tabular form below at 200 degF:

Pressure in psig Gas Oil Ratio inOil FVF in rb/stb Oil Viscosity in

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 988 PROSPER

scf/stb centipoises
1500 237 1.138 1.34
2000 324 1.178 1.15
2500 400 1.214 1.01
3000 400 1.207 1.05
4000 400 1.198 1.11

Notes:
- up to 50 tables with different temperatures can be entered here.
- It is recommended to match the PVT at least at the the bubble point pressure with
the corresponding oil formation volume factor and viscosity.

PVT matching

Select | Done to return to the PVT entry screen.

Now select | Regression | Match All and then | OK | Parameters to view the results of
the regression:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 989

Parameter 1 is a multiplier whereas Parameter 2 is a shift. Therefore the best

correlation is the one with a parameter 1 equal to unity and parameter 2 equal to
zero.
For the oil FVF matching, Parameter 4 is the multiplier above the bubble point
pressure whereas Parameter 4 is the shift above the bubble point pressure.

Looking at the statistics above, we will select the Glaso black oil correlation for the
bubble point calculation, solution GOR and oil formation volume.
For the viscosity, the Petrosky correlation will be selected.

Select | Done and | Done again to return to the PVT entry screen where the
appropriate black correlations are selected:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 990 PROSPER

Now select | Done and save the file to secure all the changes made.

3.1.20.3.4 Matching - VLP /IPR Quality Check

The general procedure in matching a well test can be broken in four (4) sequential
steps:
- First, critically review the well test results: are there in line with previous results?
how reliable are the measurements?
- Second, quality-check and calibrate the PVT. For dry gas and retrograde
condensate wells, it is generally not required to perform any PVT matching.
- Third, quality-check, select, calibrate and validate the VLP correlation against the
actual tubing response
- Fourth, find the IPR model / parameters that will reasonably reproduce the well test
results.

After completing the first step, proceed with the well test data entry.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 991

3.1.20.3.4.1 Well Test Data Entry

In order to enter the well test data, simply select | Matching | Matching | VLP/IPR
(Quality-Check) and populate the screen as below:

The screen is divided into 3 sections: upper, middle and bottom.

The upper section of the screen contains different buttons that can be categorized in
two groups: the data processing button on the left and the task buttons
The middle section contains the well test data and the bottom section of the screen
contains in written form a well test matching procedure that has been successfully
tested over and over again. This is the recommended well test matching procedure.

One can enter up 1000 well tests in this screen.

After entering the well test data, one needs to select the test of interest for the
analysis.
To select a test, click on the row number that starts at the beginning of each test
entry, left of the column " Test Point Date". The selected test number then turns
blue.

Well test data

Parameter Value
Test date (optional): 01/01/2010
Test Comment (optional): Main Flow Test
Well Head Flowing Pressure: 250 psig
Flowing Tubing Head Temperature: 158.5 degF
Water Cut: 30%
Liquid Rate: 8290 stb/d
Measured Gauge depth: 7000 ft
Measured Gauge pressure: 2335 psig
Static Reservoir Pressure @ top 3800 psig
perforation:
Produced Gas-Oil Ratio: 600 scf/stb

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 992 PROSPER

Notes:
- The approach to follow is documented at the bottom of the screen under"Matching
Procedure".
- For oil wells, always set the GOR free to 0 scf/stb and simply enter the total
produced GOR in the Gas Oil Ratio column. PROSPER will use the PVT model to
work out how much gas is free and how much gas is dissolved in the liquid phase at
any P & T conditions.
- We will use the Task buttons located on the top right corner of the screen, from
the left to the right to solve this well test matching exercise.

3.1.20.3.4.2 Estimate the U-value

In a design case, the U-value can be estimated using the full enthalpy balance
model.
Because a well test is available, we will use the well test data to back calculate the
overall heat transfer coefficient.This is what we are going to do next.
For this simply select the task button "Estimate U Value" and the following message
will appear:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 993

The program has estimated and displayed the heat transfer coefficient on the basis
of the well test data selected.

Under the assumption that the well test data are valid, select | OK and you will be
asked if you whish to replace the previous U-value in the model with this new one.

With YES, the new U-value is taken as input for the model. The previous value is in
fact overwritten.

Here we will select YES and then the U-value is then transferred:

Select | OK to continue with the next task button, the "Correlation Comparison".
3.1.20.3.4.3 Correlation Comparison
It is well known that there is no universal multiphase correlation. Therefore,
whenever a new well test is available for analysis, it is a good practice to perform a
correlation comparison.
The purposes of the correlation comparison are:
- identify without bias which best reproduce the well test to be analyse

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 994 PROSPER

- quality check the well test results. For instance if none of the correlation came
close to the well test, it might be worth checking the reliability of the well test data
themselves.

In most cases with oil wells, the Fancher-Brown correlation and the Duns & Ros
modified multiphase correlation define the operating envelope of a tubing. Therefore,
those 2 correlations will be selected along with a few generally reliable correlations
like Petroleum Experts 2.

To proceed, select the task button "Correlation Comparison" and then | OK | and
here select a few correlations for comparison.

Afterwards, select | Calculate | Calculate | Plot and this is what can be seen:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 995

Conclusion: One can see that the test point lies outside of the solution envelope.
This can happen for various reasons and it is the engineer's task to find out exactly
what are the possible reasons behind this behaviour.

In this particular case, we shall recall that the bubble pint pressure of the fluid at
reservoir temperature is 2500 psig.
The reservoir pressure is currently 3800 psig. This means that the oil is still under-
saturated at reservoir conditions. Therefore the produced GOR must be equal to
initial solution GOR of 400 scf/stb.

Let us return with | Finish | done and correct the GOR to 400 scf/stb:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 996 PROSPER

Changing (i.e. correcting) the produced GOR will change the mass flow rate in the
tubing and consequently change the heat loss in the surroundings of the well.
Therefore, the U-value need to re-estimated and updated with | Estimate U Value |
OK | Yes | OK.

Now select | Correlation Comparison | OK | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot, this is

how the gradient now looks like:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 997

Now one can clearly see that the test point has moved inside the solution envelope:
between Fancher-Brown on the left and Duns & Ros on the right.
We can also see that the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation is very close to the test
point.
On the basis of this observation, we will select the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation
moving forward.

Select | Main to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen to fine-tune the Petroleum
Experts 2 correlation against the well test data. The emphasis here is fine-tune
because a heavy correction is not desired.
3.1.20.3.4.4 VLP matching
Now select | Match VLP and select only the correlation of interest to proceed.
Select | Match to trigger the non-linear regression that applies a gravity and a friction
correction coefficient to the selected multiphase correlation.

The parameter 1 is the gravity term multiplier whereas the parameter 2 is the friction
term multiplier. Ideally, both should equal to unity and one can see here that both
multipliers are very close indeed to unity.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 998 PROSPER

We can see in this example that both parameters are very close to unity: this means
that the well test is consistent with model and that the selected multiphase
correlation is suitable for this particular well.
Now select | Done to return to the previous menu.
3.1.20.3.4.5 VLP / IPR matching

In order to perform the VLP/IPR matching, simply select the task button "VLP / IPR"
and then | Calculate:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 999

PROSPER computes VLP and IPR using the well test data as input.

On the bottom right of the screen, the simulated solution rate and solution BHFP are
displayed along with the test rate and test bottom hole flowing pressure.
Note that "Test BHP" is the gauge pressure corrected to the well datum depth using
the VLP correlation selected.

With | Plot, this is what can be seen:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1000 PROSPER

One can read that the difference between measured and simulated rate is nearly
5%.
For real cases, 5% difference between measured and simulated rate may be seen
as acceptable. However, we will try to improve the model.

Let us summarize:
A well model is the combination of PVT, VLP and IPR.
The PVT has been calibrated, The VLP also have been calibrated. Hence any error
will be confined to the IPR.
There are multiple IPR variables that can help conclude the exercise: reservoir
pressure, permeability, skin, ....
In the following, we will assume that the estimation of the reservoir pressure was not
reliable.
Hence, we will find the reservoir pressure required to match the well test. This can
be done manually in iterative fashion or automatically.

We will adjust the reservoir pressure automatically. For this, select | Finish | Done to
get back to the well test data entry screen.
Now select the task button "Adjust IPR" and the following screen will appear:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1001

Now select the well test of interest by checking "Test 1 on 01/01/2010 (Main Flow
Test)" in the first column.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1002 PROSPER

Afterwards, select the button | Adjust Pres to access a new screen:

Now select | OK and a search algorithm will compute the reservoir pressure that will
match the well test:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1003

One can read an adjusted reservoir pressure of 3726.56 psig.

Now we will select | Done and then replace the static reservoir pressure on the test
row:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1004 PROSPER

Now with the task button "VLP / IPR", and then | Calculate and | Plot this is how the
match now looks like:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1005

Clearly, we have achieve some improvements.

Note: Changing the reservoir pressure to match a well test is not a general
recommendation. The purpose of this example is to illustrate the use of this option. It
is the engineer's task to decide which parameter needs to be altered to match an
well test depending upon the specifics of the well test at hand.

Select | Main and save the file to secure all changes made.
3.1.20.3.4.6 Performing Sensitivity runs
The table below contains the cases to be evaluated:

Well head flowing pressure: 250 psig

water cut: 30%
GOR: 400 scf/stb
Reservoir pressure: 3000, 3500, 3800, 4000 & 4500 psig
Tubing ID: 2.441, 2.992, 3.992, 4.5 & 4.9 inches

In order to analyse the cases described above, one will perform sensitivity run on the
parameters listed above. For this, select | Calculation | System |3 Variable and make
the following choice:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1006 PROSPER

Note that the matched VLP correlation now appears with 2 numbers appended to it:
1.00 and 0.97 The first number (1.00) is the gravity multiplier whereas the second
number (0.97) is the friction multiplier.

Now select | Continue and select the remaining sensitivity variables of interest:
reservoir pressure and tubing ID

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1007

One shall proceed with | Continue and you are asked to specify to which section of
the well the diameter changes applies to:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1008 PROSPER

Please select | Continue and | Calculate | OK and then | Plot | System Plot:

An alternative way of plotting the results is now to select | Finish | Sensitivities and
here select the variables of interest:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1009

This is how the plot of the oil rate versus tubing internal diameter at various reservoir
pressure looks like:

Note that one can change the scale with |Scale.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1010 PROSPER

This completes this tutorial.

3.1.21 Tutorial 21: Matching a water injection well test

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T21_MatchingAWaterInjectionWellTest.OUT

The main objectives of this example are to show:

· How to match a PROSPER naturally flowing oil well model to well test data
· How to use the calibrated model to perform sensitivity runs on various
variables

3.1.21.1Statement Of The Problem

A PROSPER model for a gas injection well was built in tutorial 10.
The injection well has been tested with surface pressure, injection rate and down
hole pressure measurement.

It is required to:
- Recall the Tutorial_10.out PROSPER file
- Analyse the well test results
- Calibrate the PROSPER model to reproduce the well test results
- Use the calibrated model to predict the injection rate when the reservoir pressure
drops to 3000 psig and the well head pressure is 3500 psig and a reservoir
temperature of 80 degF.

3.1.21.2Well Test data

PVT Data

For water injection well, the only PVT parameter required is simply the water salinity.
PROSPER will then use correlation to compute the required fluid properties at
different conditions.

Well test data

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1011

Parameter Value
Test date (optional): 01/01/2010
Test Comment (optional): Main Flow Test
Well Head Flowing Pressure: 1250 psig
Down hole Injection Temperature: 80 degF
Water Cut: 100%
Water Injection Rate: 11000 stb/d
Measured Gauge depth: 7500 ft
Measured Gauge pressure: 4350 psig
Static Reservoir Pressure @ top 3580 psig
perforation:
Gas-Oil Ratio [ Not Used]: 0 scf/stb
GOR Free [ Not used]: 0 scf/stb
3.1.21.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- Recall the PROSPER model for the water injection well created in Tutorial 9 (
Tutorial_09.out)
- Review the PROSPER model
- Quality-check and calibrate the PROSPER model against the well test data
- Select the appropriate VLP correlation
- Superimpose the IPR curve
- Use the model to run sensitivity injection pressure.

3.1.21.3.1 Open the PROSPER file

Select | File | Open, locate and open the file "Tutorial_09.out" in the sample
directory.

3.1.21.3.2 Resetting any previous VLP matching

This step is optional but might be required when an inherited PROSPER file contains
multiphase correlations that already have been calibrated.
In order to reset the calibration parameters (Parameter 1 & Parameter 2), select |
Matching | Correlation Parameters | Tubing and then select | Reset All

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1012 PROSPER

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.21.3.3 PVT matching
For water, PVT matching is not required. It is sufficient to input the water salinity and
PROSPER will use a correlation to compute the water properties as function of
temperature.
It is also possible to account for the effect of pressure on the water viscosity. For
this, it is needed to activate this feature under | Options | Options where one needs
to select:

Water Viscosity: Pressure Corrected Correlation.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1013

If comprehensive PVT properties for the injected water are available, then one can
enter the data in the tables section of the PVT screen and PROSPER will use them.
Caution is in order when using tables: the tables must cover all possible expected
operation conditions of pressure and temperature!

Now select | Done and save the file to secure all the changes made so far.

3.1.21.3.4 Matching - VLP /IPR Quality Check

The general procedure in matching a well test can be broken in four (4) sequential
steps:
- First, critically review the well test results: are there in line with previous results?
how reliable are the measurements?
- Second, quality-check and calibrate the PVT. For water injection wells, it is not
required to perform any PVT matching.
- Third, quality-check, select, calibrate and validate the VLP correlation against the
actual tubing response

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1014 PROSPER

- Fourth, find the IPR model / parameters that will reasonably reproduce the well test
results.

After completing the first step, proceed with the well test data entry.
3.1.21.3.4.1 Well Test Data Entry

Well test data

Parameter Value
Test date (optional): 01/01/2010
Test Comment (optional): Main Flow Test
Well Head Flowing Pressure: 1250 psig
Down hole Injection Temperature: 80 degF
Water Cut: 100%
Water Injection Rate: 11000 stb/d
Measured Gauge depth: 7500 ft
Measured Gauge pressure: 4350 psig
Static Reservoir Pressure @ top 3580 psig
perforation:
Gas-Oil Ratio [ Not Used]: 0 scf/stb
GOR Free [ Not used]: 0 scf/stb

In order to enter the well test data, simply select | Matching | Matching | VLP/IPR
(Quality-Check) and populate the screen as below:
The screen is divided into 3 sections: upper, middle and bottom.
The upper section of the screen contains different buttons that can be categorized in
two groups: the data processing button on the left and the task buttons
The middle section contains the well test data and the bottom section of the screen
contains in written form a well test matching procedure that has been successfully
tested over and over again. This is the recommended well test matching procedure.

When one intends to analyse a particular test, one needs to select this test point by
clicking on the row number that starts at the beginning of each test entry, left of the
column " Test Point Date". The selected test number then turns blue.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1015

Notes:
- The approach to follow is documented at the bottom of the screen under"Matching
Procedure".
- This is an injection well with 100% water cut. Therefore, the parameters Gas Oil
Ratio and GOR free are totally irrelevant.
- We will primarily use the Task buttons located on the top right corner of the
screen, from the left to the right to solve this well test matching exercise.

3.1.21.3.4.2 Estimate the U-value

In a design case, the U-value can be estimated using the full enthalpy balance
model.
Alternatively, when a well test is available, one can use the well test data to back
calculate the overall heat transfer coefficient.This is what we are going to do next.

For this simply select the task button "Estimate U Value" and the following message
will appear:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1016 PROSPER

The program has estimated and displayed the heat transfer coefficient on the basis
of the well test data selected.

Under the assumption that the well test data are valid, select | OK and you will be
asked if you whish to replace the previous U-value in the model with this new one.

With YES, the new U-value is taken as input for the model. The previous value is in
fact overwritten.

Here we will select YES and then the U-value is then transferred:

Select | OK to continue with the next task button, the "Correlation Comparison".
3.1.21.3.4.3 Correlation Comparison
It is well known that there is no universal multiphase correlation. Therefore,
whenever a new well test is available for analysis, it is a good practice to perform a
correlation comparison.
The purposes of the correlation comparison are:
- identify without bias which best reproduce the well test to be analyse

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1017

- quality check the well test results themselves. For instance if none of the correlation
came close to the well test, it might be worth checking the reliability of the well test
data themselves.

This is single phase system where all correlations are expected to yield the same
results. Therefore, any major deviation between simulated pressure and measured
pressure would be due either to the model inputs or the test data and possibly a
combination of both: model inputs and well test data.

To proceed, select the task button "Correlation Comparison" and then | OK | and
here select a few correlations for comparison.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1018 PROSPER

Now select | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot:

As expected, all correlations give simular results.

We will select the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation moving forward.

Select | Main to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen to fine-tune the Petroleum
Experts 2 correlation against the well test data. The emphasis here is fine-tune
because a heavy correction is not desired.
3.1.21.3.4.4 VLP matching

In order to fine-tune the VLP, simply select the task button "Match VLP" and the
following screen appear:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1019

Select | All to select and then | All again to deselect all correlations.

Now, having identified earlier the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation, we can can simply
select the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation only and then click on | Match.

The parameter 1 is the gravity term multiplier whereas the parameter 2 is the friction
term multiplier. Ideally, both should equal to unity and one can see here that both

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1020 PROSPER

multipliers are very close indeed to unity.

Now select | Done to return to the previous menu.
3.1.21.3.4.5 VLP / IPR matching
In order to perform the VLP/IPR matching, simply select the task button "VLP / IPR"
and then | Calculate:

PROSPER computes VLP and IPR using the well test data as input.

On the bottom right of the screen, the simulated solution rate and solution BHFP are
displayed along with the test rate and test bottom hole flowing pressure.
Note that "Test BHP" is the gauge pressure corrected to the well datum depth using
the VLP correlation selected.

With | Plot, this is what can be seen:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1021

One can read that the difference between measured and simulated rate is large. The
question then arises: what is the source of this difference?

Let us summarize:
A well model is the combination of PVT, VLP and IPR.
The water PVT has been entered, The VLP also have been sensibly calibrated.
Hence any error will be confined to the IPR.
There are multiple IPR variables that can help conclude the exercise: reservoir
pressure, permeability, skin, and so on.
In the following, we will assume that the skin has changed.
Hence, we will adjust the skin to match the well test. This can be done manually in
iterative fashion of automatically.

For this select | Finish | IPR | Input Data | Mech / Geom Skin and raise the skin to
15!

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1022 PROSPER

There may be a need to expand the validation range for skin values to 1000 for
instance.

In any case, once the skin of 15.5 has been successfully entered, select | Done |
Done | Done and | Calculate again to recompute the VLP and IPR.

This is how the plot now looks like:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1023

The plot clearly shows that an acceptable match is achieved by multiplying the skin
by a factor of more than 7. We have increased the skin from 2 to 15.5.
A transient well test will be required to prove the uniqueness of this approach.

Water injection physics

When injecting cold water in a generally hotter reservoir, a few phenomena take
place:
- inside the reservoir, the temperature is lower in the vicinity of the injection point.
- the lower temperature affects the water formation volume factor and the water
viscosity and hence the water mobility.
- the change in water mobility will impact the water injectivity.
- the lower temperature will also affect the stress around the injection point and may
lead to thermal fracturing.
- the chemical composition of the injection water may not be compatible with the
reservoir water.
All this can lead to thermo-fracturing, scale deposition, viscous fingering, souring,
and so on.
These phenomena are best studied with REVEAL, the specialized reservoir
simulator developed by Petroleum Experts.

Select | Main and save the file to secure all changes made.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1024 PROSPER

3.1.21.3.4.6 Performing Sensitivity runs

The table below contains the case to be evaluated:

Well head flowing pressure: 1750 psig

Reservoir pressure: 3000 psig
Reservoir temperature: 80 degF

In order to analyse the case described above, one will perform sensitivity run on the
parameters listed above. For this, select | Calculation | System |3 Variable and make
the following choice:

Note that the matched VLP correlation now appears with 2 numbers appended to it:
1.00 and 0.97 The first number (1.00) is the gravity multiplier whereas the second
number (0.97) is the friction multiplier.

Now select | Continue and select the remaining sensitivity variables of interest:
reservoir pressure and tubing ID

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1025

Please select | Continue and | Calculate | Ok and this is what will be seen:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1026 PROSPER

A water injection rate around 8700 stb per day is predicted.

Now by selecting | Plot | System Plot, the system plot is displayed:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1027

Select | Main and save the file.

This completes this tutorial.

3.1.22 Tutorial 22: Matching a gas injection well test

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T22_MatchingAGasInjectionWellTest.OUT

The main objectives of this example are to show:

· How to match a PROSPER gas injection well model to well test data
· How to use the calibrated model to perform sensitivity runs on various
variables

3.1.22.1Statement Of The Problem

A PROSPER model for a gas injection well was built in tutorial 10.
The injection well has been tested with surface pressure, injection rate and down
hole pressure measurement.

It is required to:
- Recall the Tutorial_10.out PROSPER file
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 1028 PROSPER

- Analyse the well test results

- Calibrate the PROSPER model to reproduce the well test results
- Use the calibrated model to predict the injection rate when the reservoir pressure
drops to 3000 psig and the well head pressure is 3500 psig and a reservoir
temperature of 80 degF.

3.1.22.2PVT Lab data & Well Test data

The basic available PVT data are:

Parameter Value
Gas gravity: 0.6 (Air = 1)
Separator pressure: 250 psig
Condensate to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Condensate Gravity: 50 API
Water to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Water salinity: 10000 ppm
Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2): 0%
Injection gas temperature at the well 60 degF
head:

Well test data

Parameter Value
Test date (optional): 01/01/2010
Test Comment (optional): Main Flow Test
Well Head Injection Pressure: 2500 psig
Down hole Injection Temperature: 93 degF
Water To Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Condensate Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Gas Injection Rate: 35.3 MMscf/d
Measured Gauge depth: 7500 ft
Measured Gauge pressure: 2876 psig
Static Reservoir Pressure @ top 2800 psig
perforation:
3.1.22.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- Recall the PROSPER model built in tutorial 10
- Review the PROSPER model
- Quality-check and calibrate the PROSPER model against the injection well test
data
- Select the appropriate VLP correlation
- Superimpose the IPR curve
- Use the model to run sensitivity injection pressures.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1029

3.1.22.3.1 Open the PROSPER file

Select | File | Open, locate and open the file "Tutorial_10.OUT" in the sample
directory.

3.1.22.3.2 Resetting any previous VLP matching

This step is optional but might be required when an inherited PROSPER file contain
matched multiphase correlations that need to be reset.
In order to reset the VLP calibration parameters (Parameter 1 & Parameter 2), select
| Matching | Correlation Parameters | Tubing.
Afterwards, select | Reset All

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1030 PROSPER

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.22.3.3 PVT matching
For dry and wet gas, PVT matching is generally not required. The matching feature
does exists though in PROSPER.
The basic PVT data entered below are sufficient.

Parameter Value
Gas gravity: 0.6 (Air = 1)
Separator pressure: 250 psig
Condensate to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Condensate Gravity: 50 API
Water to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Water salinity: 10000 ppm
Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2): 0%

Now select | Done and save the file to secure all the changes made so far.

3.1.22.3.4 Matching - VLP /IPR Quality Check

The general procedure in matching a well test can be broken in four (4) sequential
steps:
- First, critically review the well test results: are there in line with previous results?
how reliable are the measurements?
- Second, quality-check and calibrate the PVT. For water injection wells, it is not
required to perform any PVT matching.
- Third, quality-check, select, calibrate and validate the VLP correlation against the

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1031

actual tubing response

- Fourth, find the IPR model / parameters that will reasonably reproduce the well test
results.

After completing the first step, proceed with the well test data entry.
3.1.22.3.4.1 Well Test Data Entry
Well test data

Parameter Value
Test date (optional): 01/01/2010
Test Comment (optional): Main Flow Test
Well Head Injection Pressure: 2500 psig
Down hole Injection Temperature: 93 degF
Water To Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Condensate Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Gas Injection Rate: 35.3 MMscf/d
Measured Gauge depth: 7500 ft
Measured Gauge pressure: 2876 psig
Static Reservoir Pressure @ top 2800 psig
perforation:

The screen is divided into 3 sections: upper, middle and bottom.

The upper section of the screen contains different buttons that can be categorized in
two groups: the data processing button on the left and the task buttons
To analyse a particular test, one needs to select this test point by clicking on the row
number that starts at the beginning of each test entry, left of the column " Test Point
Date". The selected test number then turns blue.

In order to enter the well test data, simply select | Matching | Matching | VLP/IPR
(Quality-Check) and populate the screen as below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1032 PROSPER

Note: The approach to follow is documented at the bottom of the screen

under"Matching Procedure".

3.1.22.3.4.2 Estimate the U-value

In a design case, the U-value can be estimated using the full enthalpy balance
model.
Alternatively, when a well test is available, one can use the well test data to back
calculate the overall heat transfer coefficient.This is what we are going to do next.

For this simply select the task button "Estimate U Value" and the following message
will appear:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1033

The program has estimated and displayed the heat transfer coefficient on the basis
of the well test data selected.

Under the assumption that the well test data are valid, select | OK and you will be
asked if you whish to replace the previous U-value in the model with this new one.
With YES, the new U-value is taken as input for the model. The previous value is in
fact overwritten.

Here we will select YES and then the U-value is then transferred:

Select | OK to continue with the next task button, the "Correlation Comparison".
3.1.22.3.4.3 Correlation Comparison
It is well known that there is no universal multiphase correlation. Therefore,
whenever a new well test is available for analysis, it is a good practice to perform a
correlation comparison.
The purposes of the correlation comparison are:
- identify without bias which best reproduce the well test to be analyse
- quality check the well test results themselves. For instance if none of the correlation
came close to the well test, it might be worth checking the reliability of the well test
data themselves.

This is single phase system where all correlations are expected to yield the same
results. Therefore, any major deviation between simulated pressure and measured
pressure would be due either to the model inputs or the test data and possibly a
combination of both: model inputs and well test data.

To proceed, select the task button "Correlation Comparison" and then | OK | and
here select a few correlations for comparison.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1034 PROSPER

Now select | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1035

All correlations expectedly give identical results.

One can also see that they all match reasonably well the test point.

We will select the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation moving forward.

Select | Main to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen to fine-tune the Petroleum
Experts 2 correlation against the well test data. The emphasis here is fine-tune
because a heavy correction is not desired.
3.1.22.3.4.4 VLP matching

In order to fine-tune the VLP, simply select the task button "Match VLP" and the
following screen appear:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1036 PROSPER

Select | All to select and then | All again to deselect all correlations.

Now, having identified earlier the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation, we can can simply
select the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation only and then click on | Match.

The parameter 1 is the gravity term multiplier whereas the parameter 2 is the friction
term multiplier. Ideally, both should equal to unity and one can see here that both
multipliers are very close indeed to unity.
Now select | Done to return to the previous menu.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1037

3.1.22.3.4.5 VLP / IPR matching

In order to perform the VLP/IPR matching, simply select the task button "VLP / IPR"
and then | Calculate:

PROSPER computes VLP and IPR using the well test data as input.

On the bottom right of the screen, the simulated solution rate and solution BHFP are
displayed along with the test rate and test bottom hole flowing pressure.
Note that "Test BHP" is the gauge pressure corrected to the well datum depth using
the VLP correlation selected.

With | Plot, this is what can be seen:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1038 PROSPER

One can read that the difference between measured and simulated rate is less than
1% and can be considered acceptable.
If the error was larger, then the question would have been: what would be at that
stage the source of a large difference?

Let us summarize:
A well model is the combination of PVT, VLP and IPR.
This is dry gas. Black oil correlations work fine for dry gase.
The VLP correlations have been sensibly calibrated. Hence any error would be
confined to the IPR.
There are multiple IPR variables that could then help conclude the exercise:
reservoir pressure, permeability, skin, and so on.
The key lesson here is: the sequential approach in analyzing the PVT first, then the
VLP and finally the IPR enables the user to confine possible inconsistencies in the
model / data to a particular component: PVT, VLP or IPR.

Select | Main and save the file to secure all changes made.
3.1.22.3.4.6 Performing Sensitivity runs
The table below contains the cases to be evaluated:

Well head flowing pressure: 3500 psig

Reservoir pressure: 3000 psig

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1039

Reservoir temperature: 80 degF

In order to analyse the case described above, one will perform sensitivity run on the
parameters listed above. For this, select | Calculation | System |3 Variable and make
the following choice:

Note that the matched VLP correlation now appears with 2 numbers appended to i.
Now select | Continue and select the remaining sensitivity variables of interest:
reservoir pressure and temperature.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1040 PROSPER

Please select | Continue and | Calculate | Ok | Plot | System plot and the following
plot shows:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1041

The well would inject around 92 MMscf/d.

Select | Main to exit this screen.

This completes this tutorial.

3.1.23 Tutorial 23: Continuous Gas Lift Design

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T23_ContinuousGasLiftDesign.OUT

This example is based upon tutorial 20. For beginners, it is recommended to work
through tutorial 20 before starting with this one.
The main objectives of this example are to:
· Modify the Tutorial_20.out PROSPER file created in tutorial 20.
· Find the maximum production rate achievable using gas lift.
· Determine the optimum lift gas injection rate and depth.
· Design the operating and unloading valves.

This example demonstrates how to:

· Setup the gas lift design parameters.
· Calculate the design production and gas injection rates.
· Space out the valves.
· Determine the valve trim sizes and dome pressures.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1042 PROSPER

· Calculate production sensitivities using the gaslift design.

The design assumes that the reservoir pressure will drop to 3000 psig and that the
water cut will rise to 80%.

This example will guide you through opening the existing Tutorial_20.out file,
changing the calculation options and reservoir conditions, performing the design and
finally saving the file under a new name.

3.1.23.1Statement of the Problem

In tutorial 2, a PROSPER well model was built for a naturally flowing oil.
In tutorial 3, the model was updated with PVT calibration.
In tutorial 20, the well model was matched against actual well test data.

This tutorial 23 is built on tutorial 20.

The well has now been in production for some time. Reservoir pressure has
declined, water cut has increased and well deliverability has reduced.
To improve well productivity, the well will be converted to a gas lifted well.
3.1.23.2Input Data For Continuous GL design
For a gas lift design, the following inputs are required:
- PVT data,
- IPR data,
- Well equipment data
- Gas lift design parameters
3.1.23.2.1 PVT Data
In this tutorial, the file Tutorial_20 will be used that already contains a matched PVT.
3.1.23.2.2 Reservoir Data for GL design
In this tutorial, the file Tutorial_20 will be used that already contains all the IPR
description required.
For the gas lift design tutorial, the following conditions apply.
Reservoir Pressure: 3000 psig
Water Cut: 80 %
All previous inputs remain unchanged.
3.1.23.2.3 Equipment Data
In this tutorial, the file Tutorial_20 will be used that already contains all the
equipment description required.
3.1.23.2.4 Gas Lift design parameters
Gas lift gas PVT:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1043

Variable Value
Gas lift gas gravity: 0.8
H2S mole percent: 0
CO2 mole percent: 0
N2 mole percent: 0

Gas lift design conditions:

Design rate method: Calculated from maximum production

Maximum liquid rate: 30 000 stb/d
Maximum gas available: 10 MMscf/d
Maximum gas available during 10 MMscf/d
unloading:
Flowing top node pressure: 200 psig
Unload top node pressure: 200 psig
Operating Injection pressure: 1500 psig
Kick-off injection pressure: 1500 psig
Desired dP across valve: 50 psig
Maximum Depth of Gas Lift 7500 ft
Injection:
Design water cut: 80%
Minimum valve spacing: 250 ft
Static gradient of kill fluid: 0.46 psi/ft
Minimum transfer dP: 25 %
Maximum Port size: set by valves series selection
Safety for closure of last 0 psi
unloading valve:
Total GOR: 400
De-rating Percentage for 100%
valves:
Valve type: Casing sensitive
Minimum CHP decrease/valve: 50 psi
Valve setting: All valves Pvo = Gas Pressure
Injection point: Injection point is an orifice
Dome Pressure correction Yes

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1044 PROSPER

above 1200 psig:

Check Rate conformance with Yes
IPR:
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2
Surface pipe correlation: Beggs and Brill
Use IPR For Unloading: Yes
Orifice sizing on: Calculated dP @ orifice
De-Rating Percentage for 100%
orifice:
Valve series selection: Camco - R20 / Normal

3.1.23.3Step by step procedure

The following step-by-step procedure will help to:
- Recall an existing PROSPER file
- Update the IPR input data
- Describe the gas lift gas PVT
- Design a continuous gas lift system
- Use the model to perform sensitivity on gas lift gas injection rate.
3.1.23.3.1 Defining the options
To start with, open the PROSPER sample file Tutorial_20.out.
Afterwards, select | Options | Options and make the following changes:

Artificial Lift Method: Gas Lift (Continuous)

Artificial Lift Type: No Friction Loss In Annulus

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1045

Select | Done to complete this.

3.1.23.3.2 Description of the gas lift PVT
In order to describe the gas lift gas, select | System | Gas Lift Data and populate the
screen as below:

Variable Value
Gas lift gas gravity: 0.8
H2S mole percent: 0
CO2 mole percent: 0
N2 mole percent: 0

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1046 PROSPER

At this stage, the following changes can be made:

GLR injected: 0 scf/stb (default)

Gas lift Method: Valve Depths Specified

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.23.3.3 Description of the IPR
Only two changes are required here: the reservoir pressure and the water valid for
the gas lift design.
Reservoir Pressure: 3000 psig
Water Cut: 80 %
All previous inputs remain unchanged.

Select | system | Inflow Performance and make the following changes:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1047

As a quick-check, select | Calculate to generate an IPR like this:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1048 PROSPER

Select | Main to get back to the main screen of PROSPER.

3.1.23.3.4 Description of the Gas Lift Design Conditions

Here are the gas lift design parameters:

Design rate method: Calculated from maximum production

Maximum liquid rate: 30 000 stb/d
Maximum gas available: 10 MMscf/d
Maximum gas available during 10 MMscf/d
unloading:
Flowing top node pressure: 200 psig
Unload top node pressure: 200 psig
Operating Injection pressure: 1500 psig
Kick-off injection pressure: 1500 psig
Desired dP across valve: 50 psig
Maximum Depth of Gas Lift 7500 ft
Injection:
Design water cut: 80%
Minimum valve spacing: 250 ft

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1049

Static gradient of kill fluid: 0.46 psi/ft

Minimum transfer dP: 25 %
Maximum Port size: set by valves series selection
Safety for closure of last 0 psi
unloading valve:
Total GOR: 400
De-rating Percentage for 100%
valves:
Valve type: Casing sensitive
Minimum CHP decrease/valve: 50 psi
Valve setting: All valves Pvo = Gas Pressure
Injection point: Injection point is an orifice
Dome Pressure correction Yes
above 1200 psig:
Check Rate conformance with Yes
IPR:
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2
Surface pipe correlation: Beggs and Brill
Use IPR For Unloading: Yes
Orifice sizing on: Calculated dP @ orifice
De-Rating Percentage for 100%
orifice:
Valve series selection: Camco - R20 / Normal

To start the gas lift design, select | Design | Gas lift | New Well and populate the
screen as shown below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1050 PROSPER

In order to proceed, select | Continue | Get Rate and the following plot is generated
with | OK | Plot:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1051

This performance curve is used by the gas lift design algorithm to define the oil rate
the design will aim to produce.

3.1.23.3.5 Performing the gas lift design

In order to perform the GL design, exit the well performance curve plot (Oil Rate
versus Gas Injected) with | Finish and the select | Design:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1052 PROSPER

After a while, the design is completed and the results can be visualized with the |
Plot tab in the lower half of the screen:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1053

P min represents the minimum pressure drop that could be achieved at a defined depth during
unloading (when injecting at that defined depth).
In other words, as gas lift is carried out and the pressure drop decreases, an optimal gas rate is
achieved before too much is injected allowing the pressure drop to increase due to the friction.
The ‘P min’ point represents the minimum pressure achieved at the defined valve depth as the
optimal gas rate has been reached.

P max represents the maximum pressure drop that could be achieved at a defined depth during
unloading, it is the momentary maximum pressure value at the valve as it closes and the one below
opens.

For more details about the design, select | Finish | Results | Calculate:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1054 PROSPER

Select | Main to exit this screen.

3.1.23.3.6 Transferring the valve depths

Once a design is satisfactory, one needs to transfer the design results. For this,
select | System | Gas Lift Data | Transfer | From Gas Lift Design | OK | Done and the
valve depths are transferred across:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1055

For further calculations, it will be assumed that a fixed depth of injection applies.
Therefore, the "Fixed Depth of Injection" gas lift method will be selected and the
orifice depth entered as bellow:

Afterwards, select | Done and save the file to secure all changes. This completes the
gas lift design.
3.1.23.3.7 System Calculation for a gas-lifted well
Next, sensitivity calculations on gas lift injection rate will be performed with the well
model created.
For this, select | Calculations | System (Vlp + Ipr) | 3 Variables and make the
following changes:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1056 PROSPER

First node Pressure: 250 psig

Water Cut: 80%
Total GOR: 400 scf/stb.

Select | Continue | Reset All and then choose the variable gas lift gas injection rate.
Populate the entry cells with the following values:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1057

Gas Lift Gas Injection Rate: 0, 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 5, 7 & 10 MMscf/d.

With | Continue | Calculate | OK | Plot | System Plot, the following shows:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1058 PROSPER

It can be very useful to plot the oil rate versus the gas lift gas injection rate. For this,
select | Finish | Sensitivity | Variables | Oil Rate Done:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1059

Select | Main to exit this screen.

This completes this tutorial.
3.1.24 Tutorial 24: Intermittent Gas Lift design
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T24_IntermittentGasLiftDesign.OUT
3.1.24.1Introduction to intermittent Gas Lift
Intermittent gas lift is a type of artificial lift that is used in low productivity well. Gas
is injected on a cyclic basis to enable the liquid to build up in the well bore.
The pictures below show the various stages of a cycle in intermittent gas lift from the
instant the bottom valve opens:
Liquid accumulates in the tubing. This is the slug.
When the slug reaches a certain size, gas lift enters the tubing and lift the slug to the
surface.
The static liquid film against the inner diameter of the tubing falls back and the
process is repeated.

PROSPER can be used to design intermittent gas lift systems.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1060 PROSPER

3.1.24.2Statement of the problem

Intermittent gas lift is to be designed for a low productivity well with the following
parameter

PVT Data

Solution GOR: 200 scf/stb

Oil Gravity: 28 API
Gas Gravity: 0.6
Water Salinity: 100000 ppm
Gas impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): 0%
Bubble point pressure at 170 degF 1650 psig
Oil FVF at 170 degF and 1650 psig: 1.098 rb/stb
Oil Viscosity: 2.5 cp

IPR data

Reservoir model: PI entry

Reservoir pressure: 1800 psig
Reservoir temperature: 170 degF
Water Cut: 80%
Total GOR: 200 scf/stb
Compaction permeability reduction model: No
Relative permeability: No
Productivity Index 1 stb/d/psi

Down hole equipment data

Deviation survey

Measured depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
7500 7500

Down hole equipment data

Equipment Measured Inside Outside Roughness in

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1061

type Depth in ft Diameter in diameter in inches

inches inches
Xmas 0 N/A N/A N/A
Tubing 7400 1.703 2.375 0.0006
Casing 7500 6.1 6.5 0.0006

Geothermal gradient

Measured depth in ft Static Formation Temperature

0 0
7500 170

Overall Heat Transfer coefficient: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F

Intermittent gas lift data

Surface Injection Pressure: 1500 psig

Injection depth: 7000 ft
Gas lift gas gravity: 0.6 (Air = 1)
Well Head Flowing Pressure: 50 psig
Valve Port Size: 32/64 inches
Water Cut: 80%
Liquid level in the tubing: 4500 ft

3.1.24.3Step by step procedure

The step by step procedure can be divided into two segments:
- Setting up of the PROSPER model and
- Performing the design of the gas lift system
3.1.24.3.1 Setting up the PROSPER model
The procedure of setting up the PROSPER model is identical to the one described in
tutorial 1.

System options

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1062 PROSPER

From the main Prosper screen, select | Options | Options and make the following
changes:

Artificial lift - Method: Gas Lift (Intermittent)

Artificial lift - Type: Gas lift

Select | Done to complete this.

PVT data

Select | PVT | Input Data and enter the fluid stock tank properties as shown below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1063

Solution GOR: 200 scf/stb

Oil Gravity: 28 API
Gas Gravity: 0.6
Water Salinity: 100000 ppm
Gas impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): 0%

In order to enter the match data, select | Match data and enter the fluid properties at
down hole conditions as shown below:

Bubble point pressure at 170 degF 1650 psig

Oil FVF at 170 degF and 1650 psig: 1.098 rb/stb
Oil Viscosity: 2.5 cp

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1064 PROSPER

In order to match the PVT correlation to the down hole PVT data, select | Done |
Regression | Match All | OK | Parameters:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1065

Ideally, Parameter 1, which is a multiplier, should be close to unity whereas the shift
(Parameter 2) is expected to be around nil.
Given the results of the regression, the Glaso correlation will be used for bubble
point, solution GOR and oil FVF whereas the Beal et all correlation will be selected
for the oil viscosity.
Select | Done | Done and this is how the PVT data entry screen looks like:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1066 PROSPER

Note: a flashing message should indicate that the PVT have been matched. It
should be ensured that the Glaso along with the Beal et al correlations have been
selected on this screen.

Select | Done to complete the fluid PVT data entry.

Equipment Data Entry

From the main PROSPER screen select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All |
Edit to start the equipment data entry with the deviation survey:

Measured depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
7500 7500

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1067

Select | Done | Cancel to enter the down hole equipment described below:

Down hole equipment data

Equipment Measured Inside Outside Roughness in

type Depth in ft Diameter in diameter in inches

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1068 PROSPER

inches inches
Xmas 0 N/A N/A N/A
Tubing 7400 1.703 2.375 0.0006
Casing 7500 6.1 6.5 0.0006

Select | Done to proceed with the entry of the geothermal gradient and the overall
heat transfer coefficient:

Geothermal gradient

Measured depth in ft Static Formation Temperature

0 70
7500 170

Overall Heat Transfer coefficient: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1069

Select | Done | Done | Done to complete the description of the equipment.

In order to describe the well inflow, select | system | Inflow Performance Relationship
and make the following entries:

IPR data

Reservoir model: PI entry

Reservoir pressure: 1800 psig
Reservoir temperature: 170 degF
Water Cut: 80%

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1070 PROSPER

Total GOR: 200 scf/stb

Compaction permeability reduction model: No
Relative permeability: No
Productivity Index 1 stb/d/psi

To enter the well productivity index,select | Input Data in the the top right corner of
the screen:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1071

Now select | Calculate and an IPR curve is generated as shown below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1072 PROSPER

Select | Main to return to the PROSPER main screen.

3.1.24.3.2 Design of the intermittent gas lift

In order to perform an intermittent gas lift design, select | Design | Intermittent Gas
lift design and populate the input screen as shown:

Intermittent gas lift data

Surface Injection Pressure: 1500 psig

Injection depth: 7000 ft
Well Head Flowing Pressure: 50 psig
Valve Port Size: 32/64 inches
Water Cut: 80%
Liquid level in the tubing: 4500 ft

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1073

For the design of the unloading valves, 2 options are currently available in
PROSPER:
- the constant surface closing pressure method and
- the optiflow flow design procedure.
To use either valve design option, simply select | Valves and make the relevant
choice.
3.1.24.3.3 Constant Surface Closing Pressure design
When a well is not producing, then fluid accumulates inside the well bore.
For a gas lifted well, the tubing - annulus space through which gas lift is injected into
the tubing can be filled with liquid that covers the the injection valve. Therefore, in
order to kick-start the well, there is need to empty the annulus at least until the
injection orifice / valve is uncovered. This is process of unloading requires the
installation valves.
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 1074 PROSPER

One design method is the "constant surface closing pressure" design method. As the
name suggests, the unloading valves are set in such a way that they all close at the
same user-defined constant casing head pressure which is generally between 100
and 200 psi below the available surface injection pressure.

In order to design the unloading valves, select | Design | Intermittent Gas Lift Design
| Valves | Constant Surface Closing Pressure

Now enter the design parameters as done below:

Surface injection pressure (during 1500 psig

unloading):

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1075

Unloading gradient: 0.45 psi/ft

Spacing factor: 0.2 psi/ft
Well head pressure: 50 psig
Surface closing pressure: 1300 psig (generally 100 - 200 psi lower
than injection pressure
Maximum Injection depth: 7000 ft

The spacing factor corresponds to the minimum pressure gradient inside the tubing.
It depends upon flow rate and tubing size and generally varies between 0.04 psi/ft
and 0.2 psi/ft.

The valves depths are calculated and displayed along with the spacing pressure, the
closing and the injection pressure.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1076 PROSPER

3.1.24.3.4 OptiFlow Gas Lift Valve Design method

Another design method for the spacing of the unloading valves for an intermittent
gas lift system is the optiflow method.
According to the author (Handbook of Gas Lift by Axelson, US industries Inc., 1959 -
Intermittent Opti-Flow Section) the method is suitable for wells with little or no
information about the well potential.

In order to design the unloading valves with the optiflow method, select | Design |
Intermittent Gas Lift Design | Valves | Optiflow Design Procedure.
Now populate the design screen with the data provided:

Surface injection pressure (during 1500 psig

unloading):
Unloading gradient: 0.45 psi/ft
Static BHFP: 1800 psig
Well head pressure: 50 psig
Maximum Injection depth: 7000 ft

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1077

Once the input data have been entered, select | Calculate and the static liquid level
is calculated.
The method assumes a DP of 100 psi to open the valve.
The valves spacing lines are computed for 30% and 90% of the surface opening
pressure above the static liquid level.
Below the static liquid level, the spacing lines are drawn for 55 and 85% of the
surface opening pressure.

With | Plot, the following graph is displayed:

Select | Done | Done | Done to complete th

3.1.25 Tutorial 25: Coiled Tubing Gas Lift Design

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T25_CoiledTubingGasLiftDesign.OUT

This example builds upon tutorial 20. For beginners, it is recommended to work
through tutorial 20 before starting with this one.
The main objectives of this example are to:
· Modify the Tutorial_20.out PROSPER file created in tutorial 20.
· Find the maximum production rate achievable using gas lift.
· Determine the optimum lift gas injection rate and depth.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1078 PROSPER

· Design the operating and unloading valves.

This example demonstrates how to:

· Setup the gas lift design parameters.
· Calculate the design production and gas injection rates.
· Space out the valves.
· Determine the valve trim sizes and dome pressures.
· Calculate production sensitivities using the gaslift design.

The design assumes that the reservoir pressure will drop to 3000 psig and that the
water cut will rise to 80%.

This example will guide you through opening the existing Tutorial_20.out file,
changing the calculation options and reservoir conditions, performing the design and
finally saving the file under a new name.

3.1.25.1Statement of the Problem

In tutorial 2, a PROSPER well model was built for a naturally flowing oil.
In tutorial 3, the model was updated with PVT calibration.
In tutorial 20, the well model was matched against actual well test data.

This tutorial 25 is built on tutorial 20.

The well has now been in production for some time. Reservoir pressure has
declined, water cut has increased and well deliverability has reduced.
To improve well productivity, the well will be converted to a gas lifted well with coiled
tubing.
3.1.25.2Input Data For Continuous GL design with Coiled Tubing
For a gas lift design, the following inputs are required:
- PVT data,
- Reservoir data,
- Well equipment data
- Lift gas PVT and the coiled tubing Gas lift design parameters
3.1.25.2.1 PVT Data
In this tutorial, the file from Tutorial 20 will be used that already contains a matched
PVT model.
3.1.25.2.2 Reservoir Data for GL design
In this tutorial, the file from Tutorial 20 will be used that already contains all the IPR
description required.
For the gas lift design tutorial, the following conditions apply.
Reservoir Pressure: 3000 psig
Water Cut: 80 %

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1079

All previous inputs remain unchanged.

3.1.25.2.3 Equipment Data
In this tutorial, the file from Tutorial 20 will be used that already contains all the
equipment description required.
3.1.25.2.4 Coiled Tubing Gas Lift design parameters
Gas lift gas PVT:

Variable Value
Gas lift gas gravity: 0.8
H2S mole percent: 0
CO2 mole percent: 0
N2 mole percent: 0

Gas lift design conditions:

Maximum gas available: 10 MMscf/d

Maximum gas available during 10 MMscf/d
unloading:
Flowing top node pressure: 200 psig
Unload top node pressure: 200 psig
Operating Injection pressure: 1500 psig
Kick-off injection pressure: 1500 psig
Desired dP across valve: 50 psig
Maximum Depth of Gas Lift 7500 ft
Injection:
Design water cut: 80%
Static gradient of kill fluid: 0.46 psi/ft
Total GOR: 400 scf/stb
Design Rate Method: Calculated From Max Production
Maximum Liquid Rate: 30000 stb/d
Check Rate conformance with Yes
IPR:
Use IPR For Unloading: Yes
Orifice sizing on: Calculated dP @ orifice

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1080 PROSPER

Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2

Surface pipe correlation: Beggs and Brill

3.1.25.3Step by step procedure

The following step-by-step procedure will help to:
- Recall an existing PROSPER file
- Update the IPR input data
- Describe the gas lift gas PVT
- Design a continuous gas lift system
- Use the model to perform sensitivity on gas lift gas injection rate.
3.1.25.3.1 Defining the options
To start with, open the PROSPER sample file Tutorial_20.out.
Afterwards, select | Options | Options and make the following changes:

Artificial Lift Method: Coiled Tubing Gas Lift

Artificial Lift Type: No Friction Loss In Annulus

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1081

Select | Done to complete this.

3.1.25.3.2 Gas lift PVT and CT Data
In order to describe the gas lift gas, select | System | Coiled Tubing Data and
populate the screen as below:

Gas lift PVT

Variable Value
Gas lift gas gravity: 0.8
H2S mole percent: 0
CO2 mole percent: 0
N2 mole percent: 0

Coiled Tubing Data

Variable Value
Coiled Tubing Inside Diameter: 0.8 inches
Coiled tubing thickness: 0.2 inches
Coiled tubing inside 0.0006 inches
roughness:
Coiled Tubing Outside 0.0006 inches
Roughness:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1082 PROSPER

Note that in the event a coiled tubing gas lift has already been designed, then one
will simply populate this screen and then proceed with the system calculations.

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.25.3.3 Description of the IPR
Only two changes are required here: the reservoir pressure and the water valid for
the gas lift design.
Reservoir Pressure: 3000 psig
Water Cut: 80 %
All previous inputs remain unchanged.

Select | system | Inflow Performance and make the following changes:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1083

As a quick-check, select | Calculate to generate an IPR like this:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1084 PROSPER

Select | Main to get back to the main screen of PROSPER.

3.1.25.3.4 Description of the CT Gas Lift Design Conditions

Here are the CT gas lift design parameters:

Maximum gas available: 10 MMscf/d

Maximum gas available during 10 MMscf/d
unloading:
Flowing top node pressure: 200 psig
Unload top node pressure: 200 psig
Operating Injection pressure: 2000 psig
Kick-off injection pressure: 2000 psig
Desired dP across valve: 50 psig
Maximum Depth of Gas Lift 7500 ft
Injection:
Design water cut: 80%
Static gradient of kill fluid: 0.46 psi/ft
Total GOR: 400 scf/stb

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1085

Design Rate Method: Calculated From Max Production

Maximum Liquid Rate: 30000 stb/d
Check Rate conformance with Yes
IPR:
Use IPR For Unloading: Yes
Orifice sizing on: Calculated dP @ orifice
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2
Surface pipe correlation: Beggs and Brill

To start the coiled tubing (CT) gas lift design, select | Design | Coiled Tubing Gas lift
and populate the screen as shown below:

In order to proceed, select | Continue | Get Rate |OK | Plot:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1086 PROSPER

This performance curve is used by the gas lift design algorithm to define the oil rate
the design will aim to produce.

3.1.25.3.5 Performing the CT gas lift design

In order to perform the coiled tubing (CT) Gas Lift design, exit the well performance
curve plot (Oil Rate versus Gas Injected) with | Finish and the select | Design:

After a while, the design is completed and the results can be visualized with the |
Plot tab in the lower half of the screen:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1087

Note that the bottom section of the screen displays the results of the design. The
results can be transferred to the

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1088 PROSPER

Select | Main to exit this screen.

3.1.25.3.6 Fixing the CT injection depth

Once a design is satisfactory, one needs to transfer the design results. For this,
select | System | Coiled Tubing Gas Lift Data
and populate the screen as follow:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1089

Afterwards, select | Done and save the file to secure all changes. This completes the
gas lift design.
3.1.25.3.7 System Calculation for a CT gas-lifted well
Next, sensitivity calculations on gas lift injection rate will be performed with the well
model created.
For this, select | Calculations | System (Vlp + Ipr) | 3 Variables and make the
following changes:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1090 PROSPER

First node Pressure: 250 psig

Water Cut: 80%
Total GOR: 400 scf/stb.

Select | Continue | Reset All and then choose the variable gas lift gas injection rate.
Populate the entry cells with the following values:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1091

Gas Lift Gas Injection Rate: 0, 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 5, 7 & 10 MMscf/d.

With | Continue | Calculate | OK | Plot | System Plot, the following shows:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1092 PROSPER

It can be very useful to plot the oil rate versus the gas lift gas injection rate. For this,
select | Finish | Sensitivity | Variables | Oil Rate Done:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1093

Select | Main to exit this screen.

This completes this tutorial.
3.1.26 Tutorial 26: ESP Design
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T26_ESPDesign.OUT

This example is based upon tutorial 20. For beginners, it is recommended to work
through tutorial 20 before starting with this one.
The main objectives of this example are to:
· Modify the the PROSPER file created in tutorial 20.
· Find the the ESP system required to produce a given flow rate.

This example demonstrates how to:

· Design an ESP system
· Calculate sensitivities on pump frequency.

The design assumes that the reservoir pressure will drop to 3000 psig and that the
water cut have risen to 80%.
This example will guide you through opening the existing PROSPER file from tutorial
20, which name starts with T20_xxx.OUT and changing the calculation options and
reservoir conditions, performing the design and finally saving the file under a new
name.

3.1.26.1Statement of the Problem

In tutorial 2, a PROSPER well model was built for a naturally flowing oil.
In tutorial 3, the model was updated with PVT calibration.
In tutorial 20, the well model was matched against actual well test data.

This tutorial 23 is built on tutorial 20.

The well has now been in production for some time. Reservoir pressure has
declined, water cut has increased and well deliverability has reduced.
To improve well productivity, the well will be converted to an ESP-lifted well.
3.1.26.2Input Data For ESP design
For a gas lift design, the following inputs are required:
- PVT data,
- IPR data,
- Well equipment data
- ESP design parameters
3.1.26.2.1 PVT Data
In this tutorial, the file Tutorial_20 will be used that already contains a matched PVT.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1094 PROSPER

3.1.26.2.2 Reservoir Data for ESP design

In this tutorial, the file Tutorial_20 will be used that already contains all the IPR
description required.
For the gas lift design tutorial, the following conditions apply.
Reservoir Pressure: 3000 psig
Water Cut: 80 %
All previous inputs remain unchanged.
3.1.26.2.3 Equipment Data
In this tutorial, the file Tutorial_20 will be used that already contains all the
equipment description required.
Since the ESP has to fit inside of the casing, additional details are required for the
down hole equipment description.
These details are:

Tubing Outer Diameter: 4.5 inches throughout.

Casing Internal Diameter: 8.3 inches throughout
3.1.26.2.4 ESP design parameters

ESP design conditions:

Pump Depth (Measured): 7000 ft

Operating Frequency: 60 Hertz
Maximum Pump Outer 6 inches
Diameter:
Length of cable: 7000 ft
Gas separator efficiency: 0%
Design liquid rate: 12 000 stb/d
Water Cut: 80%
Total GOR: 400 scf/stb
Top Node Pressure: 250 psig
Motor Power Safety Margin: 0%
Pump Wear Factor: 0%
Surface pipe correlation: Beggs and Brill
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2
Gas de-Rating model: None

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1095

3.1.26.3Step by step procedure

The following step-by-step procedure will help to:
- Recall an existing PROSPER file
- Update the IPR input data
- Complete the down hole description
- Design an ESP lift system
- Use the model to perform sensitivity on pump frequency.
3.1.26.3.1 Defining the options
To start with, open the PROSPER sample file Tutorial_20.out.
Afterwards, select | Options | Options and make the following changes:

Artificial Lift Method: Electrical Submersible Pump

Select | Done to complete this.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1096 PROSPER

3.1.26.3.2 Description of the well down hole equipment

In this tutorial, the file Tutorial_20 will be used that already contains all the
equipment description required.
Since the ESP has to fit inside of the casing, additional details are required for the
down hole equipment description.
These details are:

Tubing Outer Diameter: 4.5 inches throughout.

Casing Internal Diameter: 8.3 inches throughout
Roughness: 0.0018 inches throughout

Select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | Downhole to complete the down hole
description as shown below:

Select | Main to complete this step.

3.1.26.3.3 Description of the IPR
Only two changes are required here: the reservoir pressure and the water valid for
the gas lift design.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1097

Reservoir Pressure: 3000 psig

Water Cut: 80 %
All previous inputs remain unchanged.

Select | system | Inflow Performance and make the following changes:

As a quick-check, select | Calculate to generate an IPR like this:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1098 PROSPER

Select | Main to get back to the main screen of PROSPER.

3.1.26.3.4 Description of the ESP Design Conditions

Here are the ESP lift design parameters:

Pump Depth (Measured): 7000 ft

Operating Frequency: 60 Hertz
Maximum Pump Outer 6 inches
Diameter:
Length of cable: 7000 ft
Gas separator efficiency: 0%
Design liquid rate: 12 000 stb/d
Water Cut: 80%
Total GOR: 400 scf/stb
Top Node Pressure: 250 psig
Motor Power Safety Margin: 0%
Pump Wear Factor: 0%
Surface pipe correlation: Beggs and Brill

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1099

Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2

Gas de-Rating model: None

To start the ESP design, select | Design | Electrical Submersible Pump and populate
the screen as shown below:

At design stage, it is recommended to start with not gas separation, assess the need
for gas separation using the the Dunbar Plot before making a decision.
3.1.26.3.5 Performing the ESP design
In order to perform the ESP design, select | Calculate | Calculate | OK:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1100 PROSPER

The screen above summarizes all the parameters required to choose a pump
system.

In order to assess the need for down hole gas separation, select | Sensitivity to
visualize the Dunbar plot:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1101

The Dunbar plot is an empirical relation that can be interpreted as follow: if the test
point is above the red curve, then down holw gas separation is not required.
Otherwise, down hole gas separation is recommended.
In this example, down hole separation is not needed.

Select | Finish | Done to return to the ESP design screen.

Now select | Design and select the Pump, the motor and the cable as below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1102 PROSPER

In order to see the pump performance curve, select | Plot

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1103

Select | Main to exit this screen.

3.1.26.3.6 System Calculation for an ESP-lifted well

Next, sensitivity calculations on pump frequency will be performed with the well
model created.
For this, select | Calculations | System (Vlp + Ipr) | 3 Variables and make the
following changes:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1104 PROSPER

First node Pressure: 250 psig

Water Cut: 80%
Total GOR: 400 scf/stb.

Select | Continue | Reset All and then choose the variable operating frequency.
Populate the entry cells with the following values:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1105

Operating frequencies: 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70 Hz.

With | Continue | Calculate | OK | Plot | System Plot, the following shows:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1106 PROSPER

The following aspects need to be considered when interpreting the VLP/ IPR plot for
an ESP-lifted well.

At the reference depth, the IPR is computed.

At the pump depth, the Pump Intake Pressure is computed
At the discharge of the pump, PROSPER compute the pump discharge pressure at
the pump depth.
The VLP is computed between the top node pressure and the discharge of the
pump.
Therefore, the solution rate is the intersection between pump discharge pressure
and VLP.
All plots can be visualized | Variables. Now select the pertinent curves as done
below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1107

Select | Done and the following plot shows:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1108 PROSPER

It can be very useful to plot the oil rate versus the pump operating frequency. For this, select
| Finish | Sensitivity | Variables | Oil Rate Done:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1109

Finally, it is always recommended to compare the pump operating conditions with

the pump performance curve.
For this, select | Finish | Solution Details | Pump Plot and this is what shows:

This example shows the pump operates inside the recommended envelope for all
conditions considered.

Select | Main to exit this screen.

This completes this tutorial.

3.1.26.3.7 Notes on system plot (VLP+IPR) for ESP-lifted wells
When an ESP is present in the well, the nodal analysis is carried out at the bottom of
the well rather than the bottom hole:

Naturally flowing production well:

For a naturally flowing well, the solution node is placed at the bottom hole which
results in the VLP accounting for the pressure drop from the wellhead to the
bottomhole.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1110 PROSPER

ESP lifted production well:

In the case of an ESP-lifted well, the solution node is placed at the top of the ESP.
This means that the VLP accounts for the pressure drop from the wellhead to the top
of the ESP.
The IPR includes the pressure drop across the reservoir.
The pump intake pressure (PIP) includes the pressure drop across the reservoir
plus the pressure drop in the well up to the pump inlet. This is effectively the well
inflow corrected to the inlet of the pump.
The pump discharge pressure (PDP) includes the pressure drop across the reservoir
plus the pressure drop in the well up to the pump inlet and the pressure gain across

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1111

the ESP.This is effectively the well inflow corrected to the discharge of the pump.
Ultimately, the solution rate is the intersection between the VLP and the PDP.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1112 PROSPER

The resulting IPR is the obtained in the following way:

These plots then combine as seen by the light blue dashed line to give the resulting
IPR within which the ESP effects are felt.
To access the same plot within PROSPER, after running the system calculation,
select: PLOT | SYSTEM PLOT | VARIABLES, the pump intake and discharge
pressure can then be selected and displayed as shown below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1113

3.1.27 Tutorial 27: Design of an Hydraulic Downhole Pump for an oil well
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T27_HSPDesign.OUT

The objectives of this example are to:

· Select a suitable combination of pump and turbine.

This example demonstrates how to:

· Use existing PVT and VLP data as the basis of a new analysis
· Calculate pump intake and outlet pressures
· Design an HSP system
· Evaluate pump operating point sensitivities

3.1.27.1Statement of the Problem

In tutorial 2, a PROSPER well model was built for a naturally flowing oil.
In tutorial 3, the model was updated with PVT calibration.
In tutorial 20, the well model was matched against actual well test data.

This tutorial 26 is built on tutorial 20.

The well has now been in production for some time. Reservoir pressure has
declined, water cut has increased and well deliverability has reduced.
To improve well productivity, the well will be converted to an HSP-lifted well.
The hydraulic submersible pump (HSP) is a type of pump to consider for highly
viscous fluids or high GOR at pump suction conditions.
The program will be used to select an HSP and turbine from the artificial lift database
that fits the design criteria.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1114 PROSPER

3.1.27.2Input Data For HSP design

For a gas lift design, the following inputs are required:
- Produced Fluid PVT data and Power fluid PVT data
- IPR data,
- Well equipment data
- HSP design parameters
3.1.27.2.1 Produced Fluid & Power Fluid PVT Data
In this tutorial, the file Tutorial_20 will be used that already contains a matched PVT.
For the power fluid, the following inputs apply:

HSP Power Fluid Properties:

Power Fluid: Water

Power Fluid Salinity: 10 000 ppm

3.1.27.2.2 Reservoir Data for HSP design

In this tutorial, the file Tutorial_20 will be used that already contains all the IPR
description required.
For the gas lift design tutorial, the following conditions apply.

Reservoir Pressure: 3000 psig

Water Cut: 80 %

All previous inputs remain unchanged.

3.1.27.2.3 Equipment Data
In this tutorial, the file Tutorial_20 will be used that already contains all the
equipment description required.
Since the HSP has to fit inside of the casing, additional details are required for the
down hole equipment description.
These details are:

Tubing Outer Diameter: 4.5 inches throughout.

Casing Internal Diameter: 8.3 inches throughout
3.1.27.2.4 HSP design parameters

HSP design conditions:

Pump Depth (Measured): 7500 ft

Pump maximal Allowable OD: 8 inches
Turbine maximal Allowable 8 inches
OD:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1115

Design liquid rate: 7000 ft

Design liquid rate: 15 000 stb/d
Top Node Pressure: 250 psig
Pump speed: 6000 rpm
Total GOR: 400 scf/stb
Percent Power Fluid Of 50 %
Reservoir Fluid:
Pump Wear Factor: 0%
Surface pipe correlation: Beggs and Brill
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2
Gas de-Rating model: None

3.1.27.3Step by step procedure

The following step-by-step procedure will help to:
- Recall an existing PROSPER file
- Update the IPR input data
- Complete the down hole description
- Design an ESP lift system
- Use the model to perform sensitivity on pump frequency.
3.1.27.3.1 Defining the options
To start with, open the PROSPER sample file Tutorial_20.out.
Afterwards, select | Options | Options and make the following changes:

Artificial Lift Method: Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump

Artificial Lift Type: Commingled Annular Supply

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1116 PROSPER

Select | Done to complete this.

3.1.27.3.2 Produced Fluid & Power Fluid PVT Data
In this tutorial, the file Tutorial_20 will be used that already contains a matched PVT.
For the power fluid, the following inputs apply:

HSP Power Fluid Properties:

Power Fluid: Water

Power Fluid Salinity: 10 000 ppm

Select | PVT | Input Data and make the following entries for the power fluid:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1117

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.27.3.3 Description of the well down hole equipment
In this tutorial, the file Tutorial_20 will be used that already contains all the
equipment description required.
Since the pump has to fit inside of the casing, additional details are required for the
down hole equipment description.
These details are:

Tubing Outer Diameter: 4.5 inches throughout.

Casing Internal Diameter: 8.3 inches throughout
Roughness: 0.0018 inches throughout

Select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | Downhole to complete the down hole
description as shown below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1118 PROSPER

Select | Main to complete this step.

3.1.27.3.4 Description of the IPR
Only two changes are required here: the reservoir pressure and the water valid for
the gas lift design.
Reservoir Pressure: 3000 psig
Water Cut: 80 %
All previous inputs remain unchanged.

Select | system | Inflow Performance and make the following changes:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1119

As a quick-check, select | Calculate to generate an IPR like this:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1120 PROSPER

Select | Main to get back to the main screen of PROSPER.

3.1.27.3.5 HSP Design

Here are the HSP lift design parameters:

Pump Depth (Measured): 7500 ft

Pump maximal Allowable OD: 8 inches
Turbine maximal Allowable 8 inches
OD:
Design liquid rate: 15 000 stb/d
Water Cut of Produced Fluid: 80%
Top Node Pressure: 250 psig
Pump speed: 6000 rpm
Total GOR: 400 scf/stb
Percent Power Fluid Of 50 %
Reservoir Fluid:
Pump Wear Factor: 0%
Surface pipe correlation: Beggs and Brill
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1121

Gas de-Rating model: None

To enter the design parameters, select | Design | Hydraulic Pump and populate the
entry cells as below:

Select | Calculate | Calculate to compute the operating conditions of the pump:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1122 PROSPER

Now select | Done | Design and here select first the pump and then the turbine:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1123

One can display the pump plot with | Pump Plot.

select | Finish to return to the previous screen.

Equally, one can display the turbine plot with | Turbine Plot:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1124 PROSPER

Select | Done.

From the design screen, one can perform directly a system calculation (Vlp + Ipr) to
verify the actual pump performance.

For this select | System | Continue | Reset All | Continue | Calculate | Ok | Plot |
System Plot:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1125

Select | Main to exit this screen.

This completes this tutorial.

3.1.28 Tutorial 28: Sucker Rod Pump Design

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T28_SuckerRodPumpDesign.OUT

The objectives of this example are to:

· Create a new PROSPER file.
· Set the artificial lift options to Sucker Rod Pump.
· Enter the relevant PVT, downhole equipment and IPR data.
· Complete the SRP design and select a suitable pump and rod string
combination.
· Evaluate the pump performance using the system calculation
sensitivities.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1126 PROSPER

3.1.28.1Statement of the Problem

Given PVT data, Reservoir data, SRP design parameters and well completion data,
it is required to:
- Design a sucker rod pump (SRP) for a low rate oil well with a target liquid rate of
200 stb/d.
- Predict the well performance under changing operating conditions
3.1.28.2Input Data for SRP-Design
For a SRP- design, the following data sets are needed:
- PVT data,
- Well equipment data
- Reservoir data
- SRP- design parameters
3.1.28.2.1 Fluid Properties

Solution GOR: 160 scf/stb

Oil Gravity: 25 API
Specific gas gravity: 0.68 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Pb at 130 degF: 1300 psig
Bo @ Pb and 130 degF: 1.06 rb/sb
µ 0 @ Pb and 130 degF: 8.87 cp

3.1.28.2.2 Equipment Data

3.1.28.2.2.1 Deviation Survey

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
3500 3500

3.1.28.2.2.2 Surface Equipment

The surface pipes are not included in this tutorial.
3.1.28.2.2.3 Downhole Equipment

Equipme Measure Tubing Tubing Tubin Tubing Casin Casing

nt Type d Depth ID Inside g OD Inside g ID Inside

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1127

Roughne Roughnes Roughnes

ss s s
ft inches inches inche inches inche inches
s s
Xmas 0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Tubing 3500 2.441 0.0012 2.625 0.0012 6.3 0.0012

3.1.28.2.2.4 Geothermal Gradient

Measured Depth in ft Static Ambient Temperature

0 60
3500 130

Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F

3.1.28.2.2.5 Average Heat Capacities
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this tutorial.
3.1.28.2.3 Inflow Performance Relation

Inflow Performance Data

Reservoir model: PI Entry

Reservoir pressure: 1500 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 130 degF
Water Cut: 80 %
Total GOR: 160 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability model: NO
Relative Permeability: NO
Productivity Index: 0.25 stb/d/psi

3.1.28.2.4 SRP-Design parameters

Anchored Tubing: Yes

Pump depth: 3500 ft
Pump Diameter: 2 inches
Surface stroke length: 48 inches

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1128 PROSPER

Pump Speed: 12 strokes / minutes

Rode Selection - Rod type: Steel Rods
Rod Number: ROD99/04
Gas Anchor Method: Entered
Gas Anchor Efficiency: 0.8 (fraction)
Type: Poor Boy
Annulus Area: 1.5 in2

Further deign parameters are:

Calculation mode: Enter Production Rate, Estimate Stroke

Rate
Pumping Unit Selection: LUFKIN C-320-305-100 LC044
Rod Grad: D
Service Factor: Non-corrosive
Pump Intake Pressure Method: Entered
Mid Perforation Depth: 3500 ft
Design Input - Unit type: Conventional Clockwise
Design Input - Anchored tubing: Yes
Design Input - MidPoint Perforation 3500 ft
depth:
Design Input - Pump Depth: 3500 ft
Design Input - Pump Volumetric 80%
Efficiency:
Design Input - Unit Efficiency: 75%
Design Input - Pump Diameter: 2"
Design Input - Surface Stroke length: 48 "
Design Input - Bottom Hole 130 degF
Temperature:
Design Input - Well Head Temperature: 90 degF
Design Input - Well Head Pressure: 100 psig

3.1.28.3Step by step SRP design

The step-by-step will take the reader through all necessary stages required to:
- Build a PROSPER well model,

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1129

- Design a Sucker Rod Pump for the well

- Use the well model to predict the well performance under changing operating
conditions.

3.1.28.3.1 Options
Select | File | New to open a new PROSPER file.
Afterwards, select | Options | Options and make the following changes:

Artificial Lift Method: Sucker Rod Pump

Select | Done to complete this task.

3.1.28.3.2 PVT Data: Input & Matching
Select | PVT | Input Data and populate the screen as below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1130 PROSPER

Solution GOR: 160 scf/stb

Oil Gravity: 25 API
Specific gas gravity: 0.68 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm

In order to enter the fluid properties at non-standard conditions, select | Match Data
and populate the screen as follow:

Solution GOR: 160 scf/stb

Pb at 130 degF: 1300 psig
Bo @ Pb and 130 degF: 1.06 rb/sb
µ 0 @ Pb and 130 degF: 8.87 cp

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1131

Select | Done | Regression | Match All | OK | Parameters to inspect the statistics of

the non-linear regression:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1132 PROSPER

Parameter 1 is a multiplier and is ideally equal to unity.

Parameter 2 is a shift and is ideally equal to nil.

On the basis of the regression results, the Glaso correlation and Beal et al black oil
correlation will be selected for this tutorial.

Select | Done | Done and ensure that Glaso and Beal et have been effectively
selected as black oil correlations:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1133

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.28.3.3 System Equipment

Select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All | Edit to enter the deviation survey

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
3500 3500

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1134 PROSPER

Select | Done to proceed to the surface equipment screen:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1135

On the surface equipment equipment screen, make sure that the the recommended
ELF choke model is selected.
For validation only, enter:

Temperature of Surroundings: 60 degF

Overall Heat Transfer Coefficicnet: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F.

Select | Done to proceed to the Downhole Equipment description screen:

Equipme Measure Tubing Tubing Tubin Tubing Casin Casing

nt Type d Depth ID Inside g OD Inside g ID Inside
Roughne Roughnes Roughnes
ss s s
ft inches inches inche inches inche inches
s s
Xmas 0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Tubing 3500 2.441 0.0012 2.625 0.0012 6.3 0.0012

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1136 PROSPER

Select | Done to continue to the Geothermal Gradient input screen:

Measured Depth in ft Static Ambient Temperature

0 60
3500 130

Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1137

Select | Done and accept the default average heat capacities with | Default | Done.

Now select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.28.3.4 SRP Data

Select | Sucker Rod Pumps and make the following choices to start with:

Anchored Tubing: Yes

Pump depth: 3500 ft
Pump Diameter: 2 inches

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1138 PROSPER

Surface stroke length: 48 inches

Pump Speed: 12 strokes / minutes
Rode Selection - Rod type: Steel Rods
Rod Number: ROD99/04
Gas Anchor Method: Entered
Gas Anchor Efficiency: 0.8 (fraction)
Type: Cup Type
Annulus Area: 1.5 in2

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1139

Each input made here can be altered later during the design process if judged
necessary.

Note: A gas anchor is a bottom hole gas separator.

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.28.3.5 Inflow Performance Data

Select | System | Inflow Performance and populate the screen as follow:

Reservoir model: PI Entry

Reservoir pressure: 1500 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 130 degF
Water Cut: 80 %
Total GOR: 160 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability model: NO
Relative Permeability: NO
Productivity Index: 0.25 stb/d/psi

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1140 PROSPER

Select | Input Data and enter the productivity index of 0.25 stb/d/psi:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1141

Select | Calculate afterwards to generate an IPR:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1142 PROSPER

Select | Finish to return to the previous screen.

Since the target rate is 200 stb/d, one can estimate the bottom hole flowing pressure
required for this target rate with | Sensitivity | Rate Method "User Selected" and enter
200 stb/d as rate.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1143

Now select | Continue | Continue | Calculate and the IPR pressure required to
produce 200 stb/d is calculated and displayed. It is 651.5 psig.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1144 PROSPER

Select | Main to complete this step.

3.1.28.3.6 SRP Design
Select | Design | Sucker Rod Pump and enter the following design parameters:

Calculation mode: Enter Production Rate, Estimate Stroke

Rate
Target Production Rate: 200 stb/d
Pumping Unit Selection: LUFKIN C-320-305-100 LC044
Rod Grad: D
Service Factor: Non-corrosive
Pump Intake Pressure Method: Entered - 651.5 psig
Mid Perforation Depth: 3500 ft
Design Input - Unit type: Conventional Clockwise

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1145

Design Input - Anchored tubing: Yes

Design Input - MidPoint Perforation 3500 ft
depth:
Design Input - Pump Depth: 3500 ft
Design Input - Pump Volumetric 80%
Efficiency:
Design Input - Unit Efficiency: 75%
Design Input - Pump Diameter: 2"
Design Input - Surface Stroke length: 48 "
Design Input - Bottom Hole 130 degF
Temperature:
Design Input - Well Head Temperature: 90 degF
Design Input - Well Head Pressure: 100 psig

Select | Design | Sucker Rod Pump and enter the design data:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1146 PROSPER

One the data have been properly entered, select | Calculate to complete the design.

It is possible to run sensitivity on the rod with | Rod Sensitivity | Calculate and the
following screen shows:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1147

Select | Done | Done to complete the SRP design.

3.1.28.4Running sensitivities with a SRP-lifted well model

In order to run sensitivity on the pump speed, select | Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp)
| 3 Variables and make the following entries:
© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited
 1148 PROSPER

Top Node Pressure: 100 psig

Water Cut: 80%
Total GOR: 160 scf/stb

Select | Continue and then select the variable "Pumping speed" with the following
values: 12, 14, 16, 18 & 20 strokes/minute

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1149

Proceed with | Continue | Calculate | OK | Plot:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1150 PROSPER

One can see how the predicted flow rate increases with the pumping speed.

This completes this tutorial. Select | Main to exit the screen.

3.1.29 Tutorial 29: Progressive Cavity Pump (PCP) Design
File: ~/samples/T29_PCPDesign.OUT

In this example we will perform a design of a PCP (Progressive cavity pump) in an oil
well.

The objectives of this example are:

· In this example it will be demonstrated how to enter PCP pump data in the
database section
· To perform a Design of a PCP to increase the oil production.
· To perform a Calculation System using a PCP lift system.
3.1.29.1Statement of the Problem
It is intended to design a PCP for an oil well.
Fluid data (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and well equipment data (VLP) are available.
Pump and sucker rod data were obtained from the PCP vendor as well.

It is required to:
- Add the particular PCP pump into the PROSPER database
- Add the sucker rod into the PROSPER database
PROSPER Manual May, 2009
 Examples Guide 1151

- Build a PROSPER model for the oil well

- Design a PCP for the well
- Use the PCP-lifted well model for sensitivity calculations.
3.1.29.2Adding a PCP to the pump database
The following pump characteristics were obtained from the pump supplier:

Manufacturer : Tutorial29
Pump Series : 4"
Pump Model : 400TP1350
Pump Size : 4.72 inches
Maximum Head : 4430 ft
Reference Speed : 500 rpm
Reference Rate : 2534 stb/d
Pump Volume : 34 in3
Pump Length : 28.5433 ft
Stator Pitch : 15.2756 inches
Specific Rotor OD : 1.49606 inches
Rotor Elements : 1

Below are the parameters that describe the performance curve of this specific pump:

Hydraulic Head in ft Actual Flow Rate Speed in rpm Shaft power in hp

in bbl/d
4430 2152 500 110
3000 2342 500 83
1500 2456 500 50

In order to add a PCP to the PROSPER database, select | Design | Database | PCP
| Pumps | Add and enter the pump data as done below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1152 PROSPER

Select | Plot to generate the pump performance curve:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1153

Select | Main to conclude this task.

3.1.29.3Adding a Sucker Rod to the database
The following rod data were obtained from the pump supplier:

Rod Manufacturer : Tutorial29

Rod Name : Rod 1
Rod Inside Diameter : 1 (inches)
Rod Outside Diameter : 1.5 (inches)
Rod Linear Density : 16 (lb/ft)
Young's Modulus : 30602964 (psi)
Thermal Expansion : 7.78E-06 (1/deg F)

Select | Design | DataBase | Sucker Rods | Add and populate the screen as below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1154 PROSPER

Should an invalid error message appears for the Young modulus value, then select |
Done | Cancel | Cancel | Units | Units and then extend the maximum value allowed
for the Young modulus to 15E10 psi:

Afterwards, select | Main | DataBase | Sucker Rods | Add and complete the

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1155

addition of the rod to the database as done below:

Select | Main to complete this task.

3.1.29.4Input Data for PCP-Design
For a SRP- design, the following data sets are needed:
- PVT data,
- Well equipment data
- Reservoir data
- SRP- design parameters
3.1.29.4.1 Fluid Properties

Solution GOR: 100 scf/stb

Oil Gravity: 13 API
Specific gas gravity: 0.67 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 100000 ppm
CO2, N2, H2S content 0%

Pb, Rs & Bo Correlation: Glaso

Oil Viscosity Correlation: Beal et al

3.1.29.4.2 Well Equipment Data

3.1.29.4.2.1 Deviation Survey

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1156 PROSPER

4000 4000

3.1.29.4.2.2 Surface Equipment

The surface pipes are not included in this tutorial.
3.1.29.4.2.3 Downhole Equipment

Equipme Measure Tubing Tubing Tubin Tubing Casin Casing

nt Type d Depth ID Inside g OD Inside g ID Inside
Roughne Roughnes Roughnes
ss s s
ft inches inches inche inches inche inches
s s
Xmas 0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Tubing 4000 2.89 0.0012 3.5 0.0012 8.3 0.0012

3.1.29.4.2.4 Geothermal Gradient

Measured Depth in ft Static Ambient Temperature

0 60
4000 160

Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F

3.1.29.4.2.5 Average Heat Capacities
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this tutorial.
3.1.29.4.3 Inflow Performance Relation

Reservoir Model PI Entry

Reservoir Pressure 1900 psig
Reservoir Temperature 160 degF
Water Cut 80 %
Total GOR 100
Compaction Permeability Reduction Model: No
Relative Permeability: No
Productivity Index: 2.5 stb/d/psi
3.1.29.4.4 PCP-Design parameters

Pump depth: 3500 ft

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1157

Maximum OD: 7 inches

Gas separator efficiency: 0%
Pump Wear Factor: 0%
Design Rate: 2500 stb/d
Rod Number: ROD99/04
Water cut: 80%
Total GOR: 100 scf/stb
Top Node Pressure: 100 psig
Total Rod length: 3500 ft
Pipe Correlation: Beggs and Brill
Tubing Correlation: Petroleum Experts 3 - suitable for viscous oils

3.1.29.5Step by step procedure

3.1.29.5.1 PROSPER Well model set-up

· Model options

From the main menu click Options | Options and make the following changes:

Artificial lift method: Progressive Cavity Pump

Artificial lift type: Sucker Rod Drive

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1158 PROSPER

Select | Done | PVT Input Data to enter the fluid properties:

· PVT Data

Solution GOR: 100scf/stb

Oil Gravity: 13 API
Specific gas gravity: 0.67 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 100000 ppm
CO2, N2, H2S content 0%
Pb, Rs & Bo Correlation: Glaso
Oil Viscosity Correlation: Beal et al

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1159

Select | Done to complete the PVT data entry section.

From the main menu select System | Equipment | All | Edit for the equipment data
entry:

· Equipment Data - Deviation survey

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
4000 4000

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1160 PROSPER

Select | Done to proceed to the surface equipment screen:

· Surface Equipment

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1161

Choke Method: ELF

Temperature of surroundings: 60 degF
Overall Heat Transfer: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F

Select | Done to proceed to the down hole equipment screen:

· Downhole Equipment

Equipme Measure Tubing Tubing Tubin Tubing Casin Casing

nt Type d Depth ID Inside g OD Inside g ID Inside
Roughne Roughnes Roughnes
ss s s
ft inches inches inche inches inche inches
s s
Xmas 0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Tubing 4000 2.89 0.0012 3.5 0.0012 8.3 0.0012

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1162 PROSPER

Select | Done to continue with the geothermal gradient:

· Geothermal gradient

Measured Depth in ft Static Ambient Temperature

0 60
4000 160

Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1163

Select | Done to continue with the | Average heat capacities:

· Average heat capacities

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1164 PROSPER

Select | Done | Done to complete the equipment data entry.

From the main PROSPER screen, select | System | Inflow Performance and make
the following entries:

Reservoir Model PI Entry

Reservoir Pressure 1900 psig
Reservoir Temperature 160 degF
Water Cut 80 %
Total GOR 100
Compaction Permeability Reduction Model: No
Relative Permeability: No
Productivity Index: 2.5 stb/d/psi

Select Input Data to enter the well productivity index of 2.5 stb/d/psi:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1165

In order to visualise the inflow curve, select | Calculate:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1166 PROSPER

Select | Main to complete the model set-up.

3.1.29.5.2 PCP Design procedure
In order to start the PCP design, select | Design | Progressive Cavity Pump and then
populate the screen as follow:

Pump depth: 3500 ft

Maximum OD: 7 inches
Gas separator efficiency: 0%
Pump Wear Factor: 0%
Design Rate: 2500 stb/d
Rod Number: ROD99/04
Water cut: 80%
Total GOR: 100 scf/stb
Top Node Pressure: 100 psig
Total Rod length: 3500 ft
Pipe Correlation: Beggs and Brill
Tubing Correlation: Petroleum Experts 3 - suitable for viscous oils

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1167

Afterwards, select | Calculate | Calculate to trigger the key pump design

performance:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1168 PROSPER

The next step is to select | Done | Design and then select the pump and the rod as
done below:

Select | Done | Done and this completes the PCP design

3.1.29.5.3 PCP sensitivity calculation

In the following, we will sensitize on pump speed: 100, 200, 300, 400 and 500 rpm:

For this, select | Calculation | System (Ipr+Vlp) | 3 Variables and make the following
changes:

Top Node Pressure: 100 psig

Water Cut: 80%
Total GOR: 100 scf/stb
Surface Equipment Correlation: Beggs and Brill
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 3
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1169

Select | Continue | Select the variable "Pump speed" and enter the sensitivity values
as done below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1170 PROSPER

Now proceed with | Continue | Calculate | OK | Plot | System Plot | Variables to

select the variables of interest:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1171

Select | Done afterwards to see the system plot:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1172 PROSPER

Select | Finish to return to the previous menu where the numerical values of the
system calculation are displayed:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1173

Note that one can scroll through the various sensitivity variables and the screen is
update automatically.
Select | Main and this completes this tutorial.

3.1.30 Tutorial 30: Modelling Diluent Injection into an oil well

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T30_DiluentInjection.OUT

In this example we will install diluent injection at the bottom of the production tubing
string.

The objectives of this example are:

· Create a new PROSPER file and set up the file options.

· Perform a system calculation to investigate diluent injection on well performance.
3.1.30.1Statement of the Problem
The purpose of this tutorial is to show how to quantify the impact of diluent injection
rate on well production rate.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1174 PROSPER

The following steps will be carried out during this tutorial:

· Create a PROSPER model

· Perform a System Calculation with the following boundary conditions:

Well Head Flowing pressure: 75 psig

Water Cut: 95%
Total GOR: 1500 scf/stb
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 3

3.1.30.2Input Data
To model diluent injection in an oil well using PROSPER, the following data sets are
needed:
- Produced Fluid and diluent PVT data,
- Well equipment data
- Reservoir data
- Diluent injection depth and diluent injection rate
3.1.30.2.1 Produced Fluid & Diluent PVT
The properties of both produced fluid and diluent fluid are required.

Produced Fluid PVT:

Solution GOR: 150 scf/stb

Oil Gravity: 25 API
Specific gas gravity: 0.67 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 70 000 ppm
CO2, N2, H2S content 0%
Pb, Rs & Bo Correlation: Glaso
Oil Viscosity Correlation: Beal et al

Diluent Fluid PVT:

Specific gravity of diluent fluid: 10 API

Diluent FVF at 185 degF and 2250 psig: 1 rb/stb

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1175

Diluent viscosity at 185 degF and 2250 psig: 0.3 cp

It should be noted that when available, a full description of the diluent fluid PVT at
different pressure and temperature can be entered as look-up table in PROSPER.
3.1.30.2.2 Well Equipment Data
· Deviation Survey

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
8000 8000

· Surface Equipment

NONE

· Downhole Equipment

Equipme Measure Tubing Tubing Tubin Tubing Casin Casing

nt Type d Depth ID Inside g OD Inside g ID Inside
Roughne Roughnes Roughnes
ss s s
ft inches inches inche inches inche inches
s s
Xmas 0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Tubing 8000 1.995 0.0006 2.375 0.0006 6 0.0006

· Geothermal gradient

Measured Depth in ft Static Ambient Temperature

0 45
8000 185

Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F

· Average Heat Capacities

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1176 PROSPER

The default average heat capacity values will be used for this tutorial.
3.1.30.2.3 Inflow Performance Data

Reservoir Model PI Entry

Reservoir Pressure 2800 psig
Reservoir Temperature 185 degF
Water Cut 90 %
Total GOR 1500 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction Model: No
Relative Permeability: No
Productivity Index: 2.7 stb/d/psi
3.1.30.2.4 Diluent Injection Data
Measured Diluent Injection 6000 ft, 6500 ft, 7000 ft, 7500 ft & 7800 ft
depth:
Diluent Injection rate: 10 values from 0 stb/d with 50 stb/d increment

3.1.30.3Step by step procedure

3.1.30.3.1 PROSPER Well model set-up

· Model options

From the main menu click Options | Options and make the following changes:

Artificial lift method: Diluent Injection

Artificial lift type: Annular Injection - Tubing Production

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1177

Select | Done | PVT Input Data to enter the fluid properties:

· PVT Data

The properties of both produced fluid and diluent fluid are required.

Produced Fluid PVT:

Solution GOR: 150 scf/stb

Oil Gravity: 25 API
Specific gas gravity: 0.67 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 70 000 ppm
CO2, N2, H2S content 0%
Pb, Rs & Bo Correlation: Glaso

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1178 PROSPER

Oil Viscosity Correlation: Beal et al

To enter the diluent properties, select | Properties in the bottom right corner of the
screen

Diluent Fluid PVT:

Specific gravity of diluent fluid: 10 API

Diluent FVF at Pres and Tres: 1 rb/stb
Diluent viscosity at Pres and Tres: 0.3 cp

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1179

Because the the diluent lookup PVT contains a single point in a single table, the
program will use the same FVF and viscosity throughout.
If more points are entered, the algorithm will interpolate to find the viscosity and
formation volume factor of the diluent as function of pressure and temperature.

Select | Main to complete the data entry in the PVT section.

From the main menu select System | Equipment | All | Edit for the equipment data
entry:

· Equipment Data - Deviation survey

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
8000 8000

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1180 PROSPER

Select | Done to proceed to the surface equipment screen:

· Surface Equipment

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1181

Choke Method: ELF

Temperature of surroundings: 60 degF
Overall Heat Transfer: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F

Select | Done to proceed to the down hole equipment screen:

· Downhole Equipment

Equipme Measure Tubing Tubing Tubin Tubing Casin Casing

nt Type d Depth ID Inside g OD Inside g ID Inside
Roughne Roughnes Roughnes
ss s s
ft inches inches inche inches inche inches
s s
Xmas 0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Tubing 8000 1.995 0.0006 2.375 0.0006 6 0.0006

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1182 PROSPER

Select | Done to continue with the geothermal gradient:

· Geothermal gradient

Measured Depth in ft Static Ambient Temperature

0 45
8000 185

Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1183

Select | Done to continue with the | Average heat capacities:

· Average heat capacities

Select | Done | Done to complete the equipment data entry.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1184 PROSPER

From the main PROSPER screen, select | System | Inflow Performance and make
the following entries:

Reservoir Model PI Entry

Reservoir Pressure 2800 psig
Reservoir Temperature 185 degF
Water Cut 90 %
Total GOR 1500 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction Model: No
Relative Permeability: No
Productivity Index: 2.7 stb/d/psi

Select Input Data to enter the well productivity index of 2.7 stb/d/psi:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1185

In order to visualize the inflow curve, select | Calculate:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1186 PROSPER

Select | Main to return to the main PROSPER screen.

· Diluent injection data

Select | System | Diluent Injection and populate the screen as done below:

Measured Diluent Injection 6000 ft

depth:
Diluent Injection rate: 10 values from 0 stb/d with 50 stb/d increment

Here a constant diluent injection of nil stb/d will be entered. This constant injection

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1187

rate will be overwritten when sensitizing in the variable diluent injection rate during
any subsequent calculation.
Likewise, the dilluent injection depth is a sensitivity variable during the system
calculations.

Select | Done to complete the model set-up.

3.1.30.4Calculating Sensitivites

To run system calculations, select Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp) 3-Variable :

Well Head Flowing pressure: 75 psig

Water Cut: 95%
Total GOR: 1500 scf/stb
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 3

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1188 PROSPER

Select | Continue, choose the sensitivity variables and enter the following data:

Measured Diluent Injection 6000 ft, 6500 ft, 7000 ft, 7500 ft & 7800 ft
depth:
Diluent Injection rate: 10 values from 0 stb/d with 50 stb/d increment

Select | Continue | Calculate | OK and then use the thumb buttons to review the

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1189

tabular results:

Select | Plot | System Plot to see the graphical solution (to zoom in on the plot, left
click and drag a box over the solution area):

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1190 PROSPER

An alternative representation of the results would consist in displaying the flow rate
as function of diluent injection rate. For this, select | System | Sensitivity | Variables
amd make the following selections:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1191

Select | Done and the following graphical representation is displayed:

Two main conclusions can be drawn from the sensitivity plot:

- the deeper the injection depth, the higher the flow rate.
- for each injection depth, there is an optimum diluent inject rate, which is the
maximum on each curve.

Select | Main.
This completes this tutorial.
3.1.31 Tutorial 31: Modelling Multiphase Pump with PROSPER
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T31_MultiphasePumpOnSeabed.OUT

Multi-phase pumps enable non-processed well stream fluids to be boosted, providing

a benefit to improving well performance. Multi-phase pump application also benefits
deep water installations.
3.1.31.1Statement of the Problem
In tutorial 2, a PROSPER well model was built for a naturally flowing oil.
In tutorial 3, the model was updated with PVT calibration.
In tutorial 20, the well model was matched against actual well test data.

This tutorial 31 is built on tutorial 20.

The well has now been in production for some time. Reservoir pressure has
declined, water cut has increased, free gas is being produced and well deliverability

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1192 PROSPER

has reduced.
To improve well productivity, the a multiphase pump will be installed at the well head
to booster the production.

3.1.31.2Model Set Up
From the main menu click Options | Options and select the following options:

Artificial Lift Method: Multiphase Pump

Type: Framo Pumps

From the main menu select System | Inflow Performance and make the following
changes to the IPR data:

Reservoir Pressure 2400 psig

Water Cut 50 Percent

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1193

GOR: 1000 scf/stb

Introducing multiphase booster pump and riser

From the main menu select System | Equipment and click on All | Edit and
complete the following sections:
· The deviation survey will not be changed. Select Done to move to the surface
equipment section
· Enter just 50 ft of pipe between the pump and the pump followed by 1000 ft of
riser with an internal diameter of 6 inches.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1194 PROSPER

Ambient temperature: 50 degF

Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F

Select | Plot to visualize the topography of the piping system:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1195

Select Finish | Main to revert to the main PROSPER screen.

Select | Finish | Done and ensure that the well head is at 1000 ft as done below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1196 PROSPER

Equally, the geothermal gradient needs to include a point at the well head depth of
1000 ft:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1197

Select | Main to return to the PROSPER main screen.

Afterwards, select System | MultiPhase Pumps and enter the following data:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1198 PROSPER

Select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

3.1.31.3Calculating Sensitivies

To run sensitivities on the selected pump for e.g. different reservoir pressures, water
cuts, etc., the System (Ipr + Vlp) 3-Variable calculation will be used that can be
selected via the Calculation menu option.

Enter the following data:

Top Node Pressure: 1000 psig

Water Cut: 50%
Total GOR: 1000
Rate Method: User Selected
Rate generation method: Linear Spacing
First value: 1000 stb/d
Last value: 20 000 stb/d
Number 20

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1199

This is how the screen looks like once the rates have been generated or populated by hand:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1200 PROSPER

· Click Continue and enter the following sensitivity data:

Click Continue | Calculate.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1201

Using the thumb buttons on the tabular results screen, one can observe that as the
power available increases the the flow rate increases. This is better demonstrated
with the | Sensitivity button and by selecting liquid rate under | Variables:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1202 PROSPER

multi-phase pump.

Different pumps can be evaluated by returning to the main PROSPER screen and
selecting System | MultiPhase Pumps then selecting a different pump from the
Current Pump drop-down dialogue box and re-running the system calculation to
evaluate well performance and multi-phase pump selection.

3.1.32 Tutorial 32: Trouble-shooting a gas lifted well

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T32_GasLiftQuickLook.OUT

The main objectives of this example are to show how to analyse a well test for a gas-
lifted oil well.

3.1.32.1Statement Of The Problem

The gas lifted well model constructed in tutorial 23 has been in production for a well.
You are supposed to:

- Analyse the well test results

- Find out the most likely point of injection

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1203

3.1.32.2Input Data
The response of a gas lifted well depends upon:
- Fluid response (PVT),
- Reservoir response (IPR),
- Tubing response and
- Valve response.

The valve response depends upon valve characteristics and casing head pressure.
Changing operational circumstances can cause an unloading valve to open. When
an unloading valve opens, the lift gas will take the path of least resistance and enter
into the tubing at shallower depth. This will in turn reduce the efficiency of the gas lift.

For this reason, a different approach is suggested to analyse artificially lifted

systems in general, and gas lifted wells in particular. This approach is called the
"Quicklook technique" in PROSPER.

The purpose of the quicklook technique is to isolate the various components

affecting the well response, PVT, IPR, VLP and valve response so that individual
and cross-analysis can be conducted.
For this, independent pressure gradients are computed in opposite directions. In
case the test is fully consistent it should be possible to predict the well head flowing
pressure starting from the reservoir pressure and vice-versa. If the gradient from the
well head to the sandface is different from the the gradient from the sandface to the
well head, then the model is inconsistent with the test data. A rigorous and coherent
analysis needs to be performed to come up with the most logical and probable
explanation for such inconsistency.
3.1.32.2.1 PROSPER well model
This tutorial is built upon tutorial 23.
For the beginner, it is recommended to review tutorial 23 before continuing with this
one.
3.1.32.2.2 Well test results for Quicklook
A recent well test was conducted with the following results:

Flowing Well Head Pressure: 350 psig

Flowing Well Head Temperature: 171 degF
Gross Liquid Rate: 8530 stb/d
Water Cut: 80%
Measured Total Gas Rate ( produced + 5.7 MMscf/d
injected lift gas):
Estimated Gas lift injection rate: 4 MMscf/d
Measured Casing Head Pressure: 1460 psig
Gas Lift injection - orifice size: 32/64 inches

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1204 PROSPER

Gas Lift injection - measured orifice depth: 6161 ft

3.1.32.2.3 Gas Lift Valves Data

Beside the well test data, detailed gas lift valve data are required to perform a
quicklook.
The information needed is listed below:

Valve Type Measured Depth in ft Port Size in R value Dome Pressure

/64 inches in psig
Casing 2975 32 0.038 1228
Sensitive
Casing 4835 32 0.147 1195
Sensitive
Casing 5885 32 0.26 1178
Sensitive

3.1.32.3Step by Step Procedure

· Opening the PROSPER file

Open the PROSPER file "Tutorial_23.out"

· Review the PROSPER file

It is recommended to perform the PROSPER model review in the following order:

- PVT data / PVT matching parameters

- IPR data
- VLP matching parameters
- Valve parameters: depth, size

· Enter the well test data

From the main screen of PROSPER, select | Matching | Quicklook and populate the
screen with the well test data:

Flowing Well Head Pressure: 350 psig

Flowing Well Head Temperature: 171 degF
Gross Liquid Rate: 8530 stb/d
Water Cut: 80%
Measured Total Gas Rate ( produced + 5.7 MMscf/d
injected lift gas):

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1205

Gas injection rate: 4 MMscf/d

Measured Casing Head Pressure: 1460 psig
Gas Lift injection - orifice size: 32/64 inches
Gas Lift injection - measured orifice depth: 6161 ft

Vertical Flow Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2

Dome Pressure Correction (above 1200 psig): Yes

From this screen, select | Valve to enter the valve parameters if they are not already
present:

· Enter the gas lift valve data

Valve Type Measured Depth in ft Port Size in R value Dome Pressure

/64 inches in psig
Casing 2975 22 0.038 1228

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1206 PROSPER

Sensitive
Casing 4835 22 0.147 1195
Sensitive
Casing 5885 22 0.26 1178
Sensitive

Select | Done to exit this screen.

If down hole measurements (static and flowing) are available, they can be entered
under the | Down hole Tab:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1207

In this example, the static reservoir pressure was estimated to be 3500 psig at the
time the flow test was conducted.

· Generate a Quicklook plot

In order to generate a quicklook plot, select | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot

and here is what shows:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1208 PROSPER

· Analyzing the results of the quicklook plot

It can be seen that the gradients do not overlay. This means that the model does not
behave in a manner consistent with the well test. This means that either the model is
faulty or the well test data are incorrect or possibly model and well test are both
wrong. Since multiple parameter combinations can lead to an inconsistency between
model and well test data, there is no unique solution and no unique approach to
reconcile well test with model.Which ever approach is taken needs to be coherent to
be credible.

The following method generally leads to a sensible solution if the well test data are
reliable along with the multiphase correlation selected:

a) Compare the calculated GOR with the PVT model

Under the results section in the bottom right box, the quicklook has computed a free
GOR of 596.48 scf/stb based upon the user enter total gas rate and the lift gas
injection rate.
The reservoir has a bubble point pressure of 2500 psig and the current static
reservoir pressure is estimated at 3500 psig. This means that the reservoir is still
highly under-saturated and hence no free gas can exist within the reservoir.
The theoretical produced associated gas rate can be computed from the solution
GOR, the water cut and the liquid rate to be 0.682 MMscf/d.
The gas injection rate can then be computed by subtracting the associated gas from

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1209

the total gas rate and this is how the inputs would then look like:

The gas injection rate is then 5.0176 MMscf/d. This is valid only under the
assumption that the liquid rate and the water cut are correct.
This is what the quicklook plot shows once the total gas production is reconciled with
the PVT:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1210 PROSPER

One can now read that the free GOR is o scf/stb and the solution GOR 400 scf/stb
as one would expect.

b) Find the deepest valve through which gas lift injection is possible by
iteration

Using the casing pressure, the gas gradient in the annulus is computed. This the
curve labeled "Casing Measured".
Using the flowing well head pressure, the flowing gradient in the tubing is computed,
This is the curve labeled "Tubing Measured".
At a gas lift injection point, the annulus pressure should be equal to the sum of
tubing pressure and pressure drop across the valve.
In the plot above, an injection depth of 6161 ft was assumed. At the assumed
injection depth, it can be seen that the pressure gradient in the annulus is lower that
the tubing pressure gradient. This is the reason why the message "INJECTION NOT
POSSIBLE" is displayed.

It can also be seen On the plot, it reads "injection not possible" at the assumed
injection depth because the measured casing pressure

One needs to check if it is possible to inject at the next shallower valve, that is at a
measured depth of 5885 ft:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1211

This is how the quicklook plot now looks like:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1212 PROSPER

One can see that the message "Injection is not possible" has disappeared. This
suggests that the valve at a depth of 5885 ft is likely open.

c) Matching the casing head pressure by iterating on the orifice size

One can see that the theoretical casing head pressure does not match the
measured casing head pressure. To match the measured casing head pressure, one
can iterate on the orifice size. In this example, an equivalent orifice size of 54/64 inch
does the job:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1213

This is how the quick look plot now looks like:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1214 PROSPER

d) Find the IPR parameter (reservoir pressure, permeability, skin, and so on)
that can be modified to reasonably predict the well head flowing pressure
starting from the reservoir pressure.

Now any unknown is confined to the IPR section. In this specific case, two possible
solutions can be explored: change the well productivity index or the reservoir
pressure. In this case, the reservoir pressure will be used as tuning parameter.
In reality, the user will have to judge which parameter is suitable to be used as tuning
parameter.
From the quicklook plot, select | Done | Done | Down Hole and then enter a reservoir
pressure of 3660 psig at 8000 ft measured depth:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1215

Afterwards, select | Done | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot and this is how the
quicklook plot now looks like:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1216 PROSPER

One can clearly see that a match is achieved. The engineer will need to confirm the
findings with additional information.
This completes this tutorial.

3.1.33 Tutorial 33: Trouble-shooting an ESP-lifted well

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T33_ESPQuicklook.OUT

The main objectives of this example is to show how to analyse the performance of
well that is fitted with an electrical submersible pump.

3.1.33.1Statement Of The Problem

The ESP-lifted well designed in tutorial 26 has been producing for a while. The well
has been tested and the results recorded.
It is required to:
- analyse the test results,
- compare the actual well performance with the PROSPER well model,
- reconcile both well test and simulation results and
- predict the performance of the well if the pump operating frequency is increased to
70 Hertz.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1217

3.1.33.2Well Test Data

The following well test data have been recorded

Parameter Value
Tubing Head Pressure: 250 psig
Well Head Flowing Temperature: 174 dgeF
Liquid Rate: 9750 stb/d
Water Cut: 90%
Static Reservoir Pressure: Unknown - estimated to be less than
4000 psig
Produced GOR: 250 scf/stb
Measured Pump depth: 7000 ft
Operating frequency during test: 55 Hertz
Length of cable: 7000 ft
Gas separation 0% - no separator installed
Number of stages 49
Pump wear factor: 0
Gauge pressure at pump inlet: 2170 psig
Gauge pressure at pump discharge: 3300 psig
Current used: optional
Surface voltage: optional
Power at surface: optional

3.1.33.3Strategy
The overall strategy to analyse the performance of an ESP-lifted well can be broken
down in three phases:

Phase 1: Build a PROSPER model if this is not already done

Phase 2: Collect and critically analyse the well test data
Phase 3: Reconcile well test data with model
Phase 4: Use model to run scenarios, to optimize well performance.
3.1.33.3.1 Phase 1: Build a PROSPER model
For this tutorial, a PROSPER model has already been built. It is the PROSPER file
"Tutorial_26.out".
We will load the PROSPER file "Tutorial_26.out" and save it as "Tutorial_33.out".
3.1.33.3.2 Phase 2: Collect and analyse well test data
Here are the well test data reported:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1218 PROSPER

Parameter Value
Tubing Head Pressure: 250 psig
Well Head Flowing Temperature: 174 dgeF
Liquid Rate: 9750 stb/d
Water cut: 90%
Static Reservoir Pressure: Unkown - estimated to be less than 4000
psig
Produced GOR: 250 scf/stb
Measured Pump depth: 7000 ft
Operating frequency during test: 55 Hertz
Length of cable: 7000 ft
Gas separation 0% - no separator installed
Number of stages 49
Pump wear factor: 0
Gauge pressure at pump inlet: 2170 psig
Gauge pressure at pump discharge: 3300 psig
Current used: optional
Surface voltage: optional
Power at surface: optional

Given the fact that the bubble point pressure is 2500 psig and the reservoir pressure
is estimated to be above 2500 psig, then the produced GOR must be equal to the
solution GOR of 400 scf/stb.
Therefore, for the analysis the following test data set will be used:

Parameter Value
Tubing Head Pressure: 250 psig
Well Head Flowing Temperature: 174 dgeF
Liquid Rate: 9750 stb/d
Static Reservoir Pressure: Unknown - estimated to be less than
4000 psig
Produced GOR: 400 scf/stb
Measured Pump depth: 7000 ft
Operating frequency during test: 55 Hertz
Length of cable: 7000 ft
Gas separation 0% - no separator installed
Number of stages 49
Pump wear factor: 0
Gauge pressure at pump inlet: 2170 psig
Gauge pressure at pump discharge: 3300 psig
Current used: optional
Surface voltage: optional
Power at surface: optional

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1219

3.1.33.3.3 Phase 3: Analyse and match test to well model

Preliminary considerations

For a naturally flowing well, the well response is the combination of:
- Fluid response (PVT),
- Reservoir response (IPR) and
- Tubing response (VLP correlation).

In the case of an artificially lifted well, a fourth component is added to the mix: the
response of the artificial lift system, here the Electrical Submersible Pump.
Precisely because of this fourth component that complicates the analysis, a different
technique is proposed in PROSPER to trouble-shoot artificially lifted wells: the
Quicklook technique.
In order to use the Quicklook technique, a preferred multiphase correlation needs to
be selected. If the well test was conducted with down hole pressure measurements,
then the multiphase flow correlation selection can be made using the current well
test data.
If on the other hand no down hole pressure measurements are available then one
should select a a multiphase correlation like Petroleum Experts 2 that was found to
be generally reliable in the past for the Quicklook analysis.

Procedure to analyse the well test

From the main screen of PROSPER, select | Matching | Quicklook and enter the well
test data:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1220 PROSPER

Parameter Value
Tubing Head Pressure: 250 psig
Well Head Flowing Temperature: 174 dgeF
Liquid Rate: 9750 stb/d
Water Cut: 90%
Static Reservoir Pressure: Unknown - estimated to be less than
4000 psig
Produced GOR: 400 scf/stb
Measured Pump depth: 7000 ft
Operating frequency during test: 55 Hertz
Length of cable: 7000 ft
Gas separation 0% - no separator installed
Number of stages 49
Pump wear factor: 0
Gauge pressure at pump inlet (7000 ft): 2170 psig
Gauge pressure at pump discharge (7000 3300 psig
ft):
Current used: optional
Surface voltage: optional
Power at surface: optional

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1221

Now select | Calculate | Calculate | Plot and the following pressure traverses are
displayed:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1222 PROSPER

In the quicklook pressure traverses are calculated from top to bottom and vice-
versa. If the assumptions regarding well and ESP conditions (e.g. pump frequency,
wear factor, water cuts, wellhead pressure, IPR etc.) are correct, the two calculated
traverses will overlay. In addition, an energy balance is performed across the
electrical system allowing surface voltage and power to be calculated and compared
to measured data.

In the plot above, a few key points need to inspected: pump duty, multiphase
correlation and inflow performance relationship.

Test Analysis

The pump duty is the difference between the discharge pressure and the inlet
pressure of the pump. In the plot above, one can see that the top down traverse
matches the pump inlet pressure and the pump outlet pressure indicating that:

- the selected multiphase correlation remains valid for the analysis

- the theoretical and measured pump duty are identical, indicating that the pump is
performing according to the published pump performance curve.
- however, the bottom-up pressure traverse does not match the to-down pressure
traverse. Specifically, the predicted WHFP is higher than the measured one. This
indicates that either the reservoir pressure is either too high or the productivity index
is too high.

In this particular case, it was suspected that the reservoir pressure of 4000 psig was

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1223

overestimated.
Therefore, one can iterated on the reservoir pressure to match the well test. In this
particular case, a reservoir pressure of 3800 psig does the job:

3.1.33.3.4 Phase 4: Use model to run what-if scenarios

In order to run sensitivity of pump operating frequency, select | Calculation | System (VL
+IPR) | 3 Variables:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1224 PROSPER

Now select | Continue | and select the pump operating and reservoir pressure as
sensitivity variable:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1225

Frequency: 55 & 70 Hertz

Pressure: 3800 psig

Now proceed with | Continue | Calculate | OK | Plot | System Plot and the following plot is
shown:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1226 PROSPER

This example shows that the well can produce up to 13370 stb/d if the frequency is
increased to 70 Hertz.

In order to see the pump plot, select | OK | Solution Details | Pump Plot
Below is what the pump plot shows. It indicates at 70 Hz, the pump would still be operating
within its recommended operating envelope:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1227

3.1.34 Tutorial 34: Trouble-shooting an HSP-lifted well

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T34_HSPQuicklook.OUT

The main objectives of this example are to show:

· How to set up a PROSPER model for a naturally flowing oil well
· How to enter the PVT data
· How to enter the IPR data
· How to describe the down hole equipment
· How to perform a system calculation (VLP + IPR) to estimate the well flow
rate for a given WHFP.
· How to generate a well performance curve
· How to generate and export lift curves to GAP/MBAL/REVEAL or any third
party software (Eclipse, VIP, ...)

3.1.34.1Statement Of The Problem

The HSP-lifted well designed in tutorial 27 has been producing for a while. The well
has been tested and the results recorded.
It is required to:
- analyse the test results,
- compare the actual well performance with the PROSPER well model,
- reconcile both well test and simulation results and
- predict the performance of the well if the pump operating frequency is increased to

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1228 PROSPER

8000 rpm.

3.1.34.2Well Test Data

The following well test data have been recorded:

Parameter Value
Tubing Head Pressure: 350 psig
Well Head Flowing Temperature: 182 dgeF
Liquid Rate: 14 500 stb/d
Water Cut: 90%
Static Reservoir Pressure: Unknown - estimated to be less than 4000
psig
Produced GOR: 250 scf/stb
Measured Pump depth: 7500 ft
Operating speed during test: 6000 rpm
Power Fluid Rate: 7300 stb/d
Number of stages 84
Pump wear factor: 0
Gauge pressure at pump inlet: N/A
Gauge pressure at pump discharge: N/A
Number of turbine stages: 109

3.1.34.3Strategy
The overall strategy to analyse the performance of an HSP-lifted well can be broken
down in three phases:

Phase 1: Build a PROSPER model if this is not already done

Phase 2: Collect and critically analyse the well test data
Phase 3: Reconcile well test data with model
Phase 4: Use model to run scenarios, to optimize well performance.
3.1.34.3.1 Phase 1: Build a PROSPER model
For this tutorial, a PROSPER model has already been built. It is the PROSPER file
"Tutorial_27.out".
We will load the PROSPER file "Tutorial_27.out" and save it as "Tutorial_34.out".
3.1.34.3.2 Phase 2: Collect and analyse well test data
Here are the well test data reported:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1229

Parameter Value
Tubing Head Pressure: 350 psig
Well Head Flowing Temperature: 182 dgeF
Liquid Rate: 14 500 stb/d
Water Cut: 90%
Static Reservoir Pressure: Unknown - estimated to be less than
4000 psig
Produced GOR: 250 scf/stb
Measured Pump depth: 7500 ft
Operating speed during test: 6000 rpm
Power Fluid Rate: 7300 stb/d
Number of stages 84
Pump wear factor: 0
Gauge pressure at pump inlet: N/A
Gauge pressure at pump discharge: N/A
Number of turbine stages: 109

Given the fact that the bubble point pressure is 2500 psig and the reservoir pressure
is estimated to be above 2500 psig, then the produced GOR must be equal to the
solution GOR of 400 scf/stb.
3.1.34.3.3 Phase 3: Analyse and match test to well model
Preliminary considerations

For a naturally flowing well, the well response is the combination of:
- Fluid response (PVT),
- Reservoir response (IPR) and
- Tubing response (VLP correlation).

In the case of an artificially lifted well, a fourth component is added to the mix: the
response of the artificial lift system, here the Hydraulic Down Hole Pump.
Precisely because of this fourth component that complicates the analysis, a different
technique is proposed in PROSPER to trouble-shoot artificially lifted wells: the
Quicklook technique.
In order to use the Quicklook technique, a preferred multiphase correlation needs to
be selected. If the well test was conducted with down hole pressure measurements,
then the multiphase flow correlation selection can be made using the current well
test data.
If on the other hand no down hole pressure measurements are available then one
should select a a multiphase correlation like Petroleum Experts 2 that was found to
be generally reliable in the past for the Quicklook analysis.

Procedure to analyse the well test

From the main screen of PROSPER, select | Matching | Quicklook and enter the well

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1230 PROSPER

test data:

Parameter Value
Tubing Head Pressure: 350 psig
Well Head Flowing Temperature: 182 dgeF
Liquid Rate: 14 500 stb/d
Water Cut: 90%
Static Reservoir Pressure: Unknown - estimated to be less than
4000 psig
Produced GOR: 400 scf/stb
Measured Pump depth: 7500 ft
Operating speed during test: 6000 rpm
Power Fluid Rate: 7300 stb/d
Number of stages 84
Pump wear factor: 0
Gauge pressure at pump inlet: N/A
Gauge pressure at pump discharge: N/A
Number of turbine stages: 109

Note that the produced GOR was corrected to be consistent with fluid PVT and
estimated reservoir pressure. Therefore, the initial GOR of 400 scf/stb is to be used.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1231

Now select | Calculate | Calculate | Plot and the following pressure traverses are
displayed:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1232 PROSPER

In the quicklook pressure traverses are calculated from top to bottom and vice-
versa. If the assumptions regarding well and HSP conditions (e.g. pump frequency,
wear factor, number of stages, water cuts, wellhead pressure, IPR etc.) are correct,
the two calculated pressure traverses will overlay

Test Analysis

For the analysis of an HSP lifted well, one shall simultaneously inspect pump
performance, multiphase correlation and inflow performance relationship.
The pump performance can be evaluated by comparing the theoretical pressure gain
across the pump with the actual / recorded pressure gain across the very same
pump.
Such a comparison is easily performed if there are down hole gauges at the inlet and
the outlet of the pump. In this example, down hole pressure gauges are not
available.
By inspecting the the two pressure traverses, one can notice they are essentially
parallel. If one then assume that the top down pressure traverse is correct, then the
only option left to reconcile the traverses is to modify the IPR (reservoir pressure or
productivity index).
It was suspected that the reservoir pressure have dropped since production start and
is expected to be less than 4000 psig. Therefore, one can iterate on the reservoir
pressure to see if the well test can be matched with a reasonable static reservoir
pressure valid at the time of the well test. For this, we will reduce the reservoir
pressure to 3800 psig:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1233

Now select | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot and this is how the quicklook plot looks
like:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1234 PROSPER

One can see that a perfect match was achieved between top down and bottom-up
pressure traverse.
It essential to keep in mind that multiple solutions do exist. In this case, one can
match the well test by altering the skin or permeability for instance. The right
parameter to alter in order to match the well test is in the end a matter of engineering
judgment to be made by the engineer on the basis of his knowledge of the well and
the relevant operating circumstances.

3.1.34.3.4 Phase 4: Use model to run what-if scenarios

In this phase, the calibrated model will be used to simulate the performance of the
well under different conditions:

Well head Flowing Pressure: 350 psig

Water Cut: 90%

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1235

Total GOR: 400 scf/stb

Reservoir Pressure: 3800 psig
Pump speed: 8000 rpm

In order to analyse the case describe above, select | Calculation | System (3

Variables and make the following changes:

Now select | Continue and select the variables "Pump Speed" and "Reservoir
Pressure" as done below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1236 PROSPER

Now select | Continue | Calculate | Plot | System Plot to visualize the VLP/IPR plot

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1237

Note that the other plots are added by selecting "Variables":

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1238 PROSPER

Finally, in order to check the position of the solution point with respect to the
operating envelope of the pump, select | Done | Finish | Solution Details | Pump Plot:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1239

One can see that the solution rate of round 20500 stb/d is within the recommended
solution envelope of the pump.
This completes this tutorial.
3.1.35 Tutorial 35: Trouble-shooting a SRP-lifted well
There is no specific PROSPER file associated with this tutorial.
The tool widely used to analyse the performance of wells equipped with sucker-rod
pumps is the dynamometer card, often referred to as card. It represents rod lod
versus rod displacement. The card has a "normal shape". The deviation from this
normal shape can reveal potential pumping problems.

In the pictures below:

Fo is the differential load on the plunger
MPT is the maximum plunger travel and
EPT, the effective plunger travel

A few typical shapes are presented below for an anchored tubing:

Anchored Tubing D Unanchored Tubing

es
cri

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1240 PROSPER

pti
on
Th
is
is
th
e
id
ea
lis
ed
sh
ap
e
of
th
e
dy
na
m
o
m
et
er
ca
rd
for
a
n
no
rm
all
y
fu
nc
tio
ni
ng
pu
m
p.
Pu
m
p
is
ful

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1241

l
of
liq
ui
d
wit
ho
ut
ga
s.

Le
ak
in
g
tra
ve
llin
g
va
lv
e
or
ex
ce
ssi
ve
pl
un
ge
r
sli
pp
ag
e

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1242 PROSPER

Le
aki
ng
sta
nd
in
g
val
ve

Se
ve
re
flu
id
po
un
d,
w
ell
is
be
in
g
pu
m
p
off
.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1243

G
as
int
erf
er
en
ce
is
ca
us
in
g
lo
ss
of
eff
ec
tiv
e
pu
m
p
tra
ve
l
Pu
m
p
is
ta
pi
ng
at
th
e
bo
tto
m
of
str
ok
e
in
th
e
ca

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1244 PROSPER

se
of
an
ch
or
ed
tu
bi
ng
.
In
th
e
ca
se
of
un
an
ch
or
ed
tu
bi
ng
,
pu
m
p
is
ta
pp
in
g
on
to
p
of
str
ok
es
.
These shapes are just basic as in the reality different effects may overlap.
Experience and knowledge of the specific operating conditions will be required to
make a successful diagnostic.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1245

3.1.36 Tutorial 36: Flow assurance calculations

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T36_FlowAssurance.OUT

The main objectives of this tutorial is to show how to set up a PROSPER model for
flow assurance studies.
Even though this tutorial is based upon a retrograde condensate fluid, a similar
approach can be used for any other fluid type: oil or gas.

3.1.36.1Statement Of The Problem

A well is to be drilled to produce retrograde condensate.
Fluid data (PVT), reservoir data (IPR), surface and down hole equipment description
(VLP) are provided.

It is required to:
- estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of 1500 psig
- rigorously model the temperature distribution along the flow path to investigate
potential hydrates formation
- inspect flow regimes and slug characteristics along the flow path.
3.1.36.2Input Data
PVT Data

A comprehensive lab report was made available and the experimental

lab results were calibrated using PVTp, the compositional fluid
characterization package developed by Petroleum Experts.
The output of the calibration is a *.PRP (Tutorial_36.prp) file that can be
imported directly into any Petroleum Experts' application.

*
* Petroleum Experts - PRP Export File
*
*
*Export File Signature
*#PetexPRP
*Export File Version
*#13
*
* !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! FILE DETAILS !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
* FILE NAME : K:\ipm700\samples\prosper\Tutorial_36.prp
* Exported : Thu Dec 04 10:50:02 2008
* !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
*

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1246 PROSPER

*
* Equation Type 0 - Peng Robinson 1 - SRK
0
*
*
*
* Number of Components Number of Lumped Components - Set to 0 if
No Lumping Present
*
16 0
*
*
* Mole Critical Critical Accentric Molecular
Specific Critical Volume Boiling Parachor
OmegaA OmegaB Costald Costald Component
* Percent Temperature Pressure Factor Weight
Gravity Volume Shift Point
Volume Accentric Fact Name
*
* percent degrees F psig lb/lb.mole
Gravity l/kg.mole degrees F
l/kg.mole
* ------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
--------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
--------------- --------------- ---------
*

0.31 -233.104 477.326 0.039 28.01

1.026 89.8001291 -0.154 -320.35 60.4
0.45724 0.077796 89.8001291 0.039 "N2"
2.33 87.692 1058.26 0.239 44.01
1.101 93.8998875 -0.1002 -109.21 78
0.45724 0.077796 93.8998875 0.239 "CO2"
68.73 -116.518 658.381 0.011 16.04
0.415 99.200169 -0.16717 -258.79 70
0.45724 0.077796 99.200169 0.011 "C1"
12.37 89.798 693.651 0.099 30.1
0.546 148.299879 0.069273 -127.39 115
0.45724 0.077796 148.299879 0.099 "C2"
5.01 206.006 602.683 0.153 44.1

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1247

0.585 203.000158 -0.13183 -43.69 155

0.45724 0.077796 203.000158 0.153 "C3"
1.3 274.694 514.36 0.183 58.1
0.6 263.000094 -0.71272 10.85 181.5 0.45724
0.077796 263.000094 0.183 "IC4"
1.41 305.294 535.963 0.199 58.1
0.6 254.999728 -0.57098 31.19 200 0.45724
0.077796 254.999728 0.199 "NC4"
0.6 369.806 468.362 0.227 72.2
0.621 305.999799 -0.69747 82.13 225
0.45724 0.077796 305.999799 0.227 "IC5"
0.8 385.592 474.828 0.251 72.2
0.63 304.000176 -0.48056 96.89 245
0.45724 0.077796 304.000176 0.251 "NC5"
0.96 454.1 425.008 0.299 86.2
0.664 370.00023 -0.23354 155.75 282.5
0.45724 0.077796 370.00023 0.299 "C6"
1.03276 583.705 360.772 0.30732 118.205
0.79052 486.916699 -0.18516 261.852 360.825
0.45724 0.077796 477.350596 0.30732 "C7::C9"
1.44995 594.655 353.664 0.36964 142.317
0.81684 578.178308 -0.080134 337.995 421.4
0.45724 0.077796 544.415077 0.36964 "C10::C11"
1.20879 604.783 349.971 0.43639 168.371
0.84145 679.241379 -0.029496 415.245 481.994
0.45724 0.077796 648.30122 0.43639 "C12::C13"
0.64947 783.408 346.37 0.48768 191.102
0.85684 759.332441 0.00021805 470.658 531.406
0.45724 0.077796 741.171641 0.48768 "C14::C14"
0.94422 899.659 334.034 0.54138 214.677
0.87044 845.329353 0.030246 525.45 579.908
0.45724 0.077796 840.416135 0.54138 "C15::C16"
0.89482 977.545 300.577 0.6221 255.817
0.88834 976.793815 0.050498 603.266 659.778
0.45724 0.077796 1017.31693 0.6221 "C17::C20"
*
* Binary Interaction Coefficients
*
* Only non-zero BICs are exported and imported
*

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1248 PROSPER

* Number of non-zero BICs to be written or read

*

1
* Only first half of array is exported - values will be copied to second half
*
15 2 0.05
*
* Volume Shift Flag
*
1
*
* Separators T, P
*
21
80 200
60 0
*
* Reference Temperature
*
255
*
*# End of file
*

Equipment Data

Deviation Survey

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
12000 12000

Surface Equipment

Equipmen Length in True Pipe Pipe Roughnes

t type ft Vertical Outside Inside s in
Depth in Diameter diameter inches
ft in inches in inches

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1249

Platform / N/A 0 N/A N/A N/A

Top node
Riser 2000 2000 10.75 10.5 0.0006
Tie Back 5000 1500 6.625 6.375 0.0006

Down hole Equipment

Equipmen Measured Tubing ID Tubing OD Tubing Inside

t Type Depth in ft in inches in inches Roughness in
inches
Xmas Tree 1500 N/A N/A N/A
St. Steel 11500 3.826 4.5 0.0006
(25%)

Temperature Data

Air temperature: 60 degF

Humidity: 70%
Air velocity:0.1 ft/s

· Formation temperature Gradient

Formation measured depth in ft Sea temperature in degF

0 60
1500 45
2000 40
12000 255

· Sea temperature gradient

Mean sea level with respect to origin: 0 ft

Seabed with respect to origin: 2000 ft

TVD from mean sea Sea temperature in Sea velocity in ft/s

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1250 PROSPER

level in ft degF
0 60 0.1
1500 45 0.1
2000 40 0.1

Drilling and Completion

Drilling Hole Casing Casing Specifi Top Casing Mud

Depth Diamet Shoe Outsid c Cemen Top Density
in ft er in Depth e Casing t Depth Depth in lb/
inches in ft Diamet weight in ft in ft gal
er in in lb/ft
inches
10000 12 10000 10 60 1500 1500 12
12000 9 12000 7 40 1500 1500 12

Model Convection in Mud: No

Completion Fluid Liquid Type: Brine
Completion Fluid Density: 10 lb/gal
Completion Fluid Gas Type: Produced Gas
Packer Depth: 11 500 ft
Mid Production Depth: 12 000 ft
Annulus level: 1500 ft

Lithology

Format Bottom Shaline Porosit Permea Rock In-situ Salinity

ion depth ss in y in bility in consist Fluid in ppm
type in ft fractio fractio mD ency
n n
Fixed 11900 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Value
Sandst 12000 0.1 0.25 50 consoli Gas 100000
one dated

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1251

Reservoir Temperature: 255 degF

Reservoir Pressure: 6000 psig

IPR Data

IPR model: Petroleum Experts

Static Reservoir Pressure: 6000 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 255 degF
Water Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Total GOR: 7940.38 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction No
model:
Skin model: Enter skin by hand
Permeability: 50 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 50 ft
thickness):
Drainage Area: 300 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.354 ft
Perforation interval: 30 ft
Time since production: 1 days
Reservoir porosity: 0.25
Connate water saturation: 0.25
Non-Darcy Flow Factor: Calculated
Permeability entered: Total permeability
Mechanical skin: +5

Note: The Petroleum Experts' IPR method uses pseudo-pressure. It is

transient and accounts for relative permeability effects. Please consult
the online help for more details.

3.1.36.3Step by step procedure

Options

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1252 PROSPER

Launch PROSPER, select | Options | Options and make the following choices:

Fluid description - Type: Retrograde Condensate

Fluid description - Method: Equation Of State
Hydrates: Enable Warning
Calculation type - Model: Enthalpy Balance

Select | EOS setup and make the following changes

EOS Model: Peng Robinson

Optimisation Mode: Medium
Optimise Repeat Calculation: Yes

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1253

Full Composition: Yes

Allow Lumping: No
Reference Temperature: 60 degF
Reference pressure: 0 psig
Phase detection Method: Advanced
Path to surface - Separator Calc Use Separator Train
Method:
First stage: 200 psig and 80 degF
Second stage: 0 psig and 60 degF
Target GOR method: Use Separator fluids

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1254 PROSPER

Select | OK | Done to complete this.

PVT

In order to enter the PVT data, select | PVT | Input Data and then select | Import ...

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1255

PRP to download the PRP file "Tutorial_36.prp" located in the PROSPER samples
directory.

The following message would appear:

Select | OK | Accept changes to complete the PRP file import:

Enter the water salinity of 100000 ppm.

Hydrate curve generation

From the PVT screen, a hydrate curve can be generated and stored within the
PROSPER file. During the calculations, PROSPER will flag if the operating
conditions (Pressure and Temperature) are in hydrate formation region or not.
To generate and store the hydrate curve, select | Hydrates | Generate Hydrates

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1256 PROSPER

Pressure Values

Afterwards, select | OK and enter the temperature range from 40 degF to 100 degF
in 10 steps.

Select | Calculate | OK | Plot and the hydrate curve can be visualized:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1257

Select | Finish | Done | Done to complete the PVT data import and the hydrate curve
generation.

Equipment Data

In order to enter the equipment data, select | System | Equipment | All | Edit and
enter the deviation survey as shown below:

Deviation Survey

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
12000 12000

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1258 PROSPER

Select | Done to proceed with the surface equipment data entry:

Surface Equipment

Label Equipm Length True Pipe Pipe Inside Roughne

ent type in ft Vertical Outside diameter in ss in
Depth in ft Diameter in inches inches
inches
Platform Manifold N/A 0 N/A N/A N/A

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1259

Riser Line 2000 2000 10.75 10.5 0.0006

Pipe
Tie Back Line 5000 1500 6.625 6.375 0.0006
Pipe

Note that pipes may be buried and / or insulated.

Select | Done to proceed with the down hole equipment

Down hole Equipment

Equipment Measured Tubing ID in Tubing OD in Tubing Inside

Type Depth in ft inches inches Roughness in
inches
Xmas Tree 1500 N/A N/A N/A
St. Steel 11500 3.826 4.5 0.0006
(25%)

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1260 PROSPER

Equally tubing may be insulated with concrete, foam, bitumen or any other user-
defined material.

Select | Done to enter the temperature data

Temperature Data

Air temperature: 60 degF

Humidity: 70%
Air velocity: 0.1 ft/s

· Formation temperature Gradient

Formation measured depth in ft Sea temperature in degF

0 60
1500 45
2000 40

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1261

12000 255

· Sea temperature gradient

Mean sea level with respect to origin: 0 ft

Seabed with respect to origin: 2000 ft

TVD from mean sea level in ft Sea temperature in Sea velocity in ft/s
degF
0 60 0.1
1500 45 0.1
2000 40 0.1

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1262 PROSPER

Select | Done to enter the drilling and completion data

Drilling and Completion

Drilling Depth Hole Diameter in Casin Casin Speci Top Casin Mud
in ft inches g g fic Ceme g Top Densi
Shoe Outsi Casin nt Depth ty in
Depth de g Depth in ft lb/gal
in ft Diam weigh in ft
eter t in lb/
in ft

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1263

inche
s
10000 12 10000 10 60 1500 1500 12
12000 8.5 12000 7 40 1500 1500 12

Model Convection in Mud: No

Completion Fluid Liquid Type: Brine
Completion Fluid Density: 10 lb/gal
Completion Fluid Gas Type: Produced Gas
Packer Depth: 11 500 ft
Mid Production Depth: 12 000 ft
Annulus level: 1500 ft

Select | Done to enter lithology

Lithology

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1264 PROSPER

Formati Bottom Shalines Porosity Permeab Rock In-situ Salinity

on type depth in s in in ility in consiste Fluid in ppm
ft fraction fraction mD ncy
Fixed 11900 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Value
Sandston 12000 0.1 0.25 50 consolida Gas 100000
e ted

Reservoir Temperature: 255 degF

Reservoir Pressure: 6000 psig

Select | Done | Done to return to the equipment data entry screen.

It is possible to visualize the well bore schematic with | Summary | Draw Down hole:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1265

Select | Main and save the file to secure all the parameters entered so far in the
model.
In order to describe the well inflow performance relationship, select | System | Inflow
relationship and make the following choices

IPR model: Petroleum Experts

Static Reservoir Pressure: 6000 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 255 degF
Water Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Total GOR: 7940.38 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction model: No
Skin model: Enter skin by hand

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1266 PROSPER

Now select | Input Data and enter the reservoir parameters as done below:

Permeability: 50 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 50 ft
thickness):
Drainage Area: 300 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.354 ft
Perforation interval: 30 ft
Time since production: 1 days
Reservoir porosity: 0.25
Connate water saturation: 0.25
Non-Darcy Flow Factor: Calculated
Permeability entered: Total permeability
Mechanical skin: +5

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1267

To enter the mechanical skin, select | Mech / Geom Skin and enter 5 as done
below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1268 PROSPER

At this stage, it is good practice to generate and display the IPR. This is achieved by
selecting the | Calculate button:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1269

Select | Main and save the file to secure the data entries.

System calculation

This is a full enthalpy balance model with 16 components Peng-Robinson Equation

of State model. Therefore, it will be computationally intensive.

In order to perform the system calculation, select | Calculation | System | 3 Variables

and make the following choices:

Top Node Pressure: 1500 psig

Water Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Total GOR: 7940.38
Time since Production started: 1 day
Surface Equipment Correlation: Beggs and Brill
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2
Solution Node: Bottom node
Rate Method: Automatic Linear

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1270 PROSPER

Left Hand Intersection: Disallow

Select | Continue | Continue and Calculate and be patient as the model is

computationally intensive.One shall keep in mind the various effects that make the
model computationally intensive:
- The fluid description is compositional. Therefore loads of flash calculations are
required.
- The enthalpy balance solves simultaneously for pressure and temperature as
opposed to the rough approximation where both temperature and pressure are
calculate separately.
- The enthalpy balance always starts from known conditions (reservoir) and iterates
to match the user-entered well head flowing pressure. Multiple iterations might be
needed for each rate to achieve convergence.
All the above explain why advanced thermal calculations with fully compositional
fluid description take longer to run.
For this example, at the end of the calculation, the following results are displayed:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1271

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1272 PROSPER

The well would produce around 57 MMscf/d of gas and 7172 stb/d of oil..
The hydrate flag (H) shows for each flow rate. This means that hydrate mitigation
should be considered.
Below, 12 MMscf/d, the well would fall below the Turner stability criteria. This is

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1273

shown with the the "T".

Above 103 MMscf/d, erosional velocity is exceeded in the well.

In order to visualise what is happening inside the tubing, the tie back and the riser,
one selects | Sensitivity PvD | Continue | Calculate and here all the calculation
details are displayed.

Taitel- Duckler Flow Regime

By selecting the node 60 for instance, the Taitel-Dukler flow regime map is displayed
with the severe slugging line :

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1274 PROSPER

In this case, the operating point is beyond the severe slugging line. Select | Finish to
return to the Sensitivity - Pressure Vs depth screen.
By scrolling the bar at the bottom to the right, one can see the columns for hydrates,
velocities pigging and slug parameters as can be seen in these two screen-shots:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1275

Select | Main to return to the main Prosper screen.

This completes this tutorial.

.
3.1.37 Tutorial 37: Pipeline Only Modelling & matching
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T37_PipelineMatching.OUT

The main objectives of this example are to show:

· How to set up a PROSPER model for a pipeline or riser only system
without a well connect to it
· How to enter the PVT data
· How to describe the pipeline equipment
· How to match a flow test through a pipeline
· How to use the calibrated model to predict the pipe performance under
changing conditions
3.1.37.1Statement Of The Problem
A 5000 ft ft long pipe carries fluid (uphill) over an elevation of 100 ft.
The pipe was subject to a flow test.

It is required to:
- Build a pipeline only PROSPER model
- Select the most suitable multiphase correlation for this pipe
- Match the correlation to the test results
- Use the calibrated model to predict the pipe performance under changing operating
conditions

3.1.37.2Input Data
For a pipeline only model, the following inputs are required:
- Fluid PVT (black oil or compositional)
- Pipe description (simple: rough approximation / advanced: enthalpy balance or
improved approximation)
3.1.37.2.1 Fluid PVT data
The basic available PVT data are:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1276 PROSPER

Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None
Bubble point pressure (Pb): 2500 psig at 200 degF
Oil FVF at Pb and 200 degF: 1.214 rb/stb
Oil viscosity at Pb and 200 degF: 1.01 cp

3.1.37.2.2 Pipeline Data

The pipeline data are given below:

Parameter Value
Pipeline Length: 5000 ft
Pipeline Internal Diameter: 6 inches
Pipe Inside Roughness: 0.0006 inches
Temperature Of Surroundings: 50 degF
Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient: 1.5 Btu/h/ft2/F
Total pipe hight above origin (inlet depth): -250 ft
Fluid Inlet temperature: 100 degF

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1277

3.1.37.2.3 Flow test results

Here are the results from the flow test:

Pipe Flow Test data

Parameter Value
Match Point Comment (optional): Flow test from 01/01/2010
Pipe Outlet Pressure: 250 psig
Pipe Outlet Temperature: 90 degF
Gross liquid rate: 25000 stb/d
Pipe Inlet Pressure: 500 psig
Gas Oil Ratio: 400 scf/stb
GOR free: 0 scf/stb
Pipe inlet Temperature: 100 degF
3.1.37.3Step by step procedure

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1278 PROSPER

3.1.37.3.1 PROSPER Model Setup

· Model options

From the main menu click Options | Options and make the following changes:

Calculation type: Pipeline Only

Select | Done | PVT Input Data to enter the fluid properties:

· PVT Data

The fluid properties are to be entered and matched as follow:

Fluid PVT:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1279

Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None

To enter the fluid properties at non-standard conditions, select | Match Data and
populate the screen as follow:

Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Bubble point pressure (Pb): 2500 psig at 200 degF
Oil FVF at Pb and 200 degF: 1.214 rb/stb
Oil viscosity at Pb and 200 degF: 1.01 cp

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1280 PROSPER

Select | Done | Regression | Match All | OK | Parameters to inspect the statistical

results of the PVT matching.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1281

Parameter 1 is a multiplier whereas Parameter 2 is a shift. Therefore the best

correlation is the one with a parameter 1 equal to unity and parameter 2 equal to
zero.
For the oil FVF matching, Parameter 4 is the multiplier above the bubble point
pressure whereas Parameter 4 is the shift above the bubble point pressure.

Looking at the statistics above, we will select the Glaso black oil correlation for the
bubble point calculation, solution GOR and oil formation volume.
For the viscosity, the Beal et al correlation will be selected.

For this select |Done |Done and verify that the Glasa and the Beal correlation have
effectively been chosen:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1282 PROSPER

Select | Main to complete the data entry in the PVT section.

· Equipment Data - Fluid inlet temperature

From the main menu select System | Equipment and then enter the fluid inlet
temperature of 100 degF:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1283

Next select | All | Edit for the equipment data entry:

· Equipment Data - Surface Equipment

Choke Method: ELF

Coordinate system: Height, Distance From Origin

Note: The change in coordinate system is optional. Any other coordinate is

fine as long as it captures properly pipe topography: pipe length and
elevation.

Parameter Value
Pipeline Length: 5000 ft
Pipeline Internal Diameter: 6 inches
Pipe Inside Roughness: 0.0006 inches
Temperature Of Surroundings: 50 degF
Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient: 1.5 Btu/h/ft2/F
Total pipe height above origin (inlet -250 ft
depth):
Fluid Inlet temperature: 100 degF

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1284 PROSPER

A few notes:
- If the coordinate system Height, Distance From Origin is selected, then the
first equipment type changes from manifold to Xmas-tree.
- Elevation is the opposite of depth. This is why the sign of the height changes
is the coordinate system changes to TVD and Length:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1285

The results are not affected by the coordinate system selected.

Select | Done to continue with the | Average heat capacities:

· Average heat capacities

Select | Done | Done to complete the pipe only PROSPER model.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1286 PROSPER

3.1.37.3.2 Pipe Performance Matching

In order to match the pipe performance, select | Matching | Matching | Pipeline and
enter the flow test data as done below:

Pipe Flow Test data

Parameter Value
Match Point Comment (optional): Flow test from 01/01/2010
Pipe Outlet Pressure: 250 psig
Pipe Outlet Temperature: 90 degF
Water Cut: 50%
Gross liquid rate: 25000 stb/d
Pipe Inlet Pressure: 500 psig
Gas Oil Ratio: 400 scf/stb
GOR free: 0 scf/stb
Pipe inlet Temperature: 100 degF

The procedure to follow is very similar to tubing performance matching. The 4 steps
to be taken are:

- U value calibration
- Correlation comparison
- Multiphase Flow Correlation matching.
- Multiphase Flow Correlation selection.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1287

· U value Calibration - optional

From the flow test, the inlet and outlet temperature are known along with the mass
flow rate. Therefore, there is an opportunity to check how the predicted outlet
temperature compares with the reported outlet temperature.

For this, select | Correlation Comparison | OK | Select any VLP correlation ( Fancher
Brown/ Beggs and Brill / OLGAS 2P & PE4:

Now continue with | Calculate | Calculate | OK and then inspect the computed outlet
temperature:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1288 PROSPER

One can read in the 5th column a computed arrival temperature of round 98 degF,
which is 8 degF higher that the measured outlet temperature.
In order to match this, the U-value needs to be increased to in iterative fashion.

For this select | Main | Done | System | Equipment | Surface Equipment and then
change the overall heat transfer coefficient to 8.05 Btu/h/ft2/F as done below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1289

Now select | Main | Matching | Matching | Pipeline.

Afterwards, select | Correlation Comparison | OK | Calculate | Calculate | OK and a
much better match of the arrival temperature have been achieved:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1290 PROSPER

· Correlation comparison

Afterwards, select | Plot to visualize the pressure gradient in the pipe:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1291

One can see that PE4 and OLGAS 2P are the closest to the measured upstream
pressure.

Select | Main to get back to the "Surface Pipe Matching" screen.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1292 PROSPER

· Multiphase Flow Correlation Matching

For the pipe match, select | Match | Match | Statistics to inspect the statistical results
of the non-linear regression:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1293

· Multiphase Flow Correlation selection

The parameter 1 is the gravity term multiplier whereas the parameter 2 is the friction
term multiplier. Ideally, both should equal to unity and one can see here that both
multipliers are very close indeed to unity.
The statistics show that PE4 and OLGAS 2P have very similar performances. Since
OLGAS 2P requires slightly less correction than PE4, OLGAS 2P will be selected for
further calculations.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1294 PROSPER

3.1.37.3.3 Sensitivity runs

Next, we will perform sensitivity on the following parameters:

Outlet Pressure: 250 psig

Water Cut: 50%
Total GOR: 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1400 & 1600 psig
Liquid Rate: 15 000 stb/d

To perform the sensitivity runs, select | Calculation | Gradient (Traverse) and make
the appropriate changes as shown below:

Select | Continue and then choose the variable Gas Oil Ration from the drop-down
menu:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1295

Select | Continue and select the OLGAS 2P multiphase correlation:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1296 PROSPER

Now select | Calculate | OK | Plot | Variables and start with the simplest plot:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1297

The following plot shows:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1298 PROSPER

Note that more specialized parameters can be selected and plotted with | Variables |
Extended:

This is how for example the erosional velocity profile looks like in the pipe:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1299

Select | Main and this completes this tutorial.

3.1.38 Tutorial 38: Full enthalpy balance tutorial

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T38_EnthalpyBalance.OUT

The main objectives of this example are to show:

· How to set up a PROSPER model for a naturally flowing oil well
· How to enter the PVT data
· How to enter the IPR data
· How to describe the down hole equipment
· How to perform a system calculation (VLP + IPR) to estimate the well flow
rate for a given WHFP.
· How to generate a well performance curve
· How to generate and export lift curves to GAP/MBAL/REVEAL or any third
party software (Eclipse, VIP, ...)

3.1.38.1Statement Of The Problem

A well is to be drilled to produce retrograde condensate from a depth of 15000 ft.
Fluid data (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and a detailed down hole equipment

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1300 PROSPER

description (VLP) are provided.

It is required to :
- Build a PROSPER well model
- Use the model to estimate the flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of
2500 psig using the full enthalpy balance model.
3.1.38.2Input Data

3.1.38.2.1 PVT Data

The basic available PVT data are:

Parameter Value
Separator Pressure: 1500 psig
Separator temperature: 100 degF
Separator GOR: 9000 scf/stb
Separator gas gravity: 0.65 (air =1)
Stock Tank GOR: 1000 scf/stb
Stock Tank gas gravity: 0.85 (air =1)
Condensate gravity: 60 API
Water to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Water Salinity: 40000 ppm
Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2): None
Dewpoint at reservoir temperature: 6000 psig
Reservoir temperature: 300 degF
Reservoir Pressure: 8000 psig
3.1.38.2.2 Equipment Data
The enthalpy balance model is an advanced thermodynamic model that rigorously
accounts for all heat transfer mechanisms taking place in and around the well bore.
Therefore, it requires a detailed description of well and completion.
3.1.38.2.2.1 Deviation Survey
This is vertical well.

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
15000 15000
3.1.38.2.2.2 Surface Equipment
In this tutorial, the surface equipment will not be modeled.
3.1.38.2.2.3 Downhole Equipment

Equipment Type Measured Tubing ID Tubing OD Tubing Inside

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1301

Depth Roughness
ft inches inches inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
St. Steel (13%) 1000 4 5.5 0.0006
SSSV 1000 3.5 N/A N/A
St. Steel (13%) 15000 4 5.5 0.0006

3.1.38.2.2.4 Temperature Data

Air temperature: 60 degF
Humidity: 70%
Air velocity:5 ft/s

· Formation temperature Gradient

Formation Measured Depth Static Formation Temperature in deg F

in ft:
0 50
500 40
15000 300

Mean sea level with respect to origin: 200 ft

Seabed with respect to origin: 500 ft

· Sea temperature gradient

TVD from mean sea level Sea temperature in degF Sea velocity in ft/s
in ft
0 50 3
300 40 3

3.1.38.2.2.5 Drilling and Completion Data

The drilling and completion data are give below:

Drilling Hole Casing Casing Specific Top Casing Mud

Depth in Diamete Shoe Outside Casing Cement Top Density
ft r in Depth in Diamete weight Depth in Depth in in lb/gal

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1302 PROSPER

inches ft r in in lb/ft ft ft
inches
700 36 700 30 93 200 0 10
3000 26 3000 20 65 200 0 10
10000 17 10000 13 72 5000 0 10
13000 12 13000 10 67 10000 0 12
15000 9 15000 7 43 12000 0 12

Completion Fluid Density: 8.5 lb/gal

Completion Fluid Gas Type: Air
Packer Depth: 14 500 ft
Mid Production Depth: 14900 ft
Annulus level: 50 ft

3.1.38.2.2.6 Lithology

Formati Bottom Shalines Porosity Permeab Rock In-situ Salinity

on type depth in s in in ility in consiste Fluid in ppm
ft fraction fraction mD ncy
Shale 14800 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Sandston 15000 0.2 0.15 15 consolida Gas 40000
e ted
3.1.38.2.2.7 Databases for thermal properties
The default databases will be used in this tutorial without any modifications.
3.1.38.2.3 Reservoir Data
PROSPER has around 20 different inflow models for retrograde condensate wells.
The IPR model selection depends upon the purpose of the study, the suitability of
the particular model and the data available for the study.

IPR model: Petroleum Experts

Static Reservoir Pressure: 8000 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 300 degF
Water Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Total GOR: 9 000 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction model: No
Skin model: Enter skin by hand
Permeability: 15 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 200 ft

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1303

thickness):
Drainage Area: 240 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.354 ft
Perforation interval: 100 ft
Time since production: 1 days
Reservoir porosity: 0.15
Connate water saturation: 0.25
Non-Darcy Flow Factor: Calculated
Permeability entered: Total permeability
Mechanical skin: +5

Note: The Petroleum Experts' IPR method uses pseudo-pressure. It is transient and
accounts for relative permeability effects. Please consult the online help for more
details.

3.1.38.3Step by Step procedure

Launch PROSPER and select | File | New to start this tutorial.
3.1.38.3.1 PROSPER Model Setup
· Model options

From the main menu click |Options | Options and make the following changes:

Fluid Description - Fluid: Retrograde Condensate

Calculation Type - Predict: Pressure and Temperature (offshore)
Calculation Type - Model: Enthalpy Balance

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1304 PROSPER

Note: In this example, the black oil model for retrograde condensate will be used.
The user has the option of using a compositional fluid description method as well.

Select | Done to complete this.

· PVT Data

From the main menu select | PVT | Input Data and make the following entries:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1305

Parameter Value
Separator Pressure: 1500 psig
Separator temperature: 100 degF
Separator GOR: 9000 scf/stb
Separator gas gravity: 0.65 (air =1)
Stock Tank GOR: 1000 scf/stb
Stock Tank gas gravity: 0.85 (air =1)
Condensate gravity: 60 API
Water to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Water Salinity: 40000 ppm
Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2): None
Dewpoint at reservoir temperature: 6000 psig
Reservoir temperature: 300 degF
Reservoir Pressure: 8000 psig

Select | Done to exit the PVT data entry screen.

· Deviation Survey

Select | System | Equipment | All | Edit to enter the deviation survey:

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1306 PROSPER

0 0
15000 15000

Select | Done to proceed to the surface equipment description screen:

· Surface Equipment

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1307

Select | Cancel to skip this screen and continue to the downhole equipment
description:

· Downhhole Equipment

Equipment Type Measured Tubing ID Tubing OD Tubing Inside

Depth Roughness
ft inches inches inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
St. Steel (13%) 1000 4 5.5 0.0006
SSSV 1000 3.5 N/A N/A
St. Steel (13%) 15000 4 5.5 0.0006

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1308 PROSPER

Select | Done to proceed with the temperature data

· Temperature Data
Air temperature: 60 degF
Humidity: 70%
Air velocity:5 ft/s

· Temperature Data - Formation temperature Gradient

Formation Measured Depth Static Formation Temperature in deg F

in ft:
0 50
500 40
15000 300

Mean sea level with respect to origin: 200 ft

Seabed with respect to origin: 500 ft

· Temperature Data - Sea temperature gradient

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1309

TVD from mean sea level Sea temperature in degF Sea velocity in ft/s
in ft
0 50 3
300 40 3

Select | Done to proceed to the drilling and completion data

· Drilling and Completion Data

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1310 PROSPER

Drilling Hole Casing Casing Specific Top Casing Mud

Depth in Diamete Shoe Outside Casing Cement Top Density
ft r in Depth in Diamete weight Depth in Depth in in lb/gal
inches ft r in in lb/ft ft ft
inches
700 36 700 30 93 200 0 10
3000 26 3000 20 65 200 0 10
10000 17 10000 13 72 5000 0 10
13000 12 13000 10 67 10000 0 12
15000 9 15000 7 43 12000 0 12

Mud Convection: No
Completion Fluid Type: Brine
Completion Fluid Density: 8.5 lb/gal
Completion Fluid Gas Type: Air
Packer Depth: 14 500 ft
Mid Production Depth: 14900 ft
Annulus level: 50 ft

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1311

Select | Done to proceed to the lithology data

· Lithology

Formati Bottom Shalines Porosity Permeab Rock In-situ Salinity

on type depth in s in in ility in consiste Fluid in ppm
ft fraction fraction mD ncy
Shale 14800 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Sandston 15000 0.2 0.15 15 consolida Gas 40000
e ted

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1312 PROSPER

Select | Done to proceed to the databases for thermal properties.

· Database for thermal properties

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1313

Select | Reset | Done | Done to complete this section

From the main screen, select | System | Inflow Performance and make the following
entries:

· Reservoir Data - IPR model selection

IPR model: Petroleum Experts

Static Reservoir Pressure: 8000 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 300 degF
Water Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Total GOR: 9 000 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction model: No

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1314 PROSPER

Skin model: Enter skin by hand

Select | Input Data to continue the IPR data input:

Permeability: 15 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 200 ft
thickness):
Drainage Area: 240 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.354 ft
Perforation interval: 100 ft
Time since production: 1 days
Reservoir porosity: 0.15
Connate water saturation: 0.25
Non-Darcy Flow Factor: Calculated
Permeability entered: Total permeability

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1315

Select the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left corner of the screen for the skin
entry:

Mechanical skin: +5

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1316 PROSPER

At this stage, it is good practice to generate an IPR curve with | Calculate:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1317

Select | Main to complete the set-up of the PROSPER model.

3.1.38.3.2 System Calculation

To run a system calculation, select Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables

and make the following entries:

Top Node Pressure: 2500 psig

Water Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Total GOR: 9000 scf/stb
Time Since Production Started: 1 day

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1318 PROSPER

Select | Continue | Continue | Calculate | OK and the results are displayed as follow:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1319

With | Plot | System Plot, the are displayed as follow:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1320 PROSPER

This concludes this tutorial.

Select | Main to exit the screen.

3.1.39 Tutorial 39: Improved Approximation

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T39_ImprovedApproximation.OUT
The main objectives is to show how to set-up the improved approximation, an
advanced thermal model.

3.1.39.1Statement Of The Problem

A well is to be drilled to produce retrograde condensate from a depth of 15000 ft.
Fluid data (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and a detailed down hole equipment
description (VLP) are provided.

It is required to :
- Build a PROSPER well model
- Use the model to estimate the flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of
2500 psig using the Improved Approximation model.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1321

3.1.39.2Input Data

3.1.39.2.1 PVT Data

The basic available PVT data are:

Parameter Value
Separator Pressure: 1500 psig
Separator temperature: 100 degF
Separator GOR: 9000 scf/stb
Separator gas gravity: 0.65 (air =1)
Stock Tank GOR: 1000 scf/stb
Stock Tank gas gravity: 0.85 (air =1)
Condensate gravity: 60 API
Water to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Water Salinity: 40000 ppm
Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2): None
Dewpoint at reservoir temperature: 6000 psig
Reservoir temperature: 300 degF
Reservoir Pressure: 8000 psig
3.1.39.2.2 Equipment Data
The Improved Approximation temperature model is an advanced thermodynamic
model that rigorously accounts for all heat transfer mechanisms taking place in and
around the well bore like the enthalpy balance model.
The only difference between enthalpy balance and improved approximation is the
way the overall heat transfer coefficient is found: in the former, overall heat transfer
coefficient is computed by the model whereas it is user-entered in the latter.

3.1.39.2.2.1 Deviation Survey

This is vertical well.

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
15000 15000
3.1.39.2.2.2 Surface Equipment
In this tutorial, the surface equipment will not be modeled.
3.1.39.2.2.3 Downhole Equipment

Equipment Type Measured Tubing ID Tubing OD Tubing Inside

Depth Roughness
ft inches inches inches

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1322 PROSPER

Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A

Tubing 1000 4 5.5 0.0006
SSSV 1000 3.5 N/A N/A
Tubing 14800 4 5.5 0.0006

3.1.39.2.2.4 Temperature Data

Formation Measured Static Formation Heat Transfer Coefficient

Depth in ft: Temperature in deg F
0 50 2
500 40 2.5
3000 80 2.5
10000 210 3.8
14000 280 4.8
15000 300 5

3.1.39.2.3 Reservoir Data

PROSPER has around 20 different inflow models for retrograde condensate wells.
The IPR model selection depends upon the purpose of the study, the suitability of
the particular model and the data available for the study.

IPR model: Petroleum Experts

Static Reservoir Pressure: 8000 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 300 degF
Water Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Total GOR: 9 000 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction model: No
Skin model: Enter skin by hand
Permeability: 15 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 200 ft
thickness):
Drainage Area: 240 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.354 ft
Perforation interval: 100 ft
Time since production: 1 days
Reservoir porosity: 0.15
Connate water saturation: 0.25

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1323

Non-Darcy Flow Factor: Calculated

Permeability entered: Total permeability
Mechanical skin: +5

Note: The Petroleum Experts' IPR method uses pseudo-pressure. It is transient and
accounts for relative permeability effects. Please consult the online help for more
details.

3.1.39.3Step by Step procedure

Launch PROSPER and select | File | New to start this tutorial.
3.1.39.3.1 PROSPER Model Setup
· Model options

From the main menu click |Options | Options and make the following changes:

Fluid Description - Fluid: Retrograde Condensate

Calculation Type - Model: Improved Approximation

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1324 PROSPER

Note: In this example, the black oil model for retrograde condensate will be used.
The user has the option of using a compositional fluid description method as well.

Select | Done to complete this.

· PVT Data

From the main menu select | PVT | Input Data and make the following entries:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1325

Parameter Value
Separator Pressure: 1500 psig
Separator temperature: 100 degF
Separator GOR: 9000 scf/stb
Separator gas gravity: 0.65 (air =1)
Stock Tank GOR: 1000 scf/stb
Stock Tank gas gravity: 0.85 (air =1)
Condensate gravity: 60 API
Water to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Water Salinity: 40000 ppm
Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2): None
Dewpoint at reservoir temperature: 6000 psig
Reservoir temperature: 300 degF
Reservoir Pressure: 8000 psig

Select | Done to exit the PVT data entry screen.

· Deviation Survey

Select | System | Equipment | All | Edit to enter the deviation survey:

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1326 PROSPER

0 0
15000 15000

Select | Done to proceed to the surface equipment description screen:

· Surface Equipment

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1327

Select | Cancel to skip this screen and continue to the downhole equipment
description:

· Downhole Equipment

Equipment Type Measured Tubing ID Tubing OD Tubing Inside

Depth Roughness
ft inches inches inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
Tubing 1000 4 5.5 0.0006
SSSV 1000 3.5 N/A N/A
Tubing 14800 4 5.5 0.0006

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1328 PROSPER

Select | Done to proceed with the temperature data

· Formation Temperature Gradient

Formation Measured Static Formation Heat Transfer Coefficient

Depth in ft Temperature in degF
0 50 2
500 40 2.5
3000 80 2.5
10000 210 3.8
14000 280 4.8
15000 300 5

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1329

Select | Done | Done to complete the equipment data entry.

From the main screen, select | System | Inflow Performance and make the following

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1330 PROSPER

entries:

· Reservoir Data - IPR model selection

IPR model: Petroleum Experts

Static Reservoir Pressure: 8000 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 300 degF
Water Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Total GOR: 9 000 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction model: No
Skin model: Enter skin by hand

Select | Input Data to continue the IPR data input:

Permeability: 15 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 200 ft
thickness):
Drainage Area: 240 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.354 ft

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1331

Perforation interval: 100 ft

Time since production: 1 days
Reservoir porosity: 0.15
Connate water saturation: 0.25
Non-Darcy Flow Factor: Calculated
Permeability entered: Total permeability

Select the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left corner of the screen for the skin
entry:

Mechanical skin: +5

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1332 PROSPER

At this stage, it is good practice to generate an IPR curve with | Calculate:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1333

Select | Main to complete the set-up of the PROSPER model.

3.1.39.3.2 System Calculation

To run a system calculation, select Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables

and make the following entries:

Top Node Pressure: 2500 psig

Water Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Total GOR: 9000 scf/stb
Time Since Production Started: 1 day

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1334 PROSPER

Select | Continue | Continue | Calculate | OK and the results are displayed as follow:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1335

With | Plot | System Plot, the are displayed as follow:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1336 PROSPER

This concludes this tutorial.

Select | Main to exit the screen.

3.1.40 Tutorial 40: SPOT tutorial

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T40_SPOT.OUT

The main objectives of this tutorial is to show how to use the SPOT inflow model
within PROSPER.

3.1.40.1Statement Of The Problem

A well is to be drilled to produce oil from an oil reservoir.
Fluid data (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and down hole equipment description (VLP)
are provided.

Using SPOT (Shell Perforation Optimisation Tool), it is requested to estimate the

initial IPR and the initial flow rate against a WHFP of 300 psig.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1337

3.1.40.2PVT Input Data

The basic available PVT data are:

Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None

3.1.40.3System Equipment Input Data

The system equipment input section is sub-divided into 5 sub-sections:
- deviation survey
- surface equipment
- down hole equipment
- Geothermal gradient and
- Average heat capacities
3.1.40.3.1 Deviation survey
In PROSPER, the deviation survey can have its origin anywhere: well head, sea-bed,
platform, RKB and so on ...
The key thing is to describe all the equipment in the well in a manner that is
consistent with respect to the origin selected.
The well head depths does not have to coincide with the origin of the deviation
survey.

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
8000 8000
3.1.40.3.2 Surface Equipment
All equipment located downstream of the well head are part of the surface
equipment. The surface equipment can include: well head chokes, risers, flow lines,
fittings, and so on.
In this example the surface equipment will not be modelled.
3.1.40.3.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1338 PROSPER

Equipment Measured Internal Roughness in Rate multiplier

type depth in ft diameter in inches
(down to) inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
(Well Head)
Tubing 7800 2.992 0.0018 1
Casing 8000 8.3 0.0018 1

3.1.40.3.4 Static Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient expresses the rate of increase in temperature per unit
depth. The geothermal gradient is independent of the well flow rate.
When using the rough approximation temperature prediction method, the geothermal
gradient is entered versus measured depth. PROSPER internally converts the
measured depth into true vertical depth and it is the temperature gradient based
upon the true vertical depth that is used during the calculation.

Measured Depth in ft Static temperature in deg F

0 70
8000 200

The overall heat transfer coefficient is 8 btu/h/ft2/F.

Note: The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that
captures the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction,
convection and radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the thermal
resistance in the surroundings of the wellbore.

3.1.40.3.5 Average Heat Capacities

Here the default average heat capacities will be used:

Phase Heat Capacity in Btu/lb/F

Oil: 0.53
Gas: 0.51
Water: 1

3.1.40.4Reservoir Input Data

PROSPER has around 20 different inflow models. The IPR model selection depends
upon the purpose of the study, the suitability of the particular model and the data

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1339

available for the study.

IPR model: SPOT

Static Reservoir Pressure: 4000 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 200 degF
Water Cut: Calculated based upon relative permeability and
user-entered water saturation
Total GOR: 400 scf/stb

Spot options and input data

Lp Correlation Type: Conventional

Calculate Non-Darcy skin: No
Activity: New Well
Well type: Vertical
Inflow Equation: Fetkovich
Log Data Input: None available
Perforating Method: Single Run
Invasion Method: No Invasion
Sanding Model: None
Crushed Zone Model: Entered
Lower Completion type: Cased and Perforated
Pressure Transform: apply to gas wells only
Use down hole standoff: No
Enter Gun per layer: No
Use SPOT IPR extensions: Yes
Crushed Zone Permeability 0.1
Factor:
Crushed Zone Thickness: 1.2 inches

Spot options - Deviation survey

Measured depth in ft True Vertical depth if ft

8000 8000
8250 8250

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1340 PROSPER

Spot options - Layers Data & Gun system

Well bore radius: 0.354 ft

Drainage Radius: 2000 ft
Perforation Efficiency: 1 (fraction)
Top Measured Depth of pay: 8000 ft
Bottom Measured depth of pay: 8200 ft
Layer Pressure: 3600 psig
Under Balance Pressure: 100 psi
Overburden Pressure Gradient: 1 psi/ft
Water saturation: 0.3 (fraction)
Bottom hole (reservoir) Temperature: 200 degF
Kv/Kh: 0.1 (fraction)
Downhole (reservoir) Rock type: Sandstone
Gun System: 2007 Predator XPLS by Baker with 6 spf
and 60 degrees phasing

Spot options - Completion

Completion type: Casing

Outer Diameter: 8.5 inches
Casing weight: 9 lb/ft
Material: J-55
Top Measured Depth: 8000 ft
Bottom Measured Depth: 8200 ft
Drift Diameter*: 8 inches
Holdup Depth*: 8250 ft

Notes: The drift diameter is the inside diameter (ID) that the pipe manufacturer
guarantees per specifications. Note that the nominal inside diameter is not the same
as the drift diameter but is always slightly larger. The drift diameter is used by the
well planner to determine what size tools or casing strings can later be run through

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1341

the casing, whereas the nominal inside diameter is used for fluid volume calculations
such as mud circulating times and cement slurry.
The holdup depth is the depth at which a tool of a specific size can no longer pass
through the well bore.

3.1.40.5Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of
the problem:
- construct a PROSPER model for a producing oil well using SPOT for the IPR
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the flow rate against a WHFP of 300
psig
- compare the performance of the well with different gun systems
- inspect the calculation results at log scale

3.1.40.5.1 System Options

Here, one simply select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open.

Otherwise, simply select |Options | Options and make the following choices

Fluid: Oil and Water

Predict: Pressure and Temperature (on land)

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1342 PROSPER

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.40.5.2 PVT data Input
In order to enter the PVT data, simply select |PVT|Input Data and populate the screen as
shown below:

Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1343

Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.40.5.3 Saving the PROSPER file
Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss in case the computer crashes.

To save a file, simply select | File | Save as ...

Afterwards, simply browse to the place where the file is to be saved.

It is suggested to save the file as *.OUT file.

The rest is self-explanatory.

3.1.40.5.4 System Equipment Description
In order to describe the hardware in / around the well bore (this is what the system
equipment is), simply select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1344 PROSPER

Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take you through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey

3.1.40.5.4.1 Deviation Survey

Here are the deviation survey data for this vertical well:

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
8000 8000

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1345

Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER.
A filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.

Select | Done and the next screen labeled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.40.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, one simply need to
select | Cancel to skip this step:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1346 PROSPER

Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take you to the
next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.40.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...

Equipment Measured Internal Roughness in Rate multiplier

type depth in ft diameter in inches
(down to) inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
(Well Head)
Tubing 7800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 8000 8.3 0.0018 1

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1347

The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description shall
stop at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion
because the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the
appropriate Inflow model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).

Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.

3.1.40.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
The data available are:

Measured Depth in ft Static temperature in deg F

0 70
8000 200

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1348 PROSPER

The overall heat transfer coefficient is 8 btu/h/ft2/F.

Select | Done to proceed to the average heat capacity screen.

3.1.40.5.4.5 Average Heat Capacities

The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1349

Note: The | Default button will reset any user-entered values.

With | Done you are led to the entry screen of the Equipment data section

It is now possible to visualise a sketch of the well bore with | Summary | Draw Down
hole.

3.1.40.5.4.6 Equipment Summary

From the Equipment Data screen, one can see a summary of the well bore
description with | Summary:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1350 PROSPER

If one then selects | Draw Down hole a sketch of the well bore is drawn:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1351

Select | Main to exit the screen.

3.1.40.5.4.7 Saving the PROSPER file

Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss in case the computer crashes for instance.

To save a file, simply select | File | Save and then simply answer YES to overwriting
the file.
3.1.40.5.5 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)
For the selection of the IPR model, simply select | System | Inflow Performance and
make the appropriate choices as follows:

IPR model: SPOT

Reservoir Temperature: 200 degF
Water Cut: Calculated based upon relative permeability and
user-entered water saturation
Total GOR: 400 scf/stb

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1352 PROSPER

Select | Input Data and start the the SPOT IPR data entry with the left tab "SPOT
OPTIONS"

Spot options and input data

Lp Correlation Type: Conventional

Calculate Non-Darcy skin: No
Activity: New Well
Well type: Vertical
Inflow Equation: Fetkovich
Log Data Input: None available
Perforating Method: Single Run
Invasion Method: No Invasion
Sanding Model: None
Crushed Zone Model: Entered
Lower Completion type: Cased and Perforated

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1353

Pressure Transform: apply to gas wells only

Use down hole standoff: No
Enter Gun per layer: No
Use SPOT IPR extensions: Yes
Crushed Zone Permeability 0.1
Factor:
Crushed Zone Thickness: 1.2 inches

Select the deviation Survey tab at the bottom left corner of the Options screen to
enter the well trajectory across the reservoir:

Spot options - Deviation survey

Measured depth in ft True Vertical depth if ft

8000 8000

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1354 PROSPER

8250 8250

Select | Done to complete the data entry for this screen.

To move forward, select the tab "Layers" to describe the reservoir and select the gun
system:

Spot options - Layers Data & Gun system

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1355

Well bore radius: 0.354 ft

Drainage Radius: 2000 ft
Perforation Efficiency: 1 (fraction)
Top Measured Depth of pay: 8000 ft
Bottom Measured depth of pay: 8200 ft
Layer Pressure: 3600 psig
Under Balance Pressure: 100 psi
Overburden Pressure Gradient: 1 psi/ft
Water saturation: 0.3 (fraction)
Bottom hole (reservoir) Temperature: 200 degF
Kv/Kh: 0.1 (fraction)
Downhole (reservoir) Rock type: Sandstone
Gun System: 2007 Predator Baker with 6 spf and 60
degrees phasing

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1356 PROSPER

For the Relative Permeability data entry,select | Edit and populate the table
according to the inputs below:

Relative Permeabilities:

Phase Residual End point in Corey Exponent

Saturation in fraction
fraction
Oil 0.25 0.8 3
Water 0.25 0.8 3

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1357

Select | OK to exit the relative permeability input screen.

For the selection of the gun system, select the button " Select Gun" and the
following screen pops up, initially empty:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1358 PROSPER

To move forward, select the "Select Gun From Database" button and the database is
displayed:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1359

Note that the data base has been filtered on Vendor: here Baker for illustration only.

Now one can select the gun of choice, which is the 2" 2007 Predator

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1360 PROSPER

Afterwards, one select | Done and | Done again to transfer the gun data into SPOT.

To move forward, select the tab "LOG DATA" and enter the data required to
generate the log-scale IPR parameters:

Spot options - Log Data Generation

Uniaxial Compressive Strength: 8000 psig

Horizontal Permeability: 200 mD
Porosity: 0.25
Top Reservoir Measured Depth: 8000 ft
Bottom Reservoir Measured Depth: 8200 ft
Log Depth Increment: 0.5 ft

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1361

Select | Generate and the log scale data are generated as shown below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1362 PROSPER

The last section to describe is the completion section. To access this section, select
the sheet "Completion" at the bottom of the screen:

Spot options - Completion

Completion type: Casing

Outer Diameter: 8.5 inches
Casing weight: 9 lb/ft
Material: J-55
Top Measured Depth: 8000 ft
Bottom Measured Depth: 8200 ft
Drift Diameter*: 8 inches
Holdup Depth*: 8250 ft

Notes: The drift diameter is the inside diameter (ID) that the pipe manufacturer
guarantees per specifications. Note that the nominal inside diameter is not the same
as the drift diameter but is always slightly larger. The drift diameter is used by the
well planner to determine what size tools or casing strings can later be run through
the casing, whereas the nominal inside diameter is used for fluid volume calculations
such as mud circulating times and cement slurry.
The holdup depth is the depth at which a tool of a specific size can no longer pass
through the well bore.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1363

One may need to scroll the bar at the bottom of the screen to the right to enter the
drift:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1364 PROSPER

IPR Generation

In order the generate an IPR, select | Calculate and the following plot is generated:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1365

3.1.40.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate

The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR)
and tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head
flowing pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and
the VLP curve.

In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select |

Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1366 PROSPER

After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing
pressure as per screen-shot below:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1367

The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there
is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.

Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of any pipeline correlation is
irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow

One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1368 PROSPER

One can read an oil rate of 5280 stb/d as solution rate. The corresponding BHFP
reads: 2346 psig.

If one selects | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as
follow:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1369

Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen and save the file to update
the file.

3.1.40.5.7 Comparison of different Gun Systems

One very useful feature of the SPOT module is the ability to sensitize on gun
systems.
The sensitization can be performed from the IPR screen directly (| System | Inflow
Perform | Sensitivity) or from the system calculation.
In order to sensitize on gun systems from the system calculation, select | Calculation
| System | 3 Variables and make the following changes:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1370 PROSPER

Top node pressure: 300 psig

Total GOR: 400 scf/stb
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.

Note: Water cut is not a sensitivity variable because SPOT uses relative permeability
to compute the producing water cut.

Select | Continue and select "SPOT Perforating Gun" as sensitivity variable:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1371

Select | Add | Select Gun From Database and add the gun systems of choice:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1372 PROSPER

For this tutorial, 2 guns systems were selected randomly:

- 2007 Predator XP LS from Baker and
- 2818 Predator XP

One can now proceed with | Continue | Calculate | Plot | System Plot to generate the
following system plot:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1373

Select | Main to return to the main PROSPER screen.

3.1.40.5.8 Inspection of SPOT results at log- scale
SPOT allow the calculation and visualization of the Inflow results at log scale.
The log scale results are accessible from the IPR screen as well as the system
calculation screen.

Detailed SPOT results from the IPR screen:

In order to access and plot the detailed log-scale results from SPOT, select |
System | Inflow Performance | Sensitivity:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1374 PROSPER

For this example, flowing BHP of 3000 psig will be used.

To proceed, select | Continue | Continue | Calculate | OK | Sensitivity Detail and this

would lead to the following screen:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1375

Select | Log Results | Plot and select Qocum for the x axis for instance:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1376 PROSPER

By selecting | Done, the following plot is generated:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1377

Select | Done and any other variable can be added to the plot.
Any number of variables with the same unit can be selected and plotted together as
demonstrated in the plot below:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1378 PROSPER

Detailed SPOT from the system calculation screen:

The same level of details is available from the system calculation screen.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1379

From the system calculation screen, select | Solution Details

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1380 PROSPER

Now select | Inflow Details | Log Results | Plot

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1381

From this screen, any variable can be selected and plotted:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1382 PROSPER

If the Qw cum (cumulative water production) is selected for instance a plot similar to
the one below can be inspected:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1383

Select | Done | Done | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen.

3.1.41 Tutorial 41: Multi-Zones Completion using multilayer IPR

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T41_MultilayerGas.Out
The main objectives of this tutorial is to show how to model commingled production
from multiple zones using the multi-layer IPR model in PROSPER.

3.1.41.1Statement of the problem

A single gas well penetrates 2 reservoirs at different depths. The reservoirs are
separated by 1000 ft vertical distance.
Given the significant distance between the zones, the pressure drop between the
zones need to be accounted for.
It is required to set-up a PROSPER model for the well to answer the following
questions:
- what is the commingled flow rate to be expected at a well head flowing pressure of
1500 psig?
- what is the contribution from each zone?
- Is there any cross-flow between the reservoirs?

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1384 PROSPER

3.1.41.2Input Data
Fluid PVT

Parameter Upper Zone Lower Zone

Gas Gravity (Air =1): 0.6 0.7
Separator pressure (psig): 250 250
Condensate Gas Ratio 3 10
(stb/MMscf):
Condensate Gravity (API): 50 45
Water to Gas Ratio (stb/ 5 10
MMscf):
Gas Impurities (H2S, CO2 0 0
& N2):

Reservoir Data

Parameter Upper Zone Lower Zone

Layer IPR model: Petroleum Experts Petroleum Experts
True vertical depth (ft): 10000 11000
Reservoir pressure (psig): 3500 3600
Layer flowing radius (ft): 0.254 0.254
Layer roughness (inches): 0.001 0.001
Layer permeability (mD): 15 20
Layer Drainage Area 300 300
(acres):
Layer Dietz shape factor 31.6 31.6
(no dimension):
Layer wellbore radius (ft): 0.354 0.354
Perforation interval (ft): 50 30
Time since production 1000 1000
(days):
Layer porosity (fraction): 0.25 0.25
Layer connate water 0.3 0.3
saturation (fraction):

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1385

Mechanical skin (no 5 5

dimension):
Non-Darcy Flow Factor (1/ Calculated Calculated
Mscf/d)

Deviation Survey

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
10000 10000

Note: the well will be divided into inflow and outflow. The outflow covers the section
above the the shallowest zone whereas the inflow will include both zones with the
pressure drop between them. Therefore, it is sufficient to describe the well just down
to the shallowest reservoir depth when using the multi-layer IPR model.

Downhole Equipment

Equipment Measured Tubing ID in Tubing Inside Roughness

Type Depth in ft inches in inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A
Tubing 9500 4.67 0.0006
Casing 10000 6.1 0.0006

Geothermal gradient

Formation Measured Depth in ft Formation Temperature in degF

0 60
10000 230

Overall heat transfer coefficient: 3 Btu/h/ft2/F.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1386 PROSPER

3.1.41.3Modelling Strategy
For well producing from multiples zones, there are currently 3 Inflow models
available in PROSPER:
a) the MultiLayer Reservoir model
b) the MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore and
c) the Multilateral Inflow model.

The MultiLayer Reservoir model is the simplest one. It does not account for pressure
drop between the zones. Therefore it can only be considered for cases where the
vertical distance between the zones is negligible. It can model a well penetrating up
to 50 different zones.

The "MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore" Reservoir model is the improved version of

the MultiLayer Reservoir model, It accounts for pressure drop between the layers
and offers a wider range of inflow models for each zone. It can model a well
penetrating up to 49 different zones.

The Multilateral Inflow model is the most advanced inflow model in PROSPER. It can
model wells of any shape penetrating any number of layers. Flow can be annular,
tubular or both. Well can have a single or multiple branches. Pressure drop and
interaction between branches are accounted for. The multilateral model can be used
to model "smart" wells with down hole control devices.

Within the IPM suite, the multiphase network simulation tool GAP can also be used
to model multiple zones completions. Using GAP, one can directly take advantage of
the optimiser in GAP and the direct connection to a reservoir mode (MBAL, decline
curve or numerical simulator) for time-dependent performance prediction.

For this tutorial, the MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore will be used.

We will first build a PROSPER model and then use the model to answer the
following engineering questions:
- what is the commingled flow rate to be expected at a well head flowing pressure of
1500 psig?
- what is the contribution from each zone?
- Is there any cross-flow between the reservoirs?

3.1.41.4Step by Step Procedure

Launch PROSPER and select | Options | Options>
Afterwards make the following changes:

System options

Fluid Description - Fluid: Dry and Wet Gas

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1387

Select Done to complete the selection of the options.

Fluid PVT

Select PVT | Input Data and enter the fluid PVT as done below:

Parameter Upper Zone Lower Zone

Gas Gravity (Air =1): 0.6 0.7
Separator pressure (psig): 250 250
Condensate Gas Ratio 3 10
(stb/MMscf):
Condensate Gravity (API): 50 45
Water to Gas Ratio (stb/ 5 10
MMscf):
Water Salinity (ppm) 100000 10000

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1388 PROSPER

Gas Impurities (H2S, CO2 0 0

& N2):

Note that at this stage, the PVT of the first zone was entered for initialisation
purposes. The fluid properties for each zone will be entered separately later in the
inflow section.

Select | Done to complete this section.

System Equipment - Deviation Survey

From the main screen, select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All | Edit to enter
the down hole equipment:

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
10000 10000

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1389

Note: the well will be divided into inflow and outflow. The outflow covers the section
above the the shallowest zone whereas the inflow will include both zones with the
pressure drop between them. Therefore, it is sufficient to describe the well just down

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1390 PROSPER

to the shallowest reservoir depth when using the multi-layer IPR model.

Downhole Equipment

Select | Done | Cancel to enter the down hole equipment data:

Equipment Measured Tubing ID in Tubing Inside Roughness

Type Depth in ft inches in inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A
Tubing 9500 4.67 0.0006
Casing 10000 6.1 0.0006

Geothermal gradient

Select | Done | Cancel to enter the geothermal gradient:

Formation Measured Depth in ft Formation Temperature in degF

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1391

0 60
10000 230
Overall heat transfer coefficient: 3 Btu/h/ft2/F.

Select | Done | Done | Summary | Daw Down hole to check the well bore schematic
generated with the data entered:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1392 PROSPER

Select | Main to return to the main PROSPER screen.

Reservoir Data

In order to enter the Inflow performance data select | System Inflow Performance
and make the following changes:

Reservoir Model: MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore

Reservoir Temperature: 230 degF
Compaction Permeability Reduction Model: No

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1393

To proceed with the inflow description select | Input Data and make the following
entries / selections:

Parameter Upper Zone Lower Zone

Layer IPR model: Petroleum Experts Petroleum Experts
True vertical depth (ft): 10000 11000
Reservoir pressure (psig): 3500 3600
Layer flowing radius (ft): 0.254 0.254
Layer roughness (inches): 0.001 0.001
Layer permeability (mD): 15 20
Layer Drainage Area 300 300
(acres):
Layer Dietz shape factor 31.6 31.6
(no dimension):
Layer wellbore radius (ft): 0.354 0.354
Perforation interval (ft): 50 30

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1394 PROSPER

Time since production 1000 1000

(days):
Layer porosity (fraction): 0.25 0.25
Layer connate water 0.3 0.3
saturation (fraction):
Mechanical skin (no 5 5
dimension):
Non-Darcy Flow Factor (1/ Calculated Calculated
Mscf/d)

A few notes about the description of the multilayer IPR model:

- Given the large number of inputs, it is good practice to frequently use the "Validate
button" in order to check the data missing to complete the model description.
- The top (MD = 10000 ft / TVD = 10000 ft) describes the solution node of the well
model. It divides the wellbore in inflow and outflow and should correspond to the
deepest entry in the down hole equipment. This is the depth at which the inflow and
the outflow equations are solved to yield the solution rate.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1395

- The static layer pressure for each zone is entered at the bottom of the zone. In the
case of the upper layer, the pressure of 3500 psig corresponds to the static
reservoir pressure at 10050 ft, NOT 10000 ft.
- The layer flowing radius and the the layer roughness are used to compute the
pressure loss between the zones whereas the well bore radius is used to compute
the inflow performance relation for the layer itself.
- The "Blank" layer type means that there is no influx or no perforation from the layer
into the well bore.

At this stage, it is good practice to generate an IPR with | Calculate and be patient as
this is a more complex algorithm that the single zone Inflow models:

Please select | Main and save the file to secure all changes.

In order to answer the engineering questions asked at the beginning of this tutorial,
one needs to solve simultaneously the inflow and outflow equations.
For this, select | Calculation | System (Ipr+Vlp) |3 Variables:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1396 PROSPER

Now enter the top node pressure of 1500 psig:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1397

Afterwards, select | Continue | Continue | Calculate and be patient as this may take a
few minutes:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1398 PROSPER

The solution details can be accessed by selecting the button " Solution Details".
Afterwards, select | Inflow Layer Details

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1399

And this is the content of the inflow layer details screen:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1400 PROSPER

Conclusion:

One can read that:

the well would produce 33.5 MMscf/d of gas, a water-to-gas ratio of 7.2 stb/MMscf
and a CGR of 6 stb/MMscf.
The upper zone contributes to round 57% of the total production. Consequently, the
bottom zone makes up the remaining 43%.
There is no negative rate from any layer. Therefore there is no cross flow under the

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1401

current conditions.
This completes this example.

3.1.42 Tutorial 42: Multi-Zones Completion using multilateral IPR

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T42_MultiLateralInMultipleReservoirs.OUT
The main objectives of this tutorial is to show how to model commingled production
from multiple zones.

3.1.42.1Statement of the problem

A single gas well penetrates 2 reservoirs at different depths. The reservoirs are
separated by 1000 ft vertical distance.
It is required to set-up a PROSPER model for the well to answer the following
questions:
- what is the commingled flow rate of the well at flowing well head pressure of 1500
psig?
- what is the contribution from each zone?
- Is there any cross-flow between the reservoirs?
3.1.42.2Input Data
Fluid PVT

Parameter Upper Zone Lower Zone

Gas Gravity (Air =1): 0.6 0.7
Separator pressure (psig): 250 250
Condensate Gas Ratio 3 10
(stb/MMscf):
Condensate Gravity (API): 50 45
Water to Gas Ratio (stb/ 5 10
MMscf):
Gas Impurities (H2S, CO2 0 0
& N2):

Reservoir Data

Parameter Upper Zone Lower Zone

Layer IPR model: Petroleum Experts Petroleum Experts
True vertical depth (ft): 10000 11000
Reservoir Temperature 230 240

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1402 PROSPER

(degF):
Reservoir pressure (psig): 3500 3600
Layer flowing radius (ft): 0.254 0.254
Layer roughness (inches): 0.001 0.001
Layer permeability (mD): 15 20
Layer Drainage Area 300 300
(acres):
Vertical Permeability (mD): 1.5 2
Layer Dietz shape factor 31.6 31.6
(no dimension):
Layer wellbore radius (ft): 0.354 0.354
Reservoir Thickness (ft): 50 30
Perforation interval (ft): 50 30
Time since production 1000 1000
(days):
Layer porosity (fraction): 0.25 0.25
Layer connate water 0.3 0.3
saturation (fraction):
Mechanical skin (no 5 5
dimension):
Non-Darcy Flow Factor (1/ Calculated Calculated
Mscf/d)

Deviation Survey

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
10000 10000

Note: the well will be divided into inflow and outflow. The outflow covers the section
above the shallowest zone whereas the inflow will include both zones with the
pressure drop between them. Therefore, it is sufficient to describe the well just down
to the top of the shallowest reservoir in the deviation survey when using the multi-
layer IPR model.

Downhole Equipment

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1403

Equipment Measured Tubing ID in Tubing Inside Roughness

Type Depth in ft inches in inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A
Tubing 9500 4.67 0.0006
Casing 10000 6.1 0.0006

Geothermal gradient

Formation Measured Depth in ft Formation Temperature in degF

0 60
10000 230

Overall heat transfer coefficient: 3 Btu/h/ft2/F.

3.1.42.3Modelling Strategy
For a well producing from multiples zones, there are currently 3 Inflow models
available in PROSPER:
a) the MultiLayer Reservoir model
b) the MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore and
c) the Multilateral Inflow model.

The MultiLayer Reservoir model is the simplest one. It does not account for pressure
drop between the zones. Therefore it can only be considered for cases where the
vertical distance between the zones is negligible. It can model a well penetrating up
to 50 different zones.

The "MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore" Reservoir model is the improved version of

the MultiLayer Reservoir model, It accounts for pressure drop between the layers
and offers a wider range of inflow models for each zone. It can model a well
penetrating up to 49 different zones.

The Multilateral Inflow model is the most advanced inflow model in PROSPER. It can
model wells of any shape penetrating any number of layers. Flow can be annular,
tubular or both. Well can have a single or multiple branches. Pressure drop and
interaction between branches are accounted for. The multilateral model can be used
to model "smart" wells with down hole control devices.

Within the IPM suite, the multiphase network simulation tool GAP can also be used
to model multiple zones completions. Using GAP, one can directly take advantage of

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1404 PROSPER

the optimiser in GAP and the direct connection to a reservoir model (MBAL, decline
curve or numerical simulator) is available for time-dependent performance
prediction.

For this tutorial, the Multilateral Inflow model will be used.

We will first build a PROSPER model and then use the model to answer the
following engineering questions:
- what is the commingled flow rate to be expected at a well head flowing pressure of
1500 psig?
- what is the contribution from each zone?
- Is there any cross-flow between the reservoirs?

3.1.42.4Step by Step Procedure

Launch PROSPER and select | Options | Options>
Afterwards make the following changes:

System options

Fluid Description - Fluid: Dry and Wet Gas

Reservoir - Inflow Type: MultiLateral Well

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1405

Select Done to complete the selection of the options.

Fluid PVT

Select PVT | Input Data and enter the fluid PVT as done below:

Parameter Upper Zone

Gas Gravity (Air =1): 0.6
Separator pressure (psig): 250
Condensate Gas Ratio (stb/MMscf): 3
Condensate Gravity (API): 50
Water to Gas Ratio (stb/MMscf): 5
Water Salinity (ppm) 100000
Gas Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2): 0

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1406 PROSPER

Note that at this stage, the PVT of one of the zones (here first zone) was entered to
initialise the model. The fluid properties for each zone will be entered separately later
in the inflow section.

Select | Done to complete this section.

System Equipment - Deviation Survey

From the main screen, select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All | Edit to enter
the down hole equipment:

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
10000 10000

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1407

Note: the well will be divided into inflow and outflow. The outflow covers the section
above the the shallowest zone whereas the inflow will include both zones with the
pressure drop between them. This entry applies to the outflow. Therefore, it is

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1408 PROSPER

sufficient here to describe the well just down to the shallowest reservoir depth when
using the multilateral IPR model.

Downhole Equipment

Select | Done | Cancel to enter the down hole equipment data:

Equipment Measured Tubing ID in Tubing Inside Roughness

Type Depth in ft inches in inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A
Tubing 9500 4.67 0.0006
Casing 10000 6.1 0.0006

Geothermal gradient

Select | Done | Cancel to enter the geothermal gradient:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1409

Formation Measured Depth in ft Formation Temperature in degF

0 60
10000 230
Overall heat transfer coefficient: 3 Btu/h/ft2/F.

Select | Done | Done | Summary | Daw Down hole to check the well bore schematic
generated with the data entered:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1410 PROSPER

Select | Main and save the file to secure the entries.

Multilateral Inflow Model

Drawing the model

To access the interface where to describe the multilateral IPR, select | System I
Inflow Performance.

The multilateral IPR interface consists in a Network section where we can draw the
situation of the example using the short cut icons.

From left to right, the icons represent:

- Tie-Point: this is the depth at which the combined IPR is computed.
- Junction: this is a node from where a lateral can branch out.
- Completion: this describes the details of the perforation and
- Reservoir: contains the pertinent reservoir data like pressure, permeability, Dietz-
shape factor and so on.

Select the first short cut icon starting from left, or click on the drop down menu and
select "Add Tie-point" as shown in the next screen shot.

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1411

Click anywhere in the blank screen to add a Tie point and give it the label "TiePoint".
This correspond to a depth of 10000ft.
The tie-point is the point at which the combined Inflow will be computed.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1412 PROSPER

Right clicking on the red square representing the item "TiePoint" allows the user to
change its label or delete it.

The next short cut icon (Going from left to right) is the Add Junction.

Select Add Junction and click somewhere else in the screen to add the junction,
label it "Junction".

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1413

Then select the Add Completion next to the "Add Junction" and click in the screen to
add a completion, label it "Upper Completion".

For the second zone, add a second completion and label it "Lower Completion".
Then select Add Reservoir from the drop down menu and click on the screen to add
a Reservoir icon.Label it "Upper Zone"
Then select Add Reservoir again from the drop down menu and click on the screen
to add a Reservoir icon.Label it "Lower Zone"

One would have an schematic similar to the next screen shot:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1414 PROSPER

Now select | Add link and connect the equipment from the tie-point to the reservoirs
as done be low

TiePoint Description

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1415

In order to describe the tiepoint, double-click on the item TiePoint and make the
following entries:

One may use the navigator on the right hand side to describe the other components
of the multilateral.

Tubing "T1" Description

After linking the tie-point to the junction, a tubing "T1" is created. In this example, this
will be a zero dimension tubing. For this, double click on the tubing "T1" and make
the following changes:

Tubing "T1" - Select Model

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1416 PROSPER

Tubing "T1" - Input Data / Deviation Survey

Measured Depth True Vertical Depth Azimuth

10000 10000 0
10000 10000 0

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1417

Select the tab "Equipment" at the bottom of the screen to describe the down hole
equipment pertaining to this item.

Tubing "T1" - Input Data / Equipment

Tubing Type Measured Depth Casing Inside Casing inside

Diameter roughness
- ft inches inches
Casing 10000 6.1 0.0006

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1418 PROSPER

Select | Done and then double-click on the junction to describe it as shown below:

Junction Description

Here the data are passed directly from the previous node. Select | Done and then

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1419

double-click on the "Upper Completion" to describe it.

Completion "Upper Completion" - Select Model

Horizontal Flow Model - irrelevant in this Dukler Flanningan

example:
Vertical Flow mdel: Petroleum Experts 2
Choke model: ELF
Flow Type: Tubing Flow
Use Threshold Angle: No
Angle Greater Than (From Vertical): 45 degrees
WellBore Radius: 0.354 ft
Dietz Shape Factor: 31.6

Note that it is possible to model annular flow as well. For this, simply select Annular
Flow as flow type.

Completion "Upper Completion" - Deviation

Measured Depth True Vertical Depth Azimuth

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1420 PROSPER

10000 10000 0
10050 10050 0

Now select the Equipment tab at the bottom of the screen to continue the description
of this item.

Completion "Upper Completion" - Input Data / Equipment

Tubing Type Measured Depth Casing Inside Casing inside

Diameter roughness
- ft inches inches
Casing 10050 6.1 0.001

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1421

Note that a higher roughness is used the perforation interval.

Select the "Perforation details" tab at the bottom of the screen to continue the
description of this item.

Perforatio Perforatio Perforatio Perforatio Skin Non- Local

n Interval n Interval n Interval n Interval Model Darcy Skin
MD start MD end TVD start TVD end Choice Entry
(ft) (ft) (ft) (ft) Method
10000 10050 10000 10050 By Hand By Hand 5

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1422 PROSPER

Note that the "Non-Darcy Entry method" was set to "Calculate". Therefore, the "
Calculate" button needs to be selected for further data entry that would allow the
calculation of the Non-Darcy Flow Factor.

Reservoir Permeability: 15 mD
WellBore Radius: 0.354 ft
Production Interval: 50 ft

Select | Done and proceed with the description of the lower completion.

Double-click on the "Lower Completion" and make the following changes:

Completion "Lower Completion" - Select Model

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1423

Horizontal Flow Model - irrelevant in this Dukler Flanningan

example:
Vertical Flow mdel: Petroleum Experts 2
Choke model: ELF
Flow Type: Tubing Flow
Use Threshold Angle: No
Angle Greater Than (From Vertical): 45 degrees
WellBore Radius: 0.354 ft
Dietz Shape Factor: 31.6

Select | Input Data in the top right corner of the screen to proceed with the deviation
survey:

Measured Depth True vertical Depth Azimuth

11030 11030 0

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1424 PROSPER

Select the tab "Equipment" to proceed:

Completion "Upper Completion" - Input Data / Equipment

Tubing Type Measured Depth Casing Inside Casing inside

Diameter roughness
- ft inches inches
Casing 11000 6.1 0.0006
Casing 11030 6.1 0.001

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1425

Select the "Perforation details" tab at the bottom of the screen to continue the
description of this item.
Note that a different roughness was used for the perforation interval.

Perforatio Perforatio Perforatio Perforatio Skin Non- Local

n Interval n Interval n Interval n Interval Model Darcy Skin
MD start MD end TVD start TVD end Choice Entry
(ft) (ft) (ft) (ft) Method
11000 11030 11000 11030 By Hand By Hand 5

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1426 PROSPER

Select the | Calculate button to enter the reservoir permeability:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1427

Select | Done and continue the model set-up with the description of the upper zone.
For this, double-click on the item "Upper Zone" and make the following entries:

Reservoir "Upper Zone" - Select model

Parameter Upper Zone

Layer IPR model: Petroleum Experts
Reservoir Temperature (degF): 230
Reservoir pressure (psig): 3500
Condensate Gravity (API): 50
Gas Gravity: 0.6
Water salinity (ppm): 100 000
Water Gas Ratio (stb/MMscf): 5
Condensate Gas Ratio (stb/MMscf): 3

Reservoir "Upper Zone" - Input Data

Reservoir Permeability (mD): 15

Reservoir Thickness (ft): 50
Drainage Area (acres): 300

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1428 PROSPER

Reservoir top depth (ft): 10000

Vertical Permeability (mD): 1.5
Reservoir Porosity (fraction): 0.25
Connate Water Saturation (fraction): 0.3

Select | Done and continue the model set-up with the description of the lower zone.
For this, double-click on the item "Lower Zone" and make the following entries:

Parameter Upper Zone

Layer IPR model: Petroleum Experts
Reservoir Temperature (degF): 240
Reservoir pressure (psig): 3600
Condensate Gravity (API): 45
Gas Gravity: 0.7
Water salinity (ppm): 100 000
Water Gas Ratio (stb/MMscf): 10
Condensate Gas Ratio (stb/MMscf): 10

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1429

Select Input Data to proceed:

Reservoir "Lower Zone" - Input Data

Reservoir Permeability (mD): 20

Reservoir Thickness (ft): 30
Drainage Area (acres): 300
Reservoir top depth (ft): 11000
Vertical Permeability (mD): 2
Reservoir Porosity (fraction): 0.25
Connate Water Saturation (fraction): 0.3

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1430 PROSPER

Select | Done and then | Visualise | Front to check the schematic of the down hole
network:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1431

Generating the composite IPR

Select Analyse | Calculate

Afterwards, make the following selections:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1432 PROSPER

Afterwards, select | Calculate and be patient as this might take a few seconds:

The following inflow curves are generated:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1433

Select | Main | Done | Finish to perform the system calculation.

For this select | Calculation | System (Vlp+Ipr) | 3 Variables:

Select | Continue | Continue | Calculate and here are the solution details:

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1434 PROSPER

The details of the solution point can be accessed with | Solution Details | Inflow
Layer Details:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1435

Results:
- The well produces 38 Mmscf/d.
- The upper zone produce a little roughly 22 MMscf/d whereas the lower zone
produce 16 MMscf/d.
- There is no cross-flow under the current conditions.

This completes this tutorial.

3.1.43 Tutorial 43: Jet Pump Design

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T43_JetPump.OUT
The main objectives of this tutorial is to show how to model commingled production
from multiple zones.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1436 PROSPER

3.1.43.1Statement Of the Problem

It is intended to install a jet pump in a low productivity well.
3.1.43.2Input Data
Fluid PVT

Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 100 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 20 API
Gas gravity (Air =1): 0.7
Water Salinity: 100 000 ppm

Down hole PVT data

Parameter Value
Bubble point pressure at reservoir 820 psig
temperature:
Reservoir temperature: 150 degF
Gas Oil Ratio at bubble point pressure: 100 scf/stb
Oil FVF at bubble point pressure: 1.08 rb/stb
Oil Viscosity at bubble point pressure: 11.1 cp

Reservoir Data

Parameter Value
Reservoir IPR model: PI entry
Average Reservoir Pressure: 1800 psig
Reservoir Temperature : 150 degF
Water Cut: 20%
Total Produced GOR: 100 scf/stb
Productivity Index (liquid): 0.5 stb/d/psi

Deviation Survey

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1437

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
4100 4100

Note: the deepest entry in the down hole equipment represents the datum depth for
the well. This is the depth at which the average reservoir pressure refers to.

Down hole Equipment

Equipment Measured Inner Outer Diameter Roughnesses in

Type Depth in ft Diameter in in inches inches
inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
Tubing 4000 2.441 2.875 0.0006
Casing 4100 6.36 N/A 0.0006

Geothermal gradient

Formation Measured Depth in ft Formation Temperature in degF

0 60
4100 150

Overall heat transfer coefficient: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F.

Jet Pump Design Parameters

Parameter Value
Well Flow type: Tubing Injection - Annular Production
Pump measured depth: 4000 ft
Maximum Pump Outer Diameter: 6 inches
Design Liquid Rate: 500 stb/d
Water Cut: 20%
Total GOR: 100 scf/stb
Well Head Pressure ( = Top Node 100 psig
Pressure):

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1438 PROSPER

Surface Injection Pressure: 1500 psig

Nozzle Loss Coefficient: 0.15
Suction Loss Coefficient: 0
Throat Loss Coefficient: 0
Diffuser Loss Coefficient: 0
Tubing Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2

3.1.43.3Jet Pump Design Strategy

The strategy to design a jet pump can be broken down in 2 phases:
- phase 1: build the PROSPER model and validate it against well test data if possible
- phase 2: design the jet pump
- phase 3: run sensitivity to predict the performance of the pump under expected
conditions.
3.1.43.4Step by Step Procedure to design a jet pump
Launch PROSPER and select | Options | Options>
Afterwards make the following changes:

System options

Fluid Description - Fluid: Oil and Water

Method: Black Oil
Artificial Lift Method: Jet Pump
Artificial Lift Type: Tubing Injection - Annular
Production

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1439

Select Done to complete the selection of the options.

Afterwards, select | PVT | Input Data and make the following changes:

Fluid PVT

Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 100 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 20 API
Gas gravity (Air =1): 0.7
Water Salinity: 100 000 ppm
Power Fluid: Water
Water Salinity: 10 000 ppm

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1440 PROSPER

For the PVT matching, select | Match Data and enter the relevant data as shown
below:

Down hole PVT data

Parameter Value
Bubble point pressure at reservoir 820 psig
temperature:
Reservoir temperature: 150 degF
Gas Oil Ratio at bubble point pressure: 100 scf/stb
Oil FVF at bubble point pressure: 1.08 rb/stb
Oil Viscosity at bubble point pressure: 11.1 cp

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1441

For the regression, select | Done | Regression | Match All | OK | Parameters

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1442 PROSPER

After reviewing the results of the regression, the combination Lasater / Petrosky will
be used for this crude.
For this, select | Done | Done and then select | Lasater & Petrosky as calibrated
black oil correlations:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1443

Select | Done to complete this section.

For the description of the deviation survey, select | System | Equipment | All | Edit
and enter the deviation survey as shown below:

Deviation Survey

Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
4100 4100

Note: the deepest entry in the down hole equipment represents the datum depth for
the well. This is the depth at which the average reservoir pressure refers to.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1444 PROSPER

Select | Done to proceed with the description of the surface equipment. Once on the
surface equipment screen, select | Cancel to skip this particular screen:

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1445

Select | Done to proceed with the description of the down hole equipment

Down hole Equipment

Equipment Measured Inner Outer Diameter Roughnesses in

Type Depth in ft Diameter in in inches inches
inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A N/A
Tubing 4000 2.441 2.875 0.0006
Casing 4100 6.36 N/A 0.0006

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1446 PROSPER

Select | Done to proceed with the geothermal gradient and the overall heat transfer
coefficient ( 8 Btu/h/ft2/F according to the input data provided)

Geothermal gradient

Formation Measured Depth in ft Formation Temperature in degF

0 60
4100 150

PROSPER Manual May, 2009

 Examples Guide 1447

Select | Done | Done to complete the description of the well bore.

Select | Done to return to the main screen of PROSPER.

© 1990-2009 Petroleum Experts Limited